{"response":{"docs":[{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_227","title":"Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume II, part 3","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1994-05-13"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational statistics"],"dcterms_title":["Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume II, part 3"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/227"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\u003cdcterms_creator\u003eLittle Rock School District\u003c/dcterms_creator\u003e\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_225","title":"Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume II, part 4","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1994-05-13"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational statistics"],"dcterms_title":["Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume II, part 4"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/225"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Progran Seq f: 65 Page: 1 Program Naae: Social Skills Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Program Description: (This program is intended to provide supportive experience that will enhance learning for students attending the incentive schools.) District Goal Si^iport: lapleaent integrated educational prograam that will insure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achieveamnt. Program Goal: (To enhance the social development of students.) r Plan References: L 157 FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE [ Related Fisiction Codes: 382IRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMEWT Page: 2 Progrsa Seq f: 65 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: Social Skills Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arina Hart Prograa Goal: (To enhance the social development of students.) Plan Reference Page Niaiber L 156-157 L 156 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coayiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 (To prepare students to become independent thinkers and problem solvers) (Principals, Teachers, Parents, Nurse) 1.0 (Students will demonstrate an understanding of classroom and school expectations and model acceptable social skills toward peers as evidenced by teacher observation and quarterly reports to parents\nfewer student disciplinary sanctions, parent conferences and improved grades.) 1.1 Social skills will be taught through Ihe core instructional program. Emphasis will be on the six specialized activities: MITCHELL A. Social skills are taught through instructional programs and through other activities such as: counseling program, extended day classes, rights of passage, giving thanks for the harvest, and career awarer\u0026gt;ess. RIGHTSELL A. Social Skills are taught through the counseling program, school theme, regular classroom, and extended day activities. B. Social Skills survey revealed that every- teacher is teaching social skills utilizing the six specialized activities. (See reference pages 156-157). 07/01/93 10/01/93 83 06/30/94 12/17/93 (Counselor, Pupil Services Director, Principal, Teachers Parents) 1.1 (Students will demonstrate acquisition of the LRSD social skills in Class/School culminating activities, teacher-made tests, Abacus assessment, report cards to parents, and standardized tests)Page: 3 Prograa Seq *: 65 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Progran Naaie: Social Skills Prograai Code: Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: (To enhance the social development of students.) Plan Reference Page Nuitjer L 156 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS A. Social Skills are taught through the counseling program, school theme, regular classroom, and extended day activities. 1.2 Family Folklore - Students will learn the values and aiores of their ancestors and family as a way to focus on personal positive behaviors. MITCHELL A. Students will learn about family folklore through social studies and special activities, such as drama, harvest festival, heritage celebration, and resource speakers. RIGHTSELL A. Family Folklore is emphasized in Language Arts/Social Studies instruction. ROCKEFELLER A. Coat of Arms - Sth \u0026amp; 6th grades. Family Trees - 3rd grades, family booklets - 2nd grade. STEPHENS A. Students are taught to respect themselves and others through Language Arts/Social Studies instruction and small group and individual sessions with counselor and social worker. 08/23/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/18/93 08/23/93 384 75X 06/30/94 75X 10/21/93 75X (Counselor, Pupil Services Director, Principal, Teachers, Parents) 1.2 (Students will demonstrate respect for self and others\npersonal behavior will improve as evidenced by a reduction in referrals and disciplinary sanctions)Page: Progran Seq *: 65 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Nane: Social Skills Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goat: (To enhance the social development of students.) Plan Reference Page Niaber L 156 (X\u0026gt;jectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Positive Imaging - Structured lessons in self-esteem building will be taught in sanll grot^) sessions. FRANKLIN A. Counselor and Social Worker holds small group sessions on self- esteem. MITCHELL A. The counselor does small group sessions with students. RIGHTSELL A. Positive imaging taught in whole group and small group counseling sessions. Self-esteem is also emphasized in each classroom and throughout the building. ROCKEFELLER A. Counselor and social worker have scheduled sessions with children. STEPHENS A. Counselor and social worker teach weekly lessons on self-esteem buiIding. B. Counselor holds individual, whole group, and small group sessions on problem-solving, decision making and peer pressure on a daily and weekly basis. 07/01/93 10/01/93 09/01/93 10/01/93 09/13/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 385 07/01/93 12/17/93 75X 12/17/93 75X 75X 75X (Counselor, Pupil Services Director, Principal, Parents) 1.3 (Lessons taught in small group sessions will improve individual student's self-confidence and achievement on teacher- made tests and Abacus assessment)Page: 5 Progran Seq *: 65 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Progran Naae: Social Skills Progran Code: Prinary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: (To enhance the social development of students.) Plan Reference Page Ntnber L 156 L 157 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 Interpersonal Skills - Structured gro(\u0026lt;} sessions will focus on problemsolving, decision-making, peer pressure, etc. FRANKL IM A. Conflict Management is taught to students in small groups by the counselor and social worker. MITCHELL A. Counselor works with students in small groups on conflict resolution, peer pressure and decision-making. RIGHTSELL A. Interpersonal Skills addressed by the following: Counseling Program Classroom Instruction School Theme Mentoring Partners in Education STEPHENS A. Interpersonal skills addressed by the following: Counseling Program, Classroom instruction and mentoring. 1.5 Rites of Passage - A structured program will be initiated to respond to the eantional, physical and social developamntal changes in the yomg students. Separate prograam may be established for male and female students. A. Rites of Passage guide has been developed end is being implemented in all incentive schools. 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 38G 06/30/94 12/17/93 12/17/93 75X 06/30/94 40X (Counselor, Pupil Services Director, Principal, Parents) (Counselor, Principal, Social Studies Supervisor, Parents) 1.4 (Students will become independent thinkers and problem solvers. Fewer disciplinary sanctions will be evident) 1.5 (Copy of Program, Improved student behavior as evidenced by LSD'S quarterly discipline management report, School Climate Survey and quarterly report cards)Psge: 6 Program Seq f: 65 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Naae: Social Skills Program Code: Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: (To enhance the social development of students.) Plan Reference Page Nuiber L 157 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa|\u0026gt;let{on Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria MITCHELL B. A structured Rites of Passage program is being taught. RIGHTSELL B. School Themes addresses this area, also DARE, Family Life, etc. 1.6 Role Model Program - Individuals international, national, state and local and coamsiity) will be used for presentations at the school in every area of the program to provide role models for students. Special ea^asis will be placed on African-Aamrican role models for males. FRANKLIN A. Speakers spoke to students in Pre- K through 6th grade during black history month promoting self- esteem and positive role models. MITCHELL A. African American mentors work with selected students. B. Career week highlights African Americans today. RIGHTSELL A. Role Models are used extensively. See files for list, also Career Skills Development for list of Resource speakers. Ue have two Partners-In-Education with total African American populations. 01/14/94 10/01/93 07/01/93 02/28/94 09/01/94 02/28*94 10/01/93 3 a? 50% 75X 06/30/94 02/28/94 75X 03/04/94 SOX (Counselor, Principal, VIPS Director, Parents) 1.6 (Names of program participants, list of African-American Hale role models. Improved student behavior on quarterly reports. Increased nurnber of students who receive Good Citizens Awards and are on the Honor Roll)Page: 7 Progran Seq *: 65 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Progran Naaie: Social Skills Progran Code: Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: (To enhance the social development of students.) Plan Reference Page Nuaber L 157 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date (kmpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL (continued) B. Role Model program - \"Charm Clinics\" conducted by Alpha Kappa Alpha Sorority, Inc. Social skills are taught to girls in grades 4-6. ROCKEFELLER A. B. C. UALR School of Law, Law Students for Literacy Program, 43 tutors (1 BH, 5 BF, 13 UM, 24 UF)\nVIPS male mentors - 3 (2 BM, 1 UM) Initial meeting with black role models working with technology. Plans for establishing a partnership. Role models for third quarter: Rose Thompson, Willie Sinmons, Nicole Henderson, Ron McNair (UALR), Kevin Scribner (First Connercial Bank), James Hayman (Systematics), and Bill Wilden (Central Arkansas Black Data Processing Associates) STEPHENS A. Role model program established. See list of Career Skills Development for list of resource speakers. 1.7 Mentoring Program - Utilizing local resources in the coaaunity and the Partner's Program, a mentoring program will be established for students. 09/13/93 03/25/94 01/18/94 08/23/93 07/01/93 388 7SX 03/25/94 03/24/94 75X 06/30/94 (Counselors, Partners in Ed, Teachers, VIPS) 1.7 (Copy of mentoring program, names of mentors and students who receive Good Citizens Awards, special recognition on the honor roll, scouts or other recognition at school or in the community)Page: 8 Program Seq f: 65 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Name: Social Skills Prograai Code: Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: \u0026lt;To enhance the social development of students.) Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccmpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria FRANKLIN A. Mentors are provided by the VIPS office. Students with specific needs are targeted for preference in receiving a positive role model. MITCHELL A. Mentors are used in our school. B. Parners are McDonald's and Wildwood Park. RIGHTSELL A. Mentoring Program in place. RXKEFELLER A. Community Outreach Opportunity League, UALR School of Law. B. School partnerships: UALR School of Law, Backyard Burger, UALR College of Education, Friday Eldredge \u0026amp; Clark Law Firm. C. The Affiliated Foods - UALR Honor Roll Program providing tickets to basketball games who signed drug free pledge. D. Pancho's Mexican Buffet - Students on 'A\" Honor Roll or Perfect Attendance received coupon for free meal. E. Participation in the RF Ant Poster contest sponsored by the University of Arkansas School of Pharmacy * focus on anti*aicohol. 10/01/93 09/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/15/93 10/15/93 03/18/94 3 go 75% 75X 75X SOX 75X 12/17/93 12/17/93 03/18/94Page: 9 Program Seq *: 65 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Naate: Social Skills Program Code: Primary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: (To enhance the social developnent of students.) Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER (continued) F. Meeting with the school district doctor, Dr. Smith, about possible partnership which would focus on wellness, careers, child development, physical examinations, and all health services. 03/11/94 03/11/94 G. Meeting with James Hayman, Bill Wilder, Willie Siimons, and from Central Arkansas Black Data Processing Associates about possible partnership which would focus on our computer theme. 03/25/94 03/25/94 H. The social worker participated in connunity meetings with: Early Childhood and Division of Disability Services Outreach A connunity involvement meeting at Philander Smith College to discuss partnerships on-site student mentors and African-American role models. Career Development Day at Philander Smith College exploring the possibility of developing a Crisis Response Team for Rockefeller. Central Arkansas Black Data Processing Associates to establish a partnership with Rockefeller. STEPHEMS A. Mentoring program established. List of mentees and mentors on file in counselor's office. Gas, Sidney Moncrief Automobile Dealership. Arkla 02/22/94 02/22/94 11/16/93 02/16/94 02/15/94 08/23/93 11/16/93 02/16/94 03/25/94 75XLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Progm Seq f: 66 Page: 1 Prograai NaMe: Special Activities Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Revision Date: May 9, 1994 C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Prograa Description: (The program is intended to provide supportive experience that will enhance learning for students attending the incentive schools.) Peer tutors will be selected from among a group of self-nominated end teacher nominated students, - - - -------------- The role of peer tutors will not be limited only to those students with outstanding academic averages, but will also be open to achieving students who work well with other students and who can verbalize an understanding of subject natter to Tutors will be assigned by subject area and on a rotating basis in order to allow all students who wish to serve as peer tutors the ocxrtunity to do so. be covered. District Goal Si^port: l^leaent integrated ecfcicationel prograas that will insure that all students grow acadeaicalty, socially and eaotionally with eafrfiasis on basic skills md acadeaic enrichaent while closing disparities in achieveaent. Program Goal: (To develop support programs end procedures with ell incentive schools to provide enhenced educational opportunities for all students.) Plan References: L 157-158 1 FT Prograa Budget: TTP Expenditures: 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE Related Function Codes: ! 391LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 PrograM Seq *: 66 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograai Naaie: Special Activities Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: (To develop support programs and procedures with all incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students.) Plan Reference Page Niaber L 157 L 157 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 To reinforce the core curriculum in Pre-K - Grade 6 (Principal, Staff, Counselor, Assoc. Supt. Curr.) 1.0 (Academic and Special Skills Programs that will reinforce or enrich students' performance in Reading, Math, Science, Social Studies and Language Arts will be established) 1.1 Develop programa that will ipprove student achievesKnt by focusing on academic reinforcements, special interest clubs, and other mits in state or notional organizations such as: MITCHELL A. Test-taking end study skills are taught to each class. B. Clubs have been formed. RIGHTSELL A. See School Improvement Plan, School Profile, Program Budget Document section on Extended Day/Ueek. STEPHENS A. Spanish-17, Young Astronauts-11, Computer Literacy-13, Drama/Creative Expression-14, Calligraphy-IO, Mixed Choir-23, Cheerleading-20, Dance-20, Boys Choir-22, Boy Scout8-22, Girl Scout8-23, Great Books, Chess- Grades Pre K-6, Just Say NO-16, Science Club-10, Latin Py\u0026lt;yam-26. 07/01/93 08/25/93 09/21/93 10/01/93 06/30/94 75X 01/24/94 75X (Principal, Asst. Supt., Assoc. Si^t., Curr. Spec.) 1.1 (The number of students enrolled in special programs and activities will increase\nstudents will improve in the LRSD core curriculum areas on teacher-made tests. Abacus assessment, report cards to parents and standardized tests)Page: 3 Program Seq *: 66 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Program Name: Special Activities Program Code: Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: (To develop support programs and procedures with all incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students.) Plan Reference Page Nimber L 157 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion ___Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.1 Peer Tutoring Program - Peer tutors will be assistants to teachers in the Homework Program or during the regular school day. Students will be coofx^ted for after school peer tutoring (see Support Programs). 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Counselors, Principals, Teachers, Pupil Services Director) 1.1 (Peer Tutoring Program is evidenced during the school day or after school. Students are conpensated for tutoring after school. 1.1 A, Peer tutors will be compensated with coupons which can be remeemed for donated items for purchased goods such as games, books, megatine subscriptions, school supplies, and other items, well as athletic equipment hats, sweatshirts, etc. as 1.1 B, Establish training for peer tutors and an on-going peer tutoring program MITCHELL A. Peer tutors work through the Teachers of Tomorrow Club. 10/01/93 75X RIGHTSELL A. Peer tutoring implemented during regular day and extended day. Students are not compensated. ROCKEFELLER A. There are 44 peer tutors. Students are compensated by allowing them special privileges. 10/01/93 12/17/93 STEPHENS A. 12 Peer Tutors assist teachers in the classroom during recess. 10/01/93 75X 93Page: 4 ProgroNi Seq f: 66 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograai Naae: Special Activities Prograai Code: Prisery Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograai Goal: (To develop support programs and procecfcjres with all incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students.) Plan Reference Page Hiaber L 157 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coifiletion ___Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Academic Reinforceamnt Cliis - Chess Clil\u0026gt;, Coa^xjter Programaing CliAj, Debate Clii\u0026gt;, Thespian (Drama) Clii\u0026gt;, Nath Club (Hath Olympiads), Odyssey of the Hind, Great Books Club, Science Club, Annual Knowledge Bowl (eleaentary level. Foreign Language Clii\u0026gt; A. Jr. Great Books Training offered to all LRSO schools (Franklin, Garland, Rightsell and Stephens participated in training sessions). B. Odyssey of the Mind Coaches' Training offered to all LRSD schools. C. Quiz Bowl practice questions distributed to all elementary schools. D. Garland Incentive School participated in Regional Odyssey of the Mind Competition in Clarksville, Arkansas E. Quiz Bowl teams formed at Garland and Stephens Incentive Schools for May 4-5 competitions. ROCKEFELLER F. Computer Club, Spanish Club, Drama Club, Math Club STEPHENS D. Chess Club-Grade Pre-K - 6, Computer Progranming Club-13, Drama/Creative Expression-14, Great Books Club-Grades 4-6, Science Club, Spanish-17, O^ssey of the Mind, Latin Program-26, Young Astronauts-11. 394 07/01/93 12/02/93 12/14/93 08/17/93 03/12/94 03/17/94 10/01/93 10/01/93 06/30/94 12/07/93 12/14/93 12/17/93 03/12/94 SOX 12/17/93 75X (Principals, Curr. Supv., Teachers) 1.2 (Academic achievement of students will show inv)rovement on teacher-made tests, Abacus assessment, classroom participation, and standardized tests)Page: 5 Prograai Seq *: 66 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograai Haae: Special Activities Prograai Code: Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograai Goal: (To develop support programs and procedures with all incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students.) Plan Reference Page MiaRier L 157 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Special Interest Clifce aoy include the following: Photography, newspaper, yearbook, choir/glee cl\u0026lt;i\u0026gt;, tennis cliA), archery clii\u0026gt;, cai^iing cliii, string instruaents, si^ language clii\u0026gt;, aerobics cliA\u0026gt;, cooking clii\u0026gt;, band, swiaMing cl(i\u0026gt;, bowling cl(i\u0026gt;, skating clii\u0026gt;, art club, horseback riding, gyanastics cli^, dance clii), Great Decisions, International Pen Pal Clii), sewing club. FRANKLIN A. The basketball team has participated in numerous tournaments within the city. B. Choir was invited and performed at nunerous schools and events. MITCHELL A. Chess, Debate, Thespian, and Triple A Clubs have been established at Mitchell. ROCKEFELLER A. Tennis Club, String Instruments Club, Cooking Club, Suinvning Club, Art Club, Crafts Club, Drill Team Club, Dance Club, Bookmaking Club STEPHENS Choir (mixed)*23, Cheerleading*20, Dance Team-20, Boys Choir-22, Calligraphy-10, Boy Scouts-18, Girl Scouts-23, Newspaper Club-24. 395 07/01/93 01/18/94 01/01/94 09/21/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 06/30/94 75X 03/31/94 75X 12/17/93 75X (Principals, Teachers)) P.E. Teacher and Students Music Teacher and Students 1.3 (Student Surveys. Students' progress will be measured by monitoring the percentage of students involved in hands-on activities, and clubs each nine weeks) Community involvement Conmunity involvementPage: 6 PrograM Seq *: 66 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Progran Nane: Special Activities Prograai Code: Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: (To develop support programs and procedures with all incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students.) Plan Reference Page Hintier L 158 Objectives Strategies Beginning ___Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 Field Trips - Field trips will be used to enhance learning, to broaden cultural experiences, to provide hands-on experiences for knowledge of the world, and to assist in the development of coping skills for student. Local field tripe (see Support Programs) nay be supplemented with a state or national trip. ROCKEFELLER A. For local field trips please refer to the Incentive School Field Trips, Program Sequence #48, Program Code 59, Plan Reference L158-1B1. 39R 07/01/93 09/23/93 06/30/94 75X (Principals, Teachers, VIPS, parents) 1.4 (List and dates of field trips, local, state and national\nstud^ts will demonstrate an awareness of ecKjcational and cultural experiences as evidenced by surveys or questionnaires, and improvement on teacher- made tests. Abacus assessments)LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prograa Seq *: 67 Page: 1 Prograa Haaa: Latin Prograa Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Revision Date: May 2, 1994 C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Prograa Description: (The Latin Enrichment Program is designed to give teachers of Sth and 6th grade students the opportunity to have a more thorough understanding of the English language as a means to assist students in improving self-esteem, reading and vocabulary skills, promote the special interests and needs of Arkansas students.) Teachers can create units of study that use their unique talents and skills that District Goal Si^iport: Ii^\u0026gt;leaant integrated educational prograas that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and eantionally with eafjhasis on besic skills and acadeaic enrichaant while closing disparities in achieveaant. Prograa Goal: To improve student achievement. Plan References: L 162 *164 FY Prograa Budget: TTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: 1st Otr Expend: 2nd Otr Expend: 3rd Otr Expend: 4th Otr Expend: FTE 397LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Prograa Seq f: 67 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograai HaaR: Latin Prograai Prograai Code: Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To improve student achievement. Plan Reference Page Ninber 162 L 162 162 162 L 162 L 162 L 162 162 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 To provide auareness of the Latin program to incentive school principals and staffs. 1.1 Present iiplementation plan proposal to associate siperintendants and assistant siperintendents. 1.2 Schedule auareness meeting with principals of incentive schools. 1.3 Develop agenda for principals* meeting. 1.4 Conduct auareness meeting uith principals. 1.5 Schedule auareness meeting with current 5th and 6th grade teachers in incentive schools. 1.6 Conduct auareness meeting with current 5th and 6th grade teachers. 1.7 Identify 5th and 6th grade teachers who wish to reamin at incentive schools. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/9393 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 3^8 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/9494 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Foreign language Sipervisor, Staff Development Director Foreign I engage Sipervisor, Staff DevelopaRnt Director Associate Sigrintendent for Educational Programs Assoc. Siperintendent for Educational Progrmas Foreign language Supervisor, Staff DevelopaRnt Director Assistant Superintendent Foreign language Supervisor, Staff Developaent Director Hvnian Resources Director 1.0 (Teachers will be able to demonstrate effective teaching strategies and have knowledge of the Latin curriculim) 1.1 Plan presentation 1.2 Meeting on calendar 1.3 Printed agenda 1.4 Concems/questions expressed by principals 1.5 Meeting on calendar 1.6 Meeting agenda 1.7 List of identified Sth and 6th grade teachersPage: 3 Prograai Seq *: 67 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograai Maae: Latin Prograai Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To improve student achievement. Plan Reference Page Muriier L 162 163 163 163 L 163 L 163 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER A. B. 2.0 To provide inservice to participating teachers. Fifth and sixth grades at Rockefeller are departmentalized. Judy Meier, Language Arts teacher, and Ann Larkowski, Social Studies teacher, will remain and teach Latin in those two subject areas. Staff Development Coordinator for Incentive Schools worked with the teachers on development of instructional lesson plans. 1.8 Recruit and fill vacancies. 2.1 Retfuisition instructional aaterials. FRANKLIN A. Latin instructional materials were ordered and received. 2.2 Duplicate copies of above materials. 2.3 Schedule two inservice meetings of three hours each. 2.4 Develop agenda for above two meetings. 399 10/01/93 12/17/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 100X 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Huaan Resources Director Foreign Language Si^iervisor Foreign Language Supervisor Foreign Language Supervisor Foreign Language Supervisor 1.8 Identified Sth and 6th grade teachers at incentive schools for 1989-90 2.0 (Feedback on inservice evaluations will provide information that will identify the strengths, needs and areas to be addressed) 2.1 Arrival of aaterials 2.2 One copy for each teacher 2.3 Meetings on calendar 2.4 Printed agendaPsge: Prograa Seq *: 67 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Progran None: Latin Progran Progran Code: Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Kart Progran Goal: To improve student achievement. Plan Reference Page Ninber L L L L Objectives Strategies Beginning Date C(Mq)letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 163 163 163 163 163 FRANKLIN (continued) 2.5 Conduct above two meetings 2.6 Contact UALR about offering college course. 2.7 Schedule above college course 2.8 Implement above college course 2.9 Schedule four two-hour inservice workshops in local buiIdings/clusters districtwide. RXKEFELLER A. Meetings with Paula Grier, Staff Development specialist for the incentive schools, and the language arts and social studies teachers conducted on the following dates: October 23 - Curriculum Planning and setting goals\nNovember 12 - Correlating units with objectives\nDecember 3 - Lesson Planning session and disseminating supplementary materials. B. Classroom observation for Latin enrichment program where instruction focused on introduction of Latin cardinal numbers 1-10. C. Meeting with Ann Larkouski, 6th grade teacher, to develop thematic unit on Mardi Gras. 4 4 00 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/23/93 01/05/94 01/21/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 12/03/93 01/05/94 01/21/94 Latin Teachers Foreign Language Supervisor and Latin Teacher Foreign Language Supervisor Latin Teachers Principals, Foreign Language Supervisor 2.5 Agenda and materials 2.6 Course proposal 2.7 Identified dates/times/place 2.8 Completed course 2.9 Meetings on calendarPage: 5 Prograa Seq *: 67 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Haaa: Latin Prograa Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To improve student achievement. Plan Reference Page Hudxr L 163 L 163 L 163 L 163 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.10 Conduct above four inservice workshops. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Latin Teachers 2.10 Meeting agendas 3.0 To impleaent the elesKntary Latin Program in Sth and 6th grade classrooms. 3.1 Schedule time for classroom instruction. MITCHELL A. Latin is integrated into the language arts program at the fifth grade. RIGHTSELL A. Schedule in place. ROCKEFELLER A. Latin instruction is carried out within the language arts and social studies instructional time. STEPHENS A. Grade 5  Mon./Ued./Fri. 9:00*9:30 am Grade 6 - Mon./Ued./Fri. 10:30- 11:00 am 3.2 Purchase/diplicate/create student aterials 401 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Principals 75X 12/17/93 75X 75X 06/30/94 Foreign language Stpervisor 3.0 (Successful program implementation will enhance student improvement in Reading, English and vocabulary skills as evidenced by: (1) nine-weeks progress on report cards (2) classroom written and oral tests An appreciation for other races and cultures will be demonstrated as students interact with others) 3.1 School's instructional schedule 3.2 Materials ready for classrooa usePage: 6 Progran Seq *: 67 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Progran Hane: Latin Progran Progran Code: Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Kart Progran Goal: To improve student achievement. Plan Reference Psge Ninber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coiqiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER A. Interdisciplinary curriculum resource, Africa in Classical Antiquity, has been provided to assist teachers in making students aware of the important role of Africa and Africans in Greco*Roman times. Books that were provided for the teachers: The Mew Reeding Teacher's Book of Lists, containing Latin root words and Latin is Fun (Amsco Publication) with Latin number one*ten. Student activity sheets, lesson plans and format sheets developed by the staff development specialist were provided, dictionaries and two audio Latin cassettes, Educational Services Teaching Cassettes: been ordered. Latin, have 10/01/93 12/17/93 L 163 3.3 Incorporate Latin program into district's language arts program. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals 3.3 Lesson plans MITCHELL A. Latin is incorporated into the fifth grade language arts program. 08/23/93 75X RIGHTSELL A. Paula Greer provided assistance for Sth and 6th grade teachers at Rightsell. 01/03/94 75X B. Latin instruction is incorporated into language instruction approximately twice per week. 01/03/94 75X 402Page: 7 Prograa Seq *: 67 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: Latin Prograa Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goel: To iinprove student achievement. Plan Reference Psge Mudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RXKEFELLER A. Latin instruction is incorporated as part of the language arts curriculum. Hany units are being developed to correlate with the AMPT objectives and the disciplines of English Language Arts. 10/01/93 75X STEPHENS A. Latin Program is incorporated into the Language Arts program 08/23/93 75X L 164 4.0 To evaluate the elementary Latin Program. 4.0 (Results of students pre and post test scores on yearly standardized test) (Classroom observations of student performance and teacher effectiveness in delivery of instruction) (Student performance on teacher made test will evidence student improvement in related subject areas) L 164 4.1 Monitor classrooa activities. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals 4.1 Identified strength and weaknesses STEPHENS A. Principal and Incentive School Staff Development Coordinator monitor classroom activities ongoing. 08/23/93 75X B. Principal monitors classroom instruction. 08/23/93 75X L 164 4.2 Identify student growth on standardized tests. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals 4.2 Test data 403Page: 8 Prograa Seq *: 67 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: Latin Prograa Prograa Code: Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To improve student achievement. Plan Reference Page Hinber L 164 L 164 L 164 L 164 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.3 Develop student, teacher, parent assessaant survey. 4.4 Disseainate above surveys. STEPHENS A. B. C. 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Students surveyed. Results on file in Principal's office. Parents surveyed. Teachers surveyed 4.5 Conpile survey results. 4.6 Siiaiit final evaluation report to associate superintendents. 11/23/93 11/29/93 11/29/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 11/23/93 11/29/93 11/29/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Foreiyi language Supervisor, Latin Teachers Principals Forei^ Language Si\u0026lt;)ervisor Foreign Language Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ervisor 4.3 Printed foras 4.4 Coapleted foras returned 4.5 Survey data 4.6 Stbaitted report 4 0 4LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq f: 69 Page: 1 Revision Date: Mey 2, 1994 Program Name: Career Skills Development Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Dennis Glasgow, Dr. Russell Mayo Program Description: District Goal Si^port: The program is intended to increase the probability the students at the incentive schools are aware of the various career options. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with enphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. I Plan References: L 172 1 FY Program Budget: TTD Expenditures: 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Otr Experxl: 3rd Qtr Expend\n4th Qtr Expend: FTE [ Related Function Codes: 1 405LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq *: 69 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Name: Career Skills Development Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Dennis Glasgow, Dr. Russell Mayo Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nuiber L 172 1.0 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria To develop and implement a career skills development program which will help students develop awareness and motivate them to enhance skills leading to specific careers. 07/01/93 06/30/94 1.0 (Observation of an increase in student involvement in school activities and role models/mentors program and extracurricular activities.) 1.1 Written information, guest speakers, films will be used to make students aware of career choices. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Desegregation Facilitator, SuTmer School Principal/Staff Asst. Supt., Parents) 1.1 (Students wilt demonstrate mastery in targeted skills areas.) 1.1 (Documentation of resource speakers and copy of Guidance Plan.) 1.1 (Number of students who express interest in and have knowledge of careers as evidenced by an interest inventory.) FRANKLIN A. Career Awareness is taught by the counselor in a classroom setting to intermediate students. 10/01/93 75X B. Mentor Program was implemented for students needing positive role models. 11/01/93 75X C. Students in the Gifted/Talented class invited speakers in careers that are of interest to them to come and speak to their Gifted class about their career. 03/07/94 03/07/94 406Page: 3 Program Seq *: 69 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Name: Career Skills Development Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Dennis Glasgow, Dr. Russell Mayo Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nu\u0026lt;\u0026gt;er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND A. Career Skills Development Videos, representing different career clusters will be shown on closed circuit TV, to familiarize students with different career choices. 1. Fire fighters 6. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10/01/93 11/08/93 75X 11/08/93 Veterinarian Video Producer Fighter Pilot Automobile Designer Mechanic Paramedic Restauranteur Entrepreneur-Coin Dealer 10. Structural Engineer 11. Optometrist 12. Interior Designer 13. Pediatric Radiologist 14. Iron (Steel) Worker 15. Camera Person 16. Carpenter Life skills, which are germaine to a successful worker, taught through the guidance curriculum (skills are related to the world of work). 11/15/93 11/22/93 11/29/93 12/06/93 12/13/93 01/03/94 01/10/94 01/17/94 01/24/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 02/21/94 02/28/94 03/07/94 03/14/94 07/01/93 11/15/93 11/22/93 11/29/93 12/06/93 12/13/93 01/03/94 01/10/94 01/17/94 01/24/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 02/21/94 02/28/94 03/07/94 03/14/94 75X 407Page: 4 PrograM Seq *: 69 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 PrograM Naaie: Career Skills Devetopnent PrograM Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Dennis Glasgow, Dr. Russell Mayo PrograM Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Huiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND (continued) C. Career Awareness units will be taught to students on all grade levels. 07/01/93 75X D. Career Awareness Week with guest speakers and interactive opportunities will be held in the spring of 1994. 07/01/93 75X MITCHELL A. Teachers and counselors teach career awareness as a part of the 08/23/93 75X curriculum. Also, special resource speakers are invited to come and speak to students. RIGHTSELL A. FiIms: 10/01/93 45X Cable in the Classroom * Career Hour Mind Extension University Careers for the 21st Century * Sth \u0026amp; 6th grade: Firefighter Teacher Cosmotologist Video Producer Effective Listening Skills - 3rd grade Counselor - Positive Thinking Decision Making Goal Setting Interpersonal Skills 01/07/94 75X Arkansas Humanities Resource Center African American Role Models/Career Profiles African American Musicians 4035 Page: Program Seq *: 69 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Nane: Career Skills Developsent Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Dennis Glasgow, Dr. Russell Mayo Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nud)er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL (continued) B. Resource Speakers: Don Forrester - Fire Department Rev. H. Stewart - Watershed Project Faye Hanson  Storyteller Ronald McDonald * Ecology Levada Mason * African Americn Heritage Mrs. Merrill  Tracing Your Family History Elizabeth Dillard - Careers in Health Care Eddie Harrow - Fire Fighter Dr. Rose Berry * Storyteller Sgt. Hutchinson - L.R. Police Officer Louise Tribble * Indian Intertribal Assoc. C. Career Mentors Club Elston Strong * Insurance Agent Jesse Gatewood * Deaf Access Instructor Dorothy Rhodes * Engineer Billy Brooks * IBM Ivan Hardiman - Bank Manager Baschal James * Barber/Stylist Ron McFarlane - Process 15006 Page: Progran Seq *: 69 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Progran Naae: Career Skills Developaent Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Dennis Glasgow, Dr. Russell Mayo Progran Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niater Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL (continued) Oscar Washington - CPA kelly Jenkins * Boy Scouts of America Alpha kappa Alpha Sorority * Charm Clinic 0. Field trips/Site Visits 10/01/93 75X Southwest Hospital, SC/Health Careers Baucun Nursery, US Forest Service Careers Casa VIVA Restaurant, Food Service Management Careers - Hospitality Industry Careers Sol Alman Company Recycling Center, Davis Rubber and Tire Company * Ecology/Waste Management Careers Metropolitan Vocational Center - TV Production Metropolitan Vocational Center - Career Day KTHV Channel 11 Arkansas Children's Hospital Southwest Hospital Dunbar Junior High School Heifer Project International E. School Activities Vocational/Career Education Week Celebration A: nPage: 7 PrograM Seq f: 69 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Name: Career Skills Development Program Code: Primary Leader\nEstelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: Dennis Glasgow, Dr. Russell Mayo To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Notwr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion ___Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL (continued) ABOUT FACE \"The Great Defenders - Making Your Dreams Come True\" - Career in the Armed Forces * Ruth James, Coordinator Alpha Kappa Alpha sorority Charm Clinic - The clinic will focus on workplace readiness training, interpersonal skills training and career choices. F. Teacher Displays/Career Centers - Bulletin Boards, classroom Career Centers, and Hallway Student visual displays provide interactive ongoing learning opportunities for students studying careers. The daily newspaper and occupational magazines donated by nearby colleges assist students in the collection of career profile and career guidance information. G. School-Wide Activities: Career Hat Day - Industry Partners donated hats for students and information about their companies for classroom display. Arkansas Carrier Corporation - Maumelle, adopted Rightsell as our industry partner-for-a-day. Wendy's, McDonalds of Arkansas, and Colonial Bakery donated hats for student use. ROCKEFELLER A. Guest Speakers: Renee' Fair, Warning Coordinator/Meteorologist for the National Weather Service 411 02/15/94 09/09/93 11/24/93 02/15/94 SOX complete 11/24/93Page: 8 Program Seq f: 69 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Maae\nCareer Skills Development Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Dennis Glasgow, Dr. Russell Mayo Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nuaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coef\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER (continued) Dr. Phillip Rayford, UAMS Dept, of Physiology and Biophysics 12/10/93 12/10/93 Charles Lovell, Student Nurse Roger Rasico and Phyllis Hendricks, Juvenile Court Little Rock Fire Department 10/21/93 09/09/93 10/06/93 10/21/93 09/09/93 10/06/93 Dean Eisenberg, UALR School of Law 10/20/93 10/20/93 STEPHENS Juvenile Detention Center Guards Phone Pioneers Presentation Gary Noble, parent - Kwanzaa Jennifer Gill, Medical Industry A. Resource Speakers: Mr. Bill Colton (Science) Geology Department Dr. Katherine Mitchell (Education) Shorter College Mr. Don Forrester (Fireman) Sgt. Hutchinson (Police Officer) Mr. Jerry Lambert (Science) Arkansas Forestry Conmission Mr. Tommy Sproles (Health) Arkansas Department of Health Mr. Ron Hoff (News photographer) KATV Channel 7 Ms. Pamela Smith (Reporter) Rev. W. W. Ualker (Religion) J i 11/17/93 11/10/93 12/16/93 11/23/93 09/15/93 09/23/93 10/19/93 10/27/93 10/27/93 10/28/93 11/12/93 11/23/93 01/13/94 11/17/93 11/10/93 12/16/93 11/23/93 09/15/93 09/23/93 10/19/93 10/27/93 10/27/93 10/28/93 11/12/93 11/23/93 01/13/94Page: 9 Program Seq f: 69 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Naate: Career Skills Development Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Dennis Glasgow, Dr. Russell Mayo Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS (continued) Mr. Sidney Moncrief (Business) 02/04/94 02/04/94 Mrs. Berthenia Gill (private industry) 02/17/94 02/17/94 Bippo Hippo (dental health) Rev. Geroy Osborne (Religion) 02/21/94 03/18/94 02/21/94 03/18/94 ^13IRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prograa Seq *: 70 Page\n1 Prograa Maae: Incentive School Operations - Stfiport Services Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Arma Kart Revision Date: May 9. 1994 Prograa Description: District Goal Sifsport: l^leaent integrated ecfcicational prograas that will ensure that all students grow acadeaically, socially and eaotionally with ei^asis on basic skills and acadeaic enrichaant while closing disparities in achieveaent. Prograa Goal: To develop si\u0026lt;]port prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportisiities for all students. Plan References: L 180 - 181 1 II FY Prograa Budget: II YTD Expenditures: c Expenditures: Related Fioction Codes\n1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend\n4th Qtr Expend: 414 FTE ]LRSO FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Progran Seq *: 70 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Progran Naae: Incentive School Operations - Sifsport Services Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop support prograns and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportmities for all students. Plan Reference Psge Nimber L 180-181 L 180-181 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7.0 Coamutity access/field tripe are to be arranged for (reinforcement or enrichment) for students. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Principals and staff, VIPS, parents) 7.0 (Review relationship of field trips to subject areas taught and students' educational, social and emotional needs and determine the effectiveness through improvement in classroom performance and student achievement on standardized tests) 7.1 Visits to historical, scientific and cultural events and exhibits within the city and aromd the state and region with appropriate chaperons to provide educational input. MITCHELL A. Local, state and regional field trips have been taken, forms are available. Field trip ROCKEFELLER A. Field trips to McArthur Park, Museun of Science and History, Arkansas Arts Center, Fire Station, Little Rock Zoo, Dino's Alive, Hidden Valley Dairy Farm, Harvest Foods, Governor's Mansion, Sylvan Hills Senior High Play, Robinson Center Theater, Arkansas Tech University (gifted/talented students). 415 07/01/93 09/01/93 06/30/94 75X VIPS, Educational PrograaB, OjrriculuB Desegregation (Parents, Teachers, Principal) 7.1 (Copy of building level culminating activities and corresponding field trips) 7.1 (Students will demonstrate mastery of stated objectives of subject areas as related to field trips on teacher-made tests and Abacus assessment)Page: 3 Progroi Seq f: 70 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograa Naw: Incentive School Operations - St^jport Services Prograai Code: Priaary leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop support prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Psge Ikaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER (continued) 8. Third nine weeks field trips: Arkansas State Capitol, Museum of Science and History, Central Arkansas Transit Authority Bus Ride, McArthur Park, Arkansas Repertory Theater, St. Vincent Infirmary, STEPHENS Historical: Pinnacle Mtn., K Territorial Restoration Grades 1-6 Third nine weeks: State Capitol (Pre-K * K) Murray Lock \u0026amp; Dam (3-6) Museum of Natural History (Pre-K - K) State Capitol (4-6) AP \u0026amp; L White Bluff Power Plant (4- 6) Blanchard Springs Caverns (5-6) NLR Layman Library (1-6) NLR Electric Co. (Pre K-3) Delta Cultural Center - West Helena (3-6) Robinson Center (4-6) St. Vincent, Surgeon General Jocelyn Elders (6) Arkansas Territorial Restoration (K) 416 03/09/94 11/17/93 12/04/93 01/12/94 02/09/94 02/17/94 02/21/94 02/28/94 03/02/94 03/05/94 03/09/94 03/11/94 03/24/94 03/24/94 04/07/94 03/24/94 11/17/93 12/04/93 01/12/94 02/10/94 02/17/94 02/21/94 02/28/94 03/02/94 03/05/94 03/10/94 03/11/94 03/24/94 03/24/94 04/07/94Page: A Prograa Seq *: 70 Revision Date: Hay 9, 1994 Prograa Naae: Incentive School Operations - Si^jport Services Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingrain Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop npport progm and proceduree idiidi Hill eltoH incentive echoole to provide enhanced educational opportunitiea for all atudenta. Plan Reference Page Hiaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS (continued) B. Scientific: Baucun Tree Nursery, Gr. 2-3 Baucijn Tree Nursery, Gr. 4-6 Ark. Game ft Fish Convn., Gr. K-3 Ark. Game ft Fish Conn., Gr. 4-6 Ark. Geology Learning Center, Gr. K-2 Ron Mining, Gr. 4*6 Birnam Wood Nursery, Gr. 1-6 Bradbury Christmas Tree Farm, Pre K-K The Punpkin Patch, Pre K-K Third nine weeks: Museum of Science and History (1- 6) Children's Hospital (K) National Weather Service (5-6) Murray Lock ft Dam (5*6) Museum of Natural Science and History (Pre K-K) Museum of Natural Science and History (1*6) Mid America (3-6) LR Municipal Water Works AP ft L White Bluff Power Plant (4- 6} Blanchard Springs Caverns (5-6) NLR Electric Co. (4-6) L.R. Zoo (K) NLR Electric Co. (Pre-K - 1) Delta Cultural Center - West Helena (3-6) LR Municipal Water Works (Pre-K - 1) Wilson Water Treatment Plant (2-3) St. Vincent - Surgeon General Jocelyn Elders 417 10/22/93 10/26/93 11/02/93 11/03/93 11/02/93 11/11/93 10/16/93 12/08/93 10/21/93 01/08/94 01/25/94 02/08/94 02/10/94 02/17/94 02/19/94 02/22/94 02/24/94 02/28/94 03/02/94 03/08/94 03/09/94 03/10/94 03/11/94 03/15/94 03/17/94 03/24/94 10/22/93 10/26/93 11/02/93 11/03/93 11/02/93 11/11/93 10/16/93 12/08/93 10/21/93 01/08/94 01/25/94 02/08/94 02/10/94 02/17/94 02/19/94 02/22/94 02/24/94 02/28/94 03/02/94 03/08/94 03/09/94 03/10/94 03/11/94 03/15/94 03/17/94 03/24/94Page: 5 PrograM Seq *: 70 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 PrograM Nsmb: Incentive School Operations - Si^iport Services PrograM Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingrain Secondary Leader: Arma Hart PrograM Goal: To develop sipport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Hiafcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS (continued) C. Cultural: Arkansas Arts Center, Pre K*K Arkansas State Fair (Music), Gr. 6 Red Ribbon Parade, Gr. 4-6 Fire Station, Pre K-K Robinson Center (Beauty and the Beast), Gr. 4 The Children's Museun, Gr. 1-6 Robinson Center (Nutcracker), Gr. 4-6 Third nine weeks: Omoja Studio (1*6) Duntar Magnet School (6) Museun of Natural Science and History (1*6) Post Office (Pre K) Robinson Center (4*6) Central Arkansas Library (Pre-K) Blanchard Springs Caverns (5-6) NLR Layman Library (1-6) Delta Cultural Center - West Helena (3-6) Pulaski Heights Jr. High Basketball Tournament (1*6) Robinson Center (2) Robinson Center (4-6) Ark. Territorial Restoration (K) 7.2 Exhibits and performances will also be brought to the schools. 7.3 Students will have the opportunity to visit industrial complexes to view the actual manufacturing process and to gain information relative to the world of work by means of visits to actual work sites and some shadowing experiences in the intermediate grades, i.e. fifth and sixth 09/22/93 10/12/93 10/25/93 10/28/93 11/01/93 11/20/93 12/10/93 01/22/94 02/02/94 02/05/94 02/09/94 02/21/94 02/23/94 03/02/94 03/05/94 03/11/94 03/19/94 03/21/94 03/24/94 04/07/94 418 09/22/93 10/12/93 10/25/93 10/28/93 11/01/93 11/20/93 12/10/93 01/22/94 02/02/94 02/05/94 02/09/94 02/21/94 02/23/94 03/02/94 03/05/94 03/11/94 03/19/94 03/21/94 03/24/94 04/07/94Page: 6 Prograa Seq *: 70 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograa Noae: Incentive School Operations - Si^iport Services Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop aipport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide erhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niober L 180-181 L 180-181 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.0 To build a prograa of coaoKiity involveaent provided for students with access to coaouiity organizations and volmteer experiences. 07/01/93 06/30/93 Asst. S\u0026lt;\u0026lt;\u0026gt;t., Coord, of Incentive Schools (VIPS) 8.0 (An increase in the nunber of students who participate in camunity organizations will be evident) 8.1 Establish Girl/Boy Scout Prograas at each school. FRANKLIN A. Girl/Boy Scout Programs are established through the Extended Day activities. MITCHELL A. Boy/Girl Scout programs are in place. RIGHTSELL A. Girl/Boy Scout troops implemented in Extended Day. ROCKEFELLER A. Three Cub Scout and three Brownie Scout troops were established and meetings are held during Extended Dey. STEPHENS A. Girl/Boy Scout Programs established 419 07/01/93 10/01/93 09/21/93 10/01/93 09/21/93 09/21/93 06/30/93 75X 09/21/93 45X 09/21/93 09/21/93 Quapew Corneil, Asst. Sipt., Coordinator of Incentive Schools (Parent Coordinator of Incentive Schools) 8.1 (Copy of program and participants and comunity activities) 8.1 (An increase in the number of students who will participate in scouts in each school)Page: 7 Progrm Seq *: 70 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Progrm Nam: Incentive School Operations - Sufjport Services Progrm Code: Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progrm Goal: To develop si^iport program and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportisiities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudier L 180-181 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 9.0 Special skills program to be offered after school on a four-day per week basis (or whatever the designated tim for extended day activities) p.173-K (A designated schedule is established for extended day by the LRSD) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals, School Staff (Counselor, Director of Pupil Services) 9.0 (Conduct a survey to determine the increase in the number of students participating in special skills program and students going into next grade level) 9.1 Students finishing activities early shall report either to the Homework Center, to CARE, or leave the campus at the request of a parent or guardian. These skills shall be defined as the opportunity to participate in: - choir (voice):  music (instruaental): - dance: after school, one (1) day per week. 9.2 Assistance will be syjght from area colleges and university schools of fine arts and local organizations to provide these services at no cost to the child and hopefully to the program, but certainly at minimal cost to the school. 420LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMEWT Prograa Seq *: 71 Page: 1 Prograa Maae: Counseling/SociaI Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Description: There shall be access to community based support programs provided to students who attend the incentive schools, Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals _________________________________________________________________________ ___________________ Provided these support programs can be negotiated and/or _______________________________ the availability of students from area colleges and i^iversities to teach music, dance and choir in the schools\nvolunteers and preprofessionals from area colleges end universities to assist with teaching activities and extracurricular activities\nassistance from social agencies to intervene if students need assistance in health and/or personal need situations. secured by compact such as: (This program is designed to provide opportunities for the counselors and social workers to help students resolve such personal, emotional, and social problems that interfere with their adjustments in school end capacity to enjoy the fullest benefits of the editcational program.  . . . . teachers, parents and students and appropriate outside agencies as needed.) District Goal Si\u0026lt;yx\u0026gt;rt: The social workers and counselors work closely with Ii^leaent integrated educational prograas that will ensure that all students grow acadeaically, socially and eaotionally with eaphasis on basic skills id acadeaic enrichaant biiile closing disparities in achieveaent. Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of ccxnselina/social work to provide extra si^port to students to ensure thea opportunity for success. [ Plan References: L 183-185 FY Prograa Budget: TTD Expenditures: I Related Finction Codes: FTE 421 ] IRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMEHT Page: 2 Prograa Seq f: 71 Revision Date: Kay 10, 1994 Progran Nane: Coutseling/Social Uork Progran Code\nPrinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Progran Goal: To create a progran of coioseling/social work to provide extra support to students to ensure then opportixiity for success. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Page 183 1.0 To provide cooawity services access for all students who need additional si^iport. 07/01/93 06/30/94 VIPS. Office of Deseg, Curricului, Educational Programs (Director of Pupil Services, Nurse, Social Worker, Counselor) 1.0 (The nunber of college and/or university students who are available to teach music, dance and choir\nand the nuiber of volunteers and preprofessionals who assist with teaching and extracurricular activities, will provide opportunities for success for students) 1.0 Compacts with coaaunity agencies, diversities to assist with student opportdities. MITCHELL A. The social worker, counselor, and principal work with several conmunity agencies to provide needed services for students. (See list of contacts.) RIGHTSELL A. Social Worker and Counselor work closely with Social Services and the Juvenile Justice System to ensure student's Protective Services also assist families in obtaining social security disability benefits for eligible students. 422 1.0 (The names of universities or conmunity agencies and students who are assisted is on file) 08/23/93 10/01/03 75X 45XPsge: 3 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Cooiseling/Social Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of coisweling/social work to provide extra si^iport to students to ensure thea opportunity for success. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.0 Page 183 2.0 A mentoring program will be established which will provide interactive time for students to work with appropriate role models to enhance an awareness of skills necessary for successful entry into the world of work. RIGHTSELL (continued) B. Work closely with Social Services and the Juvenile Justice System to ensure student's protective services - also assist families in obtaining social security disability benefits for eligible students. STEPHENS A. Social Worker contacted the Rape Crises Center for a parent. B. Social Worker/Nurse transported child to the Children's and Family Center for services. 01/03/94 03/09/94 12/06/93 07/01/93 75X 03/09/94 01/21/94 06/30/94 Pt\u0026lt;\u0026gt;il Personnel (Director) Counselors VIPS Educational Prograas (Principals) 2.0 (The nunber of students participating in the mentoring/role models program will become more knowledgeable about careers as evidenced by surveys or questionnaires) RXKE FELLER A. Zane Vermillion, counseling intern, UALR Graduate School. 10/01/93 12/31/93 2.1 Page 183 2.1 Parental Information. Parents will also receive this information so that they may be aware of the options which are open to their children. 07/01/93 06/30/94 2.1 (Copy of mentor program date sent to parents and meetings held to inform parents of the program goals and options) MITCHELL A. Letters, fliers, and calendars are sent home frequently to keep parents invol^. 08/23/93 75X 423Page: 4 Progran Seq f: 71 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Progran Name: Coinseling/Social Work Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Progran Goal: To create a progran of comseling/social work to provide extra sifport to students to ensure then opportixiity for success. Plan Reference Page Ninber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL A. Calendars of school events and student activities are sent home each month. Other informational flyers and notices are also sent to parents, such as, PTA notices. Adult Ed. flyers, community activities 10/01/93 75X 2.2 Page 183 B. Parent Employment Seminar, Parent Stress Reduction Seminar, Arkansas Employment Register Newspaper ROCKEFELLER A. Invitations were sent to parents to attend a picnic at McArthur Park with the UALR law students. B. Invitations were sent to parents to attend a holiday party at Rockefeller with the UALR law school faculty, law students, and Rockefeller staff. STEPHENS A. Informational bulletins sent to parents announcing school events: monthly awards assenbly, field trips, comnunity meetings, and quarterly awards assembly. 2.2 Mentoring progran FRANKLIN A. Mentoring program is currently in place. HITCHELL A. A mentoring program is in place. 424 01/03/94 10/18/93 11/29/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 07/01/93 75X 10/21/93 12/02/93 75X 06/30/94 12/17/93 75X 2.2 (A copy of the mentoring program is aval table)Page: 5 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naaa: Cotnseling/Social Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader\nSterling Ingram Secondary Leoder: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of counsel ing/tocial work to provide extra si\u0026lt;]port to students to ensure thea opportixiity for success. Plan Reference Page Miwtoer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL A. Mentoring - On November 2, 1993 our Counselor provided training for seven (7) volunteers to serve as mentors. Currently, there are 16 mentors serving Rightsell school. B. Mentoring Program Activities: lunch at Calabash, bowling at Professor Bowl (incentives for honor roll students), Little Rock Air Force Base * Air Show (5th grade, incentive for good citizen) C. Guest Speakers: Ron McFarland * Process 1500 Oscar Washington - CPA 11/02/93 02/05/94 02/03/94 02/04/94 11/02/93 03/26/94 02/03/94 02/04/94 Kelly Jenkins - Boy Scouts of America 02/10/94 02/10/94 Bascal James * Barber 03/17/94 03/17/94 D. New Mentor, Emily Stroud. Total n(ji6er of mentors - 17 STEPHENS A. Mentoring program established. Roster on file in the Principal's office. 08/23/93 08/23/93 2.3 Page 183 2.3 Special eaphasis on schools recruiting minority students 07/01/93 06/30/94 2.3 (The nunber of college students participating in schools with minority students) 4256 Page: Progran Seq *: 71 Revision Date: Kay 10, 1994 Progran Naan: Comseling/Social Uork Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Progran Goal: To create a progran of comseling/social work to provide extra sifjport to students to ensure then opportunity for success. Plan Reference Page Ninber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria FRANKLIN A. Monthly bulletins are sent to area minority students through monthly mailouts. 03/01/94 75X Principal, Secretary, LRSD Student Assignment Office Number of minority students showing an interest in Franklin. ROCKEFELLER A. UALR law students, Law Students for Literacy Program, 43 students (1 BH, 5 BF, 13 UM, 24 UF) 10/01/93 75X B. VIPS Male Mentors * 3 (2 BM, 1 UH) 10/01/93 12/17/93 STEPHENS 3.0 Page 183 3.0 To provide student training in study skills, testing skills and listening skills. A. Parent Recruitment Committee established. B. The connittee met five times to establish needs and write the parent recruitment plan. C. The following activities were planned and implemented: Advertisement in local newspapers. Distributed fliers advertising school to the Hunan Services Department, Harvest Foods, Southwest City Mall, Kroger Store, Mega Market, Pizza Hut, State Farm Insurance, Sherwood Realtors, and Real Estate Central 426 08/23/93 10/11/93 02/24/94 07/01/93 75X 02/28/94 02/26/94 12/17/93 Pi\u0026lt;\u0026gt;il Personnel, Coineelors, VIPS, Educational Programs (Principals, Staff) 3.0 (Student performance on Abacus assessment, teacher made tests and standardized tests will increase)Page: 7 Progm Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Progran Mane: Counseling/Social Work Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Progran Goal: To create a progran of cometing/social work to provide extra si^sport to students to ensure then opporttnity for success. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.0 Testing, listening and study skills will be provided to students as well as particular experience in testing. GARLAND A. Taught during weekly large group guidance sessions. B. Extra support will be provided through small group sessions. C. Speak to PTA concerning the parent's role in test-taking. MITCHELL A. Study and test-taking skills are taught by teachers and the counselor in whole class and smell group sessions. Extended Day time is devoted to test-taking and study skills. RIGHTSELL A. Test-taking skills instruction provided to students a minimum of once per week in their regular classroom and in Extended Day. ROCKEFELLER A. Students given practice on testtaking skills through Abacus assessment tests. STEPHENS A. Students are taught test taking skills from 7:55 to 8:15 daily. 10/01/93 10/01/93 01/10/94 09/21/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 12/17/93 12/17/93 01/10/94 75X 75X 75X 75X 3.0 (Student performance on Abacus assessment, teacher made tests and standardized tests will increase) 427Page: 8 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Counseling/SociaI Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of counseling/social work to provide extra si^iport to students to ensure thea opportunity for Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals success. Plan Reference Page Niaber 4.0 Page 183 4.1 Page 183 4.2 Page 183 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.0 To hold home/neighborhood meetings to increase parental/neighborhood involvement in student learning. 4.1 Meetings at neighborhood sites with small gr\u0026lt;M\u0026lt;)e of parents. Other meetings for smell groups of parents will be scheduled at cownunity locations such as churches and some homes if invited by parents. FRANKLIN A. PTA Board meetings are held on a monthly basis. RIGHTSELL A. Parent Employment Seminar Philander Smith College ROCKEFELLER A. Community meeting with Dean/ students/counselor/principal at UALR School of Law about partnership plan. STEPHENS A. Home Neighborhood meeting at First Baptist Church - Highland Park 4.2 Meetings at homes with groi^ia of parents. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 01/03/94 03/19/94 09/29/93 02/15/94 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 75X 01/03/94 03/19/94 09/29/93 02/15/94 06/30/94 Principals, School Staff (Incentive School VIPS Volunteer Counselor) Principals School Staff (Incentive School Volunteer) Principals School Staff 4.0 (A school/neighborhood partnership is formed students' academic achievement and parental involvement will increase) 4.1 (Agendas with dates, place, purpose of meetings, names of persons attending, minutes of each meeting and follow-up activities) 4.2 (Agendas with dates, place, purpose of meetings, names of persons attending, minutes of each meeting and copy of follow*up activities) 428Page: 9 Prograa Seq f: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naaie: CoKiseling/SociaI Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of counseling/social work to provide extra si^iport to students to ensure thea opportunity for success. Plan Reference Page Niadjer 4.3 Page 183 5.0 Page 183 5.1 Page 183 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria FRANKLIN A. PTA Board Meetings are held regularly in parent homes. 4.3 Involveaent of ainisters. STEPHENS A. Local ministers participating in all school assemblies and in mentoring program. RIGHTSELL A. Ministers serve as classroom volunteers, recruit and host guest speakers, serve as chaperones for field trips and Saturday Program activities. 10/01/93 07/01/V3 08/23/93 10/01/93 75X 06/30/94 75X 75X 5.0 To increese parental involvement so that parents become true partners in the learning process. 5.1 Parent assistance at schools MITCHELL A. Parent volunteers are used on field trips, for tutoring, and helping with classes. 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 75X (Principal, School Staff, Incentive School Volunteer) Principal, School Staff (Incentive School Volunteer) Principals School Staff 4.3 (Agendas with dates, place, purpose of meetings, names of persons attending, minutes of each meeting and copy of follow-up) 5.0 (Student attitudes, behavior, attendance and achievement will improve as evidenced by teacher-made tests. Abacus assessment, discipline management reports, absentee reports and standardized tests) 5.1 (The number of parents who volunteer at school will increase) ^29Page: 10 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Progran Hane: Comseling/Social Uork Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Progran Goal: To create a progran of comseling/social work to provide extra stfaport to students to ensure then opportunity for success. Plan Reference Page Nintter Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL A. Parents volunteer for field trips, fundraisers, tutors, PTA Board meetings, guest speakers, etc. ROCKEFELLER A. 80 parent volunteers for November and December. STEPHENS A. The ntfhber of parents who volunteered: August - 14\nSeptember - 50\nOctober - 50\nNovember - 32\nDecember * 24\nJanuary  47\nFebruary  74\nMarch  84. Parents volunteer for field trips, fundraisers, tutors, PTA Board meetings, guest speakers, etc. 10/01/93 10/01/93 08/16/93 75X 12/17/93 75X 5.2 Page 183 5.2 Parents will sign hosnuork 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals School Staff 5.2 (Copies of signed homework with parent or guardian signatures) MITCHELL A. Homework forms are used for parent's signatures. RIGHTSELL A. Parents are asked to sign homework Monday through Thursday ROCKEFELLER A. Teachers doctjnent return of homework assignments signed by parents on an individual basis. ^30 08/23/93 10/01/93 08/23/93 75X 75X 75XPage: 11 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograai Naae: Comseling/Social Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of comseling/social work to provide extra si^iport to students to ensure thea opportmity for success. Plan Reference Page NtaRier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS A. Homework is sent home daily, parent signs docunenting that they have seen homeourk. on file in each classroom. Oociinentation 08/23/93 75X 5.3 page 183 5.3 Regular coamaxiication between school and hoae will take place 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals School Staff 5.3 (Copies of interim reports, news/informational letters, handbooks, report cards, good news notes will be on file) 1. Regular meetings, monthly, will be held at the school. 2, Parental access will be provided for identified pick up points within the school coeinunitv. 3. Parents will be encouraged to provide classroom support in the form of tutoring, storytelling, and general assistance. FRANKLIN A. Honthly calendar of events is sent home. HITCHELL A. Letters, fliers, reports and calendars are sent to parents regularly. 08/23/93 75X 43iPage: 12 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Maae: CoKeling/Social Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of coireeling/social work to provide extra airport to students to ensure thea opportuiity for success. Plan Reference Page Hiaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL A. There is a mininun of 1 contact per month on students' academic and behavioral performance. Monthly reporting in the form of interim reports, parent conferences, report cards, etc. Example: Parent conferences (10-25-93) Report Cards sent home (11-08-93) Interim Reports sent home (12-06- 93) Teachers make many periodic informal calls to parents to solicit parent assistance, involvement, and information. 10/01/93 75X B. Report cards Parent Conferences Interim Reports 01/28/94 02/14/94 02/28/94 01/28/94 02/14/94 02/28/94 ROCKEFELLER A. Monthly parent progress reports: 09-22-93, 10-25-93, 11-20-93, 12- 01-93. ROCKEFELLER (continued) B. Monthly school calendars, newsletters from teachers to parents C. Monthly parent progress reports 09/22/93 09/22/93 01/26/94 7SX 75X 03/07/94 432Page: 13 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naoe: Counseling/Social Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingrain Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of coiraeling/social work to provide extra si\u0026lt;]port to students to ensure thea opportunity for success. Plan Reference Page Hiaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coo^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS A. Parent/student handbook, monthly interim reports, informational bulletins, report cards, quarterly newspapers, theme newsflyer. Extended Day flyer. Media Center, Good News Notes, and home visits. Documentation on file in principal's office/teachers classroom. 08/23/93 75X 5.4 Page 183 5.4 Day visits for parents 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals School Staff 5.4 (Documentation of visits, purpose, names of parents are on file) FRANKLIN A. Parents are encouraged and invited to visit their child's classroom on a constant basis. MITCHELL A. Two days are set aside for parents to come to school and conference with teachers. RIGHTSELL A. Home/Day visits to parents - sixteen (16) were made by the Social Worker and thirteen (13) were made by the counselor to address poor attendance, economic need, and social problems. Two (2) were made by the principal and ten (10) visits were made by classroom teachers. 433 08/23/93 10/01/93 45XPage: 14 Progran Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Progran Naaie: Coirtseling/Social Uork Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Prograa Goal: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals To create a program of cotaveUng/social work to provide extra si^iport to students to ensure then opportunity for success. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.5 Page 183 6. Approximately 49 home visits were conducted by school staff. RXKEFELLER A. Parent Open House, Parent/Teacher conference day - Roster of attendees on file in the Principal's office. B. Home/day visits to parents: 25 were ma^ by the counselor\n25 were made by the nurse\n5 were made by the assistant principal\n15 were made by the social worker\n10 were made by the teachers. STEPHENS A. Parent Open House  Parent/Teacher Conference Day - Roster of attendees on file in the Prinicpal's office. Home visits made by the counselor to address needs (21). Home visits made by the social worker to address needs of students (22). Home visits made by teachers (139). 5.5 Schedule settings (A place will be established for designated meetings) MITCHELL A. The cafeteria is designated for PTA meetings. Teachers meet in selected classrooms. The Parent Center is designated for small parent meetings. 434 01/03/94 09/20/93 10/01/93 09/30/93 07/01/93 03/31/94 45X 75X 75X 06/30/94 Principals School Staff 5.5 (Docusentation of meetings, visits, purpose, name of parent and student is on file)Page: 15 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Maae: Covetins/Social Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of counsel!ng/social work to provide extra S4\u0026lt;]port to students to ensure thea opportunity for success. Plan Reference Page Hiaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coi^letian Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL A. Scheduled meetings are held in the cafeteria, classrooms, art class, counselor's room, library, and parent center. Example: PTA meetings are held in the cafeteria, PTA Board meetings are held in a classroom, pupil service meetings are held in counselors room, parent conferences are held in the classroom or parent center, and staff meetings are held in the art room. ROCKEFELLER A. Student Education Plans prepared in cooperation with parents. B. Parent Conference Day C. School Improvement Plan developed uith parental involvement D. Chapter I School Improvement Plan developed with parental involvement STEPHENS A. Parent meetirtgs: Sept. 20, 1993\nPTA Board Meeting: Nov. 9, 1993\nPTA General Heeting/Spaghetti Dinner\nDec. 3, 1993 B. Parent meetings. Jan. 1994 * PTA Board Meeting\nFeb, 17, 1994 PTA Founders Day\nMarch 17, 1994 PTA parent Inservice 10/10/93 08/23/93 10/25/93 08/17/93 08/30/93 09/20/93 01/15/94 75X 09/10/93 10/25/93 08/30/93 08/30/93 12/03/93 03/17/94 435Page: 16 ProgrM Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Name: CoKweling/Sociat Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of coireeling/social work to provide extra si^port to students to ensure thea opportixiity for success. Plan Reference Page Niat)er 6.0 Page 184 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.0 To establish learning time schedules for the afternoon's extended day. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principal, School Staff 6.0 Schedule (settings) weekly extended day prograas based on individual school needs. Principals School Staff 6.0 (An extended school day schedule will be established in each Incentive School) 6.0 (Number of students participating in extended day) MITCHELL A. Extended Day classes are scheduled for Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday. RIGHTSELL A. Extended Day schedules are based on assessment of student needs by teachers and parent/student interest survey. Extended Day Schedule - Tuesday \u0026amp; Wednesday 2:35 - 2:45  snacks\n2:45 * 3:15 - Homework Center\n3:15  3:50 - Remediation, Enrichment, \u0026amp; Reinforcement of Basic Skills/Test'taking skills\n3:50 - 4:30 * acitvity/project related to basic skills Thursday * 2:35 * 2:45 - snacks\n2:45 - 3:15 * Homework Center\n3:15 * 4:30 * Academic Clubs/Leisure Activities 436 09/28/93 75XPage: 17 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naaie: CoLTtseling/Social Work Prograa Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of counsel ing/soci a I work to provide extra st^iport to students to emure thea opportixiity for Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals success. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caq\u0026gt;letion Date Respomibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER A. Extended Day activities are held Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday 09/28/93 SOX 7.0 Page 184 7.1 Page 184 of each week. Homework assistance is provided during the first session and an activity is offered durii^ the last half of the session. STEPHEMS A. Extended Day classes are held three days a week ' Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thrusday. 109 students ere enrolled. 09/21/93 75X 7.0 To iafirove hoae/school coHsiication. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals, School Staff (Parents) 7.0 (Students behavior and academic achievement will improve on interim reports sent to parents, Abacus assessments, report cards to parents, and on standardized tests) 7.1 Early indicator and early intervention prograas. (Children's progress is reviewed regularly to determine the need of early intervention) MITCHELL A. Interim reports are sent home monthly. B. Happy grams are sent home as earned. 437 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals School Staff (Parents) 7.1 (Daily classroom observations, Abacus assessment and weekly grades) 08/23/93 75XPage: 18 Program Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10. 1994 Program Name: Counseling/Social Uork Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingrain Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To create a progrm of counsel ing/social work to provide extra sifiport to students to ensure them opportunity for Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals success. Plan Reference Page Nudser Objectives Strategies Beginning pate Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL A. EPSF, Pupil Service Team, monthly report to parents, Social Skills Instruction, Family Life Instruction, Counseling, and the DARE Program. 10/01/93 75X ROCKEFELLER A. The Rockefeller Early Choldhood Magnet Program is the earliest form of intervention that is offered in the district. 10/01/93 12/17/93 B. Programs offered for early intervention: Early Prevention of School Failure pre/post test, regular meetings of pupil service team, services offered by the social worker, counselor, and nurse, DARE program for 6th graders, family*life, and mentoring program. 08/23/93 75X C. Parent interest surveys were distributed to determine interest and encourage involvement. 02/01/94 02/11/94 STEPHENS A. Principal reviews all progress reports  interim reports, report cards, classroom monitoring grade sheets, class record books. Daily walk throughs, informal and formal observations. Docunentation on file in principal's office. 08/23/93 75X 7.2 Page 184 7.2 Alert and Success cards sent regularly to parents. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals Staff 7.2 (Parent feedback on hunan relations survey) 438Page: 19 Program Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Program Name: Comseling/Social Uork Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Program Goal: To create a program of c\u0026lt;x\u0026gt;eling/social work to provide extra stvport to students to ensure them opportmity for success. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria FRANKLIN A. Interim Reports are sent home to parents on a monthly basis. RIGHTSELL A. Positive calls and notes, student of the week, Happy Grams, ICU (I Caught You Being Good), interim reports indicating positive academic and behavioral performance. ROCKEFELLER A. There is a minimum of at least one parental contact per month addressing concerns/successes of student achievement. STEPHENS A. Positive calls, notes, student of the week. Happy Grams, interim reports indicating positive academic and behavioral performance are sent home. 8.0 Page 184 8.0 To establish aeaningful eleaentary extracurricular activities for students 8.0 Give students reco^ition and leadership opportunities via clii and annitoring responsibilities FRANKLIN A. Students are selected as Fire Marshals and Flag monitors. 08/23/93 10/01/93 09/01/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 439 75X 75X 75X 75X 06/30/94 10/01/93 Principal, School Staff 8.0 (Student portfolio will include a list of extracurricular activities that will give students opportunities for recognition and leadership experiences) 8.0 (A list of extracurricular activities and of the number of students participating will be available)Page: 20 Prograai Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1996 Prograai Naaie: Counseling/Social Uork Prograai Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of counseling/social work to provide extra stgiport to students to ensure thea opportmity for success. Plan Reference Page Niafcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria MITCHELL A. Students participate in the following clubs and activities: Scouting, Jusy Say No Club, Student Council, Triple A Club, Mitchell Ambassadors, Student of the Week RIGHTSELL A. Students are recognized for behavioral/academic performance weekly and quarterly. There are many opportunities for students to demonstrate responsibility and leadership during the regular school day and extended day. Some of the opportunities inclu^: Flag Patrol, Boy Scouts, Library Monitors, Newspaper Staff, etc. ROCKEFELLER A. Student Counsel officers were elected and regular meetings are scheduled with the staff sponsor. Officers/Representatives: BN, 1 WF, 2 UM. 7 BF, 1 09/21/93 10/01/93 11/01/93 75X 75X 75X STEPHENS A. Students serve as monitors in classroom, office, media center, and science lab. Students have opportunities to serve as leaders in the Student Council, Young Astronauts, Girl Scouts, Boy Scouts, peer helpers. Roster on file in principals office. 08/23/93 75X ^^0Page: 21 PrograM Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Program Naae: Counseling/Social Work PrograM Code: Primry Leoder: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leoder: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals PrograM Goal: To create a prograai of comaeling/social uork to provide extra si^iport to students to ensure them opportisiity for success. Plan Reference Page NuiRjer 9.0 Page 1B4 9.1 Page 184 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date C\u0026lt;Mpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 9.0 To iiif\u0026gt;leMent individual and gr\u0026lt;x\u0026lt;\u0026gt; comseling for all students. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principal, School Staff (Director of Pupil Personnel) 9.0 (Individual and group counseling opportunities will be established and discipline and social interactions with peers and teachers will {n|)rove as indicated on interim reports and quarterly report cards to parents) 9.1 Peer facilitators 07/01/93 06/30/94 Pipil Personnel Director (Counselors) 9.1 (Students are selected and trained as peer facilitators) MITCHELL A. Peer tutors work with other students. Teachers of Tomorrow menbers serve as tutors. 10/01/93 75X RIGHTSELL A. Peer facilitator Training was provided on 10-8-93 for five students 4th  6th grades. There are currently 18 peer helpers who meet bi-monthly with the counselor. Peer tutoring is also implemented in each class. 10/08/93 10/08/93 B. Peer helpers/Peer facilitators - Students participated in an art project to make a quilt square. The quilt will be displayed in the LRSD Central Office. \"Friends Helping Friends\" Topic  ROCKEFELLER A. Training for peer facilitators is conducted by school counselor. There are presently 44 peer tutors. 01/18/94 01/20/94 10/01/93 75X ^4iPage: 22 Program Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograai Name: Comseling/Social Uork Prograai Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Progri Goal: To create a prograa of comseling/social work to provide extra sqsport to students to ensure thea opportmity for success. Plan Reference Page Nuitier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS A. Peer facilitators are selected and trained. 08/31/93 12/17/93 9.2 Page 184 9.2 Counaelort doing individual and groi^i comseling. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Counselors) 9.2 (Counselor's schedule includes individual and group counseling that meets the students' needs) HITCHELL A. The counselor provides individual end group sessions for students. 08/23/93 75X RIGHTSELL A. Approximately 35X of the student population has been seen for individual counseling sessions. All students have been seen for whole group counseling. 10/01/93 75X B. Individual counseling * approximately 15X of the total population were seen during this reporting period. 01/03/94 03/31/94 ROCKEFELLER A. A schedule has been developed that includes individual and group counseling. 08/23/93 08/23/93 B. The addition of a social worker has been beneficial in meeting individual and groi\u0026lt;\u0026gt; needs. 11/01/93 11/01/93 STEPHENS A. Students receiving group and individual counseling. Roster on file in the principals office. 442 08/23/93 75XPage: 23 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Comseling/Social Uork Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of comaeling/social work to provide extra M^iport to students to ensure thea opportmity for success. Plan Reference Psge Miaber 9.3 Page 184 10.0 Page 184 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 9.3 Conflict resolution will be taught. RIGHTSELL A. Conflict resolution has been taught to 20 students who are ffienbers of the Conflict Managers. Conflict resolution is also taught to each class during the bimonthly developmental counseling sessions. B. Conflict resolution - Conflict Managers Club implemented the \"Peace Movement.\" Fifth and sixth grades are targeted with sixth graders entering an essay contest - Topic: Me.\" STEPHENS 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Counselors) 9.3 (Students will participate in conflict resolution training and there will be a reduction in the number of disciplinary sanctions) 10/01/93 01/03/94 4SX 75X \"What Peace Means to A. Counselor/social worker provide conflict resolution training on* going. 08/23/93 75X 10.0 Incentive/recotpiition prograam will be implemented by 1990-91. (The Inccntive/Reco^ition Program will be continued during 1993-94 school year) 07/01/93 06/30/94 VIPS, Partners in Education (Counselors, Parents, Students, Staff) 10.0 (An Incent i ve/Recognit i on Program is implemented by students, staff and patrons to improve students' social behavior and academic achievement) 4 43Page: 24 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Comseling/Social Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of comseling/social work to provide extra st^iport to students to ensure thea opportunity for success. Plan Reference Page Niaber 10.1 Page 184 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.1 Student recognition prograas. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Principals, Teachers, Counselors) 10.1 (Suggestions and ideas are included as a part of the Incentive/recognition program) FRANKLIN A. Students are recognized for academics and citizenship each 9 week period. 10/23/93 75X MITCHELL A. Students are recognized in the following ways: Triple A Club, Honor Rolls, Citizenship Awards, Artist of the Day, Student of the Week, Special Achievement Awards. 08/23/93 75X RIGHTSELL A. Student of the Week\nICU Being Good\nArt Class of the Week\nCafeteria Award\nGood Citizens Tea, Honor Roll 10/01/93 75X ROCKEFELLER A. First nine weeks: BF, 14 BM, 15 WF, 13 UM All A's: 27 08/23/93 10/21/93 B. First nine weeks: A/B Honor Roll: 31 BF, 13 BM, 6 WF, 9 UM C. First nine weeks: Perfect Attendance: 37 BF, 42 BM, 11 WF, 20 WM D. Second nine weeks: All A's: 19 BF, 10 BM, 9 WF, 1 OF 10/26/93 01/15/94 E. Second nine weeks: A/B Honor Roll: 29 BF, 14 BH, 1 OF, 1 OM, 10 WF, 10 WM 444Page: 25 Prograa Seq f: 71 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Conseling/Social Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingrain Secondary Leader: Prograa Goal: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals To create a prograa of couweling/social work to provide extra si\u0026lt;]port to students to ensure thea opportunity for success. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.2 Page 184 ROCKEFELLER (continued) F. Second nine weeks: Perfect Attendance: 14 UF, IS WN 29 BF, 42 BN, 2 ON, G. Third nine weeks: 6F, 10 WF, 9 UM, 1 ON All A's: 20 01/18/94 03/24/94 H. Third nine weeks: A/B Honor Roll: 24 BF, 18 BN, 9 UF, 8 UM, 1 OF, 2 ON I. Third nine weeks: Perfect Attendance: UM STEPHENS 26 BF, 41 BN, 5 WF, 9 A. Quarterly recognition programs are held to recognize student achievement arxl improved student behavior. 10/28/93 SOX 10.2 Good Citizen prograas 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Principals, Teachers, Counselors) 10.2 (The Good Citizens Program will continue to be a part of the Incent i ve/Recogni t i on Program in every school) FRANKLIN A. Students are given the opportunity to earn privileges through good behavior, attendance, and proper uniform attire. 10/28/93 25X RIGHTSELL A. The Good Citizen Tea is held once each quarter. All students making all (S's) in citizenship are recognized. This is sponsored by the Jr. Chamber of Commerce, one of our Partners-In-Education. 10/28/93 445 SOXPage: 26 Prograa Seq f: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Maae: Cooiseling/Social Uork Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of counseling/social work to provide extra support to students to ensure thea opportixiity for success. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER 10.3 Page 184 A. 143 students awarded a trip to Circus Capers for good citizenship for the first 9 weeks. BM, 25 WF, 26 UH 62 8F, 30 B. A Good Citizen of the Month is chosen from each classroom. The students' pictures are taken and prominently displayed in a showcase in the hallway. There is a special table set up for them to have lunch and parents are invited to join them. C. For the second nine weeks 151 students were awarded a trip to Show Biz for good citizenship STEPHENS A. The following programs are established: Student of the Week, Good Citizenship Award, Most Improved Classroom Citizen 10.3 Comnity involveaant in recognition. FRANKLIN A. Pizza Hut awards students for academic excellence on a 9 week basis. MITCHELL A. Parents are recognized at monthly PTA meetings. 08/23/93 10/01/93 01/20/94 08/23/93 07/01/93 10/28/93 02/21/94 10/21/93 75X 01/20/94 08/23/93 06/30/94 (Counselors, Parents, Principals) 10.3 (Establish and manage a program of comnunity contributions) 75X 33XPsge: 27 Prograa Seq f: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Maae: Cotrseling/Social Uork Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of comseling/social work to provide extra si^iport to students to ensure thea opportunity for success. Plan Reference Page Mud)er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Collation Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL A. Our Partner-ln-Education provides the guest speaker for Students' Good Citizens Party. Our first quarter speaker was Mr. Freddie Nelson, Metro Junior Chamber of 10/01/93 37X Conmerce. Ue have also had four (4) guest speakers for the Career/Mentor's Club, which meets Thursdays during Extended Day. B. Second quarter speaker for the Good Citizens Party was Beatrice Stratford. The Career Mentors had a total of eight guest speakers during Extended Day. C. Awards banquet - Lions Club - Two volunteer retired teachers. Hrs. Levada Mason and Delois Sykes, were honored by the Lions Club. Both ladies have been spotlighted as \"Volunteer of the Month.\" ROCKEFELLER A. Pancho's Mexican Buffet awarded the All \"A\" Honor roll students end those that had perfect attendance a coupon for a free mean. B. Backyard Burgers (one of our Partners In Education) awarded honor roll students with a coupon for a milkshake. '^47 01/03/94 02/14/94 10/21/93 01/13/94 03/24/94 10/21/93 01/13/94 03/24/94 75X 02/14/94 10/21/93 01/13/94 03/24/94 10/21/93 01/13/94 03/24/94Page: 28 Prograa Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10. 1994 Prograa Maae: Comseting/Social Uork Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Prograa Goal: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals To create a prograa of coueeling/social work to provide extra si\u0026lt;]port to students to ensure thea opportioity for success. Plan Reference Page Nudier 11.0 Page 184 11.1 Page 184 11.2 Page 184 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 11.0 To structure and begin wellness program for students at each school. 11.1 Full-tiae nurse at each building. RIGHTSELL A. The nurse that was assigned to the building at the beginning of the 93-94 school year has been on medical leave all year. Ue have the full time position but have been operating with a sub, when one is available. B. Full time nurse hired ROCKEFELLER A. A full-time nurse is employed. STEPHENS A. Full-time nurse employed. 11.2 Student screening. Students will be screened for physical health and will also receive information on topics like self-esteem, nutrition, drug prevention and awareness end first aid. 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 02/07/94 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 10X 02/07/94 06/30/94 Health Services (Director) (School Nurse) (Assoc. Supt., Health Services Coordinator) (School Nurse) 11.0 (A wellness program is in place at each school that will provide information to parents and students on topics like self-esteem, nutrition, drug prevention and awareness and first aid. Students will be screened and given a physical health evaluation) 11.1 (A nurse is available all day in each school) 11.2 (A schedule of screening tests is on file for every student) 448Page: 29 Prograai Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograai Naae: Comsaling/Social Work Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leoder: Prograa Goal: To create a prograa of comaeling/social work to provide extra sqiport to students to ensure thea opportmity for success. Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria MITCHELL A. The nurse screens every student (vision, hearing, records). 09/01/93 10/01/93 RIGHTSELL A. Students screenings completed on two fifth grade classes and one third grade class 10/01/93 75X ROCKEFELLER A. Vision/hearing, height/weight for kindergarten, 1st, 3rd, \u0026amp; Sth grades. Dental screening for 2nd grade. Blood pressure for 4th grade. Height/weight for 6th grade. 09/01/93 11/01/93 STEPHENS A. Students are screened in the following areas: Vision (Pre-K, 1, 3, \u0026amp; S)\nBlood Pressure (4th)\nScoliosis (5th grade girls and 6th grade boys and girls) 09/23/93 75X 11.3 Page 184 11.3 Parent presentations. Presentations will likewise be made to parents on similar topics for their information on a continuing education basis. 11.3 (Inservices/PTA meetings are scheduled and presented to parents on health information that may increase child's success in school) STEPHENS A. School Nurse held community meetings: Cope/Health Department\nAmerican Cancer Society\nJTPA\nPulaski County Coroner 11/20/93 01/21/94 02/19/94 03/19/94 11/20/93 01/21/94 02/19/94 03/19/94 449Page: 30 Progran Seq *: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Progran Naan: Counseling/Social Uork Progran Code: Prianry Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals Progran Goal: To create a progran of comseling/social work to provide extra stfjport to students to ensure then opportmity for success. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 12.0 The Health Services coordinator and the incentive school nurses should develop a strong working relationship with the Departments of Health. Employment Security, end Hunan Services to increase opportmities for holistic services to students and their parents. 13.0 Page 185 13.1 Page 185 13.2 Page 185 13.0 To work with comaunity prograsm like Caap Pfeifer to sipplcment school prograam for students 13.1 Study success of Pfeifer program, (or other appropriate program) RIGHTSELL A. During the 1993*94 school year Rightsell was selected as an alternate school in the LRSO to send students to Camp Pfeifer. We have not yet had the opportmity to send a student to the camp. ROCKEFELLER A. One black female attended one session of the Pfeifer program. 13.2 Uork with Director to target incentive students. (Director of Camp Pfeifer or other appropriate community program) 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 11/15/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 75X 12/17/93 06/30/94 Pipil Personnel (Director) District Divisions (Asst. Supt.) (Oeseg. Facil.) Pi\u0026lt;)il Personnel (Director) District Divisions* (Director of Pupil Personnel, Principals) 13.0 (The students who participate in comnunity programs at Camp Pfeifer will improve in social behavior and academic achievement in the core curriculum areas, as measured by teacher-made tests, Abacus assessment, classroom performance and standardized tests) 13.1 (Data generated by Camp Pfeifer will show increase in students' academic achievement) 13.2 (The nunber of students in the incentive schools who are selected for the program) 1 J Page: 31 Progran Seq f: 71 Revision Date: May 10. 1994 Prograai HaaK: Comseling/Social Uork Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Progran Goal: Jo Evelyn Elston, Building Principals To create a progran of counseling/social work to provide extra st^iport to students to ensure then opportunity for success. Plan Reference Page Nuaber 13.3 Page 185 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coo|\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 13.3 Uork with other coanunity groupie to mdertake similar projects. (Projects undertaken will provide extra support to students in the area of counseling and social work) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Director of Pupil Services, VIPS Coordinator) 13.3 (Evidence of involvement in other projects) 45iLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT PrograM Seq *: 72 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 PrograM Naaie: School Policies and Procedures PrograM Code: PriMsry Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. PrograM Description: Extracurricular proarams will be established to allow students recognition, leadership experience, and a chance to be involved in school activities,----------------------- future teachers programs, intramurals, monitor \"jobs in the office (at recess or lunch time, not class time), library, with the flag, safety patrol, fire marshals, and student council memberships. ---------------------*---- time) library, with the flag, Among these will be District Goal Support: (This program is designed to allow teachers, administrators and the school patrons the opportunity to explore activities and educational options, and to become flexible in establishing programs, procedures and policies that will positively impact student achievement and promote a more attractive school enviroment.) I element integrated sectional programs that Mill ensure that all students grow academically, socially wid emotionally with eaphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment Uiile closing disparities in achievement. PrograM Goal: To reassess individual school policies and procedures as they relate to Meeting the needs of all students. [ Plan References: L 188-189 FY PrograM Budget: 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE YTD Expenditures: 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Fmction Codes: 1 452LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Psge: 2 Progra* Seq *: 72 Revision Date\nMay 10, 1994 Prograai Naaie: School Policies and Procedures Prograai Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr./Arma Hart Prograai Goal: To reassess individual school policies and procedures as they relate to aeeting the needs of all students. Plan Reference Page NiMber L 188 L 188 L 188 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 To establish a flexible prograaaiing approach at each incentive school Uiich coaplies with standards and also meets individual student needs. Semi-departmentalization will be the recomnended organizational structure for grades 4-6, This organization will facilitate the development of specialized skills for subject area\" teachers for the respective grade levels. 1.1 Allow for team teaching (or other effective teaching strategy) by means of scheduling. MITCHELL A. Schedules are designed to allow teacher cooperation. (Semi- departmental i zat i on) ROCKEFELLER A. B. 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 08/23/93 Principal Staff (Principal Staff) Departmentalized instruction is implemented in Sth and 6th grades in math, science, social studies, and language arts. Departmentalized instruction is implemented in 4th grade in science and social studies. 1.2 Provide for opportunities for students to rcanin in classes for extended tiaw periods as needed. RIGHTSELL A. Extension opportunities provided. 453 08/23/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 4SX 45X 06/30/94 75X (Principal Staff) 1.0 (Increased student achievement on teacher made tests, Abacus assessments, classroom observation and standardized tests) 1.1 (Evidence of team teaching at the building level or other effective teaching strategy) 1.2 (Increase in nunber of students participating in extended day, Saturday or Extended Year Programs)Page: 3 Progran Seq *: 72 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Progran Naaie: School Policies and Procedures Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr./Arma Hart Progran Goal: To reassess individual school policies and procedures as they relate to neeting the needs of all students. Plan Reference Page Ninter Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER A. 200 students remain at school for the extended day program. 60 students are registered to attend Saturday school. 10/28/93 75X STEPHENS A. Ninety percent of student body is enrolled in extended day classes. 09/21/93 09/21/93 L 188 1.3 Develop a plan for individualized instructions within the specific buiIding. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Principal Staff) 1.3 (Classroom teachers lesson plans and student's Education Plan will include specific strategies and individualized instruction to meet the needs of all children) MITCHELL A. SEP'S are developed for each student. 09/01/93 75X B. Teacher/aides work with students one- on-one as needed. C. Special services are provided as students need them. RIGHTSELL A. Small class sizes and instructional aides assist in meeting individual student needs. 454Page: 4 Prograa Seq f: 72 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naaa: Sctiool Policies and Procedures Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr./Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To reassess individual school policies and procedures as they relate to meting the needs of all students. Plan Reference Page Nudier L 188 L 188 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caa|\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER A. Every resource student has an Individual Education Plan (IIP)\nevery student has a Student Education Plan (SEP)\ncomputer lab is set up for individualized instruction\n2 instructional aides are provided for every 3 classes for assistance to students\n2 computers in each classroom with software tailored to student needs. STEPHENS A. The auxiliary teacher, instructional aides, and volunteers tutor individual students in skill deficits. 08/23/93 08/23/93 45X 75X 2.0 Areas to be investigated for possible plan inclusion. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Assoc. Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts., Asst. S^its. 2.0 (Final recommendations from the school committee are available) 2.1 Permanent assigned substitute in each incentive school to be available as needed. MITCHELL A. There is a permanently assigned substitute in place. RIGHTSELL A. Permanent substitute is assigned to Rightsell. ROCKEFELLER A. Auxiliary teacher is on staff at Rockefeller assisting with classroom instruction, developing incentives for student achievement and good citizenship. 455 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/16/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 75X (Assoc. Supts., Asst. Supts.) 2.1 (Job description written and position filled)Page: 5 Prograa Seq *: 72 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Policies and Procedures Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr./Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To reassess individual school policies and procedures as they relate to aeeting the needs of all students. Plan Reference Page Nuiber L 188 L 188 Objectives Strategies Begiming Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS A. Permanent substitute (auxiliary teacher) substitutes in the classroom when a teacher is absent. Other duties include thirty minutes tutoring in each classroom. 2.2 At least a one-half time assistant principal. RIGHTSELL A. Position to assist principal not filled. ROCKEFELLER A. A full time assistant principal is a vital part of the adninistrative staff. 2.3 Uniforas for students FRANKLIN A. 08/23/93 07/01/93 08/09/93 07/01/93 75X 06/30/94 75X 06/30/94 (Principal Asst. Supt.) Assoc. Si4\u0026gt;ts., Asst., Sipts. 2.2 (Staffing is reflective of Business Case recoffmendat ions) 2.3 (Students and parents support the idea of uniforms as evidenced by survey results) 2.3 (An acceptable racial balance will occur) A student dress code was established in July 1993 and given to parents at registration. HITCHELL A. Students wear uniforms at Hitchell. 45G 08/09/93 08/23/93 08/09/93 08/23/93Page: 6 Prograa Seq *: 72 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naoe: School Policies and Procedures Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr./Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To reassess individual school policies and procedures as they relate to meeting the needs of all students. Plan Reference Page Niober L 188 L 188 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cciq\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL A. Uniform Program implemented during 199394 school year. ROCKEFELLER A. Students wear uniforms using guidelines established by a conmittee of parents, staff, and students. At the beginning of school approximately 90X of the students were dressed in uniform. Assistance has been provided for those students who wish to wear uniforms and have had financial difficulty in obtaining them. 2.4 Standard dress for teachers. RIGHTSELL A. School level dress standards have been established. However, district does not support school level standards. ROCKEFELLER A. A dress code was established by the convnittee of teachers. STEPHENS A. Dress codes for teachers/staff was implemented. 2.5 Encouraged PTA attendance (at least two (2) meetings per year for parents/all meetings for staff) 457 10/01/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 08/16/93 07/01/93 75X 90X 06/30/94 08/23/93 08/16/93 06/30/94 (Parents, Principal, Staff) (Principal, Staff) 2.4 (Teachers will participate in establishing a dress code in each building) 2.5 (Documentation of parent participation in PTA meetings will reflect the number of parents attending)Page: 7 Progran Seq f: 72 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograai Naae: School Policies and Procedures Prograai Code: Priaery Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr./Arma Hart Progran Goal: To reassess individual school policies and procedures as they relate to neeting the needs of all students. Plan Reference Page Nisdjer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CoBfiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria FRANKLIN A. Teachers are required to sign-in for PTA meetings and extra-curricular activities they attend outside the normal school day. MITCHELL A. Parents are encouraged to attend all PTA meetings. B. Programs are designed to get parents to attend. RIGHTSELL A. Parent contract states that parent must attend ell PTA meetings. Staff members are encouraged to attend all meetir)gs but not required to attend. RXKEFELLER A. Parents are encouraged to attend all PTA meetings. Staff members are also encouraged to attend all PTA meetings but by terms of the contact are only required to attend two (2) per year. STEPHENS A. PTA Open House/Meeting B. PTA Heeting/Spaghetti Dinner C. January Board Meeting D. January Regular PTA meeting E. February Founders Day Program F. March PTA meeting 09/01/93 08/23/93 08/19/93 09/20/93 12/06/93 01/14/94 01/25/94 02/17/94 03/17/94 75X 75X SOX 09/20/93 12/06/93 01/14/94 01/25/94 02/17/94 03/17/94 45SPage: 8 Prograa Seq *: 72 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Policies and Procedures Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr./Arma Hart Program Goal: To reassess individual school policies and procedures as they relate to meeting the needs of all students. Plan Reference Page Nudar Objectives Strategies Beginning Date (km^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.0 Attendance and behavior guidelines will provide unique opportunities to assist students and keep them In school. 3.1 Student handbooks will be available at every school and individual in that school. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principal, Staff 3.1 (Student Handbooks will be used to Inform parents informed about school programs, policies and procedures regarding their children) FRANKLIN A. The 1993*94 Franklin Incentive Parent/student Handbood was distributed to all parents, patrons, guardians, and staff. 08/09/93 08/09/93 MITCHELL A. Student handbooks are distributed annually. 08/23/93 10/01/93 RIGHTSELL A. Parent/student handbooks have been given to all staff and patrons. ROCKEFELLER A. A parent/student handbook has been distributed along with the Students' Rights and Responsibilities handbook. STEPHENS 08/09/93 08/09/93 A. Student handbook issued. 08/09/93 08/09/93 3.2 Time out areas staffed with trained personnel will help students with problem solving, Students wi11 participate In the process of developing school-based management rules.9 Page: Prograa Seq *: 72 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Maae: School Policies and Procedures Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr./Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To reassess individual school policies and procedures as they relate to aeeting the needs of all students. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ceapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.3 Students and parents will sign a contractual agreement to be at school and on time each day. 3.4 Involve all those affected by a discipline policy (staff, students end parents) in its development. 3.S Be specific about what constitutes appropriate and inappropriate behavior as well as the consequences of both types of behavior. 3.6 Make sure policies and procedures are well publicized so that all who are involved in a school for even a brief time (such as parents, guest speakers, and monitors) understand the schools' rules. 3.7 Insist upon fair and consistent enforcement of discipline policies, 3.8 Provide teachers comprehensive training in techniques for dealing with disruptive students. 3.9 Carefully collect discipline data arxj closely monitor the discipline program to make modifications that are indicated by formative as well as smroative information. 4.0 Maintain records of volunteer participation that are sufficiently detailed to reflect an accurate picture of comnunity involvement overall as well as at each school. LRSD should compile monthly docunentetion identifying the nmber of volunteers, their race and gender, the total hours they serve, end the types of services they provide. 4 noPage: 10 Prograa Seq *: 72 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naaa: School Policies and Procedures Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr./Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To reassess individual school policies and procedures as they relate to aeetir the needs of all students. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.1 Consistently document olunteer training, including the type of training, when and where the training was offered, and session participants by race, gender, and school service site. 4.2 Document the number and date of visits to each 8tudent*s home, along with who made the visit so it is possible to determine that each family is visited at least twice each year, envisioned in the plan. as 4.3 Maintain complete documentation of all parent meetings and activities including sign-in sheets that reflect parents* race, gender, and the school their child attends. 4.4 Meeting agenda and minutes should be a matter of routine record. 4.5 Establish a mechanism at each school to ensure that parents sign homework regularly as outlined in the plan. 4.6 Have contracts ready for parents to sign when they register their children in the incentive schools. Follow UP with e procedure thet reminds parents of the commitments they made in the contract. 4.7 Make parent and volunteer recognition an integral, ongoing, end highly visible part of school life, Students and staff should collaboratively find ways to continually praise end reinforce parent end community involvement in their school. 461Student Choices/Options Cluster * * * Student Choices/Options King Interdistrict School Stephens Interdistrict School * Romine Interdistrict School * * Rockefeller Early Childhood Original Magnets * M-to-M Magnet School * M-to-M Magnet Schools 462LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prograa Seq *: 75 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Prograa Naae: Student Choices and Options Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Sue Pederson, Julie Uiedower Prograa Description: The purpose of interdistrict schools is to offer an attractive thematic program that will attract students from neighboring districts, improve the racial balance of the sending and receiving districts. All interdistrict and magnet schools shall be open to students who reside outside Pulaski County. The Interdistrict transfers will LRSD is committed to work with PCSSD and the other parties to this case to establish for the 1989-90 school year the Baker Interdistrict School, the Crystal Hill Interdistrict School in PCSSD. and an additional two hundred seats for LRSD students at a second PCSSO Interdistrict School to be established at a location agreed upon by the parties. IRSO will recruit black students to fill its share of the seats in accordance with the Interdistrict Plan, The PCSSD has agreed to increase the capacity of the Crystal Hill Elementary School from 600 to 800 seats with up to 399 seats reserved for black students transferring from Little Rock School District and, if space is available, from Morth little Rock School District. District Goal Si^iport: Prograa Goal: Interdistrict greater majority to lesser aaioritv transfers will be permitted only where they improve the desegregation of the sending and receiving school districts and do not compromise the intradistrict desegregation plan of the respective district. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. To improve the racial balance in the sending and receiving districts and to provide an excellent academic program. Plan References: 1-3\n1-4 FY Prograa Budget: 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE YTD Expenditures: 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Fiaictian Codes: 463Program Seq *: 75 Program Name: Student Choices and Options Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Psge Himber I- 3 I- 4 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Hayo Secondary Leader: To improve the racial balance in the sending end receiving school and to provide an excellent academic program. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caif\u0026gt;letion Date Page: 2 Revision Date: Hay 11, 1994 Sue Pederson, Julie Uiedower Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (1 To establish six thematic interdistrict schools.) (2 Operate the incentive schools for at least six years * Franklin, Garland, Ish, Hitchell, Rightsell, Rockefeller and Stephens 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supt. - LRSO Supt. * PCSSO 1. The interdistrict schools are operative as evidenced by the establishment of all six schools. Establish Baker as an interdistrict school A. Completed 100X 1993-94 Open Clinton A. Attended grourxi'breaking ceremony. Completed ceremony 1993 Open Stephens A. Continue efforts to establish site for school. B. Establish attendance zones for LRSO students. Open Crystal Hill A. Completed 10OX 1992*93 Open King See program sequence 76 Completed 100X 1993 Establish Romine as an interdistrict school. Up to 49 percent of the Romine seats would be allocated to PCSSO and at least 51 percent of the seats would be allocated to LRSO. Completed 100X 46'4 1989 - 90 Supt. - LRSO Supt. - PCSSO Baker i established with the theme operational. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 1994 - 95 06/30/94 1992 - 93 1993 - 94 1989  90 Supt. - LRSD Supt.  PCSSO Supt.  LRSO Supt. - PCSSO Supt. - LRSD Supt.  PCSSO Supt. - LRSD Supt. * PCSSO Supt. - LRSO Supt. - PCSSO Clinton School is established with the theme operative for the 1994*95 school year. Stephens is established with the theme operative to open as an interdistrict school. Crystal Hill is established as an Interdistrict School. King School is open for the 1993'94 school year as an Interdistrict School. Romine School is established with the theme operative as an Interdistrict School. 2. The incentive schools will continue to exist for at least a period of six years.Page: 3 Prograa Seq f: 75 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Prograa Naae: Student Choices and Options Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Sue Pederson, Julie Uiedower Prograa Goal: To improve the racial balance in the sending and receiving school and to provide an excellent academic program. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Implement the incentive school program as designedfSix Incentive Schools are operative.) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Asst. Supt., Principals A. Completed 100X 1989 8. Ish was closed at the end of the 1993 school year and will not continue as one of th\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\u003cdcterms_creator\u003eLittle Rock School District\u003c/dcterms_creator\u003e\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_221","title":"Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1994-05-13"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational statistics"],"dcterms_title":["Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/221"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME I FILED U.SS OOWmTfRRIICCTT CCOOUURT EASTERN DISTRICT ARKANSAS LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MA* I e 1994 THIRD QUARTER STATUS REPORT JAMES W McCORMACK. CLERK By: OEP CLERK PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT May 13, 1994 EXHIBIT 1 SEQUENCE # PAGE # Preface 1 Mission 2 Goals 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE # SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) PAGE # District Financial Summary 4 Definitions 6 Organization of the Report 8 Cluster Budget Documents 10 09A 09B 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 School Operations (Principals) School Operations (Central Off. Adm.) Extracurricular Participation Student Hearing Officer In-School Suspension New Futures Academic Incentive Grants/Focused Activities McClellan Community School Unassigned Testing Assistance - Disadvantaged Job Fair 164 348 (CONTD) 434 463 467 521 530 535 588 592 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 HIPPY 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program (PAL) Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Education Federal Programs Vocational Education 12 23 34 47 79 131 140 145 ORGANIZATIONAL CHART (WHITE) 595 iPREFACE The mission statement and goals for Little Rock School District are the guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs provides additional direction for quality, interim decision-making for the district. Specifically, programs with poor performance or expenditure problems are addressed with corrective action during the year rather than after the year is completed. The report enhances the districts ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to the programs identified in the Desegregation Plan for the most efficient and functional program planning on a quarterly basis. Several modifications are inherent in the reporting for the third quarter. First, the third quarters report requires an additional volume for desegregation program reporting so that the growth and accumulation of the many achievements reported by schools and programs during the fiscal year of 1993-94 (FY 93-94) are accommodated. Consequently, the third quarters report for desegregation programs consists of Volume I (Seq #s 1-18) and Volume II (Seq #s 19-82). An additional modification in the desegregation report includes a change in the reporting of the School Operations Program. Principals and Central Office Administrators will report achievements. 09A is the designated sequence number for reporting by Principals, and 09B is the sequence number relative to Central Office Administrators reporting. The desegregation audit has been completed. Additional desegregation obligations are reflected in the program budget documents of the third quarter report. A continued refinement and adjustment period throughout the fiscal year 1994-95 (FY 94-95) will be necessary for language clarification of the additional desegregation obligations. The Little Rock School District hopes to make the language more consistent and uniformed with the spirit and intent of the various obligations. The Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs contains the following: (1) The Mission Statement of Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Program Budget Documents Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. 1LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum academic, social, and emotional development. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens committed to fairness, racial equity and adequate support for education. 21. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 35/4/94 Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 1 Program Code 01 02 05 06 07 08 09 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 32 33 34 35 49 51 52 Program Name HIPPY_____________________________ 4-YEAR OLD PROGRAM_____________ STUDENT HEARING OFFICER_________ OFFICE OF DESEGREGATION_________ EXTRA-CURRICULAR PARTICIPATION TEACHER RECRUITER_______________ STAFF DEVELOPMENT_______________ ACADEMIC SUPPORT PROGRAMS MULTICULTURAL PROGRAMS_________ ACADEMIC INC GRANTS/FOCUSED ACT ORIGINAL MAGNETS_________________ SPECIAL EDUCATION @ WASHINGTON SECURITY__________________________ D/P SYSTEM STUDENT INFORMATION M-TO-M MAGNET SCHOOLS________ EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING COMPUTERIZED TRANSP SYSTEM ROMINE INTERDISTRICT THEME______ McClellan community school IN-SCHOOL SUSPENSION___________ JOB FAIR___________________________ TESTING ASSISTANCE_______________ LIBRARY SERVICES__________________ PARENT RECRUITING________________ VIPS RECRUITING___________________ PREJUDICE REDUCTION_____________ CONTINGENCY FUND________________ OFFICE OF INCENTIVE SCHOOLS WRITING TO READ Budget 93-94 266,763.02 1,523,742.24 94,381.61 433,102.41 5,000.51 35,188.38 465,627.29 1,815,582.10 197,446.69 352,294.55 3,914,000.00 55,695.66 756,878.66 792,523.74 2,254,912.66 387,378.66 8,000.00 69,680.82 170,112.24 850,408.55 1,092.82 5,066.96 479,954.32 40,000.00 34,671.18 5,000.00 300,000.00 1,749.42 6,009.00 4 FTE*s 21 67 2 10 1 7 70 1 38 4 74 4 2 25 30 2 YTD Expense 178,151.00 897,821.25 73,599.33 319,624.60 4,962.82 26,670.86 231,134.88 1,066,712.78 65,859.05 73,725.77 0.00 34,378.65 530,492.64 753,015.23 1,195,948.00 492,331.29 7,420.00 53,893.60 149,283.48 471,756.72 688.96 2,934.40 264,476.35 5,693.95 20,803.57 0.00 0.00 830.08 0.00 1st Quarter 31,286.27 138,599.40 22,646.74 100,300.49 4,962.82 9,695.18 69,080.94 158,246.87 19,443.65 26,486.11 0.00 8,178.16 91,086.44 593,453.22 287,665.69 149,459.45 0.00 0.00 82,090.64 70,413.69 153.38 75.16 61,580.87 10.26 5,857.49 0.00 0.00 76.77 0.00 2nd Quarter 69,819.02 387,557.20 27,973.85 111,334.76 0.00 10,475.07 81,164.99 499,040.09 23,307.68 3,860.21 0.00 12,566.50 213,556.49 122,425.14 451,600.64 167,904.22 0.00 0.00 38,451.48 195,153.72 212.33 1,643.82 110,920.97 2,012.50 8,585.07 0.00 0.00 0.58 0.00 3rd Quarter 77,045.71 371,664.65 22,978.74 107,989.35 0.00 6,500.61 80,888.95 409,425.82 23,107.72 43,379.45 0.00 13,633.99 225,849.71 37,136.87 456,681.67 174,967.62 7,420.00 53,893.60 28,741.36 206,189.31 323.25 1,215.42 91,974.51 3,671.19 6,361.01 0.00 0.00 752.73 0.00 % Budget Spent 66.78% 58.92% 77.98% 73.80% 99.25% 75.79% 49.64% 58.75% 33.36% 20.93% 0.00% 61.73% 70.09% 95.01% 53.04% 127.09% 92.75% 77.34% 87.76% 55.47% 63.04% 57.91% 55.10% 14.23% 60.00% 0.00% 0.00% 47.45% 0.00%5/4/94 Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 2 Program Code 53 54 56 57 59 61 64 65 66 72 73 74 75 Program Name SCIENCE LABS______________________ COMPUTER LABS___________________ COMPUTER LOAN PROGRAM_________ EXTENDED DAY_____________________ FIELD TRIPS________________________ TRANSPORTATION (ADDL)___________ INSTRUCTIONAL AIDES______________ EXTENDED YEAR____________________ INCENTIVE/RECOGNITION____________ RECOMMENDED STAFFING___________ REQUIRED STAFF DEVELOPMENT TEACHER STIPENDS/INSERVICE______ OTHER INCENTIVE SCHOOL ACTIVITIES TOTAL Budget 93-94 12,000.00 6,000.00 2,500.00 747,247.70 33,000.00 15,000.00 496,451.04 99,938.45 14,581.91 808,481.42 52,878.29 72,725.98 51,088.13 17,734,147.41 PTEs 42 31 431 YTD Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 457,030.80 20,678.75 14,960.92 261,026.98 33,179.48 8,887.95 452,336.89 22,767.65 34,270.74 45,058.25 8,272,407.67 1st Quarter 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,550.48 3,210.95 0.00 38,306.87 31,884.03 1,428.45 58,107.81 1,459.85 24,542.02 20,724.59 2,136,064.74 2nd Quarter 0.00 0.00 0.00 192,460.04 7,404.63 14,960.92 114,714.15 1,295.45 3,093.35 190,828.11 16,290.74 5,393.24 11,775.22 3,()97i782i18 3rd Quarter _________ow 0.00 0.00 239,020.28 10,063.17 0.00 108,005.96 0.00 4,366.15 203,400.97 5,017.06 4,335.48 12,558.44 3,038,560.75 % Budget Spent 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 61.16% 62.66% 99.74% 52.58% 33.20% 60.95% 55.95% 43.06% 47.12% 88.20% 46.65% sDEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Program Budget Documents. Program: A program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified need. Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy and establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one of two formatted pages. Program Sequence # (Seq. #): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. Program Code: This is a unique accounting code assigned by Financial Services which links budget and expenditure information to the associated program. 6Definitions and Data Elements (cont.) Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e. the Program Manager or the Principal). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Plan Reference: Specific plan and page references will directly cite one of the following desegregation documents: L = LRSD Desegregation Plan\nI = Interdistrict Desegregation Plan\nS = Settlement Agreement\nC = Court Orders\nT = Transcripts\nP = Pleadings\nM = Monitoring Reports. The format should be L23 or 113-20, for example. This element has been left blank if the program is not directly cited in one of the desegregation documents. Plan Reference Page Number: Source references listed for each objective and strategy have been used. If the objective or strategy is desegregation document related, the specific desegregation document and page upon which this objective or strategy has been found should be listed. If the objective or strategy is not related to a desegregation document, then whatever source was used has been listed. This element is contained on page 2 and succeeding pages. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following manner: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/93). Completion Date. This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/93). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (75%) should be entered. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 7ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs. Pagination. Every page in the text is numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered (e.g.,1,2,3,...) throughout the report at the bottom of the page beginning with the \"Preface.\" The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i, page ii, and page iii. Print. The report employs two kinds of print density. Bold Print denotes original language of the desegregation document(s). Lighter print enclosed in parentheses (parenthetical statements) identifies language that is not literal in the desegregation document(s). The parenthetical statements of lighter print have been integrated throughout the program budget documents for clarification of original language in the desegregation document(s) and/or for providing information generalized from the original language of the desegregation document(s). Parenthetical information should not be construed to mean new legal obligations nor expansion of the obligations under the desegregation document(s). Underlined Print. Underlined Print denotes additional desegregation obligations language which has been inserted verbatim in the third quarter report of FY 93-94. Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of the report, similar programs have been grouped into six color-coded clusters. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq #) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. School Operations Program (09A and 09B). Beginning the third reporting quarter for FY 93-94, the status report for desegregation programs reveals several changes in the reporting of the School Operations Program. First, the School Operations program description warrants that both Principals and Central Office Administrators provide quality planning for students. Therefore, the School Operations Program is divided hereafter into two sections for reporting achievements by both Principals and Central Office Administrators. The sequence number for reporting by Principals (i.e., schools) is 09A, and the sequence number for reporting by Central Office Administrators is 09B. Secondly, for the third reporting period, the inclusionary dates cited in the \"Beginning Date\" column and \"Completion Date\" column are 01/03/94 and 03/31/94, respectively. These inclusionary dates represent the boundaries for the third quarter. The generic dates of 01/03/94 and 03/31/94 are used to uniform and conform reporting in the School Operations program budget documents. Specific date information relative to the achievements of Central Office Administrators follows each documented achievement. 8Organization of the Report (continued) As a final note, the School Operations Program (09A) classifies the area, interdistrict, and magnet schools into three organizational levels: elementary, junior high, and senior high. Incentive Schools. The Incentive Schools cluster provides program reporting information for the following schools: Franklin, Garland, Rockefeller, Mitchell, Stephens and Rightsell. Non-Monetary Tracking. No entry on page one in the fiscal year program budget field and/or the quarter expenditure field of a Program Budget Document means desegregation money has not been tracked to the respective program. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart is provided. 9CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 10Curriculum Cluster * * * * * * * * HIPPY 4-Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Programs Federal Programs Vocational Education 11Program Seq #: 01 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 1 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY (Home Instruction Program For Preschool Youngsters) Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Description: HIPPY is a home based developmental program which recognizes the mother as the first significant teacher of the child. HIPPY assists the mother in preparing the child to be successful in kindergarten, therefore assisting in the reduction of the disparity gap between black and white students. HIPPY'S major focus is in the shadow areas of major incentive schools and in the Southwest Little Rock area. HIPPY serves primarily economical and educational disadvantaged families. District Goal Support: Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be successful\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan References: Page L-5, L-14, 15, 16 FY Program Budget: $266,763.02 1st Qtr Expend: $31,286.27 3rd Qtr Expend: $77,045.71 FTE 21 YTD Expenditures: $101,105.29 2nd Qtr Expend: $69,819.02 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 12Program Seq ft: 01 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead 2 Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc L14 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Page Number Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To promote the HIPPY program 07/01/93 June 30, 1994 Staff Mailed letters Appear on show (Documentation of PSA) 1.1 To compose and mail Public Service Announcement for local radio stations and Channels 14 and 16 flyers. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Staff A. Staff member appeared on channel 16 08/22/93 08/22/93 8. Mailed PSA to channels 4, 7, 14, \u0026amp; 16 07/08/93 07/08/93 C. Forwarded PSA to LRSD Communications Department 07/08/93 07/08/93 2. To select HIPPY aides D. Printed \u0026amp; distributed flyers (342 distributed) E. Mailed announcements and flyers 13 08/23/93 08/03/93 07/01/93 09/30/93 08/03/93 06/30/94Page: Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead 3 Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Page Number Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Interview and select fourteen (14) aides. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Staff A. Interview \u0026amp; select aides 08/23/93 B. Printed \u0026amp; mailed forty two (42) flyers to area churches 10/11/93 09/28/93 09/28/93 C. Mailed job announcement to channels 14, 16, \u0026amp; 38 08/03/93 08/03/93 L14 3. Initial training of aides and staff 08/23/93 09/03/93 Supervisor Pay the bill (requisition paid) 3.1 Arrange logistics with State Regional Office for the initial training 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor Pay the bill A. Contacted Principal at Washington Magnet school to assist \u0026amp; arrange use of facilities for Regional Training 08/24/93 08/24/93 L14 4. To enroll families into program. B. Conducted pre-initial training for aides 09/02/93 08/01/93 14 09/03/93 10/01/93 Supervisor Coordinators (Documentation of family enrollment)Page: 4 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date L14 L14 L14 L14 Page Number Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. To recruit families 6. To determine service of coordinators 7. To assign families to be serviced by aides. 8. To organize instructional material. 4.1 Conduct home interview and enroll families into program. A. Conducted registration for interested parents 5.1 Compose and mail correspondence to community churches to recruit families and instructional aide trainees. A. Mailed correspondence to forty two (42) area churches 6.1 Identify families to be served by each coordinator A. Assigned families to Coordinators 7.1 Identify families to be served by each aide A. Assigned families to aides 15 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 09/28/93 08/02/93 09/15/93 08/30/93 07/01/93 08/30/93 06/30/94 08/18/93 08/18/93 06/30/94 09/28/93 08/02/93 09/15/93 09/30/93 06/30/94 08/30/93 Supervisor Coordinators Staff Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Coordinators Coordinators Secretary of HIPPY Certification of aides (position of aides filled) Assignment of families to Coordinators Assignment of families to aides Printing completed (received ordered curriculum) B BPage: 5 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date L14 L14 Page Number 8.1 Print curriculum material. 07/01/93 Completion Date 06/30/94 Responsibility Supervisor Coordinators Evaluation Criteria 9. To familiarize aides of the HIPPY implementation in LRSD. A. Ordered printed curriculum from Dushkin Publishing 9.1 Conduct three (3) day workshop A. Invited five (5) LRSD personnel and other experts to Inservice Training 08/17/93 07/01/93 09/07/93 08/17/93 06/30/94 09/21/93 10. Obtain material for program IG Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Agenda/Receive material (documentation of 3 day workshop)Page: Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: May 7, 1 994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead 6 Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Page Number Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Invited four (4) LRSD personnel and other experts to Inservice Training C. Invited seven (7) LRSD personnel and other experts to Inservice Training 10.1 Order material A. Requisitioned materials for program implementation B. Requisitioned materials for program implementation C. Acquisitioned materials for program continuance 17 10/26/93 12/07/93 01/04/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/10/93 11/18/93 02/22/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/30/93 02/01/94Page: Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead 7 Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date L14 L15 Page Number 11. To orientate enrolled families to the HIPPY program. 11.1 Conduct orientation meeting Orientation conducted 09/21/93 A. Secured space for orientation Requested use of Adult Education Auditorium from Adult Education Director, Paulette Martin B. Invited speakers to orientation. Pat Price, LRSD Early Childhood Coordinator, Maria Mitchell, LRSD Baseline Elementary Teacher C. Prepared program agenda for orientation 09/21/93 07/01/93 09/07/93 09/16/93 09/20/93 12. Identify meeting sites of group meetings. 10/13/93 Completion Date 09/21/93 06/30/94 09/07/93 09/16/93 09/20/93 10/13/93 Responsibility Supervisor Coordinators Coordinators Evaluation Criteria Families enrolled in program (documentation of parent orientation) Confirmation of site (documentation of letters) 12.1 Secure meeting sites for group meeting, (mailed letters to building principals) 12.2 Mail out notification of meeting sites. 13 10/13/93 10/13/93 10/13/93 10/13/93 Coordinators CoordinatorsPage: Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead 8 Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Page Number Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Identified appropriate school site for group meetings 10/13/93 10/13/93 L15 B. Developed flyers 10/12/93 10/12/93 C. Distributed flyers to parents 10/12/93 10/12/93 B. Agendas prepared weekly for the 1st, 2nd, \u0026amp; 3rd quarter (75%) 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum. B. Agenda's prepared weekly 10/01/93 07/01/93 75% 06/30/94 Supervisor Coordinators 13.1 To schedule aides weekly home visits and group. 13.2 To schedule area group meeting - print flyers. 13.3 To schedule weekly service for aides. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 13.4 Schedule aides first teaching with (own child). 07/01/93 06/30/94 LI 5 14. To provide parents with information that will assist them with their children. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor Coordinators Received materials 14.1 Schedule workshop for parents and aides, mail out and print materials 19 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor CoordinatorsPage: Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead 9 Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date L15 Page Number Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1 5. To evaluate aide trainees mid point {1 5th week). A. Book Fair B. \"How to Develop Self Esteem Wilma Kirk Lee C. Parent Appreciation/Motivational program 11/11/93 10/19/93 03/25/94 11/11/93 10/19/93 03/25/94 Coordinators Coordinators 15.1 To evaluate each aide trainee. LI 5 16. To determine program success 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor Coordinators Completion of survey Evaluation using the Early Prevention of School Failure or a similar model which is comparable in validation scope and developmental grounding, will be conducted on the HIPPY participants as they enter and exit the kindergarten. A standardized achievement test will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. L15 17. Began second-part of program's implementation. 16.1 Conduct survey of parents - print materials 17.1 Implement second part of HIPPY curriculum: 20 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Participation of parentsPage: 10 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. as it Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date LI 5 L16 L16 L16 L16 L16 Page Number Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 18. Evaluation of aides 19. Provide parents with information to be successful with their children 20. Build the aides children self esteem. 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception. 22. Evaluate aides 23. Staff in place. A. Print material B. Print flyers C. Mass mail out 18.1 Evaluate aides 19.1 Obtain a site and speaker and schedule a lecture for parents 19.2 Held Parent Appreciation/Motivational Program 03/25/94 20.1 21.1 22.1 Activity Staff will organize Schedule final evaluation of trainees in the program 2i 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Coordinators Supervisor Supervisor Staff Staff Staff Staff Coordinators Coordinators Coordinator Materials completed Completed Consultant fee paid Consultant fee paid Completion of program Staff began implementation of programPage: 11 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date L16 L16 Page Number 24. Maintain regular staff. 25. To assist in traveling expense. 26. The home-based program and the four-year- old school-based program will collaborate in the areas of parental involvement and teacher training. 27. The Little Rock School and Pulaski County School Districts will collaborate and coordinate the on-going implementation of the HIPPY Program. 23.1 To begin implementation of HIPPY program. 24.1 Secretary 25.1 Aides made home visit. 22 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 Completion Date 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Responsibility Supervisor Aides Evaluation Criteria To assist in the implementation of program Pay stipendProgram Seq #: 02 Program Name: Program Code: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Four-Year Old Program/City-Wide Early Childhood Program 02 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Page: 1 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 The purpose of the program is to meet the growing needs of disadvantaged students and to improve the racial balance at schools that are difficult to desegregate by incorporating Early Childhood Education programs into the Elementary schools. The program provides experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning i.. .. ' emotional, and inteHectual. Priority for identification of program sites will be given to areas that have a very high concentration of low income students and in schools that are difficult to desegregate. The District s preschool curriculum model will be implemented in all incentive schools and other selected schools in the Little Rock School District. Eu'cuvb tiie j 990-3  sent year, this ntodel will be an integral part of the effort to improve the academic achievement of minority and economically disadvantaged children and to attract white students to the schools. long-range (four-year-old) plan will address demographic, instructional, and structural needs. LRSD will students and desegregate schools that are difficult to desegregate. in all developmental areas - physical, social. in schools that are difficult to Effective the 1990-91 school A continue to use the four-year-old program as a means to meet the needs of disadvantaged Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis u.. ..... okiiio eur.onmeni w. closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff and students will ' demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal #5 - Provide and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. on basic skills and academic enrichment while a safe The District will implement the Four-Year-Old Program by the 1994-95 school year according to the provisions of a long-range implementation plan developed for additional four-year-old classes and approved by the Court (738 seats), ------------------------------------------------ L7, LIO, LI 7, 18, 19 $1,523,742.24 $897,821.25 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $138,599.40 $387,557.20 23 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $371,664.65 FTE 67 nProgram Seq #: 02 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L17 LI 7 LI 7 1. Identify and assign new four-year old program participants in the incentive schools. Beginning with the 1991-92 school year, the program is in place in the schools listed below: Badgett Franklin Garland Mitchell Rightsell Rockefeller Romine Stephens Washington Woodruff 1.1 Provide pre-registration inservices to elementary principals. A. Pre-registration inservice provided to elementary principals. 1.2 Conduct media publicity for pre-registration. A. Add run 09/04/93 through 09/06/93 recruiting children for six schools with openings. B. November 17, 1993, distributed brochures to State Interagency Coordinating Council on four- year-old programs C. December 9, 1993, brought UALR Day Care Program for dis : brocI hures to\nion. July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 04/06/94 July 1, 1993 07/09/93 11/17/93 12/09/93 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 04/06/94 June 30, 1994 35% 50% 75% Student Assignment Office Student Assignment Office Communications Department Principals Student Assignment Office Communications Department 1. Applications returned to Student Assignment and assignments made 1.1 Dates of inservice agenda List of participants 1.2 (Documentation of participating and identified PSA's:  Radio and TV stations sent to  Dates aired  Pre-registration announcement)Page: 3 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria LI 7 D. Article in Arkansas Democrat gazette on the district's Early Childhood Program in Sunday's paper April 3, 1 994. E. Article in Arkansas Democrat Gazette on Preregistration for the district's Early Childhood Program in Tuesday's paper April 5, 1994. F. Flyers on pre-registration information sent to all LRSD parents of children in Kindergarten through sixth grades. Also to a list of parents in Pulaski County targeted schools. G. Pre-registration information printed on Parent/Community Involvement Calendar. Distributed to Partners/Business, schools, churches, and civic organizations. Also sent flyers with more detailed information to the above agencies. 1.3 Assign four-year old students. A. Assignments were made from applications in accordance to racial balance requirements on 06/09/93, 07/09/93, and 07/23/93 04/03/94 04/05/94 04/08/94 04/08/94 July 1, 1993 07/09/93 85% 90% 95% 04/08/94 June 30, 1994 07/23/93 Student Assignment 1.3 (Assignment notifications to parents Enrollment in classes) 1.3 The Early Childhood Long- Range Plan will be changed to reflect 18 to 1 student teacher ration to Early Childhood classes. 1.4 The computer-managed instruction program for four-year-olds will be on the system as of the 1993-94 school year. 07/01/93 06/30/94 L17 2. Recruit teachers and aides as needed. July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 Supervisors, Human Resources Director, Principals 2. (A list of qualified applicants.) 25Page: 4 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program In selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Number LI 7 LI 7 LI 7 LI 7 L17 L17 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Interview interested teachers and aides as needed. A. Teachers and aides hired for every classroom. July 1, 1993 07/09/93 June 30, 1994 08/16/93 3. Obtain curriculum materials, supplies, and furniture as needed. 4. Train teachers and aides in the implementation of E.C.E. curriculum.) July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 3.1 Complete and send orders to vendors. A. Materials, supplies and equipment available in all new classrooms. 4.1 Conduct orientation and inservices. A. B. C. July 1, 1993 07/01/93 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 07/01/93 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Principals training July 28th and 29th, 1993. Teachers training August 17, 1993. Training for principals and teachers held September 30, October 15 and 16, November 4 and 5, December 6, 1993, January 31, 1994, February 18, 1994, and March 28, 1994. D. Training for instructional assistants held November 4 and 5, 1993. 4.2 Conduct monthly inservices. A. Inservice training - July 28, 1993\nJuly 29, 1993\nAugust 17, 1993\nSeptem^ i^r^O, 1993 07/28/93 08/17/93 09/30/93 11/04/93 July 1, 1993 07/28/93 70% 70% 90% 50% June 30, 1994 35% Supervisors, Human Resources Director, Principals (Purchasing Dept. Supervisors) Principals Supervisors Supv/Staff Dev Supv/Staff Dev Supv/Staff Dev 2.1 A list of qualified applicants. (Employment of teachers and aides for new and open positions.) 3. (Confirmation of purchase orders.) 3.1 Materials available 4. (Documentation of inservice evaluations.) 4.1 Agenda (Documentation of inservice evaluations) 4.2 Agenda (Documentation of inservice evaluations)Page: 5 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Inservice training October 15 and 16, November 4 and 5, December 6, 1993, January 31, 1994, February 18, 1994, and March 28, 1994. 10/15/93 90% L17 L17 5. Familiarize parents with Four-Year Old Program. July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 Classroom teachers 5. (Documentation of meetings and evaluations.) 5.1 Conduct parent orientation meeting and parent conference. July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 Classroom teachers 5.1 Number of parents attending Parent/Teacher Conferences A. Parent Orientation - 08/20/93 Fair Park\n09/13/93 Area Schools\n09/14/93 Magnet Schools and Romine\n09/20/93 Incentive Schools 08/20/93 35% L17 B. Parent Conference Day - 10/25/93\n02/14/94 5.2 Include four-year old children in Master Schedule - students receive services of counselors, music teachers, school nurses, librarians, physical education and art teachers. 10/25/93 July 1, 1993 90% June 30, 1994 Principals 5.2 Master schedules A. Master schedules reflect services children receive. 07/01/93 09/10/93 L18 5.3 Ensure key experiences occurring in the classroom. A. Twenty-eight classroom visitations this quarter. July 1, 1993 08/23/93 June 30, 1994 35% Principals Classroom Teachers Supervisors 5.3 5.3 Curriculum checklist (Classroom observations and monitoring reports.) B. Twenty-nine classroom visitations this quarter. 10/01/93 70% C. Twenty-six classroom visitations this quarter. 01/03/94 90% D. All four new programs had licensing site visits and met requirements. 08/23/93 35% 27Page: 6 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L18 6. Evaluate effectiveness of Four-Year Old Program. L18 E. All 11 new programs had licensing site visits and met requirements. F. All 15 new programs had licensing site visits and met requirements. G. License renewal has taken place for 11 of the 15 previously existing programs. 6.1 Administer appropriate evaluation to four- year-olds. 6.1 (Maintaining portfolio assessments on four- year-olds.) A. Portfolio assessments began on all children 28 10/01/93 10/23/93 08/23/93 10/01/93 July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 July 1, 1993 07/01/93 10/21/93 90% June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 35% (Principals Classroom Teachers Supervisors Planning, Research, and Evaluation, Assoc. Supt.) Classroom teachers (Classroom teachers) 6. (Annual review of assessment data beginning at the end of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments)  (Comparisons of the progress of children who did and did not participate in the program.)  (Standardize achievement tests will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) 6.1 Evaluation results 6.1 (Documentation of portfolios recording the which children do what they know.) and i. workProgram Seq #: 02 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: n Page: 7 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L18 LI 8 B. Sampling of portfolio assessments reviewed in 18 classes C. Sampling of portfolio assessments reviewed in 20 classes 6.2 Analyze student assessment test data and prepare report for LRSD Board of Directors. 6.3 Utilize results for program improvement. 07/01/93 07/01/93 July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 56% 03/21/94 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Assoc Supt Supervisor Planning, Evaluation, and Testing (Assoc Supt Supervisor) 6.2 Evaluation report 6.3 (Areas targeted for improvement.) 7. Support the continued work of the LRSD Early Childhood Task Force as a valuable avenue for parent, teacher, and community input. July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994Program Seq #: 02 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 8 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Pat Price To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To develop a plan for planning a city-wide early childhood program. 3. To initiate the planning for the implementation of a city wide early childhood program. 1.4 To receive a letter of support from each agency desiring to participate. 2.1 To establish planning procedures and identify key committees and chairpersons needed for the planning process. 2.2 To identify appropriate additional representatives from each participating agency for each committee. 2.3 To delineate the goals to be addressed and the tasks to be accomplished by each committee, including appropriate timelines to be met. 3.1 To conduct periodic meetings to review progress of each committee. 3.2 To identify resources needed by identified by each committee, including monetary. 30 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs File record letters Structured plan for planning on file. Record of committee members Record of committee members Minutes of meetings Identification of committeePage: 9 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. L19 L19 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 3.3 To review the first draft of the comprehensive plan and to make recommendations for refinement. 3.4 To submit the final draft for approval to all participant Boards of Directors (where applicable). Beginning Date July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 Completion Date June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Responsibility Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Evaluation Criteria Submission of first draft Draft submitted to Board L7 (N\u0026gt; 1. (To collaborate with HIPPY, P.C.S.S.C., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start, and other entities in order to fulfill the district's expectations for a quality Early Childhood Education Program.) (N) LIO (N) 1.1 (To establish a schedule of regular meetings of representatives of the various entities.) (N) July 1, 1993 July 15, 1993 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.1 (Schedule and minutes of all meetings) A. Preliminary planning meetings held: July 15, 1993, and July 21, 1993. 07/01/93 07/15/93 LIO (N) 1.2 (Supervisors meet to discuss individual program needs and to determine if resources can be shared.)(N) July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.2 (Roster of participants and minutes of meetings) A. Preliminary planning meetings held: July 15, 1993, and July 21, 1993. B. Meetings held: October 13 and November 12, 1993 C. Meetings held: February 21, 1994 and March 14, 1994 31 07/01/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 35% 70% 90%Page: 10 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria LIO (N) 1.3 (To plan joint inservices for administrators, teachers and instructional assistants.)(N) July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.3 (Roster of participants and evaluations of inservices) LIO (N) A. Preliminary planning meetings held: July 1 5, 1993, and July 21, 1993. B. Joint inservices held: November 4, 5 and December 6, 1993 C. Joint inservices held: January 31, 1994 1.4 (To plan joint parent involvement activities.)(N) 07/01/93 10/01/93 01/31/94 July 1, 1993 35% 70% 85% June 30, 1994 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.4 (Roster of participants and evaluations of inservices) A. Plans are being developed - discussed at meeting on October 12, 1993 and November 12, 1993 10/01/93 35% LIO (N) B. Surveys sent to parents and surveys tallied 1.5 (To use a student referral system allowing parents on a waiting list to know about vacancies.)(N) A. Known vacancies are shared at each meeting 32 01/18/94 July 1, 1993 10/01/93 85% June 30, 1994 90% (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.5 (List of vacancies each entity has.)Page: 11 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.6 A representative from the Little Rock School District Student Assignment Office will meet each year with parents from both programs to review the kindergarten assignment process. The annual sessions on kindergarten registration will also be used to provide information on magnet school opportunities. 07/01/93 06/30/94 1.7 Beginning in the 1990-91 school year, a list will be compiled of all graduates from the three early childhood programs. These students will be identfied in the Little Rock School District mainframe computer system according to their respective programs. 07/01/93 06/30/94 1.7 At the end of each year for grades K-3, these students will be monitored on the basis of standardized tests, criterionreference tests, EPSF screening, or any other academic measures that are available and applicable. The entities will review these results on an annual basis, prior to the beginning of the following school year, and make programmatic changes, individually and collectively, as needed. These students will be compared to a control group in order to isolate the effectiveness and/or deficiencies of the various early childhood programs. 33ll Program Seq #: 03 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: 10 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: Revision Date: May 5, 1994 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/Stovall/Parker/Trowell 1 Program Description: Name and Location of Academic Support Programs - The name of all district remediation programs will be Academic Support Programs. All school programs will be located at each school site, except Metropolitan Vocational-Technical Education Center. Purpose - The purpose of the Academic Support Program is to provide support for participating students in grades one through twelve in the areas of reading, language arts, and mathematics. The program reinforces and enhances the academic achievement of those targeted students. The support will bo provided by certified roading specialists, English and mathematics teachers in the regular classrooms, additional classes, and labs. Scope and Content - The Academic Support Program offers a variety of options to the individual schools for providing accelerated reading/language arts and mathematics learning experiences for students identified through a process using multiple criteria. The program is characterized by providing either direct or indirect services to identified students through additional classes, smaller class sizes, or in-class assistance at the secondary level and in-class assistance or limited pull-out at the elementary level. ParticipantsZBeneficiaries - Target students are initially identified from the student population scoring in the annual student assessment. Multiple criteria, including student grades, teacher recommendations, and student records are used to select students from the eligible population to participate in the Academic Support Program. District Goal Support: (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. (3) Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. (4) Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. (5) The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community can draw as wo prepare for the 21st Century. (6) Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstream setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan References: LP 1-20 FY Program Budget: $1,815,582.10 1st Qtr Expend: $158,246.87 3rd Qtr Expend: $409,425.82 FTE 70 YTD Expenditures: $1,066,712.78 2nd Qtr Expend: $499,040.09 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 34Program Seq *: Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Nunber March 19, 1993 Revised Academic Support Program P 1 P 4.13 P 7,10 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: April 27, 1994 The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To identify and serve students who are at-risk in language arts and mathematics. July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 Local school teams 1. (Print-out of eligible students is provided to local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted students.) 1.1 Explain the Academic Sifiport Program options to local school acbninistrators. 1.2 Provide an overview of how all the individual Academic Support Programs will be coordinated for continuity of services to children and efficient use of resources. -All schools will inplement the Board- approved uniform curriculixn. -The established critical attributes of the Academic Support Program will be evident in each school. -The revised curriculixn (K-12) has been sequentially developed and the objectives have been correlated to the skills in Arkansas Minimum Performance Test, Stanford Achievement Test-Eighth Edition, and existing computer-assisted instructional software. -To provide for continuous improvement of teachers, records will be maintained on staff development activities. -New staff members will be targeted for appropriate staff development activities as well as participation in the district's \"New Teacher Initiative.\" 35 July 1. 1993 July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Associate Supt. for Curriculun Associate Supt. for CurriculLiD, Directr of Federal Programs, Curriculixn Supervisors 1.1 (Schedule of meeting.) 1.2 (Observation reports and staff development activities records are on file.)Page: 3 Program Seq f: Revision Date: April 27, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Nurber p 13 P 11.13 P 12,13 P 12,13 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Select the local school's appropriate Academic Support Program. (Indirect/direct/extended services) 1.4 Identify students selected for participation in each program by school/grade level. A. 1.5 Students identified and selected. Select staff (identify by position) responsible for delivering Academic Support Program. A. Staff selected for 1993-94 school year. 1.6 Schedule the academic team's staff. A. Schedules on file at Office of Federal Programs. B. Schedules on file at Office of Federal Programs. C. Schedules posted in classroom\n'36 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 07/07/93 July 1, 1993 08/01/93 July 1, 1993 08/23/93 10/01/93 08/23/93 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 09/30/93 June 30, 1994 09/30/93 June 30, 1994 50% 11/23/93 50% Local school administrators Local school teams Principal Principal 1.3 (Selection on file at buiIding-level and in office of Director of FederaI Programs.) 1.4 (Print-out of eligible students is provided to local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted students.) 1.5 (Staff assignments are determined at the building level and assignments filed at the Office of Federal Programs.) 1.6 (Schedules are developed listing team's contact time, number of students served, and other variables associated with the team's respons i bi Ii t i es.)Page: 4 Progran Seq f: Revision Date: April 27, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Nurber P 13 P 7,8,20 P 1 p 14 p 14 2. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Schedules posted in classrooms. 1.7 Implement selected school options at local level. A. Programs options implemented. 1.8 Utilize resources invested in PAL remediation approach by reallocating staff positions, computer hardware, software programs, and other equipment and materials toward the new approach to remediation. 10/01/93 July 1, 1993 07/01/93 July 1, 1993 11/23/93 June 30, 1994 09/30/93 June 30, 1994 To prescribe a personalized intervention plan for eligible students. 2. (To prescribe a personal education plan for targeted students.) 2.1 Cluster schools and develop a staff development schedule for curriculun clusters. 2.2 Begin training staff responsible for delivering each Academic Support Program. 37 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Jirte 30, 1994 Principal and staff (Principal, Coordinator of Media Services, Director of Federal Programs, and Curriculum Supervisors) Principal and staff Directors of Staff Development and Reading\nSupervisors of Language Arts and Mathematics Directors of Staff Development and Reading\nSipervisors of Language Arts, Mathematics and IRC Specialists 1.7 (Schedules of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school option(s).) 1.8 (Technology Department's inventory and schedules of staffing reflect reallocations of resources.) 2. (Personal education plans of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school option(s).) 2.1 (Staff development schedule on file.) 2.2 (Staff training for participants will include program administration (student selection process, record-keeping, progress reports) instructional strategies, parental involvement, and others.)Program Seq f: Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Nunber p 7,8.10,14,16 p 7,8,10,14,17 Bl Page: 5 Revision Date: April 27, 1994 The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria -Specialized Content Area Strategies (Curriculun Cluster) A. Workshops -Elementary/Secondary Reading Portfolios -Secondary Reading Computer Training -Elementary Reading/Mathematics Instructional Practices -Secondary Mathematics Academic Support -Secondary English Council -Secondary Reading Teachers -Hall High English Teachers Portfolio Assessment -Secondary English/LAP Teachers Instructional Strategies -Team Planning A. Workshops -Elementary Reading/Mathematics Administration Organization -Secondary Reading/Mathematics Administration Organization -Elementary Reading/Mathematics Record Keeping -Secondary Reading/Mathematics Record Keeping -Secondary English Council Record Keeping -Chapter I Mid-Winter Conference -Southwest Jr. High English Teachers: Making Language Learning Meaningful 30 09/07/93 10/19/93 02/17/94 02/21/94 02/21/94 02/21/94 03/09/94 03/21/94 08/17/93 08/17/93 09/13/93 09/14/93 10/18/93 01/26/94 10/08/93 09/07/93 10/19/93 02/17/94 02/21/94 02/21/94 02/21/94 03/09/94 03/21/94 08/17/93 08/17/93 09/13/93 09/14/93 10/18/93 01/26/94 01/27/94Page\n6 Progran Seq f: Revision Date: April 27, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal\nThe goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Nuntier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria -Secondary Counselors: Placement Forms 02/15/94 02/15/94 -Elementary Reading Teachers/Media Specialists: Literacy Month Celebration 03/09/94 03/09/94 -Elementary Counselors: Placement Forms -Chicot Elementary: Special Education/Chapter I Inclusion 03/16/94 03/23/94 03/16/94 03/23/94 p 7.8.10,14,16 -Learning Styles/Cultural Diversity (Review) A. Workshops -Elementary Readi ng/K i ndergarten/Pri nc i pa Is Shared Reading and Writing -Elementary Reading/Grade 1/Principals Shared Reading and Writing -Elementary Reading Teachers/Classroom Teachers: Cinderella Variants Across the Curriculum 11/02/93 11/03/93 01/19/94 11/02/93 11/03/93 01/19/94 p 7,8,10,14,17 -Interactive Teaching/Learning (Curriculum Cluster) A. Workshops -Elementary Reading/Mathematics Instructional Practices -Secondary Reading and Social Studies Grade 8 - Integrated Videodisc Program -Elementary Reading Teachers/Classroom Teachers: Teachers As Learners -Rightsell Staff: Integrated Learning -Elementary Mathematics Teachers 10/20/93 10/21/93 02/02/94 02/07/94 02/17/94 10/20/93 10/21/93 02/02/94 02/07/94 02/17/94 p 7,8,10,14,17 -Mastery Learning 39 BlPage: Program Seq *: Revision Date: April 27, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: 7 Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Nurber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria p 7.8.10,14,18 p 14 -Secondary English Teachers: Management Strategies for LAP -Cooperative Team Learning (Review Curriculum Cluster) A. Workshops -Elementary Reading/Principals/Kindergarten - Shared Reading and Writing -Elementary Reading/Grade 1/Principals - Shared Reading and Writing 2.3 Monitor the implementation of above. 2.3 (Monitor the implementation of the Academic Support Program options. These programs may vary from year-to-year.) A. Monitoring schedule document was developed assigning the reading and mathematics staffs to schools. B. There have been 111 on-site visits made to elementary schools and 33 on-site visits to secondary schools. C. There have been 72 on-site visits made to elementary schools and 37 on-site visits to secondary schools. 40 03/21/94 11/02/93 11/03/93 July 1, 1993 08/01/93 08/23/93 10/01/93 03/21/94 11/02/93 11/03/93 June 30, 1994 08/17/93 35% 70% Principals, district-wide staff development team, and computer specialists (Principals, district-wide staff development team, curriculum supervisors, IRC specialists) 2.3 (School visits/observations are made to provide feedback (oral/written) to trained staff.)ij Page\n8 Progran Seq f: Revision Date: April 27, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting bv SUnnortino thpm uifh fh/a mcf n i/'t-4 I firu*! fzirkni I S 1_____:_____________ supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Ninber p 7,9,10,19 p 7,15 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. There have been 58 on-site visits made to elementary schools and 55 on-site visits to secondary schools. 2.4 Monitor instruction and learning in Academic Support Program settings on a regular basis and observe to determine: -Teachers involving students in a variety of classroom activities that address learning styles and cultural diversity. -Teachers selecting methods and strategies that capitalize on students' interests and experiences. -Teachers demonstrating creativity and resourcefulness in delivering instruction. -Teachers utilizing effective classroom strategies, such as tutors, small-group instruction, and extended day/week programs, to maintain the gains students have made. -Teachers interacting with students in a caring manner. -Teachers recording of students' data that shows increased student achievement and social skills (letter and citizenship grades, standardized test scores, attendance). 2.5 Provide technical assistance and maintenarKe workshops as needed in the above staff development areas. 4i 12/31/93 07/01/93 July 1, 1993 90% 06/30/94 June 30, 1994 Principals Principals, district-wide staff development team, and computer specialists Teacher observations and evaluations on record. 2.4 (Requests for technical assistance are documented and evaluated. Feedback related to improvement or change is recorded.)Program Seq f: Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Nuiiier P 7,10,15 P 1 B Page: 9 Revision Date: April 27, 1994 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed settinq bv Cl innnrt i nn uifh fha i nofn i I I ___ i i _i-  ' supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Technical assistance has been provided 50 times in elementary schools and 27 times in secondary schools. B. Technical assistance has been provided 54 times in elementary schools and 33 times in secondary schools. C. Technical assistance has been provided 58 times in elementary schools and 17 times in secondary schools. 2.6 Schedule school based meetings to assess program effectiveness. A. School-based meetings were held in 5 secondary schools. 3. To reduce or eliminate pull-out academic support programs. 42 08/23/93 10/01/93 12/31/93 July 1, 1993 12/31/93 July 1, 1993 35% 70% 90% June 30, 1994 35% June 30, 1994 (Principals, district-wide staff development team, curriculum supervisors, IRC specialists) Principal Principal and staff\nDir. of Federal Programs 2.5 (Records of dates of meetings and participants, minutes of meetings, and issues related to program effectiveness are maintained.) 3. (Individual student folders that include a systematic collection of student work, pre and post standardized test scores, grades, and recommendations to provide individual/group/school progress are maintained for continuous student and program progress.)Page: 10 Program Seq *: Revision Date: April 27, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed settina bv Clliwirfinn thorn uifh tho i no t r\u0026gt;i iz* t s I anzl ____i -.l _ i :  9 ^7 supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Nixiiier p 10.15 El Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.1 Collect appropriate data for end of school program evaluation, including pre and post standardized test scores, student grades and attendance, samples of student work, and parent/teacher/student reconmendat i ons. A. Personal education plans of targeted students filed in individual student folders in Academic Support Classrooms. B. Personal education plans of targeted students filed in individual student folders in Academic Support Classrooms. 43 July 1. 1993 10/01/93 12/31/93 June 30, 1994 70% 03/25/94 Principal and staff\nDir. of Federal Programs 3.1 (Individual student folders that include a systematic collection of student work, pre and post standardized test scores, grades, and recommendations to provide i nd i V i duaI/g roup/schoo I progress are maintained for continuous student and program progress.)Page: 11 Program Seq *: Revision Date: April 27, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Nurber p 10,15,19,20 P 15 P 5 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.2 Analyze the above data to evaluate program effectivness in meeting its particular progranmatic goals and objectives of remediating student achievement and contributing to the overall reduction of disparity between black and white students. 3.3 Identify modification for the Academic Support Program for 1993-94. 3.4 Support and extend learning opportunities for students by making available to targeted students beforeschool, at lunch, after-school, and periodic extended weeks computer lab instruction. July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 August 23, 1993 June 30, 1994 Jioe 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Associate Supt. for Curriculun, Assistant Sopts., Curriculun Supervisors, and Principals Associate Supt. for Curriculun, Assistant Sipts., Curriculun Si^iervisors and Principals Director of Federal Programs, Principals 3.2 Academic Support Programs will be successfully operating in all district schools as evidenced by: -Increased student ach i evement. -Improvement on standardized test scores. Increased nuibers of students moving from bottom quartile to the next quartile. Increased nurber of students moving above the 50th percentile. -Grade distribution reports (by semester) reflecting an irx:rease in letter grades of \"C\" or better in the core areas for each student. -Grade distribution reports (by semester) by class and grade level reflecting an irKrease in attainment of letter grades of \"C\" or better in the core areas. -Improved attendance for targeted students. 3.3 (The 1993-94 school year will reflect modifications.) 3.4 (Schedules will reflect additional instructional services.)Page: 12 Program Seq *: Revision Date: April 27, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Nmber p 1,20 P 9 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. To provide parents the knowledge and skills needed to promote the education of their children at home and at school. July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 (Principal and staff. Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Supervisors) 4. Parental involvement will show an increase in the nuiAiers of parents attending parent conferences and parent training sessions and visiting schools. 4.1 Assist F\u0026gt;arents in obtaining the knowledge and skills needed to promote the education of their children at home and at school through: -providing timely information regarding students' achievement and behavior, -involving them in informative and effective conferences concerning their child's education. -involving parents as partners in their child's educational process. A. Provided inservice on LRSD Home Study Guides for administrators. B. Provided inservice on LRSD Home Study Guides for parents. C. (12). Telephone conferences with parents D. (8). Telephone conferences with parents E. Academic Support - district-wide parent workshop (150 participants) F. Parent Involvement Meeting G. State Parent Meeting (23 participants) H. Parent Involvement Meeting (29 participants) I. Parent Executive Committee Meeting (7 participants) July 1, 1993 08/17/93 09/08/93 08/23/93 10/01/93 12/05/93 01/05/94 01/26/94 02/12/94 02/16/94 June 30, 1994 08/17/93 09/08/93 35% 70% 40% 01/05/94 01/28/94 02/12/94 02/16/94 (Principal and staff. Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Supervisors) 4.1 (Records of parental involvement activities on file.)Page: 13 Program Seq f: Revision Date: April 27, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting bv supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Nuniier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria J. School Parent Advisory Council Meeting\nKing 02/21/94 02/21/94 K. Parent Involvement Day Planning (32 participants) L. Parent Involvement Day (85 Participants) M. Chapter I Advisory Regional Conference 46 03/12/94 03/20/94 03/26/94 03/12/94 03/20/94 03/28/94LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 04 Page\n1 Revision Date: May 7, 1 994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Description: 1. The Multicultural Curriculum Program is designed to provide equity and excellence in all curricular and program areas in the Little Rock School District. (6) The program is further designed to reduce the disparity that exists between black and white students in academic performances and the low representation of black students in advanced placement courses as well as in special activities and programs. (1,6) 2. In order to achieve the components identified in the Multicultural Curriculum Program, multicultural curriculum guides will be used in all schools. Teachers will receive extensive and ongoing staff development in the use of the guides as well as training in the implementation of strategies, techniques, and activities to use to ensure that instruction meets the cultural, academic and social needs of all children. (1,3,6) To suplement existing instructional materials focusing on cultural diversity from a multicultural perspective will be purchased for use in all schools and programs. 3. The participants in the Multicultural Program consists of all teachers, K-12, in core area subjects in addition to music and art teachers. Students of all social, cultural, and ethnic backgrounds will be affected the greatest by activities outlined in the Multicultural Curriculum Program. 4. Students will be provided opportunities to develop better self-esteem. Students will have opportunities to examine the artistic, musical, scientific, literary, social and political accomplishments of many ethnic groups. District Goal Support: Goal No. 1. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal No. 6. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal No. 4. Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal No. 3. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan References: L66 - 80 FY Program Budget: $197,446.69 1st Qtr Expend: $19,443.65 3rd Qtr Expend: $23,107.72 FTE YTD Expenditures: $65,859.05 2nd Qtr Expend: $23,307.68 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 47u HI- Program Seq #: 04 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 66 L 66 L 66 L 76 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Marie McNeal To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility May 7, 1994 Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide teacher learning opportunities through formal course training 1.1 Contact local colleges and universities to obtain information on proposed course offerings related to ethnic studies for the summer and fall, 1991 1.1 (LRSD will receive announcements from local colleges/universities on proposed multicultural courses) A. Completion of initial contact 07/91 1.2 Receive and advertise course offerings to all certified staff, including opportunities for tuition reimbursement and/or salary credit A. Course offerings received/advertised for fall, 1993 B. Course offerings received/advertised for spring 1994 48 (07/01/93) (07/01/93) 01/91 (07/01/93) 07/19/93 07/01/93 (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 07/91 (06/30/94) 08/16/93 12/17/93 (Director of Staff Development, Subject Area Supervisors, Principals) Assoc Supt.- Educ. Programs Dean of Grad. Sch. Academic Deans (Director of Staff Development) (Supervisor of Social Studies) Assoc Supt - Educ Programs Office of Human Resources 1. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1.1 List of college offerings 1.1 (The number of teachers who have received multicultural training will increase.) 1.2 Copy of information providedPage\n3 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 66 L 66 L 66 L 66 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Course offerings for summer 1994 receoved amd advertised 1.3 Identify participants in summer and fall courses A. Participants identified in initial course 07/01/93 \u0026lt;07/01/93) 08/91 90% (06/30/94) 02/92 Employees (Director of Human Resources) 1.3 Copy of academic course completion on file in Personnel office (Office of Human Resources) 2. To develop a district-wide multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue 2. (To maintain district-wide multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue) 2.1 Review and catalogue present audio/visual materials related to multicultural curriculum A. Completion for initial development on 05/90 B. Audio/visual materials reviewed and catalogued for current term 2.2 Purchase additional audio/visual materials from the 1988-89 budget A. Initial purchase completed 05/90 B. Additional materials purchased 43 (07/01/93) (07/01/93) 07/89 07/01/93 (07/01/93) 07/89 07/01/93 (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 05/90 08/06/93 (06/30/94) 05/90 70% (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors, principals) 2. (Multicultural resources will be used for classroom instruction) 2.1 Current catalogue listing 2.1 (Copies of updated multicultural audio/visual catalogue will be distributed) 2.1 (Multicultural materials will be checked out and used by instructional staff in the schools) 2.2 Requisition material 2.2 (Materials ordered, received, and catalogued for distribution/use)Page: 4 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 66 L 66 L 66 L 67 L 67 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.3 Identify and catalogue other resources for multicultural audio/visual materials, i.e., AR Dept of Education, LR Public Library, AR Library Commission A. Initial identifying and cataloging completed on 12/89 B. Resources from organizations identified and catalogued for current term 2.4 Revise, print and distribute multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue for the LRSD A. Initial revision, printing, and distribution completed in 08/89 B. Audio-visual catalogue updated and copies distributed to schools 08/06/93 2.5 Place initial supplemental order for multicultural audio/visual materials from the 1989-90 budget A. Initial supplemental order placed in 06/90 (07/01/93) 07/01/89 07/01/93 (07/01/93) 06/89 07/01/93 (07/01/93) 07/89 (06/30/94) 12/01/89 08/06/93 (06/30/94) 08/89 08/06/93 (06/30/94) 06/90 Supv of Media Services Superv of Media Services Media Specialists 2.3 2.4 2.4 Completed catalogue Distribution of catalogue (Multicultural materials will be checked out by schools) 2.5 Requisitions submitted 2.5 (Materials are available for check-out/use) 3. To plan and implement the Instructional Materials Fair (Multicultural) 3. (To supply information about multicultural materials for purchase to teachers, parents and the community) (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) (Supv of Media Services) 3. (Multicultural materials will be used by instructional staff in all schools) 3. (Evaluate the effectiveness of the Multicultural Fair) 3.1 Involve a team of parents, community resources, and teachers in detailed planning for the Fair-specific dates, time, place and format-to be held as a component of 1988-89 pre-school conference 3.1 (To plan and implement the Instructional Multicultural Materials Fair for current term) (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Supv of Media Services) 3.1 Implementation Plan 3.1 (Involved input from parents, community, and teachers) (08/93) 02/22/94 50Program Seq #: 04 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12  Page: 5 Revision Date: May 7, 1 994 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 67 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies A. Initial development completed on 06/30/88 B. Phone contact has been made with NLR and PCSSD on 08/04/93 and 09/14/93 regarding Fair for 1993-94 term C. Two tri-district meetings held to discuss Fair. Date set for February 22,1994, sponsored by NLRSD 3.2 Identify national and local vendors of multicultural instructional materials Beginning Date 06/01/88 08/04/93 11/16/93 (07/01/93) Completion Date 06/30/88 09/14/93 11/30/93 (06/30/94) Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 3.2 Completion of mailing list 3.2 (Major suppliers of multicultural materials will be invited to exhibit at the Fair) A. Initial identification of vendors completed on 04/30/88 03/88 04/30/88 L 67 3.3 Establish pre-school conference dates and extend invitation to vendors 3.3 (Establish date for Fair) (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Executive Staff Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 3.3 Conference scheduled 3.3 (Fair date placed on District master calendar) A. Initial dates and invitations extended on 05/88 03/88 05/88 L 67 3.4 Confirm Fair participants (07/01/93) 12/13/94 Supv of Media Services 3.4 Confirmation 3.4 (List of participating vendors) A. Initial confirmation of participants completed on 07/30/88 07/01/88 07/30/88 L 67 3.5 Acquaint principals and central office staff with plans and Fair relationship to desegregation efforts A. Initial item completed on 07/30/88 51 (07/01/93) 07/01/88 (06/30/94) 07/30/88 Assoc Supt for Deseg and Schools 3.5 Staff agenda 3.5 (Staff can relate Fair to the District's desegregation efforts) BPage: 6 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3. 4.) L 67 L 67 L 68 L 68 L 68 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.6 Conduct media campaign for Fair to staff and parents A. Initial media campaign completed on 08/88 B. Fair advertised to LRSD patrons and staff 3.7 Host tri-district \"Instructional Materials Fair\" 3.7 (Host the Multicultural Fair rotating the site among the three districts) A. Initial hosting of Fair completed on 08/88 among the three districts) B. Phone contact has been made with NLR and PCSSD on 08/04/93 and 09/14/93 regarding Fair for 93-94 term C. NLRSD scheduled to host Fair on February 22, 1994, at North Little Rock High School, East Campus D. Multicultural Fair held on February 22, 1994, at North Little Rock High School, East Campus (07/01/93) 07/88 01/21/94 (07/01/93) 08/88 08/04/93 07/01/93 02/22/94 (06/30/94) 08/88 01/21/94 (06/30/94) 08/88 09/14/93 02/22/94 02/22/94 4. To develop criteria for textbook review and adoption 4.1 Revise Board policy for textbook adoption A. Board policy revised on 08/22/91 4.2 Identify an ad hoc committee to review criteria presently being used in LRSD and other districts for textbook adoptions (10 members) 52 (07/01/93) (07/01/93) 12/10/90 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 08/22/91 (06/30/94) Supv of Media Services, Dir of Communications Assoc Supt of Educational Programs working with committee (Assoc Supt for Curriculum, Subject Area Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 3.6 Publicity 3.6 (Fair is advertised to the public) 3.7 Validate Fair participation 3.7 (Materials ordered/purchased) 4. (Criteria checklist implemented by textbook committees) 4.1 Approved criteria 4.2 Roster of committee membersPage: 7 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 68 L 68 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies A. Initial identification completed on 12/11/90 4.3 Conduct staff development training on avoiding sex and race bias and stereotyping in textbooks 4.3 (Textbooks on the approved Arkansas State Department of Education's textbook list are free of sex/race bias) A. Initial training completed in 12/91 B. Partial training conducted 09/15/93 by the reading department C. Additional training conducted during reading textbook adoption meetings 4.4 Submit revised policy and criteria to the Board of Directors for first reading Beginning Date 12/01/90 (07/01/93) 07/91 09/15/93 11/01/93 (07/01/93) Completion Date 12/11/90 (06/30/94) 12/91 10/27/93 12/02/93 (06/30/94) Responsibility Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Arkansas State Dept, of Education) Superintendent Assoc Supt for Ed Progs Evaluation Criteria 4.3 Schedule of meeting and agenda 4.3 (Textbooks selected will be free of sex/race bias) 4.4 Board agenda A. Revised policy/criteria submitted to Board of Directors on 06/20/91 06/20/91 06/20/91 L 68 4.5 Adopt policy on textbooks (07/01/93) (06/30/94) LRSD Board of Directors 4.5 Board agenda L 68 A. Policy adopted 08/22/91 08/22/91 08/22/91 4.6 Utilize a local consultant to train staff on \"Avoiding Sex and Race Stereotyping in Textbooks\" (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) 4.6 4.6 Monitoring (Textbooks are free of sex/race stereotypes) A. Initial utilization of consultant completed in 12/89 B. Partial inservice training to teachers on \"Avoiding Sex and Race Stereotyping in Textbooks\" conducted during adoption cycle 53 07/89 12/89 09/15/93 10/27/93Program Seq #: 04 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 68 L 69 L 69 L 69 L 69 a Page: 8 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.7 Select and recommend to Board for adoption of textbooks (elementary and secondary) based on criteria for adoption A. Based on criteria for adoption, the reading textbook was selected and recommended to the Board for approval (07/01/93) 07/01/93 (06/30/94) 12/17/93 5. To develop and implement a multicultural curriculum for pre-kindergarten through grade 6 5. (To implement the LRSD curriculum, K-6, which is multicultural) 5.1 Plan and host at least three (3) public meetings to receive suggestions from patrons on areas to be included in a multicultural curriculum A. Completed in 12/89 during initial development 5.2 Identify and retain the services of a national expert in multicultural curriculum development (lead consultant for two (2) year contract). A. Completed in 09/88 during initial development 5.3 In cooperation with the lead consultant, the Division of Educational Programs will issue a detailed curriculum development timeline for the year, including a checklist for task completion A. Completed in 10/88 during initial development 54 (07/01/93) (07/01/93) 09/88 (07/01/93) 09/88 (07/01/93) (10/88) (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 12/89 (06/30/94) 09/88 (06/30/94) (10/88) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Specialists) (Principals, Teachers, Asst. Supts., Curriculum Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educ Prog Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 4.7 Board approval 4.7 (Criteria checklist was used for textbook selection) 5. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 5. (Improvement in student performance and assessment of attitude regarding learning) 5.1 Transcript of suggestions 5.2 Contractual commitment for the 1988-89 school year (Dr. James A. Banks was used) 5.3 Timeline/checklist (Timeline included in this document 5.5 - 5.17)Page: 9 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 69 L 69 L 69 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.4 Develop expectations for members participating on multicultural curriculum committee A. Completed in 11/88 during initial development B. Expectations developed also during the curriculum revision process 5.5 Identify curriculum committee members and contract for services: 8 - Health/Science 5 - Music 14 - Reading/Language Arts 3 - Art 4 - Social Studies 4 - Libraries 38 5.5 (All core curriculum areas were involved in the development of guides) 5.5 (Curriculum areas revised were: Reading, Language Arts, Social Studies, Math, and Science) A. Completion in 10/88 with initial development B. Identification completed with revised curriculum 5.6 Obtain multicultural curriculum units from models used in other cities A. Completion in 10/88 with initial development B. Multicultural curriculum units obtained also during revision process 55 (07/01/93) 10/88 10/91 (07/01/93) 08/88 09/91 (07/01/93) 07/88 07/91 (06/30/94) 11/88 11/91 (06/30/94) 10/88 10/91 (06/30/94) 10/88 10/91 Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.4 Expectations 5.4 (Contractual agreements with curriculum writers) 5.5 Identification of committee members 5.6 Copies of multicultural materials distributed to committee members/ Page: 10 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 70 L 70 L 70 L 70 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.7 Develop expectations for use of local resource consultant in multicultural curriculum development A. Completion in 10/88 with initial development B. Expectations developed also with revised curriculum 5.8 Secure the services of six (6) local resource consultants to serve on the districtwide curriculum development committee A. Completion in 10/88 with initial development B. Consultants utilized also with revised curriculum 5.9 Conduct inservice session on \"Methods for Developing Multicultural Teaching Strategies\" to include (a) understanding the rationale, trends, and goals multicultural curriculum, (b) developing a conceptual framework for multicultural curriculum, and (c) establishing procedures for developing a multicultural curriculum A. Completion on 03/11/89 with initial development B. Staff development conducted in conjunction with the revised curriculum procedures 5.10 Conduct task completion monitoring as identified in timeline A. Completion in 11/91 with initial development (07/01/93) 08/88 09/91 (07/01/93) 08/88 11/91 (07/01/93) 12/14/88 10/91 (07/01/93) 10/91 (06/30/94) 10/88 10/91 (06/30/94) 10/88 05/30/92 (06/30/94) 03/11/89 11/91 (06/30/94) 11/91 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) Div of Educational Programs (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) 5.7 List of expectations 5.8 Contract services of consultants 5.9 Participants' written evaluation 5.9 (Original inservice completed\nongoing inservice will be documented and evaluated by participants) 5.10 Implementation of monitoring instrumentPage: 11 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Task completion monitoring conducted also during the curriculum revision process 10/91 12/91 L 70 5.11 Operationalize the curriculum development timeline (monthly meetings with specific dates developed in cooperation with committee members) A. Completion in 05/91 with initial development (07/01/93) 10/88 (06/30/94) 05/91 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.11 Agenda of each meeting B. Curriculum development timeline operationalized also during the curriculum revision process 10/91 05/30/92 L 70 5.12 Review and edit the comprehensive guides in each content area at each grade level A. Completion in 07/89 with initial development (07/01/93) 05/89 (06/30/94) 07/89 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.12 Implementation of guides B. Guides reviewed and edited also during the curriculum revision process 05/92 06/30/92 L 70 5.13 Type and print all guides A. Completion in 07/89 with initial development (07/01/93) 06/89 (06/30/94) 07/89 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.13 5.13 Guides completed (Guides delivered to schools) B. Guides typed and printed also during the curriculum revision process 06/92 07/30/92 L 70 5.14 Conduct inservice for all elementary principals and teachers A. Completion in 09/89 with initial development 57 (07/01/93) 08/89 (06/30/94) 09/89 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) 5.14 Agenda 5.14 (Curriculum implementation) 5.14 (Inservice on revised curriculum is ongoing)Page: 12 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1 994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 70 L 70 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Inservice for elementary principals and teachers conducted also during the curriculum revision process 5.15 Involve principals and teachers in ordering multicultural materials from local building budgets: a. Make available materials catalogues to building level principals b. Order and acquire materials based on curriculum to be taught A. B. C. 08/01/92 (07/01/93) 08/31/92 (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog Elem Teachers Principals Principals 5.15 Acquisition of materials 5.15 (Instructional materials representing diverse groups will be present in all schools) Initial catalogue provided during 89 term Materials ordered and acquired Additional catalogues/brochures were provided to principals for current term during preschool conference, department meetings and on request D. Materials ordered based on existing curriculum for current term 5.16 Extend inservice through scheduled district level regular elementary cluster meetings (reading, language arts, social studies, art, and music) A. Initial inservice conducted B. Inservice extended during 93-94 term in all curriculum areas and programs 58 07/01/89 07/01/89 08/17/93 08/17/93 (07/01/93) 07/89 07/93 08/30/89 09/30/89 90% 90% (06/30/94) 08/90 75% Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.16 (Inservice on revised curriculum is being offered through minicourses and building meetings during the 1993-94 school year) 53Page: 13 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 70 L 72 L 72 L 72 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.17 Host three (3) education meetings for parents of elementary children to provide an overview of the comprehensive multicultural curriculum A. Completion in 09/89 during initial development B. PTA meetings/audio/visual broadcasts were conducted to give board members and parents an overview of the revised multicultural curriculum guides C. Discussion of the revised multicultural curriculum is being addressed at PTA meetings/parent conferences (07/01/93) 08/89 06/15/92 09/09/93 (06/30/94) 09/89 12/18/92 90% Division of Educational Programs 5.17 Program and roster of participants 5.17 (Assessment of multicultural education during parent conferences) 6. To develop and implement a multicultural curriculum for grades 7-12 (To implement the revised curriculum 7-12, which is multicultural) 6.1 Verify second year contract of national expert in multicultural curriculum A. Completion in 06/89 during initial development 6.2 In cooperation with the lead consultant, the Division of Educational Programs will issue a detailed curriculum development timeline for the 1989-90 school year, including a checklist for last completion 59 (07/01/93) (07/01/93) 04/89 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 06/89 (06/30/94) (Principals, Teachers, Asst. Supts., Subject Area Supervisors) Div of Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 6. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 6. (Improvement in student academic performance and assessment of attitude regarding learning) 6.1 Contractual commitment entered into for second year (Dr. James A. Banks was used) 6.2 Timeline completed (Timeline included in this document 6.5 - 6.19)Page: 14 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Completion in 06/89 during initial development 04/89 06/89 L 72 6.3 Plan and hold at least three (3) public meetings to receive suggestions from patrons in areas of multi-curriculum and programming (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 6.3 Suggestions received, reviewed, and considered A. Completion in 12/89 during initial development 09/89 12/89 L 72 6.4 Develop expectations for member participation on multicultural curriculum committee (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Assoc Supt for Desegregation 6.4 List of expectations 6.4 (Contractual agreements with curriculum writers) L 72 A. Completion in 05/89 during initial development B. Expectations developed also during the curriculum revision process 6.5 Identify secondary curriculum committee members and contract for services: 4 4 4 4 Reading Librarians Math Science 12 English 12 Social Studies 4 Music 4 Art A. Completion in 06/89 during initial development B. Committee identified also during the curriculum revision process 60 04/89 05/89 07/91 09/91 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Assoc Supt for Desegregation 6.5 Contractual implementation for each committee member 06/89 09/91 06/89 10/91Page: 15 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4 ) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3* 4*) L 73 L 73 L 73 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.6 Obtain multicultural curriculum units from models used in other districts A. Completion in 09/89 during initial development B. Multicultural units obtained also during curriculum revision process 6.7 Develop expectations for use of local resource consultants in multicultural curriculum development A. Completion in 06/89 during initial development B. Expectations developed also during multicultural curriculum development 6.8 Identify secondary social studies, music, and art committee: 1991: 1992: 1993: 19 teachers: 7 social studies 6 music 6 art 11 teachers: 3 social studies 4 music 4 art 11 teachers: 3 social studies 4 music 4 art 61 (07/01/93) 06/89 06/91 (07/01/93) 06/89 06/91 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) 09/89 10/91 (06/30/94) 06/89 06/91 (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Supervisor of Social Studies (Supervisor of Social Studies, Teachers in identified areas, Assoc. Supt) 6.6 Secure multicultural curriculum units for committee members 6.7 Develop expectations 6.8 Roster of committee (Guides for social studies, music and art with a multicultural focus will be implemented in LRSD classrooms)Page: 16 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Committee members identified with phase in developed for social studies, music, and art 04/91 07/25/93 L 73 6.9 Secure the services of eight (8) local resource consultants to serve on the districtwide curriculum development committee (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 6.9 Contract for services agreement entered into L 73 Phase in Multicultural and learning (social studies, music, and art) (Needs to be deleted from this column) (Implemented after the identification of committee members, 6.8) A. Completion in 07/89 during initial development B. Local resosurce consultants utilized during the revised curriculum process 6.10 Conduct inservice session or \"Methods for Developing Multicultural Learning Strategies to include (a) understanding the rationale, trends, and goals of multicultural curriculum and (b) establishing procedures for developing a multicultural curriculum 07/89 07/89 12/91 05/30/92 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Supervisor of Social Studies 6.10 Roster of participants A. Completion in 10/89 during initial development 07/89 10/89 B. Staff development conducted in conjunction with the revised curriculum procedures 07/92 04/93 6.10 (Original inservice completed. Ongoing inservice will be documented and evaluated by participants) C. Extended staff development conducted at preschool, department, cluster, and school meetings 08/16/93 75% D. Role-playing and group projects 07/01/93 06/30/94 E. Discussions of race relations and ethnicity as they relate to the classroom, the school and the society 07/01/93 06/30/94 L 74 6.11 Conduct last task completion monitoring as identified in timeline (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educ Programs 6.11 Tasks completed in accordance with timeline 62 BPage: 17 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 74 L 74 L 74 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Completion in 12/89 during initial development B. Task completion monitoring conducted also during the curriculum revision process 6.12 Operationalize the curriculum development timeline (monthly) meetings with specific dates developed in cooperation with committee members A. Completion in 05/90 during initial development B. Curriculum development timeline operationalized during revision process 6.13 Review and edit the comprehensive guide for each content area at each grade level (social studies, music, and art) A. Completion in 05/90 during initial development B. Guides for social studies, music, and art reviewed and edited 6.14 Type and print all guides for social studies, music, and art A. Social Studies guides typed and printed SHB 09/89 12/89 10/91 06/04/93 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Supervisor of Social Studies (Teachers in identified areas, Assoc. Supt. for Curriculum) 6.12 Meetings held according to timeline 6.12 (Guides for social studies, art and music with a multicultural focus will be implemented in LRSD classrooms) 09/89 05/90 10/91 06/04/93 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 6.13 6.13 Review and edit guides (Guides for social studies, art and music with a multicultural focus will be implemented in LRSD classrooms) 04/90 05/90 06/91 06/11/93 (07/01/93) 63 06/91 (06/30/94) 07/15/93 Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Supv-Soc Studies 6.14 Guides typed and printed 6.14 (Guides for social studies, art and music with a multicultural focus will be implemented in LRSD classrooms) 3? S^^BI Page: 18 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educahonal equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Draft forms of music and art guides in schools 06/91 08/16/93 L 74 6.15 Conduct inservice for all secondary administrators and teachers (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educ Programs 6.15 Monitoring of inservice 6.15 (Guides for social studies, art and music with a multicultural focus will be implemented in LRSD classrooms) L 74 A. Completion in 09/90 during initial development B. Inservice for secondary administrators and teachers conducted also for revised curriculum and phase-in 6.16 Involve principals and teachers in ordering multicultural materials from local building budgets: (a) Make available materials catalogues to building level principals (b) Order and acquire materials based on curriculum to be taught A. Initial catalogues/brochures distributed to building principals by curriculum coordinators 8. Materials based on curriculum ordered and acquired C. Additional materials based on revised curriculum ordered and acquired 64 07/90 09/90 07/91 08/20/93 (07/01/90) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 6.16 Materials purchased 6.16 (Instructional materials representing diverse groups will be present in all secondary schools) 07/90 07/90 08/17/93 09/90 12/90 03/25/94Page: 19 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educahonal equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 74 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.17 Monitor the use of curriculum guides (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Principals Area Supervisors 6.17 Schedule/Documentation 6.17 (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits and teacher conferences) 6.17 (Improvement in student achievement and attitude toward self and learning) A. Periodic curriculum monitoring being implemented 09/01/93 75% L 75 L 75 6.18 Extend inservice through scheduled district level regular council meetings (reading, English, social studies, science, art, and music for the secondary level) A. Inservice extended with revised curriculum 6.19 Host three (3) education meetings for parents of secondary children to provide an overview of the comprehensive multicultural curriculum A. Completed on 09/30/90 with initial development B. PTA Open House meetings were conducted to give parents an overview of the revised multicultural curriculum guides C. Curriculum overview/explanation is conducted at PTA meetings and parent conferences 65 (07/01/93) 07/93 (07/01/93) (07/01/93) 09/01/90 09/92 09/09/93 (06/30/94) 75% (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 09/30/90 12/92 90% Assoc Supt and Staff for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Content Area Supervisor, Principals) 6.18 Agenda of meetings, roster of participants 6.18 Additional inservice will occur through minicourses and council meetings during 1993- 94) 6.19 Program and roster of participantsPage: 20 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 76 L 76 L 76 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide staff development in the area of multicultural education 2. To provide access to and information about multicultural materials to teachers, parents, community (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Director of Staff Development, Subject Area Supervisors, Principals) 1. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1. (Academic achievement of students will improve as evidenced by report cards and standarized tests) 1.1 Jointly negotiate for consultants to provide inservice for the districts 1.1 (Conduct staff development in the area of multicultural education) A. A joint colloberation using Dr. James Banks as a consultant on 12/14-15/88 and 03/10- 11/89 B. Multicultural educational staff development in the area of social studies provided by PCSSD Multicultural Curriculum Coordinator 66 (07/01/93) 10/88 07/01/93 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) 11/89 02/01/94 (06/30/94) LRSD Assoc. Supt for Educ Programs (Director of Staff Development) (PCSSD - Coor for Multicultural Curr Dev Dir of Library Serv LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educ Programs, Supv of Media Serv NLRSD - Coor of Instructional Materials) 1.1 Contractual agreement 1.1 (Roster of participants) 1.1 (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in LRSD classrooms as determined by classroom observations and teacher conferences) 2. (Teachers, parents, community will have the opportunity to attend Multicultural Materials Fair)Page: 21 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3', 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 76 L 76 L 76 2.1 Share responsibility for Multicultural Materials Fair to be held annually A. Plan and implement Multicultural Materials Fair. Phone contact has been made with NLR and PCSSD on 08/93 and 09/93 regarding Fair for 93-94 term B. Two tri-district meetings were held and date for Fair set for February 22, 1994 C. Multicultural Fiar held on February 22, 1994, at North Little Rock High School, East Campus (07/01/93) 08/93 11/16/93 02/22/94 (06/30/94) 02/22/94 11 /30/93 02/22/94 3. To provide information to staff members on the availability of graduate coursework in multicultural education (07/01/93) (06/30/94) 3.1 Write letters to institutions of higher education in the area concerning the need for such courses G7 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) PCSSD - Coor for Multicultural Curr Dev Dir of Library Serv LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Supv of Media Serv NLRSD - Coor of Instructional Materials (Director of Staff Development, Subject Area Supervisors, Principals) PCSSD - Coor of Instructional Materials LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD - Coor of Instructional Materials 2.1 Schedule of vendors 2.1 (The Multicultural Fair will be jointly planned by LRSD, NLRSD and PCSSD) 3. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 3.1 Letters on file 3.1 (The number of teachers enrolled in multicultural courses will increase)Page: 22 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader:\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\u003cdcterms_creator\u003eLittle Rock School District\u003c/dcterms_creator\u003e\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_218","title":"Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 2","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1994-05-13"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational statistics"],"dcterms_title":["Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 2"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/218"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nSchool Operations Cluster * * * * * * * * * * School Operations (Principals) School Operations (Central Office Administration) Extracurricular Participation Student Hearing Officer In-School Suspension New Futures Academic Incentive Grants/Focused Activities McClellan Community School Testing Assistance - Disadvantaged Job FairLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 09A Pagp: 1 Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leaden Estelle Matthis Secondary Leaden Robertson, Gremillion, and Anderson Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goat School Operations includes the total integrated learning experiences which meet the academic, social, and developmental needs of all LRSD students in a desegregated educational setting. Central Office staff principals of the schools collaborate to ensure quality educational program planning for all students with the support of staff, parents, and the larger community. General cooperation among the Pulaski County districts is necessary. A collaborative effort is crucial to the success of this countywide desegregation plan. We commit ourselves to the following. 1. Underlying Principles will include: all students will be accorded equal opportunity to participate in all academic and extracurricular programs and services in the districts: All district staff and parents will develop and model high expectations for the success of all students without regard to gender or race\nAll students, all staff and all parents will have equitable access to and input into programs, school and district activities, planning and implementation of school plans and goals\nSpecial efforts will be concentrated on increasing parental involvement in the schools: Staffing and staff recruitment will reflect student needs for contact with minority teachers and a diversity in the racial makeup of support staffs consistent with applicable law: Staff assignments will be made on an equitable basis: Policies directed toward students will reflect an awareness of diversity in the student population, its background and learning styles, while also providing for an orderly, supportive learning environment. Create a collaboration whereby all students in all schools in the three districts (LK NLR. and PCSSDl will benefit from a mutual set of beliefs and expectations for success for all students and equity for all students and staff. Follow Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan References: L 30-32, L 35, L 37-47 FY Program Budget: 1st Otr Expend: 3rd Otr Expend: FTE VlU Expenditures: 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related F^inction Codes: 1G 4LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Pagp: 2 Program Scq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatkms Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the school operatioos goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in die LRSD. DI Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strat^ies B^inning Date Conqiletion Date Re^xmsibility Valuation Criteria LLJO L To ensure an otganizatiooal structure which provides equal opportunity and access for parents, students and staff. L To review organizational structure m achoob and central ofiBce to ensure sufiBcient siqiport for students and staff success and for the implcnicntatioo of the desegregation plan. Senior High Schools A. Three of the six high schools conducted a review of the organizational structure to ensure success and implementation of desegregation plan. B. Two of the six high schools continued the review of organizational structures in the schools to ensure success and implementation of the desegregation plan during the second quarter. C All schools conducted review and monitoring activities of the organizational structure. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six area junior high schools indicated different methods of reviewing oiganizational structure. Example: Structure review during the completion of the Arkansas Department of Education Annual School Report. B. Four of the six area junior high schools reported the use of organizational structures for the implementation of the desegregation plan. (07/01/93) (/2A/9i 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 (06/30/94) 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 (Principals,, Assistant Supts., Assoc. Supt.) 1. (Sufficient program personnel are in place to meet the needs of all students in the program as measured by the monitoring instrument) 1G\niPage: 3 Program Scq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsflrility Evaluation Criteria 1. (contd) C. Five of the six area junior high school reportedly reviewed organizational structures in schools to support implementation of the desegregation plan for the third quarter. Example: Review of stafting and changes of teaching assignments. Junior High Magnet Schools B. Both magnet junior high schools reported organizational structures which are in place for the implementation of the desegregation plan. C Both magnet junior high schools conducted reviewed, and one school made adjustments based upon the reviews. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. The organizational structure was reviewed at three schools. B. Two magnet schools report having reviewed organizational structures in school and central office to ensure sufficient support to students and staff success. 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 C Five schools reported reviewing organizational structure and submitting to assistant superintendent for approval. 01/03/94 03/31/94 1G t.Pagp: 4 Program Scq #: 09A Rcvisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Operatioos Program Code: Piimaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Secoodaiy Leaden Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the achoot operatioos goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Rcqxmsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. (contd) Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools B. A. Both schools make staff recommend ations relevant to building needs. Both schools reported reviewing their organizational structure and providing staff information relevant to the Desegregation Plan. C Both schools report a continuation of staff development and abacus training. Incentive Schools A. A review of the organizational structure reveals that all six of the incentive schools (certified staffs) were completed according to district mandates. Elementary Area Schools A. Eighteen schools reviewed their organizational structures to ensure support for students and implementation of the Desegregation Plan. B. Twelve area schools reported reviewing their organizational structure to ensure sufHcient support for students and staff success. C Sixteen schools reported reviewing organizational structure and submitting to assistant superintendent for approval. 1 i 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 1. (Satisfactory compliance with the Education Equity Monitoring Document) LI Survey of staff - patronsI p^- 5 Program Scq #: 09A Revisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Sccondaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number LIL 30 1. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date ReqionsAnlity Bvahiation Criteria LI Appoint achool-bascd biracial committees to monitor implementation and data. (Report to faculty) Senior High Schools A. B. C. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Ptincqials, Assistant Supts. LI School-level documentation of quarterly meetings (minutes, rosters) Four of the six high schools have appointed a biracial committee Three of the six high schools appointed school-based biracial committees during the second quarter. Five high schools reported meetings and monitoring of biracial committees. Area Junior High Schools A. B. C 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 Two of the six area junior high schools reported efforts toward appointing school-based biracial committees. Three of the six area junior hi^ schools reported achievements relative to the appointment of school-based biracial committees. Four of the six area junior high schools reported active committees which are monitoring implementation and data relative to the desegregation plan. Example: Feedback to Steering Committee on monitoring visit. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two magnet junior high schools reported activity related to the appointment of school-based biracial committees. IGS 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 12/31/93Page: 6 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatkms Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectiws Strategies Beginning Date Cooqiletion Date Rcqionsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. (contd) B B. One magnet junior high reported the committees meet regularly to assist in the implementation of the plan. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. B. C 01/03/94 03/30/94 Biracial committee established at four schools. Four magnet schools report that biracial committees have been established and is functioning. Four schools have appointed school based biracial committees. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. B. C. 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 Both schools have established a schoolbased biracial committee. One school reported having established their school-based biracial committee this quarter. One school reports biracial committee monitoring and meetings held regularly. Incentive Schools A. All six incentive schools biracial committees which provide equal opportunity and access for patents, students, and staff are evident. Elementary Area Schools A. Twenty schools have established schoolbased biracial committees. B. Twelve area schools reported activities of their school-based biracial committees. 169 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 IS 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 nPagp: 7 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Opcratioos Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the sdnol opcratioos goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number L2L30 L3LaO 1L30 1. (contd) Objectives Strategies Begnming Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Fifteen schools have appointed school based biracial committees. 01/03/94 03/31/94 12 L3 2. A (hstrict-widc biracial conuruttee will monitor district-wide desegregation efforts and data and (r^rort to Board) Establish a reporting system. To provide inservice to raise staff awareness/eiqrcctatioos of equity concerns for students. Senior High Schools A. B. C 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Three of six high schools indicated that equity inservice has occurred. One inservice is scheduled for December 6, 1993 Four of the six high schools conducted inservice sessions relating to equity concerns. Four of the six high schools documented equity inservice occurred the third quarter. Area Junior High Schools A Three of the six area junior high schools reported that equity inservice has occurred. Ex: At-risk Student Workshop, Cultural Awareness Workshop. 170 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 Assoc. Supt. of Educational Programs, Assoc. Supt. for Dcsegregatioo Associate Supts., Assistant Supts. (Local schools. Staff Development, Communications Dept., Staff Development, Academic Support) 12 Report of the biracial committee 1.2 (Report from the monitoring of the biracial committee to the Board) L3 Monitoring reports districtwide biracial committees 2. Results of school climate survey 2. (Random survey results from Staff Development) aPrognun Seq #: 09A Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goak Plan Reference Page Number 9 The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Objectives Strategies B. Four of the six area junior high schools provided inservices to raise staff awareness/expectations of equity concerns for students. Example: \"Steering Committee Training for School-Based Decision-Making\" C Four of the six area junior high schools provided inservice to raise staff awareness/expectations of equity concerns for students. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two magnet schools indicated equity inservice has occurred. B. One of the two magnet schools provided inservice to raise staff awareness/expectations of equity concerns for students. Secondary Leader Beginning Date 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 Page: 8 Rcvisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson 1. (contd) C Both magnet junior highs reported equity inservices have occurred. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A B. C D. E. 01/03/94 Completioa Date 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 Reqxmsibility Evaluation Criteria Green Circle training conducted\nTESA\nInservice plans are being finalized at one school. One magnet school reports holding one workshop on cooperative learning. All magnet schools report providing inservice to raise staff awareness/expectations of equity concerns. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools 171 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94Page: 9 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: . May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Opeiatkms Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program \u0026lt;joal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refierenoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cooqrfetioa Date ReqxMisibility Evahiatioo Criteria A. Both schools provided inservices on equity and expectations. 9/30/93 B. One school reported the regular monitoring of staff for commitment to equity. One school reported that staff inservices were provided for the purpose of achieving equity. One school reports the continuation of monitoring staff commitment to equity. Incentive Schools A Three of the six schools have conducted inservice activities. Examples of activities: nine inservices on improving human relation were held at two schools, development of the years suff development at another school. Elementary Area Schools Thirteen schools provided inservice to raise awareness/expectations of equity for students. B. Twelve area schools reported providing inservice to raise staff awareness/expectations of equity concerns for students. Ex: Cooperative learning, portfolio assessment and positive behavior inservice. 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 c A Q Seventeen schools report providing inservice to raise staff awareness/expectations of equity concerns. 01/03/94 03/31/94 172Pagp\n10 Program Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioos Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Sccoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the school operatioos gogbid to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in die LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 2.1 L30 1. (contd) 1. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioo Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Inservice cydes for existing and new staff including\na. teacher expectations b. working with patents c. at-risk youth d. learning styles Senior Hi^ Schools A. One of six high schools reported conducting inservice for existing and new staff. B. Two of the six high schools reportedly conducted inservice for existing and new staff. Examples: Career Guidance Workshop and Security Staff Inservice. Area Junior High Schools A. Three of the six area junior high schools reported the provision of inservice cycles for existing and new staff. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two junior high magnet schools indicated the provision of inservice cycles for existing and new staff. B. Both magnet junior high schools reported conducting inservice for existing and new staff. Elementary Aiea Schools A. Eleven schools provided inservice cycles for existing and new staff. Ex: TESA, Cooperative Learning, and ABACUS. 173 07/01/93 01/03/94 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 03/30/94 03/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 12/31/93 Apfnopriate Associate Supts., and Staff Devdopment 2.1 Roster of teacfaets/participating staff Data4MBed improvement in targeted student schools 2.1 (Evaluation of inservice segments by participants)Page: 11 Program Seq #: 09A RevisioD Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the achool operations goal is to provide equitable cducatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Twenty-three schools report providing inservice to existing and new staff members. Elementary Magnet Schools A. Two magnet schools reported having inservice cycles for existing and new staff members. B. Four schools report providing inservice to existing and new staff members. 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/31/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 Elementary Interdistrict A. Both schools report having inservices for existing and new staff. 01/03/94 03/31/94 X XL30 To provide programs which raise parental awarenes of district structure, policy, and programs and ways to access them. 07/01/93 06/30/94 X Raster of attendance 3. (Programs which demonstrate high quality of parent involvement) (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Communications Dept., Staff Development, and Academic Support) Senior Hi^ Schools A. Two of six high schools have provided parental awareness sessions in addition to Open House sessions. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Four of the six high schools provided programs to raise parental awareness of district structure, policy, and programs. 10/01/93 12/31/93 174 Prognun Seq #: 09A Prognun Name: School OperatiooK Page\n12 Rcvisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Prognun Code: Piimaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seoondaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Prognun Goak The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refeicnoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioo Date Reqxmsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria 1. (contd) C Five of the six high schools reported the provision of parental awareness sessions. Examples: Financial aide workshops and neighborhood meeting. 01/03/94 03/30/94 Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six area junior high schools documented the provision of programs which raise parental awareness of district structure, policy, programs, and ways to access them. 10/01/93 12/31/93 B. Four of the six area junior high schools indicated programs which raise parental awareness of district structure, policy, and programs and ways to access them had been provided. 01/03/94 03/30/94 Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two schools reported evidence of providing programs which raised parental awareness of district structure, policy, and program and ways to access them. C Both schools have provided parental awareness. Examples: Superintendent presented program to parents in March and Spring FTA Workshop. Elementary Area Schools A. Six schools reported providing programs which raised parental awareness such as\nPTA Volunteer Programs, Parent Teas, Parent/Student Awards and PTA Suppers. 08/24/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 09/30/93 03/30/94 12/31/93Page: 13 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Opeiatioas Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Seeoodary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the school operatkrns goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 1.1 L30 1. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Twenty-one area schools reported providing programs which use parent awareness. Elementary Magnet Schools A. One school held a joint parent meeting with Dunbar Magnet AGATE parents. One school conducted a needs assessment. B. All elementary magnet schools reported providing programs which use parent awareness. Elementary Interdistrict Schools A Both schools providing newsletters, inservice sessions, and brochures to raise and maintain parental awareness. 11 Mini orminars at PTA meetings  the community. 3.1 (Evidence of quality programs presented to parents.) Senior High Schools 176 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 01/03/94 07/01/93 03/31/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/10/94 District staff PTA Council (local and area) 11 Calendar showing programs held 3.1 (Calendar showing roster of participants and evaluation form) 3.1 (Evidence of parent participation\nincrease in number of parents involved in school activities including VIPS, PTA, Parent Forums\nand increase in student achievement data\nand increase in number of students above the NCE on Stanford 8 and Abacus)Page: 14 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdnol Operations Program Gode: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refeienoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date ReqKmsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Two of six high schools conducted miniseminars at PTA meetings. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Two of the six high schools conducted mini-seminars at PTA meetings. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Five of the six high schools conducted mini-seminars. 01/03/94 03/30/94 Area Junior High Schools 1. (contd) A. One school reported seminars have been offered at PTA meetings. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Two of the six area junior high schools reported mini-seminars at PTA meetings had been provided. 10/01/93 12/31/93 Four of the six area junior hi^ schools offered mini-seminars at PTA meetings and in the community. Example: Parent meeting at local restaurant. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two junior high magnet schools provided mini-seminars at PTA meetings. B. One the two junior high magnet schools conducted nine mini-seminars at a spaghetti supper. 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 C Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Parenting classes initiated, TESA, Parent/Teacher Conferences, and Home Study Guides presented at Open House 08/24/93 09/30/93 177Page: 15 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Opcratioos Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goab The intent of the school opcratioos goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Rcfercooc Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Rcqxmsibility Evahtatioo Criteria B. One school hosted an educational meeting and tour for counselors and three Pulaski County schools. In addition, this school also hosted the \"Senate Oversight Subcommittee.\" 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Five schools held mini-sessions at P.Tj\\. meetings and in the community. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools provided programs for parents. 08/24/93 09/30/93 1. (contd) B. Both schools reported having provided information to all parents. One school provided specific programs to the community. Ex: Understanding the Curriculum, Counseling Program and Parents of At-RisL 10/01/93 12/31/93 C. Both schools report having meetings and activities to help parents actively engage in the school. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Incentive Schools A. Six of the incentive schools had open house to inform the community. Two schools sent parent newsletters and held neighborhood meetings. Elementary Area Schools A. Three schools held mini-seminars on topics such as: parent-home study guides, volunteers, open house, and workshops. 173 08/24/93 08/24/93 09/30/93 09/30/93Page: 16 Prognun Seq #: 09A Rcvisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioos Program Code: Prinuuy Leader Estelle Matthis Secoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the school operatioos goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in die LRSD. Plan Refeicnoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Reqxiosibility Evaluatioa Criteria B. Eleven schools reported having miniseminars at PTA meetings and in the community. Ex: Arkansas Sheriffs Association, Partners in Education, Tutors Workshop, Street Gangs and Home Study Guides. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Twenty-one area schools held minisessions at P.TA. meetings and in the community. 01/03/94 03/31/94 4.L30 4. To monitor school standards to ensure high quality education for all students. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Four schools have reviewed data. Reports will be maintained and shared with faculty. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools gathered disaggregated data indicating areas of concern for staff with respect to achievement, discipline, racial disparity population, etc. Incentive Schools A. All six incentive schools have reviewed the data as it relates to achievement, discipline, promotion and retention. Elementary Area Schools A. Seven schools reported reviewing data such as: COE, achievement, discipline, enrollment, etc. 173 08/24/93 08/24/93 08/24/93 09/30/93 09/30/93 09/30/93Page: 17 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatkrns Program Code: Primaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program GooL The intent of the school operatkrns goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 4.1 L 30 1. (contd) 1. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conqiletioa Date Reqxmsibility Bvahiation Criteria 4.1 Review data 4.1 (List data, achievement, discipline, promotion, retention, increase or decrease of white students, number above and below state reference point to assess strengths, needs, and strategies.) Senior High Schools A. Three of the six high schools conducted data review activities. B. Four of the six high schools reported the review and evaluation of data. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six junior high schools reported the review and analysis of data. B. Four of the six junior high schools reported different data had been reviewed. Example: Review of grade distribution data. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two magnet junior high schools reported the review and analysis of data from the following: grade distributions, school profile, honor roll, and \"D/F\" roll. B. Both magnet junior high schools reportedly reviewed data. 100 07/01/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 Associate SupL, Principals, Assistant Supts. 4.1 Calendars of visits 4.1 (Staff, facilities, climate, administration, organization, and achievement levels) aPage: 18 Program Seq #: 09A Revisiofi Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the school operatioos goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LR9). Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategics Beginiiing Date Completioa Date Reqxmsibility Bvaluation Criteria 4JL30 Elementary Area Schools A. Fourteen schools have provided an organizational structure and access for parents, students and staff through the following: 1) Developing student educational plans\n2) Reviewing the schools profile reports\n3) Addressing quarterly discipline reports\n4) Documenting discipline sanctions. B. Twenty-one schools have provided an organizational structure and access for parents, students and staff. Elementary Magnet Schools A. Two magnet schools reported reviewing data to ensure an organizational structure which provides equal opportunity and access for parents, students and sta^. B. Five elementary magnet schools have provided an organizational structure and access for parents, students and staff. Elementary Interdistrict Schools A. Both schools reported prescribing educational plans based upon available student data. B. Both school report providing information to all concerned on a quarterly basis. 4 J. School mooitofing visits 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 07/01/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Planning Research, and Bvaluatioii 4.2 Monitofing reports 4.2 (Staff Qimate Survey) m182LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 20 Program Seq 09A Rcviaon Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Cjode: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 2. Page 31 2. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Reqxmsibitity Evaluation Criteria To provide a climate in each school which is based on the belief and expectation that all children can learn and to provide resources necessary to support that belief. Provide education to staff and patrons regarding school cuhore and positive school dimate. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Principals, Teachers, Assistant Supts.) 1. Utilization of the acbool dimate survey 1. (Results of school climate survey report) L Senior High Schools A. Three of six schools conducted activities related to positive school climate. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Five of the six hi^ schools conducted activities related to school climate. Three of the six high schools reported the provision of activities related to positive school climate. Area Junior High Schools A. Three of six schools reported activities had been conducted relative to positive school climate. B. Three of the six schools documented activities to educate sta^ and patrons relative to school culture and positive school climate. Examples: Newsletters and Hush Day. 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/30/94 09/30/94 12/31/93 n/21/9i C C Four of the six area junior high school provided education to staff and patrons regarding school culture and positive school climate. Example: Student Council developed a news program format video to be presented through Channel One system. Junior High Magnet Schools 133Page: 21 Program Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Operations Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Riefierence Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginiiiiig Date Completion Date Reqxmsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. (contd) A. One of two schools conducted activities related to positive school climate. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. One of the two junior hig)i magnet schools provided education to staff and patrons relative to school culture and positive school climate during faculty meetings. 10/01/93 10/31/93 C Both magnet junior high schools conducted activities related to positive school climate. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Results of school climate survey shared with staff and preschool inservices held. B. All magnet schools provided education to staff and patrons regarding school cultures and positive school climate. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools disseminated parent/student handbooks. B. Both schools utilized available reports and survey results to prescribe positive student opportunities and experiences. C Both schools reported the sharing of ongoing information/programs with staff and patrons regarding school culture and positive school climate. D. Both schools provided education to staff and patrons regarding school culture and positive school climate. 01/03/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 Incentive Schools 184Pagp: 22 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Opcratioos Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Opeiatioas goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cooiplctioa Date Responsibility Evahiatioo Criteria 1.1 L 31 2. (contd) 2. (To work with teachers and principals to develop a positive school climate) A. One of the six incentives schools has reviewed the school climate surveys with staff. All six schools held staff meetings to share expectations with parents and staff. Elementary Area Schools LI A. B. C 08/24/93 09/30/93 Twelve schools provided education to sta^ and patrons regarding school culture and climate. Example: new parent orientation, inservice for parents and teachers, utilizing results of the School Climate Survey, etc. Nine schools provided education to staff and patrons regarding school cultures and positive school climate by sharing ongoing information with staff and patrons. Twenty-two area schools provided education to staff and patrons regarding school cultures and positive school climate. PTA Board and general meetings to educational cooipoocnta regsiding dimate and eapectationa. 1.1 (LRSD expectations, teacher-designed instrument, clarify what kind of expectations achievement, behavior, attendance) Senior Hi^ Schools 185 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 07/01/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 District peisonnel as designated by the Associate SiqiL LI Agendas of meetings Measurable improvements in individual achool climates (1.1 Agendas of meetings and evidence of results of school climate survey report)Page: 23 Prognm Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Gode: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson 9 Program Goak The intent of die School Operatioos goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in die LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginnmg Date CompletioQ Date Reqarnsibitity Bvaluation Criteria A. Two of six high schools included climate and expectation sessions for PTA. 08/24/93 09/30/93 2. (contd) B. One of the six high schools included a climate component in a PTA activity. 10/01/93 12/31/93 Area Junior High Schools A. Two of six schools reported meetings have been conducted with education components regarding climate and expectations. Ex: Reinforce Adult Control 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Three of the six area junior high schools provided for educational components regarding climate and expectations during PTA Board and general PTA meetings. 10/01/93 12/31/93 Five of the six area junior high schools PTA Board and general meetings implemented activities regarding climate and expectations. Example: Magnet Science Program Junior High Magnet Schools A. Both magnet junior high schools dealt with educational components regarding climate and expectations during monthly PTA Board meetings. B. One of the two magnet junior high schools reported meetings have been conducted with education components regarding climate and expectations. Example: Open House held for prospective parents and staff. 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 C Elementary Area Magnet Schools 18GPage: 24 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioii Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioos Program (jode: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Seoondaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioo Date Reqainsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Four schools held PTA meetings in reference to climate and expectations. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. One school reports using PTA meetings to re-state the mission and philosophy of the school. 10/01/93 12/31/93 2. (contd) C. Five schools held P.TA Board and general meetings to have educational components regarding climate and expectations. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A Both schools report no action this quarter. B. One school report keeping parents informed throu^ newsletters, open house, and P.TA. meetings. Incentive Schools A One of the six schools reports having a PTA board meeting. All six schools had open house to share expectations with the parents. Elementary Area Schools A. Six area schools report having had meetings with educational components. B. Four schools held PTA Board and general meetings to have educational components regarding climate and expectations. C Fifteen schools held P.TA. Board and general meetings to have educational components regarding climate and expectations. 187 01/03/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/31/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94Page: 25 Program Seq #: 09A RevisioD Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goab The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in die LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 1.2 L 31 2. (contd) Objectiues Strategies Beginning Date Cooipletioa Date Reqxmsibility Evaluation Criteria L2 Dae of cable Chaimel 4 to catty brief messages to staff regarding cxpectatioris, woridng with at-risk and disadvantaged students, and creating positive dimate. 1.2 (Clarify performance expectations, such as behavior emphasis on students falling below) Senior High Schools A. None of the high schools used Channel 4 to carry messages. One school used Channel 1 to broadcast messages to students. B. One of six hi^ schools developed plans to use cable Channel 4 to carry messages to staff. C One of the six high schools reportedly played Channel 4 daily. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six area junior high schools documented the use of cable Channel 4 for creating a positive climate. B. Five of the six area junior high schools used Cable Channel 4 to carry messages. Example: One principal notified LRSD Communications Department to broadcast in Cable Channel 4 to the citys 6th graders inviting them to \"Fun Day on Saturday, March 12,1994. Junior High Magnet Schools ISS (r7/01/ 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 QI 06/30/94 09/30/93 n/3\\/9i 03/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 (Principals, Teachers, Staff Development, Communications Office) 1.2 (Assessing performance of the school principal)Page: 26 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Prognun Name: Scboot Opeiatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Opeiatioas goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginnmg Date Cooipletioa Date Responsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria 2. (contd) A. One of the two junior high magnet schools sent news items to the Communications Department regarding climate. B. Both magnet junior high schools reportedly utilized Channel 4 to cany brief messages. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. AETN pre-school inservice held B. Three schools report organizing and realizing positive school messages to LRSD Communications OfTice. 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. According to the LRSD Communication Department, both schools report that positive school messages are relayed when appropriate. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Both schools reported combined procedures to relay/organize positive school messages. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Both schools report sending appropriate communique to the LRSD Communication OfTice. Elementary Area Schools A. Six schools report that positive school messages are related to the LRSD Communications Department when appropriate. B. Four schools reported organizing and relaying positive school messages to LRSD Communications Dept. IQg 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 BBPage: Program Seq 09A Revision Date: Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Secondaiy Leader BHiQB 27 May 12, 1994 Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the School Operatioas goal is to provide equitable educatioaal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refeienoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Reqxxisibility Evaluation Criteria C Eleven area schools report organizing and realizing positive school messages to LRSD Communications Office. 01/03/94 03/31/94 2.L31 2. Monitor school dimate and lesouice allocation. 07/01/93 06/30/94 2. (Review of annual school plan) Senior Hi^ Schools A. Two of six schools reported activities related to monitoring school climate and resources allocation. 08/24/93 09/30/93 2. (contd) B. c One of the six schools reported activities to monitor climate and resource allocations. Three of the six schools reported activities related to monitoring of school climate and resources allocation. Example: Review of evaluation reports Aiea Junior Hi^ Schools A. Two of the six area junior high schools reported monitoring school climate and resource allocation exercises. B. Four of the six area junior high schools reported that monitoring school climate and resource allocation activities had occurred for the third quarter. Example: BCC meetings Junior High Magnet Schools 190 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 12/31/93 ^130/94 B SHPage: 28 Program Seq 09A Rcvisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seoondaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the School Operatioos goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students tn the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginnmg Date Completioa Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteiia A. One of the two schools reported activities related to monitoring school climate and resource allocations. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Both junior hi^ magnet schools reported monitoring school climate and resource allocation via B.CC meetings, administration meetings, and educational equity monitoring reports. 10/01/93 12/31/93 Both magnet junior high schools reported activities related to monitoring school climate and resource allocation. Elementary Area Schools A. Six schools reported monitoring school climate and resource allocations. B. Seventeen Elementaiy areas schools report monitoring school climate and resource allocations. Elementary Magnet Schools A. Two schools reported monitoring school climate and resource allocations. B. Five schools report monitoring school climate and resource allocations. 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 C Elementaiy Interdistrict Schools A. Both schools reported having no additional accomplishments this period. 10/01/93 12/31/93 B. One school regularly review achievement strategies of annual school plan. 01/03/94 03/31/94 191 B nPagp: 29 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Operations Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Setxmdaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number X1L31 X (contd) Objectives 2.1 Strategies Beginnmg Date Completion Date ReqKMisibility Evaluation Criteria Monitor facility, staff morale, student achievement, status of media center books, ami materials. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Assistant Supts., PrincipalB, Media SrqierviBor XI R/qxxts of SiqicrviBoa, Assistant Supts. 2.1 (Assess staff morale, student achievement, etc.) Senior High Schools A. Three of six schools reported improvement activities related to facilities and school planning. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Three of the six high schools reported activities to monitor facilities, staff morale, student achievement, status of media centers, and materials. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Five of the six hi^ schools reported improvement activities relative to facilities and school planning had occurred the third quarter. 01/03/94 03/30/94 Area Junior High Schools X (contd) A. Two of the six schools reported improvement activities regarding facilities and school planning. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Two of the six schools documented activities for monitoring the facilities, staff morale, student achievement, status of media center books, and materials. 10/01/93 n/3\\l9ii C Four of the six schools reported activities for monitoring the facilities, staff morale, student achievement, status of media center books, and materials. Junior High Magnet Schools 1'3 01/03/94 03/30/94Page: 30 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatkrns Program Gode: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Opcratioos goal is to provide equitable educatioaal opportunities for all students in die LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completkxi Date Reqxmsibility Evahiatioo Critefia B. C 2. (contd) Both schools reported improvement activities related to facilities and school planning. Both junior high magnet schools reported activities for monitoring the facilities, staff morale, student achievement, status of media center books, and materials. Example: Faculty warmers Both magnet junior highs reported improvement activities related to facilities and school planning. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. B. C. 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 Five schools have conducted monitoring activities. Ex: media center survey, interim reports. Two schools report using surveys, report cards, checklist and other tools to monitor facilities, staff morale, student achievement and status of media center books, and materials. Rve schools report using surveys, report cards, checklist and other tools to monitor facilities, staff moral, student achievement and status of media center books and materials. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report using checklists, surveys and other techniques to monitor the facility, staff, students and materials. 193 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93Page: 31 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Operatioos Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Secxmdaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of die School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioo Date Responsibility Bvahiatioo Criteria 2. (contd) B. Both schools reported having used checklist, reports, surveys, and other monitoring techniques to monitor their facilities. C Both school report the utilization of checklist, and other monitoring tools to monitor in all areas. Incentive Schools A. Five of the six incentive schools reported having checked their facilities, inserviced their faculties, discussed student achievement and shared with their staff the expectations for student achievement. Elementary Area Schools A. B. 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 Fifteen schools have established monitoring procedures such as: checklists, walk-through, review human relations components, individual staff conferences, review Annual School Plan, principal monitoring of supplies and equipment. Eleven schools report using surveys, report cards, checklist and other tools to monitor facilities, staff morale, student achievement and status of media center books, and materials. 08/24/93 10/01/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 C Twenty-three schools report using surveys, report cards, checklist and other tools to monitor facilities, staff moral, student achievement and status of media center books and materials. 01/03/94 03/31/94 194Page: 32 Prognun Seq #: 09A Rcvisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Opeiatkms Program Qide: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRS). Plan Referenoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Rcqxmsibility Evaluation Criteria 22L31 22 Enhance equipment, supplies, and materials in buildings 06/30/94 2. (contd) 2.2 (Provide resources) Senior Hi^ Schools A. B. C Five of six high schools conducted activities to enhance the physical facilities. Four of the six high schools reported activities to enhance equipment, equipment use, supplies, and materials in the buildings. Two of the six high schools conducted activities to enhance the physical facilities. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six area junior high schools reported efforts to enhance supplies and equipment in the schools. Ex: Computer Software B. Two of the six area junior high schools documented achievements for the enhancement of equipment, supplies, and materials. Examples: Purchase of Core Subjects Software, Purchase of 19 TV units C Five of the six area junior high schools reportedly enhanced equipment, supplies, and materials in buildings. Example: Acquisition of equipment through mathematics grant-shared with Fair High School. 190 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 Assistant Supts., Principals, Media StqiefviBor (Curriculum Supervisors) 2.2 (Improvement in the climate and environment and kinds of materials that are available)Prognun Seq #: 09A Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primary Leader H Page: 33 Revisioa Date: May 12,1994 Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operatioos goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Olqectivcs Strategies Beginning Date Gompletioa Date Responsibility Bvahiatioo Criteria Junior High Magnet Schools One of two schools conducted activities to enhance the schools equipment and facilities. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Both junior high magnet schools indicated the enhancement of equipment, supplies, and materials. Examples: Kits for science and hardware for Whittle Satellite Communications. 10/01/93 12/31/93 Both magnet junior hi^ schools reported efforts to enhance supplies and equipment in the schools. Example: Microscopes repaired Elementary Area Magnet Schools Four of the elementary magnet schools have addressed this strategy. B. Two schools reported purchases designed to enhance equipment, supplies and materials in their buildings. 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 C C Five schools report seeking additional funding outside the regular budget resources in order to enhance equipment, supplies and materials in their buildings. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools 2. (contd) A. Both schools report organized activities and programs to increase school equipment, supplies and materials. 08/24/93 09/30/93 196Page: 34 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Opeiatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leaden Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Gook The ioteot of the School Operatkrns goal is to provide equitable educatioaal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refeicnoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Reqxmsibility Evahiatioo Criteria B. One school reported seeking additional funding outside regular budget resources. One school reported adding an automated library system in addition to Comptons Computer Encyclopedia. C. Both schools report using grant funds, donations, P.T. A., operating budget, school personnel and partners in education to enhance school resources. Incentive Schools A. Four of the six incentive schools have already added additional equipment, supplies and materials to their inventories this first quarter. Examples of current major purchases are: tv/ver for each classroom at one school, cable installed throughout the building, closed circuit in the Media Center, seventeen Pony computers and printers, software for IBM compatible computers, and parachute for Physical Education. Elementary Area Schools A. Fifteen schools report having addressed this strategy. Examples: PTA contributions, school budgets. Chapter I Funds. B. Eleven schools reported seeking additional funding outside the regular budget resources in order to enhance equipment, supplies and materials in their building. 137 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 BPage: 35 Program Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioos Program Gode: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Secoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 23L31 Olqectives Strategies Begmning Date Completioo Date Responsibility Bvaluation Criteria 2. (contd) 23 C Twenty-three schools report seeking additional funding outside the regular budget resources in order to enhance equipment, supplies and materials in their buildings. Provide staff development arxl interveotioo plans as needed. 2.3 (To provide staff development to meet the instructional needs of principals, teachers, and all levels of staff) Senior Hi^ Schools A. B. C 01/03/94 07/01/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Assistant Supts., Principals, Media Supervisor, Identified District Staff (Staff Development) 23 Staff Development rosters 23 (Kinds of staff development progranu developed for needs) 23 Quality of educatkm survey results Two high schools conducted intervention activities. Five of the six high schools reported staff develt^ment and intervention plans. Five of the six high schools conducted intervention activities. Area Junior Hi^ Schools A. B. C 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 Five of the six schools indicated intervention activities. Ex: New Futures Workshop and Team Leader Training Three of the six junior high schools provided staff development and intervention plans. Example: Team Leader Training All area junior high schools indicated staff development and intervention plans had been provided. Example: Inservice - \"Living Safely in a Violent Society\" 193 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94Page: 36 Program Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioos Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seoondaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the Sdiool Operatioos goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LR9E\u0026gt;. Plan Referenoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Begmnmg Date Completioa Date Rcqxmsibility Evaluation Criteiia 2. (contd) Junior High Magnet Schools A. One school conducted intervention activities. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Both magnet junior high schools provided staff development and intervention plans. Example: SAP Training 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Both junior high magnet schools conducted intervention activities. Example: Intervention plans were developed for ADD students Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Inservices conducted in four of the schools. B. Two magnet schools report providing staff development and intervention plans as needed to meet the needs of students. C. Five schools report providing staff development and intervention plans as needed to meet the needs of students. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report having provided staff development and intervention strategies this quarter. One school reports eleven inservices. B. Both schools reported scheduling staff development activities as deemed necessary. C Both schools report providing staff development and intervention plans as needed to meet the needs of students. 133 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94ri Page: 37 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Gode: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operatioas goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in die LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date ResponsBriBty Bvahiatioo Criteria XL31 Incentive Schools 2. (contd) A. All incentive schools have provided some staff' development or have established upcoming data for staff development. Examples of staff development provided are: a. Career Awareness b. Theme Plan Design c. Team Building d. Sensitivity e. Learning Styles f. Positive Discipline Elementary Area Schools A. B. C. 3. 08/24/93 09/30/93 Thirteen schools report providing staff development and intervention plans as needed. Eleven area schools report providing staff development and intervention plans as needed to meet the needs of students. Nineteen schools report providing staff development and intervention plans as needed to meet the needs of students. To work with achook to help them design programs which meet the ^ledfic needs of their students. (Assist teachers and principals in the development of individual programs which address learning needs of students) Senior High Schools A. One high school conducted a questionnaire to gather information to identify specific needs of student?. 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 (07/01/93) 08/24/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 (06/30/94) 09/30/93 (Associate Supt., Assistant Supts., Curriculum Supvs., Staff Development) 3. (Evidence of implementation of Desegregation Plan and School Improvement Plan)Page: 38 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Opeiatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Sixoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Gook The intent of the School Opeiatioos goal is to provide equitable educatioaal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Rcqxiasibility Bvahiation Criteria B. Inservice was conducted at one of the six high schools on Disability Awareness. Elementary Aiea Magnet Schools 3.1 L 31 01/03/94 03/30/94 2. (contd) 2. (contd) A. Staff Development inservices were conducted in all schools. Elementaiy Area Schools A. Twelve schools provided human and/or financial resource assistance to school staffs. 3.1 Provide leaouioc assistance to school staffis. 3.1 (Provide resources, both human and financial, to teachers and principals in the development of educational programs) Senior High Schools A. B. C 08/24/93 08/24/93 07/01/93 09/30/93 09/30/93 06/30/94 Educatiooal Programs (Associate Supt., Principals) 3.1 Completioa of program design One high school reported involving teachers in the allocation of resources. Three of the six high schools report resource assistance to school staffs. Two of the six high school reported providing resource assistance to school staff during the third quarter. Examples: Purchase of computers, software and the provision of grants from various sources. Aiea Junior High Schools A. Two of six schools indicated activities for providing resource assistance to school staffs. 201 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93Page: 39 Program Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: SdKX}| Operatioos Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities foe all students in the LRSD. Plan Refeienoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Begmning Date Completioo Date Reqxmsibility Bvaluation Criteiia B. Four of the six area junior high schools provided resource assistance to school staffs. Example: \"Process Communication* 10/01/93 12/31/93 2. (contd) C. Five of the six principals of area junior hi^ schools reported recourse assistance to school staffs had been provided. Example: Math Assistant took new course work. Junior High Magnet Schools A. B. 01/03/94 03/30/94 One school reported involving teachers in the allocation of resources. Both junior high magnet schools provided resource assistance to school staffs. Examples: AASSP meeting and VIPS volunteers Both magnet junior hi^ schools reported activities for providing resource assistance to school staffs. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. B. 08/24/93 10/01/93 12/31/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 Both schools report providing district and outside resource assistance for their staffs. Two schools report providing resource assistance to school staffs. Both schools report providing resource assistance to school staff. 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/31/94 W/JO/SH C C W/30/93 Incentive Schools 202Page: 40 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: SdKxil Operations Program Code: Primaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Seoondaiy Leaden Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginnmg Date Completion Date Responsflnlity Bvahiation Criteria 3JL31 2. (contd) 2. (contd) A. Two of the incentive schools have provided planning within grade levels with theme specialists. Supplies are provided to support the instructional program in all areas. One district specialist is assisting the incentive school staffs with labs and Spanish inservices. Three of the incentive schools report that financial resources are available to the staff. Elementary Area Schools A. Twelve area schools provided resource assistance to school staffs such as\n1) IRC Specialist\n2) Academic Incentive Grants\n3) Grant Writing inservice B. Twenty-three schools report providing resource assistance to school staff. Elementary Magnet Schools A. Two schools report providing resource assistance to school staffs as following: 1) attending professional conferences\n2) Science Fair\n3) Staff Development catalog distribution\n4) Inservices B. Five schools report providing resource assistance to school staff. Provide pfamning time and formats to school staffs) Senior Hi^ Schools A. All high schools provide planning time via the Professional Negotiation Contract. 203 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 07/W/93 08/24/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 Associate SupL for Educational Programs, Prinripak, 32 Sdiool profiles and monitoied building plansPage: 41 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Opcratioos Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operatioas goal is to provide equitable educatioaal opportunities for all students in the UtS). Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coanpletioa Date Responsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria B. One of the six high schools reported providing planning time and formats to school staff. 10/01/93 12/31/93 1 C Three of the six high schools documented the provision of planning time and formats for the third quarter. 01/03/94 03/30/94 Area Junior Hi^ Schools A. Three of the six schools reported activities relative to the provision of planning time and formats to schocri staffs. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Three of the six area junior high schools reported provided planning time and formats to school staffs. Example: Inservice on Workdays 10/01/93 12/31/93 C. All of the area junior high schools reported provided planning time and formats to school staffs. Example: Teacher Workday provided 01/03/94 03/30/94 Junior High Magnet Schools A. Both magnet junior high schools provided planning time and formats to school staffs. B. Both magnet junior high schools reported activities relative to the provision of planning time and formats to school staffs. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Schedules listing planning time were provided to all staff at four of the schools. 10/01/93 12/31/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 204Page\n42 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Opeiatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Gook The inteat of the School Operatkrns goal is to provide equitable educatioaal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Responsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria 2. (contd) B. One school reported making specific changes in its student handbook. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Five schools reported providing planning time and formats to school staffs. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Elementaiy Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools provided class schedules reflecting planning time for school staff according to state and local guidelines. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Both schools report providing planning time and making specific changes in handbook when necessary. 10/01/93 12/31/93 Both schools report specific times staff is provided for planning, inservice and grade level meetings. Incentive Schools A. All incentive school staffs have been provided building schedules and at least a minimum of 270 minutes of planning time weekly. Elementary Area Schools Sixteen schools provided adequate planning time to staffs according to state and federal guidelines. B. Seven area schools reported providing planning time and formats to school staffs. Schools reported making specifle changes as deemed necessaiy. 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 C C Eighteen schools reported providing planning time and formats to school staffs. 01/03/94 03/31/94 203Pagp: 43 Program Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 19SM Program Name: Schoo) Operatioas Program Gode: Primaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operations goal k to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begmning Date Completion Date Re^ionsibility Bvaluation Criteria 33L31 3l3 Develop school profiles which show complete data pictures. Set goak for improvement 07/01/93 06/30/94 School Prindpak and Staffs 3.3 (Completed document) 2. (contd) (Planning, Research, and Evaluation\nData Processing) Senior High Schools A. Four of six schools reported that the School Profile has been developed. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Four of the six schools reported completing the school profile the second quarter. C Four of the six high schools reported the review and updating of the school profiles. 01/03/94 03/30/94 Area Junior High Schools Three of the six schools reported the development and use of the schools profile data. 08/24/93 B. Three of the six area junior high schools have developed school profiles. 10/01/93 n/3\\/93 c. Five of the six area junior high schools participated in activities relative to the development of school profiles which show complete data pictures. Example: Update school profile report for desegregation monitoring visit. 01/03/94 Junior High Magnet Schools A. One school reported that the school profile has been developed. 08/24/93 W/yQf93 206P*gc: 44 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader: Estelle Matthis Secoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Referenoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date ReqxmsSrility Evaluation Criteria B. Both magnet junior high schools have developed school profiles. 10/01/93 12/31/93 2. (contd) C. Both magnet junior high schools reported school profiles have been developed which show complete data pictures. 01/03/94 03/30/94 Elementary Area Magnet Schools B. C Profiles developed at four schools Fve schools report that school proflies are being developed for monitoring school effectiveness for school improvement. Five schools report that school profiles are being developed for monitoring school effectiveness for school improvement. Elementaiy Interdistrict Magnet Schools Both schools report compiling school profiles based upon available data. B. One school reports monitoring for effectiveness. 08/24/93 09/30/93 10/01/93 12/31/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 C Both schools report reviewing class progress reports related to teaching and learning. Incentive Schools A. Five incentive schools reported having developed proflies. One incentive school developed a Bankers file. Elementaiy Area Schools 207 01/03/94 08/24/93 03/31/94 09/30/93Pagp: 45 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioos Program Qxle: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodaty Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the Sdiool Operatioas goal is to provide equitable educatioaal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibiiity Bvahiatioa Criteria A. Profiles have been developed in ten schools. One other school is in the data gathering process. 08/24/93 09/30/93 2. (contd) B. Sixteen schools report that school profiles are being developed for monitoring school effectiveness for school improvement. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Twenty-four schools report that school profiles are being developed for monitoring schools effectiveness for school improvement. 01/03/94 03/31/94 4.L32 4. Establish a program to buniliarize parents with achool cjqiectatioas and to build a partnership with them. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Asst. Supts., Principals, Media Supv.) Senior High Schools A. None of the high schools identified a program to familiarize parents with school expectations and building partnerships. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. One of the six high schools developed a program to familiarize parents with school expectations during the second quarter. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C One of the six high schools identified a program to familiarize parents with school expectations and building partnerships. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six schools reported the use of programs to familiarize parents with school expectations. Ex: Expectations provided during Open House. 205 01/03/94 08/24/93 03/30/94 09/30/93Pagp: 46 Program Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Operatioos Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seoondaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refeicnoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioii Date Reqxmsibility Valuation Criteria B. One of the six area junior high schools has established a program to familiarize parents with school expectations and to build a partnership with them. Examples: Open House and Students Rights and Responsibilities Handbook 10/01/93 12/31/93 2. (contd) C. Four of the six area junior high schools reportedly established a program to familiarize parents with school expectations and to build a partnership with them. Example: Band Chili Supper Junior High Magnet Schools A. One school identifled a program to familiarize parents with school expectations and building partnerships. B. One of the two junior high magnet schools has reportedly established a program to familiarize parents with school expectations and to build a partnership with them. Example: Spaghetti suppers and parent newsletters C One of the magnet junior high schools identified a program to familiarize parents, namely PTA newsletter. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Policies signed by parents B. Parent attendance reviewed C Four schools report establishing programs to familiarize parents with school expectations and to actively recruit parents in order to build partnerships with them. 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 OPagp\n47 Program Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Operatioas Program Code: Prioiaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seeoodary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completiaa Date Rcqxmsibility Evaluation Criteria Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report that information is disseminated to parents that is responsive to a partnership between school and community. 08/24/93 09/30/93 2. (contd) B. One school reports providing information to parents that is responsive to a partnership between school and community. One school reports spedfle activities such as Honors Assemblies, Parent Workshops, Dedication Assemblies, Dads Day and newsletters as avenues in keeping parents informed. 10/01/93 12/31/93 Both schools report sending principals letters, grade level newsletter, etc. to better communicate between home and school. Incentive Schools A. Four of the six incentive schools report that parent handbooks and general information was disseminated at the September Open House-FTA meetings or individual parent conferences. Elementary Area Schools A. Fourteen schools have established programs to familiarize parents with school expectations and partnerships. Ex: Newsletters, organized parent involvement, PTA, Open House 210 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 CPage: 48 Program Seq #: 09A Rcvisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader EsteUe Matthis Secoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School OpcratioM goal it to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refefence Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Rc^xmsibility Bvahiation Criteria 4.1 L 32 2. (contd) 4.1 B. Seven schools report establishing programs to familiarize parents with school expectations and to actively recruit parents in order to build partnerships with them. C Eighteen schools report establishing programs to familiarize parents with school expectations and to actively recruit parents in order to build partnerships with them. Share schools objectives, discqilme policy, standards for testing, placing, and promoting students. 10/01/93 01/03/94 07/01/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Principals, Stafb 4.1 Development of and sharing of school-based objectives, discipiine policies, etc. 4.1 (At the beginning of school, do an annual school letter that shares policies and objectives) Senior Hi^ Schools A. Four of six high schools conducted activities to sluire school policies and procedures. The common method was via the student handbook. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Two of the six high schools reported activities to share school objectives, discipline policies, standards for testing, placing, and promoting students during the second quarter. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Two of the six high schools conducted activities to share school policies and procedures. Area Junior High Schools A. 100% of the schools conducted activities to share school policies and procedures. 01/03/94 08/24/93 03/30/94 W/T/Q/Ti QPage\n49 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operatioas goal is to provide equitable educatioaal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Stnt^ies Beginning Date Cooipletioa Date Reqxmsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Two of the six area junior high schools indicated handbooks, COE, and the districts goals and objectives were vehicles used to share the schools objectives, discipline policies, standards for testing, placing, and promoting students. 10/01/93 12/31/93 2. (contd) IBB C. Three of the six schools indicated activities for sharing schools objectives, discipline, policy, standards for testing, place, and promoting students. Example: \"Phone Master system to provide special instructions and helpful hints in readying their children for MPT testing Junior High Magnet Schools A. Both schools conducted activities to share school policies and procedures. The methods were via student handbooks and newsletters. B. One of the two junior high magnet schools indicated FTA Council meetings and parent newsletters are methods used to share schools objectives, discipline policy, standards for testing placing and promoting students. C One of the two junior high magnet schools conducted activities to share school policies and procedures. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Information shared with parents of four schools. 211 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93Page\n50 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 19\u0026lt;M Prognun Name: School Opeiatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the Sdiool Opeiatioas goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginiiing Date Completioa Date Rcqxmsibility Bvahiatioa Criteiia B. One school reported sharing the schools objective, discipline policy, testing standards, etc. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Five schools report sharing objectives and policies. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Elementaiy Inteidistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report having disseminated parent/student handbooks and explaining the contents of the Annual School Plan this fust quarter. 08/24/93 09/30/93 2. (contd) B. One school reports reviewing and revising building standards and expectations as deemed necessaiy. One school reports sharing information with involved groups. 10/01/93 Both schools report sharing specific standard procedures with parents through communiques and meetings. Incentive Schools A. Four of the six incentive schools shared the school objectives with parents at the September PTA meeting. Examples of agenda items were: a. annual school letters b. parent/student handbook Elementary Area Schools A. Thirteen schools have shared schools objective discipline policy, testing, placement and student promotion. 212 01/03/94 03/31/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 W/30/73 09/30/93 CI Page\n51 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operatioas goal is to provide equitable educatioaal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refeienoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Rc^ioasibility Bvahiatioa Criteria 4JIL32 B. Seven area schools report sharing objectives and policies through the use of the following: 1) Student Handbooks\n2) School Newspaper\n3) PTA Meeting\n4) Letters to parents. C Nineteen schools report sharing objectives and policies. Involve parents as foil partners in planning at schook for students growth and success. 10/01/93 01/03/94 07/01/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Principala, Staff, PTA Board, Patrooa 42 Statistical improvement in student behavior and achierement 42 Senior High Schools A. Two of six schools identified activities that included parents in planning for students growth and success. 08/24/93 09/30/93 2. (contd) B. Three of the six schools reported activities involving parents as partners in planning for students success during the second quarter. 10/01/93 12/31/93 Four of the six high schools identified activities that included parents in planning for students growth and success. Area Junior High Schools A Three of the six schools reported activities which included parents in the planning process. B. Four of the six schools reported the involvement of parents as full partners in planning via resource speakers. Parent Conference Day, and school newspaper. 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 C 213I ( Page: 52 Prognun Seq #: 09A Rcvisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seoondaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begmning Date Cooipletion Date Responsibility Bvahiation Criteria C Four of the six junior high schools related strategies for involving parents as full partners in planning at schools for students growth and success. Example: Establishment of Parent Advisory Board 01/03/94 03/30/94 Junior High Magnet Schools A. Both schools identified activities that included parents in planning for students growth and success. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. One of the two magnet schools reportedly involved parents as full partners in planning via Parent Conference Day and career orientation resource speakers. 10/01/93 12/31/93 2. (contd) One of the two magnet schools identified activities that included parents in planning for students growth and success. Example: Career Orientation Speeches Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Interim reports, parents conferences, ASDP conferences, and planning committee meetings were conducted at all schools. B. One school reports involving parents as full partners in planning for students success. C. Five schools report involving parents as full partners in planning for students success. 01/03/94 03/30/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 C Elementaiy Interdistrict Magnet Schools 214Q Page: 53 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program (jode: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRS\u0026gt;. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begnming Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Both schools report full parent involvement in planning for their childrens growth and success. Examples are: 08/24/93 09/30/93 a. b. c. d. Parent/teacher conferences on a regular basis Staff development for parents Mentor recruitment Parent involvement in the writing of the childs individual plans B. One school reports parent involvement in students learning process and are included in teacher conferences as needed. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C. Both schools report providing opportunities for parents to contribute to students growth. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Incentive Schools A. Four of the six incentive schools reported that SEPs have been written for each student and that parents were involved in the students learning process. 08/24/93 09/30/93 2. (contd) Elementary Area Schools A. Thirteen schools included parents as full partners such as: volunteers, tutors, providing input for annual school plan, conferences and PTA. B. Seven schools report involving parents as full partners in planning for students success. Ex: grant planning, parent tutors, parent workshop, teacher/parent conferences, and Chapter I PACs. 15 08/24/93 10/01/93 09/30/93 12/31/93Page\n54 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioo Date\nMay 12, 1994 Program Name\nSchool Operations Program Code\nPrimary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginnmg Date Completion Date Reqionsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Twenty-three schools report involving parents as full partners in planning for students success. 01/03/94 03/31/94 o 16LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 55 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Secoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the SdKxii Operatioos goal is to provide equitable educatiooal of^ioitunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Reqxmsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria 3.L33 3. To develop and implement policies which influence school dimate and improve discipline and student attendance while also meeting individual student needs and learning styles. 1. Provide inservice training to district peisoonel on discipline in a desegregated setting (07/01/93) (06/30/94) 3. (Design and put into place programs which improve school climate and improve discipline and student attendance while also meeting individual student needs and learning styles) 1. . (Focus on how to use techniques that foster positive student behavior in a desegregated setting) Senior High Schools A. Pour high schools conducted discipline inservice relative to a desegregated setting One of the four focused on conflict resolution. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. One of the six schools reported on activity during the second quarter relating to discipline in a desegregated setting. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Four of the six schools conducted discipline inservice relative to a desegregated setting Example: Conflict Mediation Graining and Conflict Management Area Junior High Schools A. One of the six schools reported inservice training on discipline in a desegregation setting. B. Two of the six schools have provided inservice training to district personnel on discipline in a desegregated setting. Example: Positive Discipline Inservice O 17 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 (Principals, Parents, Staff Development, Student Hearing Officer) 1. (Comparative data annual school report for student attendance and student management quarterly reports) 1. (Quarteriy discipline management reports that will reflect a decrease in behavior referrals and suspensions)PagK 56 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioos Program Cbde: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seoondaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operatioos goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LR9\u0026gt;. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completioa Date Re^KJOsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (contd) C Six area junior high schools have provided inservice training to district personnel on discipline in a desegregated setting. Example: Individual teacher inservice regarding classroom management. Junior High Magnet Schools A. Both schools conducted discipline inservice relative to a desegregated setting. B. Both magnet Junior high schools have provided inservice training to district personnel on discipline in a desegregated setting. Example: Classroom Management Inservice C Both magnet junior high schools conducted discipline inservice relative to a desegregated setting. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Inservice training conducted at three schools B. One school reported having inservice training for personnel on discipline. C Five schools reported having inservice training for personnel on discipline. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report that ground rules for positive student behavior have been established in a disaggregated setting. B. Both schools report implementing practices and procedures that encourage positive student behavior. O 18 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93Page: 57 Program Seq #: 09A ReviskM Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Opciatioiis Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Referenoe Page Number LIL 33 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Bvahiatioo Criteria 3. (contd) C Both schools report inservicing on effective discipline procedures with staff. Incentive Schools A. Three of the incentive schools have had inservices in positive discipline and sensitivity training to influence school climate and to improve discipline. Elementary Area Schools LI A. B. C. 01/03/94 08/24/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 Ten schools have provided inservice training on discipline in a desegregated setting to personnel. Fifteen schools reported having inservice training for personnel on discipline. Ex: Learning Styles, Classroom Management and Positive Student Behavior. Eighteen schools reported having inservice training for personnel on discipline. Conduct inservice training on discipliiic management in all local acfaoolB. 1.1 (Conduct inservice on an ongoing basis on positive discipline management in all local schools) Senior High Schools A. Three high schools conducted discipline management training during the August faculty meeting. B. Two of the six schools reported inservice activities during the second quarter relating to discipline management. 4) 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 As needed (07/01/93) 08/24/93 10/01/93 19 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 (06/30/94) 09/30/93 12/31/93 Director of Pupil Services, Buildtiig Principals, Assistant Supts. (Student Hearing Officer) 1.1 (Rosters of meetings) 1.1 (Quarterly discipline management reports that will reflect a decrease in behavior referrals and suspensions) aPiiigc: 58 Prognun Scq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatkrns Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Seeoodary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the School Operatkrns goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refetenoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CompletkMi Date Reqxmsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria 3. (contd) C. Four of the six high schools reportedly conducted inservice training on discipline management in all local schools. 01/03/94 03/30/94 Area Junior High Schools A. 100% of the area junior high schools indicated inservice on discipline management had been provided. Ex: Cooperative Discipline 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Three of the six schools documented that inservice training on discipline management had occurred. Example: Discipline Management 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Four of the six schools documented methods for conducting inservice training on discipline management in all local schools. Example: Existing staff mentored new staff in completion of semester grades. Junior High Magnet Schools A. Both schools have conducted inservice training on discipline management. B. Both magnet junior high schools participated in inservice relative to discipline management. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Inservice training conducted at all schools. B. Five schools conducted inservice training on discipline management. 3. (contd) Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools 22 0 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 03/31/94Pagp: 59 Program Scq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the School Operatioos goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for ah students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 12L33 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Reqxmsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Both schools report that discipline procedures were reviewed to insure high standards of behavior. B. Both schools report conducting inservices and follow up to assess needs. Incentive Schools A. Four incentive schools report training in discipline management. Two incentive schools had a discipline committee organized. One incentive school has had inservices for instructional and supervision aides. Elementary Area Schools 12 1.2 A. B. C 08/24/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 09/30/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 Eight schools reported conducting discipline inservice training on discipline management. Two other schools are in the process of reviewing their discipline procedures. Eleven schools conducted inservices training on discipline management. Twenty-one schools conducted inservice training on discipline management. Provide foIloMq\u0026gt; training for new staff on a regular basis. (Provide ongoing training for all staff) Senior High Schools A. Three of the six high schools reported follow-up training for new staff during the second quarter. 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 07/01/93 10/01/93 221 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 12/31/93 Building Princqials, Director of Pupil Services (Student Hearing Officer) 1.2 (Quarterly discipline management reports that will reflect a decrease in behavior referrals and suspensions)Pagp: 60 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Operatioas Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the Sdiool Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begmning Date Completioa Date Reqxmsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria 3. (contd) B. Two of the six high schools indicated follow-up training for new staff members. Area Junior High Schools A. Four of six schools indicated follow-up training for new sta^ members is provided. B. One of the six schools documented that follow-up training for new staff occurred regularly. C. Three of the six schools reportedly employed follow-up training activities for new staff on a regular basis. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One school reported the provision of follow-up training for new staff members. B. Both junior high magnet schools have provided follow-up training for new staff via training and conferencing by administrators. C. Both magnet junior high schools reported training for new staff members is provided. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. New staff training conducted at two schools. B. One school provided follow-up training for new staff as needed. 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 C Four schools provided follow-up training for new staff as needed. 01/03/94 03/31/94 222Page: 61 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Seooodary Leaden Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of the School Operatioas goal is to provide equitable educatioaal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 2. L33 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioo Date Responsibility Bvaluatkrn Criteria 3. (contd) Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Sch(x\u0026gt;ls A. B. C Both schools report follow-up for all sta^ in abiding by high standards and decreasing behavior referrals. Both schools report inservice training as follow-up. Both schools report involving new sta^ members in on-going training. Incentive Schools A. Three incentive schools have had the districts staff development specialists working with beginning teachers. Elementary Area Schools A. B. C. 2. Z 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 Seven schools report follow-up inservice for all staff for the first quarter. Ten area sch(x\u0026gt;ls provided follow-up training for new staff as needed. Dventy area achook provided foOowKqr training for new staff as needed. Provide inaetvioe to district personnel on behavioral styles and learning styles of students with divergent backgrounds. (Conduct inservice on an ongoing basis on positive discipline management in all local schools) Senior High Schools 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 (07/01/93) 223 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 (06/30/94) (Director of Pupil Services, Building Principals, Asst. Supts., Student Hearing Officer) 1.1 (Quarterly discipline management reports that will reflect a decrease in behavior referrals and suspensions)Page: 62 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatkrns Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seexmdary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Gook The intent of the School Operatkrns goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date ReqMmsSnlity Evaluation Criteria A. One school staff viewed and discussed \"Teachers Who Make A Difference\" during the August Faculty Meeting. 08/24/93 W/JIQ/Sfi 3. (contd) B. Three of the six schools reported holding inservices on behavioral and learning styles during the second quarter. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Two of the six high schools reported providing inservices related to behavioral styles. Examples: Inservices on learning styles, multiculturalism, and indirect services. 01/03/94 03/30/94 Area Junior Hi^ Schools A. Three of the six schools reported providing inservices related to behavioral styles. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Three of the six schools documented inservice to their personnel on behavioral styles and learning styles had been conducted. 10/01/93 12/31/93 Five of the six schools reportedly provided inservice to district personnel on behavioral styles and learning styles of students with divergent backgrounds. Example: Behavior and Discipline Management Workshop. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One school reported providing inservice relative to behavioral styles and learning styles of students with divergent backgrounds. B. One of the two schools reported providing inservice to its personnel on behavioral styles and learning styles. 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 224 CPage\n63 Program Scq #: 09A Revisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Secoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operatioas goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refeienoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cooiplctioa Date Reqxmsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria C One of the six magnet junior high schools reported providing inservice related to behavioral styles.r 01/03/94 03/30/94 Elementaiy Area Magnet Schools A. Positive discipline inservice was conducted at three schools. 08/24/93 09/30/93 3. (contd) B. One school reports providing inservice to personnel on behavior and learning styles of students with divergent backgrounds. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Five schools report providing inservice to personnel on behavior and learning styles of students with divergent backgrounds. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Elementaiy Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report on inservices to staff on reviewing the current research on behavior and learning styles of students with divergent backgrounds. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Two schools report having inservices on diff'erent learning styles. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C Both schools report providing inservice to personnel on behavior and learning styles of students with divergent backgrounds. Incentive Schools A. Two incentive schools have given each student a learning style inventoiy and inseiviced the staff in learning styles and teaching strategies. Elementaiy Area Schools A. Eight principals of the area schools attended a workshop on developing strategies for at-risk students. 01/03/94 03/31/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 09/30/93 09/30/93Page: 64 Program Scq 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seomdary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the School Operatioas goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 2.1 L 33 3. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Reqxmsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria B. Six area schools report providing inservice to personnel on behavior and learning styles of students with divergent backgrounds. C. Nineteen schools report providing inservice to personnel on behavior and learning styles of students with divergent backgrounds. 2.1 Provide tniniiig for school-based improvement teams (to involve staff and parents who will train staff at the school site with annual maintenance). 2.1 (Provide ongoing training for staff to foster positive student behavior) Senior High Schools A. Three of the six high schools provided training on school improvement issues during the second quarter. B. Three of the six high schools reported training for school-based improvement teams. Example: At one school, a team of teachers attended conflict resolution training. 10/01/93 01/03/94 07/01/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 Associate Supts., Staff Development, Identified Staff (Principals, Teachers, Hearing Officer, Data Processing)) 2.1 (Quarterly reports should include positive as well as negative reports which show an increase in the citizenship honor roll in elementary schools. Should show an increase in the number of students that acquire rs\" and ''2s\" in citizenship at the secondary level) GPage: 65 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Progrnni Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leaden Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable cducatiooal opportunities for all students in die LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cooipletioa Date ResponsSiility Evaluation Criteria 3. (contd) Area Junior High Schools A. B. C. Three of the six schools reported training for school-based improvement teams had been provided. Two of the six area junior high schools cited provisions for school-based improvement training. Example: Individual meetings with teams and teachers Three of the six junior high schools document training activities for schoolbased improvement teams. Example: Conflict Resolution Inservice Junior High Magnet Schools A. One school indicated training for schoolbased improvement teams had been provided. B. One of the two schools cited provisions for school-based improvement training. 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 C Both magnet junior high schools reported training for school-based improvement teams. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Training was provided at two schools. B. One school reported having a STOP program inservice. One school reported providing a training session for parent members of the biracial committee. 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 9 0 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 iPage: 66 Program Seq ih 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Opeiatioos Program Code: Primaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The ioteot of the School Opeiatioas goal is to provide equitable educatioaal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refeicnoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Responsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria C Five schools reported using counselors to implement appropriate programs. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report counseling programs to reinforce academic excellence, positive student attitudes, pride, respect, and good citizenship. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. One school reports the implementation of appropriate counseling programs. 10/01/93 12/31/93 3. (contd) C. Both schools report providing staff and parents with helpful information about positive student behavior. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Incentive Schools A. Two incentive schools reported providing training for school-based improvement teams. Elementary Area Schools One school has provided training to team members who have trained staff. B. Six schools reported using counselors to implement appropriate programs. One schools effective school team met in Hot Springs. One school held a learning styles inservice. Two schools utilized their quarterly reports to address school climate. 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 C Twenty schools reported using counselors to implement appropriate programs. 01/03/94 03/31/94 223Page: 67 Program Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Operatioas Program Gode: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operatioas goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Refeienoe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.L33 3. Provide a committee to review attendance and discipline policies and data on an ongoing basis to ensure equity of policy and policy administratioa. (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Principals, Teachers, Student Hearing Officer) 3. (Final report of the quarterly reviews) 3. (Each school is to establish a committee to conduct quarterly reviews of attendance and discipline data to assess compliance with the goal of equitable policy and policy administration. Conduct and report results of quarterly reviews.) 3. (contd) Senior High Schools A. B. C. One school identified the biracial committee as the entity to review attendance and discipline policies. Three of the six schools provided a committee to review attendance and disciplinary policies and data during the second quarter. Biracial Committee, Attendance Committee, and Discipline Committee were identified by two of the six high schools as the entities utilized for reviewing attendance and discipline policies. Area Junior High Schools A. 100% of the schools indicated a committee reviews attendance and discipline policies. 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 223 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93Pagp: 68 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioii Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Operatioas Program Code: Primary Leaden Estelle Matthis Secoodaiy Leaden Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goak The intent of the School Operatioos goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Referenoe Page Number Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completioa Date Rcqxmsibility Bvaluatioo Criteria B. Three of the six schools documented the establishment of a committee to review attendance and discipline policies and data on an ongoing basis was operational in their schools. Example: COE Target Committee C Five of the six are junior high schools documented provisions for a committee to review attendance and discipline policies and data on an ongoing basis to ensure equity of policy and policy administration. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two junior high magnet schools reported providing for a committee to review attendance and discipline policies and data on an ongoing basis. Example: Biracial Teams B. Both magnet schools utilized committees to review attendance and discipline policies. 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 Elementaiy Area Magnet Schools 3. (contd) A. Committee in place at all schools. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. One school reports having a committee to review attendance and discipline policies. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C. Five schools reports having a committee to review attendance and discipline policies. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools 230I 69 Program Seq #: 09A Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Sdiool Operatioas Program Code: Primaiy Leader: Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat The intent of die School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begnming Date Cooipletioa Date Responsibility Bvahiation Criteria A. Both schools established committees to review attendance and discipline policies quarterly. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Two schools report establishing a committee to review attendance and discipline policies quarterly. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C. Both schools reports having a committee to review attendance and discipline policies. Incentive Schools A. Five incentive schools reported discipline committees in place and will meet quarterly. The principal and counselor reviewed attendance data. Elementary Area Schools A. Thirteen schools have established committees to review attendance and disdpline. B. Eleven area schools reports having a committee to review attendance and discipline policies 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 C Twenty schools report having a committee to review attendance and discipline policies. 01/03/94 23i 03/31/94Program Seq #: 09A Program Name: School Opcratioos Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. ( PagK 70 Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Secondary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Plan Reference Page Number XI L33 X (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Reqxmsibility Evaluation Criteria XI Committee atKl subcommittee to include principals, staff, patrons, students (on the secondary level) and at least one (1) Board member to review data and recommeiMl modifications to meet students needs and district needs. 3.1 (Establish a district-wide committee to review the local school committee reports which should include attendance, discipline data interventions by race and gender. The districtwide committee will report the results of the review to the Associate Supt. of Desegregation.) Senior High Schools A. Two of the six high schools reported activity toward this strategy during the second quarter. One established a Biracial Committee. The other had a patron shadow at the school. Area Junior High Schools A. One of the six schools reported reviewing a district report. B. One of the six schools documented the establishment of the relative district-wide committee. 07/01/W 10/01/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 06/30/94 12/31/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 C Two of the six area junior high schools reported the establishment and use of the relative committee. Incentive Schools 01/03/94 03/30/94 Associate Supts., Principals, Teachers, Director of Pupil Services (Hearing Officer, Desegregation Facilitator) 3.1 (Formal report identifying results of analysis of data received from local school committees about level of compliance with district attendance and discipline policies) O Program Seq #: 09A Page: 71 Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Prinuuy Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginiiing Date Cooipletioa Date Reqxmsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria A. One incentive school reports having established a district-wide committee. 08/24/93 09/30/93 Elementary Area Schools 3. (contd) A. Four area schools report examining local school reports which included attendance and discipline data. 10/01/93 12/31/93 B. Twenty area schools report examining local school report which include attendance and discipline data. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Elementary Interdistrict Schools A. Both schools reports examining and submitting local school reports quarterly. 10/01/93 12/31/93 B. Both schools report examining local school report regularly. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Elementary Magnet Schools A. Five schools report examining local school reports which include attendance and discipline data. 01/03/94/ 03/31/94 32L33 32 Revise student handbooks as needed 32 (Update student handbooks annually to ensure continued compliance with district attendance and discipline policies) 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Principals, Teachers) 3.2 (Student handbooks reflect compliance with current district attendance and discipline policies) Senior High Schools A. Four of six high schools reported the need to revise handbooks. 08/24/93 09/30/93 O QPagp\n72 Prognun Seq #: 09A Rcvisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Prognun Name: School Operatioas Prognun Code: Primaiy Leader: Estelle Matthis Seoondaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRJTO. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Comfrfetioa Date Reqxmsibility Evaluatioa Criteria B. Three of the six high schools reported active processes for revising student handbooks. Example: Formed a committee to review SRR handbook. Area Junior High Schools A. Four of the six schools reported revision of student handbooks. 3. (contd) B. Two of the six schools reported activity toward the revision of student handbooks for the third quarter. Example: Establishment of Student Handbook Committee Junior High Magnet Schools A. One school reported the revision of student handbooks. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Student handbooks revised and distributed at four schools. B. Five schools reported revising student handbooks as needed. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools distributed parent/student handbooks and will revise annually. B. One school report applying district attendance and discipline policies as needed. C. Both schools report receiving parent and/or staff input on student handbook revision. Incentive Schools 01/03/94 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 03/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 234Page: 73 Program Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operatioas Program Code: Priouuy Leader Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operatioos goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in die LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ckanplction Date Responsibility Bvaluatioo Criteria a3L33 3. (contd) A. Five incentive schools report the distribution of updated handbooks. Elementary Area Schools 33 A. B. C 08/24/93 09/30/93 Twelve schools reported revising their handbooks. Five schools reported revising student handbooks as needed. Fifteen schools reported revising student handbooks as needed. The student hearing officer will be reqxmsible for developing and monitoring plans to reduce the daqiority of disciplinaiy actioas. 3.3 (Use evidence of district-wide reports to provide guidance to local schools in formatting plans to reduce disparity of disciplinary actions) Senior High Schools A. One of the six high schools reported activities in a program designed to reduce suspensions as an alternative to suspension. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six schools reported using district-wide reports for guidance. B. Two of the six schools reported plans to reduce the disparity of disciplinary actions. Example: Incentive Programs 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 07/01/93 10/01/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 (Asst. Supts., Teachers, Parents, Principals, Student Hearing Officer) 3.3 (Analysis of quarterly reports in chart form to determine decrease in reported discipline sanctions)Page: 74 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Prognun Name: School Operatkrns Program Code: Primaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Seeoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Gook The intent of the School Operatioos goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginiiing Date Cooqilctioa Date Reqxmsibitity Evahiatioo Criteria 4. L33 4.1 L 33 3. (coatd) Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two schools reported plans to reduce the disparity of disciplinary actions. Elementary Aiea Magnet Schools A Hearing Officers Report Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A Both schools will submit quarterly discipline management reports. Incentive Schools A. One incentive school reports annual evidence of this objective. Example: Self-esteem of black males addressed by providing choir and boy scouts opportunity. 4. 4. 4.1 10/01/93 08/24/93 08/24/93 08/24/93 12/31/93 09/30/93 09/30/93 09/30/93 Appoint joint committee with PCSSD and NLRSD. (.. .to establish a uniform attendance and discipline policy.) Review attendance and disdirfinaiy policies and coosequences. 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 (Associate Supt. for Desegregation) Associate Supts., appointed staff three school districts (use Tri- District Cooipoocat) 4. (Evidence of a uniform discipline policy) 4.1 Review and revisioo of Tri- District attendance and discqilinaiy policiesPrognun Scq #: 09A Program Name: School Operatioos Program Code: Primaiy Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodaiy Leader Program Goat The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Page: 75 Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Plan Refeienoe Page Number S. L34 3. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Bvahiatioa Criteria 5. Put in place alternatives to suspensioa across the district with at least one such interventioa to be placed at each schooL (For achievements related to 5.0 - 7.2 - sec Inschool Suspension Program Number 12) S.l Develop school-based discipline plans to be reviewed at district levd and to include suqiension alternatives. 52 BOectivenesB of these alteraatives to be icgulariy assessrd. Bi 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 O O 7 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 (Principals, staff. Asst. Supts.) Assistant Supts., Principals, Schoolbased stafb (Principals, Staffs, School-based Committees, Assistant Supts., Hearing Officer) 5. (Review of suspensions report to determine decrease in out-ofschool suspensions at individual schools) 5.1 (Submission to Asst. Supts. of school plans that identify alternatives to out-of-school suspensions) 52 Existence of alternative plan in each building 5.2. (Submission to Asst. Supts. of school plans that identify alternatives to out-of-school suspensions\nevidence of decrease in out-of-school suspensions)Page: 76 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revisioa Date: May 12, 1994 Prognun Name: School Operatioos Prognun Code: Primaiy Leaden Estelle Matthis Secoodaiy Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Prognun Goal: The intent of the School Operatioas goal is to provide equitable educatiooal opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 6.L34 7.2 L 34 3. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Reqxiosibility Evahiatioo Criteria 6. Establish a school-based studant discipline and attendance incentive system at each achooL 6. (.. JIS part of the annual school plan which should result in improved attendance and a decrease in disciplinary sanctions.) 7.1 Activate disdpline/attcodanoe interventioa teams at schooL Mandate the pupil services team to do monitoring and involve the counselor with students who have disdplinc/attcndancc problems. 7J2 Involve parents in the team proces regarding their children through meeting^/coafcrcaoes. 7.2 (.. .about identified attendance and/or disciplinary problems) Senior High Schools A. One high school conducted grade level meetings with parents to discuss attendance and discipline. B. Three of the six schools reported involved parents in team processes during the second quarter. C Four of the six high schools noted strategies for involving parents in the team process. Area Junior High Schools A. Three of the six schools utilize parent team meetings. B. Four of the six schools reportedly involve parents in the team process. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 (Principals, Staffs, School-based Committees Principals, Guidance Departments, Building StafEs, School Health Services Coordinator Principals, Parents, FTA Officers, FTA Council, Counselofs, Pupil Services Teams, School Health Services 6. (Submission of annual school reports to the Asst. Supts. will give evidence of improvement and a decrease in the attendance and disciplinary sanctions) 7.1 Records of counseling inteivcntion 7.1 (Review of discipline and attendance records will show a decrease in the chronic discipline and/or attendance problems) 7.2 Records of parents/team involvement 7.2 (... will show an increase in the number of parents participating in the team process) O OPage: 77 Prognun Seq #: 09A Revisioo Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Opeiatiooa Program Gode: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Seooodary Leader Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LR^). Plan Referenoe Page Number Objec\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\u003cdcterms_creator\u003eLittle Rock School District\u003c/dcterms_creator\u003e\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_230","title":"Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 3","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1994-05-13"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational statistics"],"dcterms_title":["Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 3"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/230"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\"J M  VOLUME I (CONTD) LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT THIRD QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT May 13, 1994 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq f\n099 Page: 1 Program Name: School Operations Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Program Description: School Operations includes the total integrated learning experiences which meet the academic, social, and developmental needs of all LRSD students in a desegregated educational setting. staff, parents, and the larger conmunity. Central Office staff and principals of the schools collaborate to ensure quality educational program planning for all students with the support of General coooeration among the Pulaski County districts is necessary. ourselves to the following, A collaborative effort is crucial to the success of this countvwide desegregation plan, We commit Underlying principles will include: All students will be accorded equal opportunity to participate in all academic and extracurricular programs and services in the districts\nall district staff and parents will develop and model high expectations for the success of ell students without regard to gender or race\nall students, all staff and all parents will have equitable access to and input into programs, school and district activities, planning and implementation of school Plans and goals\nspecial efforts will be concentrated on increasing parental involvement in the schools\nstaffing and staff recruitment will reflect student needs for contact with minority teachers and a diversity in the racial makeup of support staffs consistent with applicable law\nstaff assignments will be mode on an equitable basis\npolicies directed toward students will reflect an awareness of diversity in the student population, its background end learning styles, while also providing for an orderly, supportive learning environment. Create a colloboration whereby all students in all schools in the three districts (LR, NIR, and PCSSO) will benefit from a mutual set of beliefs and expectations for success for all students and equity for all students and staff, Follow Interdistrict Desegregation Plan, District Goal St\u0026lt;]port: Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan References: L 30--L 47 FY Program Budget: 1st Qtr Expend: TTD Expenditures: 2nd Qtr Experxi: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE I Related Function Codes: 3 348LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Progran Seq *: 096 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Progran NasK: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Achinistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportwiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nudwr 1. Page 30 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion ___Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To ensure an organizational structure which provides equal opportisiity and access for parents, students and staff. Principals,, Assistant Supts., Assoc. Si^Jt.) 1. (Sufficient program personnel are in place to meet the needs of all students in the program as measured by the monitoring instrument) 1. To review organizational structure in schools and central office to ensure sufficient support for students and staff success and for the implementation of the desegregation plan. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review all building and classroom schedules. (This activity was initiated 07/01/94 and a completion date of 03/31/94 is documented for the third reporting period.) 01/03/94 03/31/94 B. Review all personnel changes. (This activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) C. Review ADE reports. (This activity was introduced 07/01/93 and a 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) documented.) Assistant Staerintendant (Greaillion) A. Correspondence was sent to all nineteen schools outlying expectations for the schools in submitting their annual school plans in August, 1993. B. Review annual school plan of all nine* teen elementary schools in October, 1993. 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 349Page: 3 Prograa Seq *\n09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa NesK: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportinities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nud\u0026gt;er 1.1 Psge 30 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Critiqued each plan and recorded on a form the evidence of goals addressed, test scores safety plans, and reconmendations for change needed if any. (Achievement occurred in October, 1993.) D. Pre*school on-site visits were made on an on-going basis to ensure readiness and preparation in August, 1993. Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Review master schedules of all secondary schools.(Item initiated and completed 07/93-09/30/93.) B. Review all personnel changes. (Activity was initiated 07/93 with 75X completion reported at the end of the third quarter.) C. Review AOE certification reports. (Item completed 10/93-03/31/94.) 1.1 Appoint school-based biracial coHsittees to annitor implementation and data. (Report to faculty) Assistant Sioerintendent (Robertson) A. School Biracial Convnittees established. (Activity started 07/01/93 and completed 12/31/93.) B. Review reports of committee formation and connittee activities. (Activity commenced 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 35u 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 07/01/93 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 1. (Satisfactory compliance with the Education Equity Monitoring Document) 1.1 Survey of staff  patrons Principals, Assistant S(\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts. 1.1 School-level docuaentation of quarterly meetings (minutes, rosters)Page: 4 Progran Seq *: 096 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Progran Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportwiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nimber 1.2 Page 30 1.3 Page 30 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cospletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. (can't.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Review of school profiles to monitor the establishment of the Biracial Connittee. (The achievement was introduced 10/93 and 75X was reported the end of the third quarter.) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. School Biracial Comnittees established. B. (Item executed 7/9310/93.) Review reports of committee formation and committee activities. (Item initiated 10/93 with 75X completion at the end of the third quarter.) 1.2 A district-wide biracial comaittee will monitor district-wide desegregation efforts and data and (report to Board) Associate Supt, of Desegregation A. District-wide Biracial Committee meets on a monthly basis and monitors schools, recruitment activities and related desegregation issues. (Activity was initiated 07/01/93 and an SOX completion was reported at the end of the third quarter, 03/31/94.) 1.3 Establish a reporting system. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review reports submitted through Program Budget Document quarterly submission. (This activity started 01/14/94 and 75X completion reported 03/31/94.) 351 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/01/93 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 Assoc. St\u0026lt;\u0026gt;t. of Educational Programs, Assoc. Si^. for Desegregation Associate S(\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts., Assistant Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts. 1.2 Report of the biracial ccomittee 1.2 (Report from the monitoring of the biracial committee to the Board) 1.3 Monitoring reports district-wide biracial cosBiitteesPage: 5 ProgrM Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograai Mane: School Operations Program Code: Prianry Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Program Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf}letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Review reports submitted through the Program Budget Oocunent each quarter. (The activity conmenced 10/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 01/03/94 03/31/94 8. Provide inservice to Cluster A principals on the expectations of content needed for the Program Budget Document. (This achievement occurred 03/09/94.) 01/03/94 03/31/94 Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Review reports submitted through POB quarterly submissions. (Item initiated 10/93 with 75X completion reported at the end of the third quarter.) 01/03/94 03/31/94 2. Page 30 2. To provide inservice to raise staff SMareness/expectations of equity concerns for students. 07/01/93 06/30/94 2. (Random survey results from Staff Development) Staff Development A. Seven (7) inservices were provided to raise awareness regarding equity concerns that impact students/staff. (This activity was introduced 01/05/94 and was completed 03/25/94.) Cownunications Department A. Attend Principal's Meetings when requested. (Activity for this item was introduced 07/01/93 and was completed 03/08/94.) O f'. 9 0 0 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94Page: 6 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Niaber 2.1 Page 30 3. Page 30 3.1 Page 30 1. (cont'd) 1. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Inservice cycles for existing and new staff including: a. teacher expectations b. working with parents c. at'risk youth d. learning styles Staff Development A. Sixteen (16) inservice sessions were held that addressed teacher expectations, at*risk youth, and learning styles. (Activity for this item was initiated 01/05/94 and coapleted 03/25/94.) 3. To provide programs Uiich raise parental awareness of district structure, policy, and prograam and ways to access them. 3. (Programs which demonstrate high quality of parent involvement) Coiwnuni cat ions Department A. Conmunity Forums. (This activity was introduced 07/01/93 and completed 12/06/93.) 3.1 Mini'seaiinars at PTA ametings and in the coaaaxiity. 353 July 1. 1993 01/03/94 07/01/93 (07/01/93) 01/03/94 07/01/93 Jisw 30, 1994 03/31/94 06/30/94 (06/30/94) 03/31/94 06/30/94 Appropriate Associate Sipts., and Staff Developaent (Comnuni cat i ons Dept., Staff Development, and Academic Si^^port) District staff PTA Corneil (local and area) 2.1 Roster of teechers/participating staff Data'besed iaproveaant in targeted studait schools 2.1 (Evaluation of inservice segments by participants) 3. Roster of attendance 3.1 Calendar showing prograam heldPage: 7 Prograa Seq *: 098 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Progras Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Actainistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Hudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. Page 30 4.1 Page 30 1. (cant'd) 3.1 (Evidence of quality programs presented to parents.) 3.1 (Calendar showing roster of participants and evaluation form) 3.1 (Evidence of parent participation\nincrease in number of parents involved in school activities including VIPS, PTA, Parent Forums\nand increase in student achievement data\nand increase in number of students above the NCE on Stanford 8 and Abacus) 4. To monitor school standards to ensure hi^ quality education for all students. 4.1 Review data 4.1 (List data, achievement, discipline, promotion, retention, increase or decrease of white students, nisnber above and below state reference point to assess strengths, needs, and strategies.) Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review Desegregation Monitoring Report. (Activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 7SX completion was reported 03/31/94.) B. Review achievement data. (This achievement was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 07/01/93 07/01/93 01/03/94 01/03/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Associate SK\u0026lt;\u0026gt;t., Principals, Assistant St\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts. 4.1 Calendars of visits 4.1 (Staff, facilities, climate, a^inistration, organization, and achievement levels) o 4 O J MPage: 8 Prograa Seq *: 096 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naan: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaery Leader: Dr. Henry UilUams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportKiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page MiaRjer 4.1 Page 30 1. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Resporaibility Evaluation Criteria C. Review disciplinary data. (This activity started 07/01/94 and continues throughout FY 93-94.) Assistant Superintendent (Greaillion) A. Schedule formal visits--on-going to all Cluster A schools to ensure the implementation of high quality education. (The activity commenced 10/18/93 and 90X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) B. Follow-up correspondence to report on findings and make recommendations where needed. (This activity began 10/18/93 and 90X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Review Desegregation Monitoring Report (This achievement was initiated 10/93 with 75X completion reported at the end of the third quarter.) B. Review Achievement (Activity for this achievement was initiated 10/93 with 75X completion reported at the end of the third quarter.) C, Review Disciplinary Data (Item initiated 1/94 with SOX completion reported at the end of the third quarter.) 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 O 0 oPage: 9 Program Seq f: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograai Neae: School Operations Program Code: Priamry Leader\nOr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Program Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nuit\u0026gt;er 4.2 Page 30 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.2 School monitoring visits Planning. Research, and Evaluation A. Conducted 29 site visits for first semester. (This activity occurred from 11/30/93 through 12/16/93.) B. Conducted final 22 site visits for first semester. (This activity occurred from 01/04/94 throughout 01/11/94.) C. Conducted 18 site visits for second semester. (Activity occurred 02/15/94 to 03/24/94.) OJO July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Planning, Research, and Evaluation 4.2 Monitoring reports 4.2 (Staff Climate Survey)LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMEMT Psge: 10 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Program Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Huriier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccaf\u0026gt;letian Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. Page 31 2. To provide a climate in each school which is based on the belief and expectation that all children can learn and to provide resources necessary to s(\u0026lt;]port that belief. 1. Provide education to staff and patrons regarding school culture and positive school climate. July 1, 1993 Juw 30, 1994 Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review school climate survey with principals. (The activity for this achievement occurred 07/01/93-03/31/94.) B. Review inservices and staff development workshops provided. (The achievement started 07/01/93 and 7SX completion was reported at the end of the third quarter, 03/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Presentations to New Board Members Orientation meeting. (The achievement occurred 11/02/94.) B. Presentation to Cluster A Principals on Board Policy and School Operations in the Desegregation Plan. (This activity occurred 03/09/94.) C. Presentation to Lions* Club Teachers Award Night in February, 1994. Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Presentation to Kiwanis Luncheon Meeting. (Activity occurred 11/93.) B. Presentation to Chamber of Comnerce Leadership Class. 12/93.) (Activity occurred o r: 7 Jo / 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 (Principals, Teachers, Assistant Supts.) 1. Utilization of the school climate survey 1. (Results of school climate survey report)Page: 11 Progm Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Hiaber 1.1 Page 31 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. (To work with teachers and principals to develop a positive school climate) 1.1 PTA Board and general meetings to have educational coaixxtents regarding climate and expectations. 1.1 (LRSD expectations, teacher-designed instrument, clarify what kind of expectation$--achievefflent, behavior, attendance) Assistant Superintendent (Grewillion) A. Schedule meetings for monitoring staff, building, grounds, tests, interim reports, and special programs. (The achievement commenced 10/93 and 90X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) B. Follow-up correspondence to document visit. (This activity started 10/93 and 90% completion was reported 03/31/94.) 58 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 Jine 30. 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 District personnel as designated by the Associate Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;t. 1.1 Agendas of aeetings Measurable iaproveaants in individual school cliaates (1.1 Agendas of meetings and evidence of results of school climate survey report)Page: 12 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Haaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Ui I Hants Secondary Leader: Central Office Actninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportiaiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nurt)er 1.2 Page 31 2.1 Page 31 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. (cont'd) 2. (cont'd) 1.2 Use of cable Channel 4 to carry brief messages to staff regarding expectations, working with at-risk and disadvantaged students, and creating positive climate. 1.2 (Clarify performance expectations, such as behavior emphasis on students falling below) Staff Development A. Information was disseminated to schools regarding available progranming on Channel 4. (This activity was started 01/05/94 and was completed 03/25/94.) Conaunications Department A. Weekly Calendar. (Activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 2. (Review of annual school plan) 2.1 Monitor facility, staff morale, student achievement, status of media center books, and materials. 2.1 (Assess staff morale, student achievement, etc.) O 53 July 1. 1993 01/03/93 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jtaie 30. 1994 June 30. 1994 Assistant Supts.. Principals, Media Sigiervisor 2.1 Reports of Si^iervisors, Assistant S(4\u0026gt;ts.Page: 13 ProgrM Seq f: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograai Naise: School Operations Prograai Code: Prianry Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograai Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportoiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Hudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. School Monitoring visit, quarterly. (The achievement was introduce 07/01/93 and continues throughout the FY 93-94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Approve purchase requisitions. (This activity conmenced 10/93 and 90X completion was documented the end of the third quarter.) B. Review budgets. (The achievement was initiated 09/93 and 90X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. School Monitoring Visits. started 8/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) (Activity 01/03/94 03/31/94 2. (cont'd) Media Supervisor A. Amount and quality of books and equipment monitored. (This achievement was introduced 07/01/93 with 75X completion reported at the end of the third quarter.) O GO 01/03/94 03/31/94 Assistant St^s., Principals, Media StfiervisorPsge: 14 Program Seq f: 09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Program Nasm: School Operations Program Code: Prismry Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportinities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Himber 2.3 Page 31 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. (cant'd) 2. (cont'd) 2.2 (Provide resources) Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review and provide direction to principals on purchases. (This exercise was introduced 07/01/93 and continues throughout the FY 93-94. 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Provide direction to principals on purchases. (Activity initiated 08/93 with 75X completion reported at the end of the third quarter.) B. Review Budgets. (Activity initiated 10/93 with 75X completion reported at the end of the third quarter.) Media Supervisor A. Library books and reference materials ordered for each school from Department of Instructional Technology and from building level. (This activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 95X completion reported 03/31/94.) 2.3 Provide staff development and intervention plana as neisded. 2.3 (To provide staff development to meet the instructional needs of principals, teachers, and all levels of staff) 3Gi July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 (Curriculum Supervisors) Assistant Si^s., Principals, Media Supervisor, Identified District Staff (Staff Development) 2.2 (Improvement in the climate and environment and kinds of materials that are avai table) 2.3 Staff Develaparnnt rosters 2.3 (Kinds of staff development programs developed for needs) 2.3 Quality of education survey resultsPage: 15 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportKiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Mudjer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Provide technical assistance to principals on the following: Program Budget Document, School Climate Survey, Discipline, Student Assessment, School Profile, Annual School Reports, etc. (This achievement started 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Monitor individual schools's staff development offerings to ensure staff participation. (Activity was initiated 1/94 and 90X completion was docunented 03/31/94.) B. Monitor staff participation in the offerings of staff development provided by the LRSD. \u0026lt; 1/94-3/94.) (This achievement occurred C. Correspond with all principals to inform them of the hours achieved by each staff member. (This achievement occurred 1/94-3/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Provide staff development to principals on PSD reporting. (Activity initiated 11/93 with 75X completion reported at the end of the third quarter.) 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94Page: 16 Prograa Seq *: 096 Revision Date: May 10. 1994 Prograai Maae: School Operations Prograai Code: Priaery Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograe Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Musber 3. Page 31 2. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion ___Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Media Supervisor A. Inservice offered to Librarians on 08/10/93, 09/28/93, 10/26-27/93, 12/02- 03/93, 12/06-07/93, 12/07/93, 01/11/94, 03/09/94, and 03/17/94. (Inservice activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 3. To work with schools to help them design programs which meet the specific needs of their students. 3. (Assist teachers and principals in the development of individual programs which address learning needs of students) Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review all assessment data with principals and assist in designing programs to meet specific building needs. (This activity commenced 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) B. Assist principals in the development of Academic Progress Incentive Grants. (This activity was initiated 07/01/93 and completed 03/31/94.) 3G3 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94Page: 17 Progran Seq f: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Hase: School Operations Program Code: PrisBry Leader: Dr. Henry Williarns Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Program Goal\nThe intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Huitter Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coiqiletion Pate Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Assistant Superintendent CGremi11 ion) A. Advise on procedures of placing students with needs. (Activity commenced 09/93 and 7SX completion was documented 03/31/94.) 01/03/94 03/31/94 B. Assist in developing lEPs in parent 01/03/94 03/31/94 conferences. (Activity commenced 09/93 and 75X completion was docunented 03/31/94.) 01/03/94 03/31/94 C. Monitor and assist in developing intervention plans for behavior problems. (Activity for this achievement was initiated 09/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) 01/03/94 03/31/94 A. Assist with development and approval of seven period day at Mabelvale. (Activity initiated 8/93 and completed 9/93.) 01/03/94 03/31/94 B. Review math assistance designs in secondary schools. (Activity initiated 9/93 and completed 12/93.) English Curriculun Supervisor A. The Curriculun English Supervisor has assisted two elementary schools in developing their school themes. (Activity initiated 11/08/93 and completed 11/11/93. Mathematics Curriculun Supervisor 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 A. The Mathematics Department staff assisted two elementary schools in developing their School Improvement Plans. (Activity was initiated 11/01/93 and completed 12/01/93.) 3G4Page: 18 Program Seq f: 09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adniniatrators Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nuitier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date COB^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. (cont'd) Reading Curriculun Supervisor A. The Reading Department staff assisted four elementary schools and two high schools in developing their School Improvement Plans. (Activity initiated 11/08/93 and completed 12/01/93.) Gifted/Talented Curriculun Supervisor A. Assistance provided to principals, G/T facilitators, G/T specialists and teachers through staff development, materials and supplies and one on one technical help in the area of gifted progranning. (Activity initiated 07/93.) Science Curriculun Supervisor A. The Science Curriculun Supervisor worked with Gibbs to help design an assessment tool to help evaluate the program. (Activity was initiated 12/01/93 and 75X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) B. Science supervisor provided technical support to the science thematic program at Stevens. (Activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) G5 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94Page: 19 Prograa Seq f: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Program Hase: School Operations Prograa Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportieiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Htmber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Social Studies Curriculmi Supervisor A. Assistance provided to principals/teachers through staff development, materials supplied, one-on- one technical help in area of social studies/multicultural curriculun 01/03/94 03/31/94 education. (This activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) Special Education Department A. Inservice training for Hall High faculty in \"Inclusive Schools\" at Faculty Meeting.  01/27/94.) (This activity occurred B. Staff Development on \" Teaming and Inclusion\" for the Chicot Staff on 01/19/94. C. Provided inservice training to Tri- District teachers on \"Transition.\" activity occurred on 02/17/94). (This D. Provided information on \"Collaborative Teaming\" to Chicot staff on 02/16/94. E. \"Schools Are For All Kids\" report to Chicot Core Team . (This activity occurred 03/09/94.) F. Terry Elementary\nPlaced computer in classroom for student with motoric disabilities. Provided technical assistance and training for aide and student in computer use. ongoing. Consultation is (This activity was initiated 9/93 and will continue throughout the school year.) 360 01/03/94 03/31/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94Prograa Seq f: 09B Prograa Maae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Prograa Goel: Plan Reference Page Hudser IH OH Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportwities for all students in the LRSO. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date G. Gibbs: For student with hearing impairment, provided technical assistance in teacher training\nbrought in consultant from Educational Services for hearing Impaired to assist and help parent get auditory trainer for student. (This activity was introduced 09/93 and was completed 03/94.) H. Jefferson\nHelped to facilitate consultation and training of staff to work with student on augmentative corrmunication device. ongoing basis. Technical assistance is on an (This activity was started 10/93 and continues throughout the school year.) I. Rockefeller\nThrough observation in the classroom, determined modifications and needs for regular education teacher to implement\nassisted with initiation of Scottish Rites program for the student. (This activity was initiated 10/93 and continues throughout the school year.) J. Central\nSecured appropriate interpreting service for deaf student\nsecured technical assistance from Educational Service for hearing Impaired regarding sign language training. Assisted in getting training tapes for interpreter. (This activity occurred from 11/93 throughout the school year.) K. Hall\nInitiated, facilitated comnunication training with speech therapist and student. (This activity started 01/94 and will continue throughout the school year.) L. Chicot! Initiated facilitated communication training with speech therapist, teacher, and student, i (This activity was initiated 01/94 and will continue throughout school year.) Page: 20 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 3 G 7 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Central Office Administrators Responsibility Evaluation CriteriaPage: 21 Prograa Seq f: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Hase: School Operations Program Code: Prianry Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograai Goat: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nurtier 3.1 Page 31 2, (cont*d) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date (kMpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria M. Forest Heights: Began team planning for student with severe disabilities entering regular education with resource next year, for N. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Initiated training schedule Mitchell\nInitiated facilitated communication training with speech therapist and student. (This activity occurred 02/94.) 0. Henderson\nInitiated facilitated communication training with Speech Therapist and student. (This activity started 03/94 and will continue throughout the school year.) P. Stephens\nInitiated facilitated communication training with Speech Therapist and student. (This activity started 03/94 and will continue throughout the school year.) 3.1 Provide resource assistance to school staffs. 3.1 (Provide resources, both hunan and financial, to teachers and principals in the development of educational programs) Staff Development A. Technical assistance was provided to sixteen (16) schools in staff development planning. (This activity was introduced 01/05/94 and was carried out until 03/25/94.) O U G8 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 July b 1993 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jine 30, 1994 03/31/94 Educational PrograsK (Associate Supt., Principals) 3.1 Coapletion of program designPage: 22 Progri Seq : 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Ninber 3.2 Page 31 3.3 Page 31 4. Page 32 2. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date DMpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.2 Provide planning time and formats to school staffs) 3.3 Develop school profiles which show complete data pictures. Set goals for iaprovearnnt. Planning. Research, and Evaluation A. Sent school profiles to schools for the first semester. (This activity occurred 10/28/93.) B. Sent school profiles to schools for second semester. (This activity occurred 01/10/94.) C. Revised profiles for second semester. (This activity occurred 01/18/94 through 03/11/94.) D. Revised certified and non-certified school profile staff data sent to principals for second semester. (This activity occurred on 03/23/94.) 4. Establish a program to familiarize parents with school ejq\u0026gt;ectations and to build a partnership with them. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review partnership list with principals during monitoring visit and provide assistance. (Activity occurred 07/01/93-03/31/94.) 363 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 Jine 30, 1994 Jine 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jine 30, 1994 03/31/94 Associate S^it. for Educational PrograsB, Principals, School Principals and Staffs (Planning, Research, and Evaluation\nData Processing) (Asst. Supts., Principals, Media Supv.) 3.2 School profiles and aonitored building plans 3.3 (Completed document)Page: 23 Prograa Seq f: 09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Huriier 4.1 Page 32 4.2 Page 32 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf)letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Attend school PTA meetings to monitor programs. (This activity was initiated 11/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) B. Review schools* coainunique to parents and keep on file. (Activity started 10/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) B. Review parent conferences, discipline plans, parent handbooks and other materials and information provided to parents to familiarize them with the school's expectations. (The initiation of this activity was 07/01/93 and 75X completion occurred at the end of the third quarter.) 4.1 Share schools* objectives, discipline policy, standards for testing, placing, and promoting students. 4.1 (At the beginning of school, do an annual school letter that shares policies and objectives) 4.2 Involve parents as full partners in planning at schools for students* growth and success. 01/03/94 03/31/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 37 0 03/31/94 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Principals, Staffs Principals, Staff, PTA Board, Patrons 4.1 Developamnt of and sharing of school-based objectives, discipline policies, etc. 4.2 Statistical iaftrovearnnt in student behavior and achieveamntPrograa Seq *: 098 Prograai Maae: School Operations Prograa Code: Prograa Goal: Plan Reference Page Hudser 3. Page 33 1.1 Page 33 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSD. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Psge: 24 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Central Office Adninistrators Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. To develop and iapleawit policies which influence sctMot climate and iaprove discipline and student attendance while also meeting individual student needs and learning styles. 3. (Design and put into place programs which improve school climate and improve discipline and student attendance while also meeting individual student needs and learning styles) 1. Provide inservice training to district personnel on discipline in a desegregated setting. 1. (Focus on how to use techniques that foster positive student behavior in a desegregated setting) Staff Development A. Eleven (11) schools were provided inservice designed to foster positive student behavior in a desegregated setting. (The activity was initiated 01/05/94 and was completed 03/25/94.) 1.1 Conduct inservice training on discipline management in all local schools. 1.1 (Conduct inservice on an ongoing basis on positive discipline management in all local schools) (July 1, 1993) 01/03/94 July b 1993 (July 1, 1993) 371 (June 30, 1994) 03/31/94 Jwe 30, 1994 (June 30, 1994) (Principals, Parents, Staff Development, Student Hearing Officer) Director of Pi^il Services, BuiIding Principals, Assistant Starts. (Student Hearing Officer) 1. (Comparative data annual school report for student attendance and student management quarterly reports) 1. (Quarterly discipline management reports that will reflect a decrease In behavior referrals and suspensions) 1.1 (Rosters of meetings) 1.1 (Quarterly discipline management reports that will reflect a decrease in behavior referrals and suspensions)Page: 25 Prograa Seq #: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Haaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nudier 1.1 Page 33 (cont'd) 1.2 Page 33 2. Page 33 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coofjletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review discipline management inservice schedule in each assigned school, activity occurred 07/01/93 through 03/31/94.) (This Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Review quarterly discipline reports of all nineteen schools and conference with principals where needed. (Activity of this achievement was initiated 03/31/94 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) B. Sponsored six principals to Marie Carbo Learning Style Seminar. (The achievement occurred 11/93.) 1.2 Provide followi^ training for new staff on a regular basis. 1.2 (Provide ongoing training for all staff) 2. Provide inservice to district personnel on behavioral styles and learning styles of students with divergent backgromds. 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 37 7 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jme 30, 1994 BuiIding Principals, Director of Pi\u0026lt;\u0026gt;il Services (Student Hearing Officer) 1.2 (Quarterly discipline management reports that will reflect a decrease in behavior referrals and suspensions)Page: 26 Program Seq *: 09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Program Naae: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportiaiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nuiber 2. Page 33 (cont'd) 2.1 Page 33 3. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Begiming Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. (Conduct inservice on an ongoing basis on positive discipline management in all local schools) Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review building and district staff development activities relative to behavior and learning styles of students with divergent background. (Activity connenced 07/01/93 and concluded at the end of the third quarter.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) Monitor quarterly discipline reports and conference with principals. (The achievement was initiated 10/93 and 75X completion was docunented 03/31/94.) 2.1 Provide training for school-based iiqjrovement teams (to involve staff and parents tdio will train staff at the school site with annual maintenance). 2.1 (Provide ongoing training for staff to foster positive student behavior) 37 3 (July 1, 1993) 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 (June 30, 1994) 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jme 30, 1994 (Director of Pupil Services, BuiIding Principals, Asst. Supts., Student Hearing Officer) Associate Sifits., Staff Developaent, Identified Staff (Principals, Teachers, Hearing Officer, Data Processing)) 1.1 (Quarterly discipline management reports that will reflect a decrease in behavior referrals and suspensions) 2.1 (Quarterly reports should include positive as well as negative reports which show an increase in the citizenship honor roll in elementary schools. Should show an increase in the nuiber of students that acquire \"Vs and \"2'8\" in citizenship at the secondary level)Page: Z7 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograai Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Hud\u0026gt;er 3. Page 33 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. Provide a coanittee to review attendance and discipline policies and data on an ongoing bMis to ensure equity of policy and policy adainistration. 3. (Each school is to establish a committee to conduct quarterly reviews of attendance and discipline data to assess compliance with the goal of equitable policy and policy administration. Conduct and report results of quarterly reviews.) Deputy Superintendent A. Superintendent's Council has reviewed quarterly data regarding issues of equity. (This activity was initiated 09/93 and continues throughout the school year.) 6. Principal's workshop was conducted for the purpose of reviewing designated data. The district has begun a review/alignment of policies and the Desegregation Plans. (This activity was initiated 03/94 and will continue throughout the school year.) 374 (July 1, 1993) 01/03/94 01/03/94 (June 30, 1994) 03/31/94 03/31/94 (Principals, Teachers, Student Hearing Officer) 3. (Final report of the quarterly reviews)Page\n2B Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nuiber 3.1 Page 33 3. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.1 Coanittee and sUicoanittee to include principals, staff, patrons, students (on the secondary level) and at least one (1) Board meaber to review data and recooaend modifications to meet students' needs and district needs. 3.1 (Establish a district-wide committee to review the local school connittee reports which should include attendance, discipline data interventions by race and gender. The district-wide committee will report the results of the review to the Associate Supt. of Desegregation.) Associate Supt, of Desegregation A. The District-wide Biracial connittee serves in this function. (Activity initiated 07/01/93 and continues). Pupil Services/Counseling Director A. School-based committees formed 3/11/94 which includes representation from teachers, parents, students and administrators to review Student rights and Responsibilities Handbook to recommend revisions. B. District-level committee, formed 3/94 and includes student, parent, teacher, administrator, CTA, Joshua-Intervenors, community, and Bi-racial committee. 75 July b 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Associate S\u0026lt;\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts., Principals, Teachers, Director of Pupil Services (Hearing Officer, Desegregation Facilitator) 3.1 (Formal report identifying results of analysis of data received from local school connittees about level of compliance with district attendance and discipline policies)Page: 29 Prograai Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograai Naaie: School Operations Prograai Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograai Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nudner 3.2 Page 33 3.3 Page 33 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cospletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.2 Revise student handbooks as needed 3.2 (Update student handbooks annually to ensure continued compliance with district attendance and discipline policies) Deputy Superintendent A. The Handbook is in the process of being revised by a special coanittee. (This activity was introduced 01/94 and will be completed by the end of this school year.) 3.3 The student hearing officer Mill be responsible for developing and annftoring plans to reduce the disparity of disciplinary actions. 3.3 (Use evidence of district*uide reports to provide guidance to local schools in formatting plans to reduce disparity of disciplinary actions) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Developed profile of use of sent home notices in secondary schools. (Activity occurred on 2/94.) B. Requested report on use of alternatives to suspension and effectiveness of alternatives. (Activity occurred on 2/94.) 37 G July 1, 1993 01/03/94 July 1. 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 (Principals, Teachers) (Asst. Supts., Teachers, Parents, Principals, Student Hearing Officer) 3.2 (Student handbooks reflect compliance with current district attendance and discipline policies) 3.3 (Analysis of quarterly reports in chart form to determine decrease in reported discipline sanctions)Page: 30 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Maaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Niaber 4. Page 33 4.1 Page 33 5. Page 34 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) 4. Appoint joint conaittee with PCSSO and NLRSD. 4. (. . .to establish a uniform attendance and discipline policy.) 4.1 Review attendance and disciplinary policies and consequences. Deputy Superintendent A. District's representatives participated in a tri-district effort headed by Mark Stodola, Prosecuting Attorney. A proposal has been submitted to each district for review, activity occurred 2/94.) (This 5. Put in place alternatives to suspension across the district with at least one such intervention to be placed at each school. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review alternatives to suspensions with building principals during quarterly monitoring visits. (This exercise continues throughout FY 93-94. The activity started 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.)) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Memo sent to principals to devise intervention strategies to suspension. (The activity occurred 2/94.) B. Individual conferences with principals having excessive sent-homes and suspensions to review practices being implemented. (This activity occurred 3/94.) 377 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 Jine 30, 1994 Jine 30, 1994 03/31/94 Jine 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 (Associate Supt. for Desegregation) Associate M\u0026gt;ts., appointed staff three school districts (use Tri-District Component) (Principals, staff, Asst. Supts.) 4. (Evidence of a uniform discipline policy) 4.1 Review and revision of Tri-District attendance and disciplinary policies 3. (Review of suspensions report to determine decrease in out-of-school suspensions at individual schools)Page: 31 Progran Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Mane: School Operations Prograa Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportwiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Hudier 5.1 Page 34 5.2 Page 34 5.2 Page (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.1 Develop school-based discipline plans to be reviewed at district level and to include suspension alternatives. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. All assigned schools have developed a plan which include alternatives to suspension. (Activity conaenced 07/01/93 and 7SX completion was reported at the end of the third quarter. Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Review school plan alternatives to out-of-school suspensions. (The achievement occurred 2/94-3/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Requested plans for review. (Activity was initiated on 2/94 and concluded on 3/31/94.) 5.2 Effectiveness of these alternatives to be regularly assessed. Assistant Swerintendent (Anderson) A. Evaluated responses from schools on effectiveness of alternatives. (Activity was initiated on 3/94 and SOX completion was reported 3/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Alternative plans to suspension were reviewed with principals and revisions made where necessary. (Activity was initiated 3/94 and 75X conclusion was reported the end of the third quarter.) 373 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jvne 30, 1994 03/31/93 03/31/94 Assistant Sipts., Principals, School-bas^ staffs (Principals, Staffs, Schoolbased Committees, Assistant Supts., Hearing Officer) 5.1 (Submission to Asst. Supts. of school plans that identify alternatives to out-of-school suspensions) 5.2 Existence of alternative plan in each buiIding 5.2. (Submission to Asst. Supts. of school plans that identify alternatives to out-of-school suspensions\nevidence of decrease in out-of-school suspensions)Page: 32 Prograa Seq *: 098 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Or. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nuitier 6. Page 34 6.1 Page 34 6.1 Page 34 3. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date (kiapletian Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. Establish a school-based student discipline and attendance incentive system at each school. 6. (. . .as part of the annual school plan which should result in improved attendance and a decrease in disciplinary sanctions.) 6.1 Review research and develop rewards program so that recognition and incentives will be individual to the school. 6.1 (The research will be reviewed annually to determine revision needs of school incentive systems) Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. All assigned schools have developed reward programs for academic/behavior excellence and/or improvements. (This activity commenced at the beginning of the school year and 100X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Each school submitted intervention plans to alleviate excessive suspensions and sent-homes in addition to the identification of appropriate reward systems. (The achievement occurred 10/93.) July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 Juie 30, 1994 Juw 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 (Principals, Staffs, School* based Committees Principals/ Staff, Assistant Sl^ts., VIPS, Patrons 6. (Submission of annual school reports to the Asst. Supts. will give evidence of improvement and a decrease in the attendance and disciplinary sanctions) 6.1 Statistical data to sigiport validity of plan and ia^irovement in discipline and behavior 6.1 (Submission of annual school reports to the Asst. Supts. will show an improvement in discipline and behavior)Page: 33 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportiaiitiea for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nuiber 7. Page 34 7.1 Page 34 7.2 Page 34 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7. Provide counseling intervention for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problesB. 7.1 Activate discipline/attendance intervention team at school. Mandate the pL^iI services tern to do annitoring and involve the couiselor with students who have discipline/attendance problem. Pupil Services/Counseling Director A. Student Assistance Program Core Team is available in each secondary school to provide student support groups for students with a range of social, academic, personal and drug/alcohol related issues and concerns. Referrals made by school staff, parents, connunity agencies, students, courts and self referrals. (This achievement convnenced at the beginning of the fiscal year and continues.) B. Student Support groups provided in each elementary school by guidance counselors for student referred for behavioral, personal, social and alcohol/drug related problems. (Activity was initiated at the beginning of the school year and continues.) 7.2 Involve parents in the tern process regarding their children through met i ngs/conf erences. 7.2 (. . .about identified attendance and/or disciplinary problems) July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 Jine 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jisa 30, 1994 (Pupil Services Team, Counselors, Parents) Principals, Guidance Departments, Building Staffs, School Health Services Coordinator Principals, Parents, PTA Officers. PTA Corneil, Comselors, Pv^i L Services Team, School Health Services 7. (Review of discipline and attendance records will show a decrease in chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems) 7.1 Records of counseling intervention 7.1 (Review of discipline and attendance records will show a decrease in the chronic discipline and/or attendance problems) 7.2 Records of perents/teaa involvement 7.2 (. . . will show an increase in the number of parents participating in the team process)LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Psge: 34 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Nane: School Operations Prograa Code: Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportwities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nimber 4. Page 35 1.1 Page 35 1.2 Page 35 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. To provide guidance and counseling service which address students* needs, are stpportive of strategies and interventions to enhance student success and expectations, and provide comnjnicatians to families of students. 1. Inform students of all opportunities available to them and encourage them to take advantage of these opportinities. 1. (Identify academic, emotional, social, and physical needs of students.) 1. (Identify needs of students (elementary) 1. (Secure the needed services utilizing district and comnunity-based resources) 1.1 Publish a docuaent annually which lists financial aid. vocational and hitler education opportunities for alt students. 1.1 (Make available) docuBent(s). . .) Vocational Education Director A. Tech Prep Brochure developed, printed, and made available to all schools. This brochure explains training opportunities in Vocational Education. initiated 03/04/94 and completed 03/18/94.) (Activity was B. Course description flyer for Vocational Education offerings made avallable. (Activity was initiated 03/04/94 and completed 03/18/94.) 1.2 Encourage students to take advantage of opportinities open to them. July 1. 1993 July 1. 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1. 1993 June 30. Jine 30. 3/31/94 3/31/94 Jine 30. 1994 1994 1994 Coinselors, Principals (Pupil Services Teachers, Parents, Teachers) Principals, CoKwelors. Vocational Director (Teachers, Parents) (Principals, Teachers, Parents, Students) 1. Guidance services. Annual Report, and Report (kmparison 1. (Reports will show all students needing services will receive them) 1.1 Pid\u0026gt;l{cationB of docuaent 1.1 (Disseminate document to students and parents) 1.2 Statistical increase in ninber of students, particularly minority students, receiving financial aid and proceeding into post secondary education G O I /Page: 35 Progran Seq *: 09S Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 PrograM Naae: School Operations Prograai Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograai Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportwiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nudser (1.4 Page 35\u0026gt; 2. Page 35 2.1 Page 35 4. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date (kmpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 (Follow up to ensure that referral was appropriate intervention to enhance student success and expectations) 2. Make parents partners in education of their children making information accessible to them and keeping thoa inforaod. 2.1 Hold a coaauiity educational meeting each yeer during the spring to inform parents of curriculum and student opportunities (to include co-curricular activities) 2.1 (Identify courses and activities available which will help prepare students for post secondary education and career preparation) Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review meetings held with sixth grade students entering seventh grade relative to course offerings. (This activity cotnnenced 07/01/93 and 100X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 01/03/94 Jine 30, 1994 Jine 30, 1994 Jine 30, 1994 03/31/94 (Principals, Teachers, Parents (Principals, Teachers, Parents) Principals, Counselors, Director of Guidance, Associate and Assistant Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts. (1.3 Oocimentation will show referrals were appropriate) 2. (Reports will reflect an increase in the number of parents involved as partners in the education of their children) 2.1 Roster of aeetings (2.1 Nuvber of students who graduate and elect advanced training/education by race and gender) (2.1 Report will show the targeted nunber of students who will enroll in upperlevel classes and elect to attend post secondary education)Page: 36 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograai Maae: School Operations Program Code: Priaary Leader: Or. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportiaiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nimber 2.2 Page 35 3. Page 35 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.2 Provide written information to parents regarding curriculia and student skills. Communications Department A. Mail requested information including curriculum update brochure, curriculun course guide and test information, etc. (This activity was initiated 07/01/93 and coflpletion uas reported the end of the third quarter.) B. Production of Home Study Guide Video. (This activity was initiated 08/01/93 and uas completed 08/31/93). 3. To make students aware of educational and post educational opportwiities Vocational Education Director A. Tech Prep brochure developed and printed explaining vocational course offerings March, 1994. B. Open House/Career Day held at Metropolitan February 16, 1994. C. 1994. Tri-District Career Fair, March 17. D. TriOistrict Job Fair for seniors March 15, 1994. 381 July b 1993 Jine 30. 1994 01/03/94 03/31/94 Educational PrograoB, Bui Iding Principals, Coamaaiicat i one Dept. (2.2 Brochures and Parent Home Study Guide will be given to targeted parents. Videos will be available for check'out) 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94Psge: 37 Prograai Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Progran Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Ackninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Niaber 3.1 Page 35 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletlon Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Vocational course offerings brochure distributed during recruitment visits. (Activity was initiated 02/01/94 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) F. Apprenticeship video and Metropolitan video provided to counselors at home schools. (Activity was initiated 02/01/94 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 3.1 Skills and employiKnt fair to be held annually in conjmction with business r Quality. 3.1 (. . .and College Night) Pupil Services/Counseling Director A. Career Day held at secondary and elementary schools as follows: SCHOOL Central J.A. Fair RESOURCE PERSONS PARTICIPATING 82 56 382 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1. 1993 01/03/94 12/01/93 03/09/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jifw 30, 1994 03/31/94 12/01/93 03/09/94 (Counselors, Principals, Teachers, Vocational Director, Parents) Vocational Teachers, Coiaiaelors, Volunteers in Schools. PTA (Director of Pupil Services) (3. Disseminate documents to students and parents) 3.1 Enployaant Fair Student Attendance 3.1 (Participation rates of parents and students in the LRSO attending the employment fair and College Night will be compiled and compared with previous attendance rates)Psge: 38 Progrm Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10. 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry UilLiams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportisiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nudser 4. Page 35 4.1 Page 35 4. (cont'd) 4. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Kall McClellan Parkview Cloverdale Jr. Dunbar Henderson Pulaski Heights Jr. Southwest 50 29 46 6 B. Tri-District Job F8ir-12th Graders March 15, 1994, Fisher Armory, NLR Students attendance 367. 11th Graders, Pulaski Vo-Tech College NLR Students attendance 367 (03/17/94). 4. Create coaasnity linkages to assist students in need of special services. 4.1 Through Ford Collaborative, Neu Futures Initiation, city, courts, rHA\u0026gt;lfc, and private service providers, provide school linkages with guidance staff for student special needs interventions. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Monitor activities of P.S.T. during quarterly visits. (This activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) Pupil Services/Counseling Director A. Truancy Pick-up Center connenced operation 11/1/93 to reduce truancy rate in District. 112 students processed through Center November 1, 1993-January 13, 1994. 383 03/03/94 05/94 03/01/94 04/26/94 04/05/94 09/18/94 03/18/94 05/05/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/03/94 03/01/94 09/18/94 03/18/94 03/31/94 Juw 30. 1994 Jkw 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 (Counselors, Principals, Pupil Services Team (Elem), Parents) Comselors, LRSD New Futures Liaison, Associate and Assist. Sipts., Deputy Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;t. 4.1 Established comuiity linkages 4.1 (Report will reflect the number of community linkages and their ability to meet the needs of targeted students)Page: 39 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Maae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Huaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf)letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. (cont'd) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Principal conferences indicate a strong linkage between school and Partnerin-Education to assist with needs of targeted students. (The achievement was initiated 10/94 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 01/03/94 03/31/94 B. School counselors are involved in providing school linkages with the connunity. (The achievement began 10/94 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 5. Create academic intervention strategies on a school basis. 5. (Include academic. . .in the annual school plan) Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Assist principals in researching and inplementation of academic intervention strategies. (This activity connenced 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. A review of annual school plan shows evidence of intervention strategies to help increase student achievement. (The activity was initiated 10/93 and 75X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 381 03/31/94 Jme 30. 1994 Jine 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 (Principals, Staff, Asst. Supts.) 5. (Annual School Report to include level of successful academic intervention as identified in the annual school improvement plan)Page: 40 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nudier 5. Page 35 4. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.1 Each school to put into its annual plan a designed set of interventions to help increase student academic success\ni.e, Peer Tutoring, Volunteer Tutors. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) Review annual plan to insure that interventions are in place to help increase student academic success. activity occurred 07/01/93-03/31/94.) (This 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Principals, Staffs of Buildings, Assistance froai Educational Prograae, Associate and Asst. Supts. 5.1 Annual plan and amual evaluation report coafMrison 5.1 (Annual School Report to include level of successful academic intervention as identified in the annual school improvement plan) O O rr J d JPrograa Seq *: 09B Prograa Naaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Prograa Goal: Plan Reference Page Nmber 5. Page 37 1.1 Page 37 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportisiities for all students in the LRSO. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coopletion Date Page: 41 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Central Office Administrators Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. To provide guidance and comseling which makes students aware of their options and to assist students in acquiring habits and attitudes necessary for success in school and in later life. 1. Provide minicourses for students in study halls, testing skills, and pre- career skills in a sequenced program beginning in grade four and through high school. 1. (Offer test-taking, study skills, and pre-career skills through the elementary and secondary instructional and guidance programs) 1.1 Ninicourses to be developed in sequence beginning with grade four. Pupil Services/Counseling Director A. Modules on test taking skills, and pre-career skills delivered systematically through career development and educational development components of building level guidance plans. K through 12th grade. (July 1, 1993) July 1, 1993 01/03/94 86 (June 30, 1994) Jo* 30, 1994 03/31/94 (Principals, Counselors, Teachers, Staff Development) Principals. Classroom Teachers. VIPS. Guidance Comselors. Staff Developamnt 1. Data gathered from pig\u0026gt;il services team 1. (Data gathered by the Pupil Services Team will reflect an Increase In the number of students passing courses, number of students who elect post high school career/educatIonaI opportunities, and a decrease In the drop-out rate) 1.1 Development of minicourses 1.1 (Data gathered from grade distribution sheet will reflect an Increase In niinber of students who passed the courses and elect post high school career/educatIonaI opportunities and a decrease In the drop-out rate) 1.1 (Scope and sequence chart grades 4-12 that includes skills targeted for each level)Page: 42 Prograa Seq f: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Progreai Naae: School Operations Prograai Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leoder: Central Office Adninistrators Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Rudder 1.2 Page 37 5. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coag\u0026gt;letian Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Provide teacher staff development in the use of curriculun of these areas. 1.2 (Offer appropriate staff development to teachers to support teaching of the curriculum) Staff Development A. Thirty (30) workshops were offered to support effective delivery of the curriculum. (This activity conmenced 01/05/94 and was completed 03/25/94.) Mathematics Curriculum Supervisor A. The Mathematics Department has provided forty elementary inservices/mini- courses end twenty-eight secondary inservices/mini-courses to support teaching of the curriculun. initiated on 11/01/93 and con^leted 12/01/93.) (Activity was English Curriculun Supervisor A. The English Supervisor has provided twenty-four elementary inservices and twenty-five secondary inservices to support teaching of the curriculun. (Activity was initiated 11/08/93 and completed on 11/11/93.) Reeding Curriculun Supervisor A. The Reading Department has provided thirty*two elementary inservices and thirteen secondary inservices to support teaching of the curriculum. (Activity was initiated on 08/17/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 387 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 Jine 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 QjrriculuB staff. Staff Development Director 1.2 Staff participation in these (coagiarative nudsers) 1.2 (Staff use of acquired skills will be reflected in daily instruction and in the students' academic achievement)Psge: 43 Progran Seq f: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograai Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportiaiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nuid^er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coiq\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Page 37 5. (cont'd) Gifted/Talented Curriculun Supervisor A. Staff development provided to G/T specialists, G/T facilitators and teachers in the area of gifted progranming. (Activity was initiated on 07/01/93 and a completion of 75X was reported the end of the third quarter.) Science Curriculum Supervisor A. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science have provided onsite staff development at the elementary schools by conducting demonstration teaching, and grade-level workshops. (Activity was introduced 07/01/94 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) Social Studies Curriculun Supervisor A. Staff development provided to regular teachers, GT teachers. Social Studies Department Coordinators, and Social Studies Specialists in area of Social Studies curriculum. (This activity was introduced 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 2. Raise auareneas of student of (about) future career options. 2. (Increase student knowledge of future career options.) Science Curriculum Supervisor A. Careers are included in the curriculum guides for science and are an ongoing part of science instruction. (Activity was introduced 07/01/94 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 383 01/03/94 03/31/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1. 1993 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Juw 30, 1994 03/31/94 (Curriculum staff, Staff Development Director, Pupil Services) 2. (Decreased drop-out rate, number of students who elect post high school career/educational opportunities will increase) 2. (Annual district survey will reflect a percentage increase in the nurber of students who pass courses, who elect post high school career/education opportunities, and a decrease in the drop-out rate)Psge: 44 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Ackninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opport ini ties for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nuaber 2.1 Page 37 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coopletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Use of resource volunteers in classes and asseablies beginning in eleoKntary schools to address career options. Pupil Services/Counseling Director A. 265 volunteers and resource speakers involved in career awareness and planning activities in grades K*12. (Item was begun 09/18/93 and completed 03/18/94.) 339 July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 Teachers-- grades 4-12 2.1 Roster of volisiteers, dates 01/03/94 03/31/94 (VIPS, Partners in Education, Pupil Services, Counselors) 2.1 (Decreased drop-out rate, nuiPer of students who elect post high school career and educational opportunities will increase)Prograai Seq *: 09B Progran Naae: School Operations Progran Code: Progran Goal: Plan Reference Page Nudier 6. Page 38 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Page: 45 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Central Office Administrators Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. To annitor student class ratios and instructional practices to ensure equal opportunities for all students. July 1, 1993 Jine 30. 1994 1. Achieve equity in class structure by grade and by siAiject area. July 1. 1993 June 30. 1994 Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review desegregation monitoring report. (The activity started 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) B. Review building and classroom schedules, class size, race, gender, and levels. (The achievement occurred 07/01/93-03/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Review all desegregation and district monitoring reports to support personal observations and visitations of the schools. (The activity occurred from 09/93 through 03/31/94.) B. Review class lists in all special area subjects. (The activity occurred from 09/93 through 03/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Review desegregation monitoring response. (Activity was initiated 2/94 and 50% was reported at the end of the third quarter.) B. Review master schedules. (Activity was initiated 9/93 and completed 3/31/94.) 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 )30 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Principals, Assistant Starts., Associate Stpts. 6. Sufficient prograa personnel are in place to aeet the needs of all students in the prograa as aeasured by the aonitoring instruaent. 1. (Principals will be responsible for assigning students to grades and to subject areas in an equitable ratio as defined by the LRSO desegregation plan) (Principals are responsible for making sure that their school's profile reflects equitable educational practices)Page: 46 PrograM Seq f: 096 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goel: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportwiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nwdier 1.1 Page 38 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Provide directions to principals to assist with eliaination of segregated classes. (Activity started 8/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 1.1 Review class ratios by stiiject, by class, (and) by teacher on a seawster basis. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review quarterly reports, school profiles and ABACUS reports with building principal. (Activity for this achievement commenced 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Conference with principal on monitoring visits ab^t class ratios by classes and special subjects. (Activity was initiated 10/93 and 73X completion reported 03/31/94.) 91 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 Principals, Assistant Sipts., Associate Si4\u0026gt;ts. 1.1 Monitoring of ratios* and student outcomen 1.1 (The school profile should reflect equity by grade structure and by subject area) *Ratios are not to be construed as quotas. The intent is for all barriers preventing full participation in classes and prograaB to be reanved.Page: 47 Prograa Seq f: 096 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportoiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nober 1.2 Page 38 1.3 Page 38 2. Page 38 Objectives Strategies Begiming Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. (cont'd) 1.2 Address disparities with intervention activities. Assistant Superintendent (Greaillion) A. Conference with principal regarding intervention activities for the at-risk in academic areas. (Activity began 10/93 and 75X completion was documented the end of the third quarter.) 1.3 Remove (address) barriers to equitable participation of students. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review school profiles to insure equitable participation. (This activity occurred 07/01/93-03/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Conference with principals to ensure the availability of all activities for all students regardless of cost i.e. choir, trips, etc. (Activity connenced 10/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 2. Achieve equity in student instructional practices. 32 July 1, 1993 Jifw 30, 1994 01/03/94 03/31/94 (Teachers, Counselors, Principals, Asst. Supts., Associate Supts.) (Teachers, Counselors, Principals, Asst. Supts., Associate Supts July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1. 1993 Joie 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 (Principals, Teachers, Staff Development) 1.2 (Disparities will decrease in educational programs) (Each school's annual plan will include intervention activities to address disparities) 1.3 (Disparities will decrease in educational programs) (Principals and staff will meet to identify and address barriers existing to equitable participation and will document in school profile) 2. (Each school's annual plan will identify an effective staff development program which will assist teachers in appropriate instructional practices that will ensure equity)Page: 48 Prograa Seq f: 098 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Hutner 2.1 Page 38 2.2 Page 38 3. Page 38 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. (cont'd) 2.1 Review grade distribution by subject, by class, by teacher on a seaester basis. 2.1 (Principals will review each nine weeks in order to address inmediate problems) Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review report cards, interim reports, classroom monitoring reports, grade distribution reports and ABAOJS on a semester basis to ensure equal opportunity. (This activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion was documented 03/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Greaillion) A. Conference with principals regarding their monitoring of grade distribution. (This activity commenced 10/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 2.2 Address disparities (in educational practices) with intervention activities. 3. Achieve equity in teaching aethods. )93 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 Principals, Assist. Signts., Assoc. Slants. (Principals, Teachers, Staff Development) (Principals, Teachers, Staff Development) 2.1 Monitoring of Bester schedules 2.1 (Each building principal will require a grade distribution sheet by subject, by class, and by teacher each nine weeks in order to monitor equity. A copy to is be forwarded to the Assistant Super i ntendent) 2.2 (Each principal will develop a schedule for classroom visits and conferences and correct any identified disparities in instructional practices) 3. (Principals and teachers will develop intervention activities to achieve equity in teaching methods and plans for reducing disparity)Psge: 49 Progran Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Progran Mnae: School Operations Progran Code: Prianry Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nuiber 3.1 Page 38 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.1 Provide inservice assistance to principals and teachers in reference to variant learning styles and effective aethods. Staff Development A. Eight (6) workshops were delivered to address learning styles. (This activity was initiated 01/05/94 and completed 03/25/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Provide financial support for six Principals* training in Marie Carbo Learning Styles. (Activity occurred 08/93.) B. Monitor the LRSO inservice offerings taken by teachers on a semester basis. (Activity was initiated 1/94 and 50X completion was reported 03/31/94.) C. Approve and assist Principal in selecting specific programs. (Activity was introduced 09/93 and completed 03/31/94.) D. Recommend classrooms to principals for teachers to visit in the district for professional growth. (Activity began 10/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 334 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Staff Developaunt, Human Resource, Principals, Asst. Svpts., Assoc, sigits. 3.1 Attendance at inservice 3.1 Classroon visitations 3.1 (Principals will monitor each classroom to observe the instructional activities, tone of communication, interaction patterns, and the involvement of learners with the teacher to observe effective teaching methods. Evidence of immediate feedback to the teachers will be recorded)Prograa Seq *: 09B Prograa Naaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Prograa Goal: Plan Reference Page Nwber 7. Page 39 1. Page 39 1.1 Page 39 1.4 Page 39 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSO. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Psge: 50 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Central Office Administrators Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7. To provide and ensure opportunities and encourageamnt to all students to participate in extracurricular and co* curricular activities and to assess the results of school practices, paying special attention to their iapact on minority and disadvantaged students. 1. Inform all students and patrons of co- curricular/extrscurricular activities available for students and of participation requireamnts. Cownunications Department A. Weekly news releases. (Activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 1.1 Use of media and press Conmunications Department A. Weekly news releases. (Activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 1.3 Hake clear piiilic address system amomceaents to students. 1.4 Use caaasoity agencies such as churches to assist with recruitaant. 1.4 (Develop school recruitment plan) July 1. 1993 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1. 1993 July 1. 1993 335 Jine 30, 1994 Jiaa 30. 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 June 30. 1994 Jim 30. 1994 School team (Principal, Comselor, Specialist, and Teachers) School Team (Principal, Counselor, Specialist and Teachers) (Conmunications Dept.) Principals and Individual Staff Heaters Principals and Individual Staff Nestiers 7. (Each school's profile will reflect equitable representation of all students in extracurricular and co-curricular activities) 1. Heet the guidelines related to the extracurricular and co* curricular activities 1. (Evidence of information supplied to students and school patrons) 1.3 (A log containing data and messages pertaining to curricular and extracurricular announcements will be maintained by the principaI/designee)Page: 51 Prograai Seq *: 09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograai Naaie: School Operations Prograa Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Niaber 2. Page 39 2.1 Page 39 2.2 Page 39 3. Page 39 3.1 Page 39 Objectives Strategies Begiming Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7. (cont'd) 2. Staff recruitment of students to participate. 2.1 Individual staff contacts with students to encourage involveaent. 2.2 Staff shall specifically recruit from maong students who do not typically participate in particular activities. Coimwi cat ions Department A. Weekly news releases. (This activity was introduced 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) B. Use of Cable 4 to inform staff of school news and activities. (This activity was begun 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 3. Increase student participation, particularly minority student participation in cocurricular activities. 3.1 Profile student involvement in each club and activity. July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 33G Jine 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 Jme 30, 1994 Principal and individual staff metiers (Principal, Staff) Principal, Staff 2. (Develop and implement the school recruitment plan) 2.1 (Teachers will dociment the name, race, and sex of students contacted to encourage involvement) 2.1 (Comparative review of data regarding numbers of applicants and participants by race) (Teachers will docunent names of parents they contact for assistance in urging their children to participate in particular activities) 3. (An increase of minority participation in cocurricular activities) 3.1. Yearly (annual) analysis of participation data and coaparative profilesPage: 52 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: Mey 10, 1994 Program Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opporttnities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Niaber 4. Page 39 4.1 Page 39 4.2 Page 39 7. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Begiming Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. Remove (identify and address) all barriers to equitable participation of students i4\u0026gt;o wish to participate in extracurricular activities. 4. (Collect data that will identify barriers to students who wish to participate in extracurricular activities) 4.1 Provide a district transportation program for student transportation iben necessary to assure equitable participation for students participating in district-sanctioned extracurricular activities. Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Monitor and approve requisitions for all field trips. (Activity started 09/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 4.2 Provide a program for students' access to equipamnt/taiiforsB, etc., needed for participation at minimal cost. 4.2 (LRSD will develop guidelines explaining the procedures in acquiring equipment/uniform needs at minimal cost will be available to students) July b 1993 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 July 1. 1993 ]97 Jme 30. 1994 June 30. 1994 03/31/94 jKte 30. 1994 (Principal, Staff) Manager of Si^iport Services. Assoc. Sigrt. for Desegregation. Assistant S(g\u0026gt;ts. (Director of Transportation) Principals 4. (The school profile will reflect equitable representation of the school population) 4.1 Yearly (annual) analysis of participation data and coagmrative profiles 4.1 (Survey the schools to see how many students will need transportation in order to assure equitable participation) 4.2 (Track the utilization of the program in order to determine the nunber and cost)Page: 53 Prograa Seq *: 099 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Wudaer 5. Page 40 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. Develop (and use) school profiles (to) provide overview of school success or its impact on students so that changes and/or interventions can take place as needed. Planning. Research, and Evaluation A. Review consensus reports following site vi8it8--29 site visits for first semester conducted by PRE. occurred from 11/30/93 throughout 12/16/93.) (This activity S. Review consensus reports following site vi8it8--22 site visits for first semester conducted by PRE. (Activity occurred from 01/04/94 throughout 01/11/94.) C. Review consensus reports following site vi8its--18 site visits for second semester conducted by PRE. (This activity was initiated 02/15/94 and was completed 03/24/94.) D. Consensus reports for first semester sent to Principals, Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, and Asst. Supts. (This achievement occurred from 02/13/94 through 02/15/94.) July 1. 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 J 38 Jis* 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 (Principals and Staff, Monitoring Teams) 5. (An assessment of the data collected for the school profile will be reviewed by the principals and staff at each school to determine degree of student success and if any new procedures or changes need to take place)Page: 54 Prograa Seq *: 09S Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Haaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Niaber 5.1 Page 40 5.2 Page 40 7. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.1 Profile school by: a. grade distribution b. attendance c. disciplinary outcoaes d. test scores e. student involveamnt in school- related activities f. course enrollments/special prograai enrol lamnts Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Assist Principals in the monitoring of the schools' grade distribution, attendance, and disciplinary sanctions. (This activity began 09/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 5.2 Data to be disaggregated by race. July 1, 1993 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 339 Jine 30, 1994 03/31/94 Jiaie 30, 1994 Principals, Staffs, Assistant Sipts. (Principals, Pupil Services Team, Teachers) 5.1 Use of data-based school profiles 5.1 Yearly co^arative students 5.1 Production of iifX'oveaKnt plans to address disparities 5.1 (The data based school profiles by grade distribution, attendance, and disciplinary outcomes will be analyzed each nine week period to make reconmendstions for change where indicated. The data based school profiles by course enrollment/special program enrollment will be analyzed each semester. The data based school profile by test scores will be analyzed and compered annually) 5.2 Outcoaaa evaluation 5.2 (Data in annual school report) (All data submitted in the school's annual report is to be disaggregated by race)Page: 55 Prograa Seq *: 096 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goel: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportoiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Hiaber 5.3 Page 40 9. Page 41 7. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coo|\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.3 Provide for developaent of and ispleanntation of intervention strategies to address disparate situations with specific steps for isfxxyveaKnt. 9. To review and assess testing practices, formats, and results in order to better address the needs of all students while providing special intervention for disadvantaged students. 400 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 Jme 30, 1994 Jme 30, 1994 (Principals, Pupil Services, Team, Teachers) 5.3 (Based on the data provided by the schools in the school profile (5.1) each school team will address and document the disparate situations with specific steps for improvement on the identified timeline in 5.1) 9. Random monitoring by Planning, Research, and EvaluationProgran Seq f: 09B Progran Naae: School Operations Progran Code: Progran Goal: Plan Reference Page Nudier 1. Page 41 1.1 Page 41 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prinary Leader: Dr. Henry UiUiams Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Page: 56 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Central Office Adninistrators Responsibility Evaluation Criterii 1. Visits to schools by testing/evaluation annitoring team to assess validity and reliability of testing procedures and strategies eaf)loyed to prepare students for test taking. Planning, Research, and Evaluation A. Develop schedule for monitoring of AMPT administration in designated schools. (The achievement occurred 02/15/94.) B. Assigned PRE Specialists attend ADE pre-assessment workshop for the AMPT and Stanford 8. (This activity occurred 02/18/94.) 1.1 Meetings with principals, teachers Planning. Research, end Evaluation A. Schedule AMPT inservice for principals/test coordinators. (The activity occurred 02/18/94.) B. Conduct AHPT inservice for principals/test coordinators. ' achievement occurred 03/03/94.) (This C. Conduct AMPT monitoring visits, activity was initiated 03/14/94 and conclud^ 03/17/94.) (This 0. Provide feedback to the principal or principals's designated test coordinator following AMPT monitoring visit. (The activity was initiated 03/14/94 and concluded 03/17/94.) E. Schedule Stanford 8 inservice for principals/test coordinators, activity occurred 02/18/94.) (This July 1. 1995 Jme 30, 1994 (Planning, Research, and Evaluation) 1. (The Planning, Research, and Evaluation Team will provide performance reports of teacher interviews to principals following each monitoring visit) 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 Oi 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jine 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Planning, Research, and Evaluation 1.1 Monitoring visits and reports 1.1 (The monitoring team will report back to the principal the assessment of their classroom visits)Page: 57 Progran Seq *: 09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Progran Nana: School Operations Progran Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportisiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Niaber 1.2 Page 41 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Inforaal classroon visits by aonitors Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review monitoring team report with principal for reconnendation for changes/improvement. (The achievement was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion indicated the end of the third quarter.) Planning. Research, and Evaluation A. Monitors conduct AMPT monitoring visits in 26 classrooms. (This activity was initiated 03/14/94 and was completed 03/17/94.) B. Sent copies of AMPT checklists to selected Principals, Asst. Supts., Assoc. Supt. for Deseg., and Deputy Supt. for review. 03/22/94.) (The achievement occurred Assistant Superintendent (Greaillion) A. Formal and informal school visits are scheduled and completed on an on-going basis to assess progress. (This activity was initiated 08/93 and 90X completion was docunented the end of the third quarter.) B. Monitoring visits are followed up with written communication to the Principals. (This activity was initiated 06/93 and 90X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) July 1, 1993 Jine 30, 1994 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 402 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Assistant Si^its., Principal, Staffs, Educational PrograsB 1.2 (Schedule of meetings and documentation of participants) 1.2 (The monitoring team will report back to the principal the assessment of their classroom visits)Page: 58 Prograa Seq *: 096 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportinities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Miaber 1.3 Page 41 1.4 Page 41 2. Page 41 2.1 Page 41 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 9. (cont'd) 1.3 CoRiilation of coaiperative data by school. 1.4 Evaluation of data with rtctendotions for changes/iaproveaKnts 2. Disaggregation of test results by grade, by race (and by gender) for review and asaessarnnt for intervention purposes. 2.1 School analysis of test results by grade, teachers, race, and stbject area. Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Review Stanford 8 results. (Activity was started and completed 9/93). Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review Stanford*8 results. (At the end of the third quarter SOX completion was reported.) 8. Review H.P.T. results. (At the end of the third quarter SOX conpletion was reported.) July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 403 Jine 30,1994 Jine 30, Jine 30, Jine 30, 1994 1994 1994 Educational Prograaa Principals and Staff (Principals, Staffs) Principals, staffs. Assistant SM\u0026gt;ts., Plaming/Resesr ch /Evaluation 1.3 (Graphs or tables illustrating yearly changes in scores on state and standardized tests will be prepared and distributed to all schools) 1.4 (Each school's staff will analyze and evaluate all data with reconvnendations for changes and/or improvements) 2. (Intervention strategies to reduce disparity by race and gender wilt be written at each grade level where disparities exist) 2.1 Data assessaent and docuaented interventions as 2.1 (Intervention strategies will be written to address any disparities in race occurring in subject areas)Page: 59 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograai Naae: School Operations Prograe Code: Priaery Leader: Or. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograe Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page NuNber 2.2 Page 41 2.3 Page 41 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Stanford 8 Test and Arkansas Nininun Performance Test results are all reviewed and recorded for conferencing. (Activity was initiated 09/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 2.2 Developsient of coa^rative data to assess disparity areas, if any* 2.3 Preparation of intervention plans to address specific student needs. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review educational plans and ASOP's quarterly with the Building Principal. (At the end of the third quarter 75X completion was documented.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Reviewed school plans of written interventions for the at*risk students each quaPt^Ply period. (This activity was introduced 10/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/03/94 Juw 30, 1994 Jwe 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 (Planning, Evaluation and Testing, Principals, and Staff Principals, Staff, Asst. SiB\u0026gt;ts., Assoc. SiB\u0026gt;ts. 2.2 Report of outcoaes 2.2 (Correlation of grades between races will be analyzed for additional remediation) 2.3 Existence of plans 2.3 (Intervention plans addressing specific student needs will be prepared and distributed by the teachers within and between the grades) 404Program Seq *: 098 Progran Naae: School Operations Progran Code: Progran Goal: Plan Reference Page Hiadaer 10. Psge 42 1. Page 42 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prinary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportioities for all students in the LRSD. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Page: 60 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Central Office Administrators Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10. To give school principals sufficient authority to improve schools and to advocate for students, and to hold theai accointable for results and opportunities for all students. July 1. 1993 Jine 30, 1994 (Board of Directors, Superintendent, Cabinet) 10. (The annual school report should reflect an increase in achievement and a reduction in disparity) 1. Develop/enhance site-based nanageaKnt at designated schools. 1. (Form a committee to define site-based management and to survey school principals for interest in piloting) 1.1 Staff development for principals. 1.1 (Make available to all principals ongoing staff development programs that will enhance their skills) Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Hold Elementary Principal Cluster Meetings. (Activity for this achievement was introduced 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Directed Elementary Principals' Meetings for specific topics of inservice. (Activity for this achievement was introduced 09/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 Jian 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 (Representatives from Principals' Roundtable, Staff Development, Asst. Supts.) 1. Principal Evaluation Process 1. (Implement site-based management plan for the pilot schools) 4 n r  I u JPage: 61 Progran Seq *: 096 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Progran Nane: School Operations Progran Code: Prianry Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Mudser 1.1 Page 42 1.2 Page 42 1.3 Page 42 1 ) (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Hold Secondary Principals Meetings. (Activity was initiated 9/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) Staff Development A. Four leadership classes were held that addressed Effective Schools and Equity. (These activities occurred from 01/25/94 through 03/15/94.) 1.2 Revision of district procedures to provide technical si^iport from central office rather than strict control. 1.3 Enhance principal accowtability for program at the building. Planning, Research, and Evaluation A. Advise Principals on Desegregation Plans via Program Budget Docunent Inservices. (This activity was initiated 09/23/94 and continues throughout FY 93- 94.) 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 07/01/93 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jine 30, 1994 06/30/94 03/31/94 Assoc, and Assistant Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts. (Staff Development) (Planning, Research, and Development\nPrincipals\nPrincipals* Roundtable) (Asst. Supts.) 1.1 Conduct of staff development 1.1 (A quarterly report will identify each principal and the workshop in which he/she participated) 1.2 Principal FeatncR 1.2 (A survey will be implemented by the principals to identify the district procedures that they consider to be barriers) 1.3 Asst. Slot, evaluations of school cliamte and programs and principal aneaeagnt of these 1.3 (Assistant Supts. will provide feedback to principals regarding his/her performance throughout the year preceding the written evaluation) / n i U OPage: 62 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograai Naaie: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goel: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Quarterly monitoring visits. 4 a continuous function having begun 07/01/93.) (This is 01/03/94 03/31/94 6. Review of the school climate survey information with the principal. (This activity occurred 07/01/93-03/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Informal School Visits. (Activity was started 9/93 and a 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) B. Participation with principals on connittees on building issues. (Activity was started 9/93 and a 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) C. Provide resources to principals. (Activity was initiated 9/93 and a 75X completion was reported 3/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Formal, informal, and telephone visits with principals to maintain an on-going evaluation regarding school programs and their successes. (Activity began 08/93 and 90X completion was reported 03/31/94.) B. Written feedback was provided to a Principal regarding formal visits regarding performance. (Activity began 10/93 and 90X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 407 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94Page: Program Seq #: 09B Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 2. Page 42 10. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. Provide support to revitalize school environments to make it conducive to student learning and to order. July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 Director of Support Services, Asst. Supts., Dept. Heads) 2. (Number of requests completed will be compared to the number of requests made by the school principals in order to evaluate support given by the district in a timely manner) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Informal visits to schools. (Activity was initiated 9/93 and a 75% completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) B. Provide assistance to principals when requested or is warranted. (Activity was initiated 9/93 and a 75% completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Grounds and buildings were surveyed to identify maintenance needs. (Activity was initiated 10/93 and 75% completion was reported 03/31/94.) B. School Climate surveys were reviewed and analyzed to plan for appropriate interventions by the principals. (The achievement was introduced 09/93 and 100% completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) 403 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94Psge: filo Prograa Seq *: 096 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry UiUiams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportwiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Niaber 2.1 Page 42 3. Page 42 3.1 Page 42 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafjletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Plan of district school renovation to meet prograanntic and student population needs. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Provide information to appropriate personnel to insure renovations meet programmatic and student needs. (This is a continuous activity which was initiated 07/01/93.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Assisted Principals and Support Services in organizing and updating a priority list of needs for each school in Cluster A. (Activity occurred 01/94.) 3. Respond to principal requests for assistance in a timely manner. 3.1 Set i^ format for technical assistance with assigned personnel to uorfc with individual schools. 3.1 (Provide to the principals an organizational chart with names and job responsibilities as a format for technical assistance) 410 07/01/93 01/03/94 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 06/30/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jow 30, 1994 Jine 30, 1994 Si\u0026lt;port Services (Asst. Supts.) (Director of Support Services) Assoc, and Assistant Sipts., Educational Programs Curriculia Directors, $i\u0026lt;}ervisors, and Coordinators (Communications Dept.) 2.1 (Identify the number of renovations completed which enhance programmatic and student population needs) 3. (List number of requests received and identify number of actions taken) 3.1 Coaf\u0026gt;letian of task and principal evaluation of plan 3.1 (Quality feedback from the principals on the timeline completion for assistance requested)Page: 65 Prograa Seq f: 09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Progran Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goel: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportoiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nud\u0026gt;er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Secure services of curriculum specialist to provide technical assistance to principals when necessary. (The activity commenced 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Directed the ABACUS technicians to provide assistance to schools showing little or no progress on the use of the ABACUS. (This activity was introduced 10/93 and 90X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 6. Documented each school's progress on the ABACUS and conferenced with all principals. (Activity was initiated 01/94 and 90X completion was reported 03/31/94.) C. Provides written feedback on personnel not using the ABACUS. (Activity started 01/94 and 90X completion was reported 03/31/94. Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Directed Curriculixn Specialists to provide assistance to principals where necessary. (Activity was initiated 9/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) Cowniuni cat ions Department A. 1993/94 LRSD Organizational Chart completed. (This activity was initiated 07/01/93 and was completed 12/31/93.) 411 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94Page: 66 Prograa Seq *: 09B Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Progran Maae: School Operations Progran Code: Priaary Leader: Or. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Begiming Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Be available for technical assistance when requested. (This activity was initiated 07/01/93 and continues throughout the fiscal year.) 01/03/94 03/31/94 412Prograa Seq *: 09B Prograa Naaa: School Operations Program Code: Prograa Goal: Plan Reference Page NuiRjer 11. Page 43 1. Page 43 1.1 Psge 43 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Page: 67 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Central Office Aobninistrators Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 11. To review staffing patterns and staff assignaents in all schools and district offices for equity. 1. Update review of recruiting needs by age, race, sex, and seniority in positions in the district to ascertain projected needs. Assistant Stperintendent (Anderson) A. Review Master schedules and staff changes. (Activity initiated 8/93 and a 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) 1.1 Review of all current staffing with identification of staff by sex, race, and subject area Uw will be retiring to project needs Assistant Superintendent (GremiUion) A. Assist principals in staff placement, transfers, and new hires to maintain equitable and gender representation. Minority Recruiter A. Request for forecast based on 1.1 is being prepared by Information Services. However, the nmber of retirees for the preceding three (3) years is taken into consideration when reserving a number of slots for minorities, initiated 07/01/93.( (Activity was 413 July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/94 Jue 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 (Principal, Staff, Asst. Supts., Monitoring Team) (Director of Human Resources, Principals, Department Heads and Recruitment Officer) Director of Huaan Resources, Principals (Department Heads) 11. (Equitable racial and gender representation in all positions will be achieved) 1. District-wide monitoring process (all departments) 1. (A structured process will be implemented in the Human Resources Office to make lists of applicants by race available to the principals in a timely manner) 1.1 Completion of tasks 1.1 (Provide and maintain an updated list of those staff members who will be retiring) 1.1 (Review available staffing)Page: 68 PrograM Seq f: 09B Revision Date: May 10, 1994 PrograM NaMe: School Operations PrograM Code: Priaary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators PrograM Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page NiMber 1.2 Page 43 2. Page 43 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Early retirement incentive programs has been defined, approved and circulates to employees. 01/03/94.) (Activity was introduced 1.2 Projection of student population on two-year basis to validate expected needs. 2. Review of position assignaMnts related to racial equity (so) so that all races are represented in every position and job description in the district. Minority Teacher Recruiter A. District profile report developed, reflecting racial equity by district-wide positions. (Activity occurred 07/01/93- 10/01/93.) 414 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 03/31/94 Jine 30, 1994 Jine 30, 1994 03/31/94 Assoc. for Desegregation (Director of Human Resources, Principals, and Department Heads) 1.2 (A student population projection will be published) 2. (Annual study of report provided by Hunan Resources showing all positions in the district by race and sex)Page: 69 Prograa Seq *: 09e Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Kasa: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Or. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Hiaber 2.1 Page 43 2.2 Page 43 11. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Developsient and assessamnt of school and divisional staffing patterns. Minority Teacher Recruiter A. 51 school sites were assessed. Twelve (12) sites were less than 25X minority faculty\nsix (6) schools had a minority teaching staff that exceeded SOX of the total teaching force\nthirty-three (33) sites were in the acceptable range of LRSD's staff guidelines. (This activity occurred from 07/01/93-10/01/93.) B. Of the minority new hires, (certified staff) from July 1, through October 1, 1993, 61X or 39 were primary results of LRSD's Affirmative Action recruiting efforts. Documentation is on file in Human Resources. 2.2 Recruitiaent of support and nonteaching staff to reflect equitable racial representation in all positions. Minority Teacher Recruiter A. Visited and presented to four (4) sites: (1) Memphis State University\n(2) Pines Technical College\n(3) Great Rivers Vocational School\n(4) Four LRSO High School. 415 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 01/03/04 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 Jme 30, 1994 03/31/94 03/31/94 Jua 30, 1994 03/31/94 Director of Husan Resources, Principals, Depertaent Heads (Assistant Supts.) Principals, Director of Huaan Resources (Recruiting Officer) 2.1 Coapletion of tasks 2.1 (Assess annual school study to ensure the staffing patterns are meeting the district's staffing guidelines) 2.2 Enhance racial balance in all positions 2.2 (The number of support and non-teaching staff recruited will reflect an equitable racial representation as measured by LRSD guidelines) 2.2 (Equitable racial and gender representation in all positions will improve)Prograa Seq *: 090 Prograa Naaa: School Operations Prograa Code: Prograa Goal: Plan Reference Page Nudber 12. Page U 1. Page 44 1.1 Page 44 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Priaary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Collation Date Page: 71 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Central Office Administrators Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 12. To establish recruitment prograae for representation of minorities in all positions. 1. Create pool of currently-certified teacher applicants and of students pursuing certification. 1.1 Share applicant pools with PCSSD/NLRSO (see collaborative) 1.1 (''Collaborative\" refers to the Desegregation Plan) Minority Teacher Recruiter A. LRSD shares its minority applicant pools with PCSSD/NLRSO on a regular basis to meet mutual staffing goals. Referrals are made through telephone calls and recruitment registry when requested. (Activity conmenced 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) 416 July 1993 June 30, 1994 12. Increase in representation of ainority persons as coqiared to baseline data. July 1, July 1, 1993 1993 01/03/94 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 (Director of Hunan Resources, Minority Recruiter, Asst. Supts.) Hunan Resources Directors-- three districts (LRSD Minority Recruiter) 1. (The number of applicants in the pool (by race and gender) will be recorded in the Hunan Resources Office and updated each semester) 1.1 Coapletion of task 1.1 (The number and names of applicants by race and gender will be shared with the other school districts)Page: 72 Prograa Seq *: 098 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Maae: School Operations Prograai Code: Priaary Leader: Dr. Henry Uilliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Adninistrators Prograai Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Muaber 1.2 Page U Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Share with NLRSO/PCSSD recruitment processes at loca\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\u003cdcterms_creator\u003eLittle Rock School District\u003c/dcterms_creator\u003e\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_214","title":"Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 4","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1994-05-13"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational statistics"],"dcterms_title":["Little Rock School District (LRSD) Third Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 4"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/214"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLRSD PY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 12 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 11. 1994 Program Name: In-School Suspension Program Code: n Primary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Program Description: This program provides alternatives to out-of-school suspension which allows students (climate) to continue their education. The Alternative Learning Center (ALC) provides the support (academic, educational, and social) necessary to students so that students can return to their regular school settings and function effectively. The student population at ALC consists of \"at risk\" youngsters, those who are at compulsory attendance age and are experiencing difficulties in school because of poor attendance, or other dysfunctional situations which seriously impede the student's ability to succeed. Students are referred to ALC by their home schools. A screening committee comprised of the junior high principals, and the director of ALC has the task of deciding which students can most benefit from the ALCs services. The ALC serves 7th, Sth, and 9th graders. District Goal Support: Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Program Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan References: L 34, L 30-38 FY Program Budget: $850,408.55 1st Qtr Expend: $70,413.69 3rd Qtr Expend: $206,189.31 FTE 25 YTD Expenditures: $471,756.72 2nd Qtr Expend: $195,153.72 4th Qtr Expend: I Related Function Codes: ] 467LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings.) Plan Reference Page HtaR\u0026gt;er L 30 L 30 L 30 L 30 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date (kapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To ensure an organizational structure bhich provides equal opportunity and access for parents, students and staff. 1. To review organizational structure in schools and central office to ensure sufficient support for students and staff success and for the i^\u0026gt;leaantatian of the desegregation plan. A. See staffing school personnel list filed. 1.1 Appoint school-based biracial coanittees to aonitor iapleaantation and data. (Report to faculty) ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. Chairperson has been chosen. B. Parents have been chosen. 1.2 A district-wide biracial coaaiittee will aamitor district-wide desegregation efforts and data and (report to Board) 1.3 Establish a reporting systea. 463 (07/01/93) 07/23/93 07/01/93 07/23/93 07/23/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 (06/30/94) 08/25/93 06/30/94 07/23/93 07/23/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 (Principals,, Assistant Supts., Assoc. Supt.) Principals, Assistant Sl\u0026lt;}ts. Assoc. Sigrt. of Educational Prograas, Assoc. Si\u0026lt;it. for Desegregation Associate Si4\u0026gt;ts., Assistant Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts. 1 1 (Sufficient program personnel are in place to meet the needs of all students in the program as aieasured by the monitoring instrument) (Satisfactory conpliance with the Education Equity Monitoring Docunent) 1.1 Survey of staff - patrons 1.1 School-level docuaentation of quarterly aeetings (ainutes, rosters) 1.2 Report of the biracial caaaittee 1.2 (Report from the monitoring of the biracial cormittee to the Board) 1.3 Monitoring reports district-wide biracial coaaitteesPage: 3 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Rane: In-School Suapension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader\nDr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings.) Plan Reference Page Huiber L 30 L 30 1. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coag\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To provide inservice to raise staff auereness/expectations of equity concerns for students. A. B. C. D. 07/01/95 06/30/94 (Local schools. Staff Development, Communications Dept., Staff Development, Academic Support) 2. Results of school climate survey 2. (Random survey results from Staff Development) Human Relations Inservice Teaching the At-Risk Student You Can Teach Them All Evaluated test scores - (Review of progress reports) 2.1 Inservice cycles for existing and new staff including: A. teacher expectations B. working with parents C. at-risk youth D. learning styles ALTERNATIVE LEARMIMG CENTER E. gang inservice F. emergency intervention 469 08/25/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 10/01/93 07/01/93 03/15/94 08/25/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 75X 75X 03/15/94 Appropriate AMociate Sigrts.f and Staff Development 2.1 Roeter of teachers/part i c i pat i ng staff Data-basad i^iroveBRnt in targeted student schools 2.1 (Evaluation of inservice segments by participants)Page: 4 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revisicxi Data: Hay 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-School Suapenaian Prograa Code: n Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities For students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings.) Plan Reference Page Hiaber L 30 L 30 1. (cont*d) Objectives Strategies 3. To provide prograam trfiich raise parental awareness of district structure, policy, and programs and ways to access them. 3. (Programs which demonstrate high quality of parent involvement) 3.1 Mini-seminars at PTA meetings and in the coamwiity. 3.1 (Evidence of quality programs presented to parents.) ALTERHATIVE LEARNIWG CEWTER A. Student Intake with Parental Involvement B. Media (Launch of Aquaculture Project) Beginning Date 07/01/93 (07/01/93) 07/01/93 Caiq\u0026gt;letion Date 06/30/94 (75X) 06/30/94 Responsibility (Coninun i ca t i ons Dept., Staff Development, and Academic Support) District staff PTA Council (local and area) Evaluation Criteria 3. Roster of attendance 3.1 Calendar showing programs held 3.1 (Calendar showing roster of participants and evaluation form) 3.1 (Evidence of parent participation\nincrease in number of parents involved in school activities including VIPS, PTA, Parent Forums\nend increase in student achievement data\nand increase in number of students above the NCE on Stanford 8 and Abacus) 4 10Page: 5 Progrm Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Primry Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings.) Plan Reference Page Niaber L 30 L 30 1. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Media (Radio Program with staff interviews regarding school programs) 4. To monitor school standards to ensure hi^ quality education for all students. 4.1 4.1 A. 07/01/93 75X Review data (List data, achievement, discipline, promotion, retention, increase or decrease of white students, mjnber above and below state reference point to assess strengths, needs, and strategies.) Review grade distribution, ribbon and trophy awards. ALTERNATIVE LEARN IMG CENTER B. 4.2 07/01/93 02/24/94 75X 02/24/94 Enlist New Futures Intervention team from Hoover. 1. Reading Specialist 2. Hath Specialist School Bonitoring visits 471 02/24/94 07/01/93 02/24/94 75X Associate Sipt., Principals, Assistant Starts. Planning, Research, and Evaluation 4.1 Calendars of visits 4.1 (Staff, facilities, climate, administration, organization, and achievement levels) 4.1 Fewer incidents of disruptive behavior. 4.2 Monitoring reports 4.2 (Staff Climate Survey)__________________LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 6 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Haaa: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nuriier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 31 2. To provide a climate in each school which is based on the belief and expectation that all children can learn and to provide resources necessary to s(\u0026lt;]port that belief. (Principals, Teachers, Assistant Supts.) 1. Provide education to staff and patrons regarding school culture and positive school climate. 07/01/93 06/30/94 1. Utilization of the school climate survey 1. (Results of school climate survey report) ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. You Can Teach Them All 09/14/93 75X B. Teaching The At-Risk Student C. Human Relations D. News and Radio publication, E. Counseling with school nurse F. Counseling with professionals conpliments of Professional Counseling Associates G. Counseling with New Futures Case Managers. L 31 2. (To work with teachers and principals to develop a positive school climate) 1.1 PTA Board and general meetings to have educational cosfionents regarding climate and expectations. 07/01/93 06/30/94 1.1 (LRSD expectations, teacher- designed instrument, clarify what kind of expectations'-achievement, behavior, attendance) 472 District personnel as desivwted by the Associate Si\u0026lt;t. 1.1 Agendas of aeetings Measurable iiqx*oveaents in individual school climates (1.1 Agendas of meetings and evidence of results of school climate survey report)Prograa Saq *: 12 Prograa Naae: Prograa Code: Prograa Goal: Plan Reference Page Himber L 31 L 31 L 31 L 31 Page: 7 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 In*School Suspension 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison To provide ecfuitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. 2. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Use of cable Channel 4 to carry brief isessages to staff regarding expectations, working with at-risk and disadvantaged students, and creating positive climate. 1.2 (Clarify performnce expectations, such as behavior emphasis on students falling below) 2. Monitor school climate and resource allocation. 2. (Review of annual school plan) 2.1 Monitor facility, staff morale, student achievement, status of media center books, and materials. ALTERHATIVE LEARWINS CEWTER A. B. C. 0. E. 2.1 2.2 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 75X Progress Reports (Quarterly) Staff meeting and evaluations for assessment of progress and morale (weekly) Staff birthday recognitions with pot luck lunches Female student fashion show with parental attendance Male student talent show with parental attendance (Assess staff morale, student achievement, etc.) Enhance equipaent, si^iplies, and materials in buildings. 473 08/23/93 01/01/94 08/23/93 07/01/93 75X 01/01/94 08/23/93 06/30/94 (Principals, Teachers, Staff Development, Communications Office) Assistant Si^s., Principals, Media Supervisor Assistant Supts., Principals, Media Stpervisor 1.2 (Assessing performance of the school principal) 2.1 Reports of Si^iervisors, Assistant Si^s. 2.2 (Improvement in the climate and environment and kinds of materials that are available)Page: 8 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nudaer L 31 L 31 2. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.2 (Provide resources) ALTERNATIVE LEARWIMG CENTER A. B. C. 2.3 2.3 Repeated Work Orders Frequent requests to appropriate support service Installed (1) Science Table Provide staff developsant and intervention plans as needed. (To provide staff development to aieet the instructional needs of principals, teachers, and all levels of staff) ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. B. 08/23/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 25X 25X 06/30/94 (Curriculum Supervisors) Assistant Supts., Principals, Media Supervisor, Identified District Staff 2.3 Staff Developamnt rosters 2.3 (Kinds of staff development programs developed for needs) 2.3 Quality of education survey results Project Wild (across the curriculum) PACE Training 3. To work with schools to help them design prograam Uiich aeet the specific needs of their stuxlents. 3. (Assist teachers and principals in the development of individual programs which address learning needs of students) 474 08/17/93 09/27/93 (07/01/93) 08/17/93 09/27/93 06/30/94 (Staff Development) (Associate Supt., Assistant Supts., Curriculum Supvs., Staff Development) 3. (Evidence of implementation of Desegregation Plan and School Improvement Plan)Page: 9 ProgpM Seq *: 12 Reviaion Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naoe: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Ntatier L 31 L 31 L 31 L 32 2. (cont*d) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.1 Provide resource assistance to school staffs. 3.1 (Provide resources, both hunan and financial, to teachers and principals in the development of educational programs) ALTERMATIVE LEARMIWG CENTER A. 6. 3.2 A. B. 3.3 Educational Prograas (Associate Supt., Principals) 3.1 Coas\u0026gt;letion of prograa design Networking to develop Project Wild and Horticulture Project - Game and Fish Connission Provided School Health Fair with local health care providers. Provide planning time and fonaats to school staffs) Planning time provided by master schedule Schedule modified to add activity schedule Develop school profiles which show coaplete data pictures. Set goals for i^N-oveaant. School Profile information entered on hard copy until district computer network is functional. 4. Establish a program to familiarize parents with school expectations and to build a partnership with them. Parent/student orientation student's entry. 09/23/93 01/04/94 07/01/93 01/04/94 07/01/93 08/30/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 03/09/94 75X SOX 75X 75X 08/30/93 75X 08/23/93 03/09/94 Associate Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;t. for Educational Prograam, Principals, School Principals and Staffs (Planning, Research, and Evaluation\nData Processing) (Asst. Supts., Principals, Media Supv.) 3.2 School profiles and annitored building plans 3.3 (Completed document)Psge: 10 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: Hay 2. 1994 Prograa Haae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Psge Hudier L 32 2. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Dste Coiq\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.1 Share schools* objectives, discipline policy, standards for testing, placing, and promoting students. 07/01/93 75X Principals, Staffs 4.1 Dcvelopaent of and sharing of school-based objectives, discipline policies, etc. ALTERNATIVE LEARNIWG CENTER A. Part of orientation. 08/23/93 09/30/93 B. Parental conferences during intake, and during behavior nxxiification procedure 08/23/93 75X 4.1 (At the beginning of school, do an annual school letter that shares policies and objectives) ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. School newspaper records school activities with regard to awards and special achievements (monthly). L 32 4.2 Involve parents as full partners in planning at schools for students' growth and success. 07/01/93 75X Principals, Staff, PTA Board, Patrons 4.2 Statistical i^irovcaent in student belMvior and achieveaKnt ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. Part of orientation. 12/15/93 12/15/93 B. Provide opportunities for parents as resource speakers. 08/23/93 10/26/93 C. Involve parents as participants on school bi-racial convnittee. 0. Involve parents in Chapter I reading conferences. E. Parents are invited to visit at any time 08/23/93 75X 47GPage: 11 Prograa Seq *: 12 Reviaion Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naaa: In*SchooI Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Mia*jer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria F. Send parent letters regarding emergency procedures, special programs 08/23/93 75X J 477LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 12 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Mudr L 33 L 33 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. To develop and implcarnnt policies which influence school climate and i^\u0026gt;rove discipline and student attendant Uiile also meeting individual student needs and learning styles. 3. (Design and put into place programs which improve school climate and improve discipline and student attendance while also meeting individual student needs and learning styles) 1. 1. Provide inservice training to district personnel on discipline in a desegregated setting. (Focus on how to use techniques that foster positive student behavior in a desegregated setting) A. B. C. (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Master Teacher Series - You Can Teach Them All Reinforcement - each staff meeting. Review district and school handbook. 1.1 Conduct inservice training on discipline management in all local schools. A. Maintenance in regular staff meetings. 478 08/17/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/17/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 (Principals, Parents, Staff Development, Student Hearing Officer) Director of Pupil Services, BuiIding Principals, Assistant Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts. 1, 1. (Comparative data annual school report for student attendance and student management quarterly reports) (Quarterly discipline management reports that will reflect a decrease in behavior referrals and suspensions) 1.1 (Rosters of meetings)Page: 13 Prograa Seq *: 12 Reviaion Date: Hay 2, 1994 Prograai Maae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader\nOthello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) 1.1 (Conduct inservice on an ongoing basis on positive discipline management in all local schools). A. Provide Hentor teacher for new teachers. 1.2 Provide follow-up training for new staff on a regular basis. 1.2 Provide ongoing training for all staff in working with at risk students. (07/01/93) 08/23/93 07/01/93 01/04/94 L 33 2. Provide inservice to district personnel on behavioral styles and learning styles of students with divergent backgromds. 2. (Conduct inservice on an ongoing basis on positive discipline management in all local schools) (07/01/93) (06/30/94) 08/23/93 06/30/94 75X (06/30/94) (Student Hearing Officer) BuiIding Principals, Director of Pi\u0026lt;\u0026gt;il Services (Director of Pupil Services, BuiIding Principals, Asst. Supts., Student Hearing Officer) 1.1 (Quarterly discipline management reports that wilt reflect a decrease in behavior referrals and suspensions) 1.2 (Quarterly discipline management reports that will reflect a decrease in behavior referrals and suspensions) 1.1 (Quarterly discipline management reports that will reflect a decrease in behavior referrals and suspensions) A. Utilize school personnel trained in cooperative discipline for mini training sessions. B. Provide for school personnel mini training sessions learning styles (True colors learning styles). 472Page: 14 Prograa Seq f: 12 Revision Date: May 2. 1994 Prograa Maae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable echjcational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 33 3. (cont'd) 2.1 Provide training for scfwol-based iiqM*oveaent teams (to involve staff and parents ibo will train staff at the school site with annual aaintenance). 2.1 (Provide ongoing training for staff to foster positive student behavior) ALTERHATIVE lEARMIHG CEWTER A. B. C. D. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Associate Stpts., Staff Oevelopaent, Identified Staff (Principals, Teachers, Hearing Officer, Data Processing) 2.1 (Quarterly reports should include positive as well as negative reports which show an increase in the citizenship honor roll in elementary schools. Should show an increase in the nunber of students that acquire \"1's\" and \"2's\" in citizenship at the secondary level) Provide incentive program, ALCAGO * Alternative Learning Center Academic Growth Opportunity. Consensus building session with students \"Uhat Students Wish Teachers Knew\" and \"What Teachers Wish Students Knew\" Intervention group sessions with girls. Group sessions with boys. Develop methods to fund incentive program. 3. Provide a coaaiittee to review attendance and discipline policies and data on an ongoing bMis to ensure equity of policy and policy adainistration. 480 08/23/93 01/01/94 (07/01/93) 75X 75X (06/30/94) (Principals, Teachers, Student Hearing Officer) 3. (Final report of the quarterly reviews)Page: 15 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Niater L 33 L 33 3. (cont'd) (X\u0026gt;jectives Strategies Beginning Date Caof\u0026gt;letian Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (Each school is to establish a convnittee to conduct quarterly reviews of attendance and discipline data to assess compliance with the goal of equitable policy and policy acbninistration. Conduct and report results of quarterly reviews.) ALTERNATIVE LEARMIMG CENTER A. Secured services of professional mental health person (weekly). Person completed internship and 07/01/93 09/30/93 left. New Futures Case Managers. 3.1 Coamiittee and scRxamaittee to include principals, staff, patrons, students (on the secondary level) arwt at least one (1) Board meat er to review data and rccoswnd modifications to meet students' needs and district needs. 3.1 (Establish a district-wide conmittee to review the local school committee reports which should include attendance, discipline data interventions by race and gender. The district- wide committee will report the results of the review to the Associate Supt. of Desegregation.) 3.2 Revise student handbooks as needed A. Updated 92-93 Handbook 07/01/93 07/01/93 09/16/93 481 06/30/94 06/30/94 09/16/93 Associate Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts., Principals, Teachers, Director of Pi^il Services (Hearing Officer, Desegregation Facilitator) (Principals, Teachers) 3.1 (Formal report identifying results of analysis of data received from local school connittees about level of compliance with district attendance and discipline policies) 3.2 (Student handbooks reflect compliance with current district attendance and discipline policies)Page: 16 Prograai Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: !n-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nudwr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) 3.2 (Update student handbooks annually to ensure continued compliance with district attendance and discipline policies) 3.3 The student hearing officer will be responsible for developing and monitoring plans to reduce the disparity of disciplinary actions. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Asst. Supts., Teachers, Parents, Principals, Student Hearing Officer) 3.3 (Analysis of quarterly reports in chart form to determine decrease in reported discipline sanctions) 3.3 (Use evidence of district-wide reports to provide guidance to local schools in formatting plans to reduce disparity of disciplinary actions) Senior High Schools A. One high school reported using the tn* School Suspension Program for guidance. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Area Junior Nigh Schools A. Four area junior high schools docunented the use of district'Wide reports to provide guidance. Ex: Reviewed Quarterly Discipline Report 01/03/94 03/31/94 Junior High Magnet Schools A. Both magnet junior high schools reported using district-wide reports for guidance. Elementary Area Schools 01/03/94 03/31/94 A. Twenty-one area schools report using district-wide reports to provide guidance in formatting plans to reduce disparity of disciplinary actions. 01/03/94 03/31/94 Elementary Magnet Schools 48^Page: 17 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Masa: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Niaber L 33 L 34 3. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Five Elementary Magnet Schools report using district-wide reports to provide guidance in formatting plans to reduce disparity of disciplinary actions. Elementary Interdistrict Schools A. Both schools report having a connittee to review information and to submit quarterly reports. 4. 4. 5. 01/03/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 Appoint joint coaHittee with PCSSO and NLRSO. (. . .to establish a uniform attendance and discipline policy.) 4.1 Review attendance and disciplinary policies and consequences. ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. Parent and student must sign contract regarding student behavior upon entry. Weekly (Monday) reinforcement. Put in place alternatives to suspension across the district with at least one such intervention to be placed at each school. ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. Leveled Discipline Plans (Level I, Level II, Level III) B. Intervention vis Delta Services Team 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 483 06/30/94 06/30/94 75X 06/30/94 75X 75X (Associate Supt. for Desegregation) Associate Sifjts., appointed staff three school districts (use Tri-Oistrict Coaponent) (Principals, staff, Asst. Supts.) 4. 5. (Evidence of a uniform discipline policy) 4.1 Review and revision of Tri-Oistrict attendance and disciplinary policies (Review of suspensions report to determine decrease in out-ofschool suspensions at individual schools)Page: 18 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: In-SchooI Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Ntaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) C. Intervention via parents, pastors, case workers SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Three of six high schools identified alternative programs to suspension. B. One of six high schools reported activities in a program designed to reduce suspensions as an alternative to suspension. C. One high school identified an alternative program to suspension. AREA JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Five of the six area junior high schools indicated the use of alternatives to suspensions. B. Two of the six area junior high schools reported the establishment and use of alternatives to suspension. Examples: Detention hall\npeer helpers C. Four junior high schools docunented the placement of alternatives to suspension. Ex: Gentlemen's Club JUNIOR HIGH MAGNET SCHOOLS A. Both magnet schools reported alternative programs to suspension. 08/23/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 75X 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 484Page: 19 ProgroH Seq #: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograai Naae: !n-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CoHfiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) B. Both magnet schools have in place alternatives to suspension. Examples: Saturday D-Hall and inschool suspension. C. Both magnet junior high schools identified alternative programs to suspension. ELEMEMTARY AREA MAGWET SCHOOLS A. The schools have programs in place. ELEMEMTARY IMTEROISTRICT MASWET SCHOOLS A. Both schools are not reporting interventions this quarter. B. One of the schools reported supplying behavior document reports for certified staff use. One school reported having a discipline plan revision committee. INCENTIVE SCHOOLS A. Five schools have at least one intervention in place as an alternative to suspension. Example: an in-school suspension strategy, role model mentors, counselor interventions ELEMENTARY AREA SCHOOLS A. Twelve schools report having in place alternatives to suspensions. B. Five area schools report having alternatives to suspensions. 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 08/24/93 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 10/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 09/30/93 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 485Page: 20 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goel: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nudser L 34 3. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date (Zoiqpletion Date Responsibility evaluation Criteria 5.1 Develop school-based discipline plans to be reviewed at district level and to include suspension alternatives. ALTERNATIVE LEARMIMG CENTER A. Individual Student Contracts B. Institute program for grouping. study carrel, parent conferences, etc. C. Provide for small group, round table, and mentor counseling. SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Three of six high schools reported completing the development of discipline management plans. B. Two high schools reported the continued development and review of discipline management plans. AREA JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Three of the six area junior high schools have developed schoolbased discipline plans. B. One of the six area junior high schools has developed school-based discipline plans which include suspension alternatives. C. Three area junior high schools documented evidence of school-based discipline plans, detention hall Ex: Noon'time JUNIOR HIGH MAGNET SCHOOLS 07/01/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/24/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 436 06/30/94 75X 75X 75X 09/30/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 10/31/93 03/31/94 Assistant Sipts., Principals, School-based staffs 5.1 (Submission to Asst. Supts. of school plans that identify alternatives to out-of- school suspensions)Page: 21 Prograa Seq f: 12 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-SchooI Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader\nOthello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Minfeer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) A. One magnet junior high school reported completing the development of discipline management plans. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Both magnet junior high schools have developed school-based discipline plans which include suspension alternatives. 10/01/93 10/31/93 C. Both magnet junior high schools reported the coepletion of the development and maintenance of discipline management. 01/03/94 03/31/94 ELEHEHTARY AREA HAGMET SCHOOLS A. Plan in place at two schools. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Two magnet schools report having developed school-based discipline plan. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C. Elementary magnet schools have developed school-based discipline plans which include suspension alternatives and reviewed by the assistant superintendent. 01/03/94 03/31/94 ELEHEHTARY INTERDISTRICT HAGMET SCHOOLS A. Both schools report having implemented a positive discipline plan. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. One school reports including positive discipline practices in everyday learning situations. One school reports the use of their Discipline Plan Revision Comnittee. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C. Both schools report having plans which include suspension alternatives and reviewed by the assistant superintendent. 01/03/94 03/31/94 437Page: 22 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Niaber L 34 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) INCENTIVE SCHOOLS A. Five incentive schools submitted annual school plans addressing suspension alternatives. ELEMENTARY AREA SCHOOLS A. B. 08/24/93 09/30/93 Nine schools report having school- based discipline committees in place. Five area schools report including positive discipline practices in everyday learning situations. Two area schools reported that their discipline committees were charged with the responsibility of finding alternatives to suspension. C. Twenty-one elementary area schools have developed school-based discipline plans which include suspension alternatives and reviewed by the assistant superintendent. 5.2 Effectiveness of these alternatives to be regularly assessed. ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. Student Progress Reports (Quarterly) 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 07/01/93 08/23/93 438 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 75X 75X (Principals^ Staffs, Schoolbased Conmittees, Assistant Supts., Hearing Officer) 5.2 Existence of alternative plan in each building 5.2. (Submission to Asst. Supts. of school plans that identify alternatives to out-ofschool suspensions\nevidence of decrease in out-of-school suspensions)Page: 23 Progrea Seq *: 12 Revision Dste: May 2, 1994 Prograa Haae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) B. Increase in Level 111 participation (Quarterly) 08/25/93 09/30/93 C. Quarterly review of students via interviews, counseling, reports. 08/25/93 75X D. Review by placement team. SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. One high school reported conducting regular meetings to review discipline alternatives. B. One of the six high schools reported assessment activities relating to alternatives to suspension during the second quarter. C. Five high schools reported conducting meetings regularly to assess discipline alternatives. AREA JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Two of the six schools reported reviewing end assessing the effectiveness of alternatives. C. B. Two of the six area junior high schools documented that alternatives to suspensions are regularly assessed for effectiveness. Example: Adninistrative Team Three area junior high schools employed techniques for assessing the effectiveness of suspension alternatives. Ex: Adninistrative meetings both district and in-house. JUNIOR HIGH MAGNET SCHOOLS 08/25/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 489 75X 09/30/93 10/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94Prograa Seq *: Prograa Naae: Prograa Code: Prograa Goal: Plan Reference Page Nuiber Page: 24 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 In*School Suspension 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) A. One school indicated monitoring was done through discipline quarterly reports. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Both magnet junior high schools assess regularly their alternatives to suspensions. 10/01/93 12/31/93 Examples: B.C.C. meetings and Quarterly Discipline Report C. Both magnet junior high schools reportedly reviewed and assessed the effectiveness of alternatives. ELEMENTARY INTERDISTRICT MAGNET SCHOOLS A. Both schools report having distributed to their staffs positive alternatives to suspension. B. Both schools report the distribution of positive alternatives to suspension to their staffs. INCENTIVE SCHOOLS A. Two schools reported having the committee address effectiveness quarterly. ELEMENTARY AREA SCHOOLS A. Five schools report having distributed to their staff positive alternatives to suspensions. B. Twelve area schools report having distributed positive alternatives to suspension to their staffs. 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 430 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93Page: 25 Progr Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Mane: !n-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader\nDr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal\nTo provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nud9er L 34 L 34 3. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coiiif\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Twenty elementary area schools reports assessing the effectiveness of alternatives to suspensions regularly. Elementary Magnet Schools A. Five elementary magnet schools reports assessing the effectiveness of alternatives to suspensions regularly. Elementary Interdistrict Schools A. Both elementary interdistrict schools reports assessing the effectiveness of alternatives to suspension regularly. 6. Establish a school-based student discipline and attendance incentive system at each school. ALTERNATIVE LEARMIWG CEMTER A. Incentive program in place 6. (. . .as part of the annual school plan which should result in improved attendance and a decrease in disciplinary sanctions.) ALTERMATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. Weekly Attitude Rewards 8. Weekly Behavior Rewards C. Weekly Academic Rewards SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Three of the six schools reported having discipline/attendance incentive programs. 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/24/93 491 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 07/01/93 75X 75X 75X 09/30/93 (Principals, Staffs, School* based Convnittees 6. (Submission of annual school reports to the Asst. Supts. will give evidence of improvement and a decrease in the attendance and disciplinary sanctions)Page: 26 Progran Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: ln*School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Miafcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) 8. One of the six high schools reported activities related to an incentive program during the second quarter. C. Two high schools reported the existence of a school-based student discipline and attendance incentive program. Ex: Implementation of Portfolio Assessment Program. AREA JUmOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Four of the six junior high schools have established incentive programs to improve student discipline and attendance. C. 8. One of the six junior high schools has reportedly established disciplinary and attendance incentive systems. Two area junior high schools documented evidence of the establishment of a school'based student discipline and attendance incentive system. Ex: Breakfast of Champions JUNIOR HIGH MAGHET SCHOOLS A. One of the two junior high magnet schools reported having discipline/attendance incentive programs. C. 8. Both of the junior high magnet schools have established discipline and attendance incentive systems. Example: Awards Assemblies Both magnet junior highs have established and use a school-based student discipline and attendance incentive system. Ex: Incentive Day 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 49 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 9Page: 27 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Dste: Kay 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Mmfeer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) ELEMENTARY AREA MAGNET SCHOOLS A. All elementary magnet schools have programs in place. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. One magnet school reported having established a school-based student discipline and attendance incentive system. C. All elementary magnet schools have established a school-based incentive system for student discipline and attendance. ELEMENTARY INTERDISTRICT MAGNET SCHOOLS A. One school reports that they examine student records associated with discipline and attendance. One school reports that awards assemblies are ongoing. B. Both schools have established a school-based incentive system for student discipline and attendance. ELEMENTARY INCENTIVE SCHOOLS A. One school reports school-based committee to visit homes. ELEMENTARY AREA SCHOOLS A. Twelve area schools report having established a school-based student discipline and attendance incentive system. B. Twenty elementary area schools have established a school-based incentive system for student discipline and attendance. 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 493Page: 28 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: In-SchooL Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nudtter Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf}letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) 6.1 Review research and develop rewards prograai so that recognition and incentives will be individual to the school. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals/ Staff, Assistant Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts., VIPS, Patrons 6.1 Statistical data to stfiport validity of plan and iafrovearnnt in discipline and behavior 6.1 (The research will be reviewed annually to determine revision needs of school incentive systems) 6.1 (Submission of annual school reports to the Asst. Supts. wi11 show an improvement in discipline and behavior) ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. ALCAGO Cards (Incentives) 08/23/93 75X B. Weekly Videotaped Rewards Program 09/09/93 75X C. Planning for 9th Grade Graduation Ceremony 09/20/93 75X 0. Continue Student of the Week recognition. 08/26/93 75X E. Continue ALCAGO point award. 08/23/93 75X F. Living History assenbly featuring Mrs. Edith McClinton, a handicapable senior citizen 03/10/94 03/10/94 G. Crafts sessions H. Group counseling with New Futures Intervention team I. Continuation of radio program SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Three of the six high schools reported activities related to the development of incentive activities during the second quarter. 10/01/93 12/31/93 434Page: 29 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal\nTo provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Ntaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) B. Four high schools reported the development of a rewards program. AREA JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Three of six junior high schools reported the development of rewards and incentives. Examples: Student of the Week, Instruction Awards, Assistant Principal Recognition. B. One of the six junior high schools cited relative incentive strategies for their schools. C. Three area junior high schools reported the development of a rewards program. JUNIOR HIGH MAGNET SCHOOLS A. One of the two junior high magnet schools cited the recognition of outstanding student leaders as a relative incentive strategy for that individual school. B. Both magnet junior high schools reported the continued development and use of rewards and incentives for the third quarter. Ex: Student Recognition Day ELEMENTARY AREA MAGNET SCHOOLS A. Data reviewed at three schools. 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 493Page: 30 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-SchooI Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Ntwfcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) B. Three schools report having reached and developed reward programs for recognition and incentives unique to their schools. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C. AU schools report reviewing the literature and developing reward and incentive programs which are individual to the school. ELEMENTARY IMTEROISTRICT MAGMET SCHOOLS A. Both schools report recognition programs individual to their schools B. Both schools report using credible reward programs for the purpose of student motivation and achievement. C. Both schools report reviewing the literature and developing reward and incentive programs which are individual to the school. ELEMENTARY IMCEMTIVE SCHOOLS A. Three incentive schools reported a plan for incentives. ELEMENTARY AREA SCHOOLS A. Eleven schools have established reward/incentive programs for the individual school. 6. Nine area schools report having reached and developed reward programs for recognition and incentives unique to their schools. 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 496Page: 31 Prograa Seq f: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograai Maaa: In-SchooL Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Muifcer L 34 Objectives Strategies Begiming Date CcM^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) C. Twenty-three schools report reviewing the literature and developing reward and incentive programs which are individual to the school. 7. Provide cocrweling intervention for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance probleas. ALTERNATIVE LEARMIMG CENTER A. Group Counseling provided by Delta Services Team B. Planning for Health Fair (to be held in Deceni\u0026gt;er for Ist semester) C. Planning for Career Day (to be held in the Spring) 0. Planning for Field Day (to be held in May) E. Peer Counseling Program F. Weekly Stress Management Instruction SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Three of the six high schools reported the establishment of student assistance programs. B. Two of the six schools reported providing counseling interventions for students with chronic problems during the second quarter. 01/03/94 07/01/93 08/23/93 09/03/93 09/10/93 09/17/93 09/03/93 09/02/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 437 03/31/94 06/30/94 75X 75X 75X 25X 75X 75X 09/30/93 12/31/93 (Pupil Services Team, Counselors, Parents) 7. (Review of discipline and attendance records will show a decrease in chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems)Page: 32 Prograai Seq *: 12 Revision Date: Hay 2. 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Mmfeer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) C. Two high schools reported the provision of counseling intervention. Step-up Center Ex: 01/03/94 03/31/94 AREA JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Two of the six schools utilize Case Management Service Teams, Alternative Learning Center and the Student Assistance Team. 06/24/93 09/30/93 B. Two of the six schools reported that counseling interventions for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems were provided. Examples: New Futures and Pi|}il Services Team. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C. For the third quarter, three area junior high schools reported the provision of counseling intervention for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems. JUNIOR HIGH MAGNET SCHOOLS A. Both junior high magnet schools provide counseling interventions for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems. Example: Student Assistance Program B. Both schools provide counseling interventions for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems. Example: Student Assistance Program 01/03/94 10/01/93 10/01/93 498 03/31/94 12/31/93 12/31/93Page: 33 Prograai Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Program Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) C. Counseling intervention for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems was provided the third quarter. Ex: Student Assistance Program 01/03/94 03/31/94 ELEMENTARY IHTERDISTRICT HAGMET SCHOOLS A. One school reports counselor intervention for students in need. 10/01/93 12/31/93 8. Both schools reports providing counseling interventions for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems. 01/03/94 03/31/94 ELEMENTARY AREA SCHOOLS A. Three area schools report providing counseling interventions for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems. 10/01/93 12/31/93 B. Twenty-two schools reports providing counseling interventions for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems. Elementary Magnet Schools A. All magnet schools reports providing counseling interventions for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems. 7.1 Activate discipline/attendance intervention teams at school. Mandate the piR\u0026gt;il services team to do monitoring and involve the counselor with students who have discipline/attendance problems. 01/03/94 01/03/94 07/01/93 499 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 Principals, Guidance Departments, BuiIding Staffs, School Health Services Coordinator 7.1 Records of comseling intervention 7.1 (Review of discipline and attendance records wilt show a decrease in the chronic discipline and/or attendance proislems) ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTERPage: 34 Progm Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Progri Maae: In-SchooI Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) A. Teachers call parents of absent students daily. SEMIOR HIGH SCHOOLS A. Four of the six high schools reported attendance and/or discipline interventions or intervention programs in activity during the second quarter. B. Three high schools utilize periodic counselor/service team meetings. AREA JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS Four of the six junior high schools utilize periodic counselor/service team meetings. B. Three of the six junior high schools documented the activation of discipline/attendance intervention teams at school. C. Two area junior high schools docunented activities related to discipline/attendance teams. Ex: Use of Steering Committee in monitoring student discipline/attendance JUNIOR HIGH MAGMET SCHOOLS A. One of the two junior high magnet schools report the activation of the Pupil Services Team B. Both magnet junior high schools actively use discipline/attendance intervention teams at school. Ex: SAP Teams and ETM Teams meet and monitor students. 01/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 50 0 75X 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 12/31/93 03/31/94Page: 35 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Prograa Haae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Ntsiter Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. (cont'd) ELEMENTARY AREA HAGWET SCHOOLS A. Teams activated at four schools. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. One school reports having active discipline/attendance teams. C. All magnet schools reports having active discipline/attendance school intervention teams. ELEMENTARY IMTERDISTRICT MAGNET SCHOOLS A. Both schools employ counseling intervention strategies and involve the Pc^iI Services team on a regular basis. 8. One school reports utilizing building specialists and others to develop appropriate strategies and alternative interventions. C. Both schools reports having active discipline/attendance school intervention teams. INCENTIVE SCHOOLS A. Three incentive schools report having the pupil services team activated to meet with teachers as needed. ELEMENTARY AREA SCHOOLS A. Eleven schools have established discipline/attendance intervention school teams. B. Ten schools report having active discipline/attendance teams. 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 501 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93Page: 36 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nurter L 34 3. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Twenty-one schools reports having active discipline/attendance school intervention teams. 7.2 Involve parents In the teaa process regarding their children throu^ aeetlngs/conferences. 7.2 (. . .about identified attendance and/or disciplinary problems) A. Parental participation documented in Progress Report (Quarterly) 01/03/94 07/01/93 09/02/93 502 03/31/94 06/30/94 75X Principals, Parents, PTA Officers, PTA Cornell, Comselors, Pi\u0026lt;\u0026gt;il Services Teaas, School Health Services 7.2 Records of perents/teaa involveaent 7.2 (. . . will show an increase in the number of parents participating in the team process)LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 37 Prograa Seq *: 12 Reviaion Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 35 4. To provide guidance and comseling service which address students* needs, are st\u0026lt;]portive of strategies and interventions to enhance student success and expectations, and provide cooBssiications to faaiilies of students. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Cotnselors, Principals (Pupil Services Teachers, Parents, Teachers) 1. Guidance services, Arvual Report, and Report Cciqiarison 1. (Reports will show all students needing services will receive them) 1. Infora students of all opportwities available to thea and encourage thea to take advantage of these opportwities. 07/01/93 06/30/94 1. (Identify academic, emotional, social, and physical needs of students.) A. Counselor/nurse/mental health professional 1 (Identify needs of students (elementary) 1. (Secure the needed services utilizing district and community-based resources) B. Networking with business and mental health, and educational convnunities. 07/01/93 75X L 35 1.1 PiA\u0026gt;l1sh a doctaaent annually ahich lists financial aid, vocational and higher education opportmities for all studerrts. 07/01/93 75X Principals, Counselors, Vocational Director (Teachers, Parents) 1.1 (Make available) document(s). 503 1.1 Piiilications of doctaent 1.1 (Disseminate document to students and parents)Page: Prograa Seq *: 12 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Prograa Goal: Plan Reference Page Umber L 35 (L 35) L 35 L 35 3S Revision Date: Othello Faison Hay 2, 1994 To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. 4. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Encourage students to take advantage of opportiaiities open to them. 1.3 (Follow up to ensure that referral was appropriate intervention to enhance student success and expectations) 2. Hake parents partners in education of their children by anking information accessible to them and keeping them inforsmd. A. B. 2.1 2.1 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Hail information regarding school activities. Call parents. Hold a cosHStity educational meeting each year during the spring to inform parents of curricului and student opportunities (to include co- curricular activities) (Identify courses and activities available which will help prepare students for post secondary education and career preparation) 07/01/93 504 06/30/94 (Principals, Teachers, Parents, Students) (Principals, Teachers, Parents (Principals, Teachers, Parents) Principals, Counselors, Director of Guidance, Associate and Assistant Si4\u0026gt;ts. 1.2 Statistical increase in nudier of students, particularly minority students, receiving financial aid and proceeding into post secondary education (1.3 Docunentation will show referrals were appropriate) 2. (Reports will reflect an increase in the number of parents involved as partners in the education of their children) 2.1 Roster of aaetings (2.1 Number of students who graduate and elect advanced training/ education by race and gender)Prograa Seq *: 12 Progrea Naae: In*School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson V Page: 39 Revision Date: Mey 2, 1994 Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 35 4. (cont'd) A. B. C. Send home monthly newsletter Mail school designed progress reports (Sth week of each 9 week period) Telephone parents to advise special student progress/awards/ pre*suspension conference. 2.2 Provide written information to parents regarding curriculua and student skills. A. Prepare quarterly interim reports. S. Prepare and distribute informative brochures. C. Prepare and maiI report cards quarterly. 3. To make students aware of educational and post educational opportunities 08/30/93 09/25/93 08/30/93 75X 75X 75X (Counselors, Principals, Teachers, Vocational Director, Parents) (2.1 Report will show the targeted number of students who will enroll in upper*level classes and elect to attend post secondary education) 3. Disseminate documents to students and parents A. Make students aware of summer employment opportunities and sunner educational enrichment opportunities. 505Page: 40 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Prograa Haaa: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Number L 35 L 35 4. (cont'd) 4. (cant'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.1 A. 3.1 Skills and eaT\u0026gt;loyaent fair to be held annually in conjunction with business coaauiity. Planning for Health Fair (to be held in Dec. for let semester) (. . .and College Night) ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. Add GED Program project of Delta Service Corps 4. Create coaawity linkages to assist students in need of special services. ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. Secure volunteers from Delta Service Corps to work in the program. 506 07/01/93 09/03/93 01/04/94 07/01/93 08/23/93 75X 12/07/93 75X 75X 08/23/93 Vocational Teachers, Comselors, VolKiteers in Schools, PTA (Director of Pupil Services) (Counselors, Principals, Pupil Services Team (Elem), Parents) 3.1 EB|\u0026gt;loyaent Fair Student Attendance 3.1 (Participation rates of parents and students in the LRSD attending the employment fair and Collie Night will be conpiled and compared with previous attendance rates) 4. Report will reflect the nunber of conmunity linkages and their ability to meet the needs of targeted studentsPsge: 41 Prograa Seq f: 12 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Mudier L 35 L 35 4. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.1 A. B. Through Ford Collaborative, Neu Futures Initiation, city, courts, ptiilic, and private service providers, provide school linkages with guidance staff for student special needs interventions. Mew Futures Case Management Court Probation Officers Elementary Area Schools A. Twenty-one area schools report developing positive linkages between home and school. Elementary Magnet Schools A. All elementary magnet schools report developing positive linkages between home and school. 5. Create academic intervention strategies on a school basis. 5 (Include academic. . .in the annual school plan) 597 07/01/93 08/25/93 09/02/93 01/03/94 01/03/94 07/01/93 06/30/94 75X 75X 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 (kmnselors, LRSD Heu Futures Liaison, Associate and Assist. Supts., Deputy S^\u0026gt;t. (Principals, Staff, Asst. Supts.) 4.1 Established coamnity linkages 4.1 (Report will reflect the nunber of community linkages and their ability to meet the needs of targeted students) 5. (Annual School Report to include level of successful academic intervention as identified in the annual school improvement plan)Prograa Seq *: 12 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Prograa Goal: Plan Reference Page Niaber B  Secondary Leader: Page: 42 Revision Date: Othello Faison Mey 2, 1994 To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. (cont'd) 5.1 Each school to put into its annuel plan a desi^ied set of interventions to help increase student academic success\ni.e. Peer Tutoring, Volunteer Tutors. A. Utilize DSC as tutors. B. Institute academic individualized training in language arts, reading, and mathematics via PACE training system. C. Utilize 9th grade students as peer counselors and tutors 508 07/01/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 75X 75X 75X Principals, Staffs of BuiIdings, Assistance froai Educational ProgroBS, Associate and Asst. Supts. 5.1 Annual plan and annual evaluation report coaparison 5.1 (Annual School Report to include level of successful academic intervention as identified in the annual school improvement plan)LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Pase: 43 Progran Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Maae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cospletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 37 S. To provide guidance and counseling which makes students aware of their options and to assist students in acquiring habits and attitudes necessary for success in school and in later life. (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Principals, Counselors, Teachers, Staff Development) 1. Provide minicourses for students in study halls, testing skills, and pre- career skills in a sequenced program beginning in grade four and through high school. 1. (Offer test-taking, study skills, and pre-career skills through the elementary and secondary instructional and guidance programs) A. Provide students with practice taking standardized tests using the Test of Adult Basic Education (matched with the PACE program). 509 07/01/93 11/01/93 06/30/94 33X 1. Data gathered frost ptpit services team 1. (Data gathered by the Pupil Services Team will reflect an increase in the nurber of students passing courses, nunber of students who elect post high school career/educational opportunities, and a decrease in the dropout rate)Page: 44 Prograa Seq f: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Niiit\u0026gt;er 1.1 Page 37 5. (cont'd) L 37 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.1 1.2 1.2 Minicourses to be developed in sequence beginning with grade four. Provide teacher staff developamnt in the use of curriculua in these areas. (Offer appropriate staff development to teachers to support teaching of the curriculun) 510 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals, Classroom Teachers, VIPS, Guidance Comselors, Staff Dvlp. 1.1 Development of ainicourses 1.1 (Data gathered from grade distribution sheet will reflect an increase in nuvber of students who passed the courses and elect post high school career/ educational opportunities and a decrease in the dropout rate) 1.1 (Scope and sequence chart grades 4-12 that includes skills targeted for each level) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculua staff. Staff Developaent Director 1.2 Staff participation in these (comparative nuiRiers) 1.2 (Staff use of acquired skills will be reflected in daily instruction and in the students' academic achievement)Pave: 45 ProgrM Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Rasa: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Htufcer L 37 L 37 5. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. Raise awareness of student of (about) future career options. 2. (Increase student knowledge of future career options.) 2.1 Use of resource volunteers in classes and asseablies beginning in elementary schools to address career options. 511 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 (Curricului) staff. Staff Development Director, Pupil Services) Teachers grades 4-12 (VIPS, Partners in Education, Pupil Services, Counselors) 2. (Decreased drop-out rate, number of students who elect post high school career/educationaI opportunities will increase) 2. (Annual district survey will reflect a percentage increase in the number of students who pass courses, who elect post high school career/education opportunities, and a decease in the dropout rate) 2.1 Roater of voliaiteers, dates 2.1 (Decreased drop-out rate, number of students who elect post high school career and educational opportunities will increase)LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 46 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nimber 6. Page 3S 1.1 Page 38 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coopletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. To onnitor student class ratios and instructional practices to ensure equal opportmities for all students. 1. Achieve equity in class structure by grade and by stA\u0026gt;ject area. Review master schedule. 1.1 Review class ratios by stdiject, by class, (and) by teacher on a seaaster basis. A. Review master schedule. B. Review findings of biracial conmittee. 512 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 12/15/93 7SX 75X 75X 75X 75X 75X Principals, Assistant Stpts., Associate Sipts. Principals, Assistant Stilts., Associate St\u0026lt;its. 6. Sufficient prograa personnel are in place to aeet the needs of all students in the prograa as measured by the onnitoring instnjaent. 1. (Principals will be responsible for assigning students to grades and to subject areas in an equitable ratio as defined by the LRSD desegregation plan) (Principals are responsible for making sure that their school's profile reflects equitable educational practices) 1.1 Monitoring of ratios* and student outcoams 1.1 (The school profile should reflect equity by grade structure and by subject area) *Ratioe are not to be construed as quotas. The intent is for all barriers preventing full participation in classes and progrooB to be reanved.Page: 47 Prograai Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograai Haae: In*School Suspension Prograai Code: 27 Priaery Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograai Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nuitier 1.2 Page 38 1.3 Page 38 2. Page 38 2.1 Page 38 6. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccnpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Address disparities with intervention activities. A. Use PACE to determine level student is working to individualize instruction. 1.3 Reanve (address) barriers to equitable participation of students. 2. Achieve equity in student instructional practices. A. Review teaching practices by observing 2.1 Review grade distribution by subject, by class, fay teach^ on a seaester basis. 07/01/93 01/04/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 75X SOX 50% 75X SOX (Teachers, Counselors, Principals, Asst. Supts., Associate Supts.) (Teachers, Counselors, Principals, Asst. Supts., Associate Supts (Principals, Teachers, Staff Development) Principals, Assist. Su^s., Assoc. Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts. 2. 1.2 (Disparities will decrease in educational programs) (Each school's annual plan will include intervention activities to address disparities) 1.3 (Disparities will decrease in educational programs) (Principals and staff will meet to identify and address barriers existing to equitable participation and will docunent in school profile) (Each school's annual plan will identify an effective staff development program which will assist teachers in appropriate instructional practices that will ensure equity) 2.1 Monitoring of BBSter schedulesPage: 48 Progm Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nuitwr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. (cont'd) 2.1 (Principals will review each nine weeks in order to address iimtediate problems) 2.1 (Each building principal will require a grade distribution sheet by subject, by class, and by teacher each nine weeks in order to monitor equity. A copy to is be forwarded to the Assistant Superintendent) A. Review lesson plans. 09/28/93 SOX B. Review grade distributions. 10/22/93 SOX C. Review learning and teaching styles. 10/22/93 SOX 2.2 Page 38 3. Page 38 2.2 Address disparities (in educational practices) with intervention activities. 3. Achieve equity in teaching aethods. 07/01/93 SOX 513 (Principals, Teachers, Staff Development) (Principals, Teachers, Staff Development) 3. 2.2 (Each principal will develop a schedule for classroom visits and conferences and correct any identified disparities in instructional practices) (Principals and teachers will develop intervention activities to achieve equity in teaching methods and plans for reducing disparity)Page: 49 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2. 1994 Prograa Naae: In*School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Ntiiter 3.1 Page 38 6. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccxnplction Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.1 Provide inservice assistance to principals and teachers in reference to variant learning styles and effective aathods. 07/01/93 SOX Staff Development, Huaan Resource, Principals, Asst. Signs.. Assoc, sigits. 3.1 Attendance at inservice 3.1 Classrooa visitations 3.1 (Principals will monitor each classroom to observe the instructional activities, tone of conmunication, interaction patterns, and the involvement of learners with the teacher to observe effective teaching methods. Evidence of ifimediate feedback to the teachers will be recorded) A. Provide on-site training for staff. 08/16/93 SOX B. Encourage inservice workshops during AEA convention. 11/03/93 11/05/93 C. Review discipline referrals by teacher 08/23/93 75X 514LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: SO Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2. 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Niadier 7. Psge 39 1. Page 39 1.1 Psge 39 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7. To provide and ensure opportuiities and encouragement to all students to participate in extracurricular and co- curricular activities and to assess the results of school practices, paying special attention to their iqpact on minority and disadvantaged students. 07/01/73 SOX School team (Principal, Counselor, Specialist, and Teachers) 7. (Each school's profile Mill reflect equitable representation of all students in extracurricular and co- curricular activities) 1. Infora all students and patrons of co- curricular/extracurricular activities available for students and of participation requireaants. A. B. 07/01/93 SOX School Team (Principal, Comselor, Specialist and Teachers) 1. Meet the guidelines related to the extracurricular and co- curricular activities Distribute school handbooks as students are enrolled. Provide opportunities for parental input during assenblies and through conferences. 1.1 Use of aedia and press 515 08/23/93 08/26/93 07/01/93 SOX SOX SOX (Conmun{cations Dept.) Coonwi cat i ons Dept., Principals, Staff, PTA Board, Educational Programs, School-based Director of Extracurricular Activities 1. (Evidence of information supplied to students and school patrons) 1.1 Log of annomceaants, aadia usage, other coaasjnity contactsPage: 51 Prograa Seq f: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Naae: In-School Suspension Program Code: 27 Primary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Program Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nintier 1.2 Page 39 1.3 Page 39 7. (cont'd) 7. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ALTERWATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. B. C. 1.2 1.3 Coverage by Arkansas Democrat- Gazette coverage for Aquaculture Project launch. Students host Alternative Learning Center weekly radio broadcast over station KA6F. Publish school newsletter for students and parents. Send printed information to parents. Make clear ptA\u0026gt;lic address system announcements to students. 51C 11/03/93 10/06/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 11/03/93 25X SOX SOX Principals and Individual Staff Mp^ra Principals and Individual Staff Me^ra 1.1 (The Communications Dept, and local schools will keep a record of all announcefflents, media usage, and other community contacts in order to increase the community public relations activities) 1.2 (Comparative review of data regarding numbers of applicants and participants by race) (The number of students participating will be compared to the mutter of parents receiving information and will be recorded as baseline data for yearly comparison for evaluation) 1.3 (A log containing data and messages pertaining to curricular and extracurricular announcements will be maintained by the principal/designee)Page: 52 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Or. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nuntier 1.4 Page 39 2. Page 39 2.1 Page 39 7. (cont'd) (^jectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 Use coBBKiity agencies such as churches to assist with recruitment. 1.4 (Develop school recruitment plan) 2. Staff recruitment of students to participate. 2.1 Individual staff contacts with students to encourage involvement. ALTERNATIVE LEARNING CENTER A. Provide for round table for individual students in need of special counseling. B. Provide for DSC mentoring. C. Keep scrapbook end audio-visual library of all school assemblies. 517 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/26/93 08/23/93 08/26/93 SOX SOX SOX SOX SOX Principals and Individual Staff Meidicrs Principal and individual staff aesijers 2. (Develop and implement the school recruitment plan) 2.1 (Teachers will document the name, race, and sex of students contacted to encourage involvement) 2.1 (Comparative review of data regarding numbers of applicants and participants by race)Pttge: 53 Prograa Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal\nTo provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Nurber 2.2 Page 39 7. (cont'd) Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. Page 39 3.1 Page 39 4. Page 39 4.1 Page 39 3. 4. 4. 2.2 Staff shall specifically recruit from among students who do not typically participate in particular activities. Increase student participation, particularly minority student participation in cocurricular activities. 3.1 Profile student involvement in each cl(i\u0026gt; and activity. Reanve (identify and address) all barriers to equitable participation of students who wish to participate in extracurricular activities. (Collect data that will identify barriers to students who wish to participate in extracurricular activities) 4.1 Provide a district transportation program for student transportation when necessary to assure equitable participation for students participating in district- sanctioned extracurricular activities. 51b 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 SOX SOX SOX SOX SOX (Principal, Staff, Cornmunications Dept.) (Principal, Staff) Principal, Staff (Principal, Staff) Manager of Support Services, Assoc. S^\u0026gt;t. for Desegregation, Assistant Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts. (Director of Transportation) 3. 4. 2.2 (Increase in the nunber of students participating in nontypical programs) (Teachers will document names of parents they contact for assistance in urging their children to participate in particular activities) (An increase of minority participation in co-curricular activities) 3.1 Yearly (annual) analysis of participation data and coafMrative profiles (The school profile will reflect equitable representation of the school population) 4.1 Yearly (annual) analysis of participation data and coafMrative profiles 4.1 (Survey the schools to see how many students will need transportation in order to assure equitable participation)Page: 54 Prograi Seq *: 12 Reviaion Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: In-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Plan Reference Page Mirtwr 4.2 Page 39 5. Page 40 S.1 Page 40 7. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.2 Provide a program for students' access to equiparnnt/unifonas, etc., needed for participation at minimal cost. 4.2 (LRSD will develop guidelines explaining the procedures in acquiring equipment/uniform needs at minimal cost wilt be available to students) 5. Develop (and use) school profiles (to) provide overview of school success or its iafject on students so that changes and/or interventions can take place as needed. A. Monitor student needs for clothes, glasses, FINS, etc. and make recomnendation through Pupil Services from United Way. 5.1 Profile school fay: a. grade distribution b. attendance c. disciplinary outcoaes d. test scores e. student involvement in school- related activities f. course enrol lamnts/special program enrol laents 519 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 SOX SOX SOX SOX Principals (Principals and Staff, Monitoring Teams) Principals, Staffs, Assistant Si^ts. 4.2 (Track the utilization of the program in order to determine the number and cost) 5. (An assessment of the data collected for the school profile will be reviewed by the principals and staff at each school to determine degree of student success and if any new procedures or changes need to take place) 5.1 Use of data-based school profiles 5.1 Yearly coafiarative students 5.1 Production of iiqirovcaRnt plans to address disparitiesPage\n55 Progran Seq *: 12 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Prograa Haae\nIn-School Suspension Prograa Code: 27 Priaary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Othello Faison Prograa Goal: To provide equitable educational opportunities for students experiencing difficulties (attendance and/or disciplinary) in regular school settings. Pion Reference Page Nurber Objectives Strategies ginning Date Corplction Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.2 Page 40 5.3 Page 40 7. (cont'd) 7. (cont'd) 5.2 Data to be disaggregated by race. 07/01/93 SOX (Principals, Pupil Services Team, Teachers) 5.3 Provide for development of and iiqilementation of intervention strategies to atifress disparate situations with specific steps for iiqx*oveBKnt. 07/01/93 SOX (Principals, Pupil Services, Team, Teachers) 520 5.1 (The data based school profiles by grade distribution, attendance, and disciplinary outcomes will be analyzed each nine week period to make recommendations for change where indicated. The data based school profiles by course enrolIment/special program enrollment will be analyzed each semester. The data based school profile by test scores will be analyzed and compared annually) 5.2 Outcoaas evaluation 5.2 (Data in annual school report) (All data submitted in the school's annual report is to be disaggregated by race) 5.3 (Based on the data provided by the schools in the school profile each school team will address and docunent the disparate situations with specific steps for improvement on the identified timeline in 5.1)LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 13 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: New Futures Program Code: F15 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Linda Young Program Description: In addition to the enrichment programs, Dunbar is a full participant in the New Futures for Little Rock Initiative. (The purpose of the New Futures junior high school restructuring initiative is to establish a school climate, culture, and curriculum that is responsive to the developmental needs of early adolescent youth and the particular needs of at-risk students. The scope and content of the program focuses on the development and implementation of (1) school restructuring which engages teachers and administrators in the long-term process of expanding their thinking and engage in basic and fundamental changes around issues that affect how they teach and support all students utilizing the site-based management, (2) developing and implementing middle school practices and programs (3) developing and implementing specific intervention programs and practices for at-risk youth through school improvement which may be based on the Effective Schools Research . This program impacts the total school community including teachers, students, staff, administrators, and parents at each New Futures school. Restructuring Schools: Cloverdale Junior High, Forest Heights Junior High, Pulaski Heights Junior High and Southwest Junior High Schools.) District Qoal Support: (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that alt students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Program Qoal: Goal I. (To assist local schools in the process of fundamental change and school reform to redesign schools that can provide success for all students.) Goal II. (To promote collaboration/coordination between local schools and other youth serving agencies in the community.) Plan References: L 145 FY Program Budget: $530,400.00 1st Qtr Expend: $114,500.07 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE YTD Expenditures: 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: I Related Function Codes: 521LRSD FY 93 94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq #: 13 Revision Date: April 19. 1994 Program Name: New Futures Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Linda Young Program Goal: Goal I. To assist local schools in the process of fundamental change and school reform to redesign schools that can provide success for all students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 145 1. Clustering for 7th and Sth grade students to allow students to have teachers in common in the core subject areas providing for an advisor/advisee support system. (Two heterogenous student team (clusters) at each grade level (7-8-9) allows teachers to share a common group of students.) (1. Establish two heterogeneous student teams at each grade level (7-8-9).) 07/01/93 06/30/94 New Futures Liaison, Principals {1. Student team rosters, identifying team names, agendas, and participant evaluations.) A. Two heterogeneous student teams established at each grade level (7-8-9). 07/01/93 08/23/93 New Futures Liaison, Principals B. Interdisciplinary teaching teams established at each grade level (7-8-9). 07/01/93 08/23/93 New Futures Liaison, Principals C. Staff development provided on: Strategic Imperatives of Restructuring. 07/23/93 07/30/93 New Futures Liaison D. Staff development provided to steering committees on: School-Based Decision Making. 09/23/93 10/06/93 New Futures Liaison E. Assistant Principals' collegial support group meeting. 09/15/93 09/15/93 Chairman of collegial group. New Futures Liaison F. Leadership Training provided for all team leaders. 08/09/93 08/09/93 New Futures Liaison G. Training provided on:Designing Knowledge Work for Student Success. 522 08/10/93 08/11/93 New Futures Liaison, Lead TeachersPage: 3 Program Seq #: 13 Revision Date: April 19, 1994 Program Name: New Futures Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Linda Young Program Goal: Goal I. To assist local schools in the process of fundamental change and school reform to redesign schools that can provide success for all students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria H. Training provided for all Learning Foundation staff. 08/12/93 08/13/93 New Futures Liaison i. Workshop for 7th grade Learning Foundations staff. 09/14/93 09/14/93 New Futures Liaison J. Workshop for Sth grade Learning Foundations staff. 09/15/93 09/15/93 New Futures Liaison K. Training provided on: Understanding At-Risk Youth. 08/03/93 08/04/93 New Futures Liaison L. Training provided on: Cooperative Discipline. 08/12/93 08/13/93 New Futures Liaison, Lead Teachers M. Training provided on: Developing and Implementing Peer Mediation Programs. 08/12/93 08/13/93 New Futures Liaison, Lead Teachers N. Conference participation in National Conference on Peer Mediation (2 teachers, 1 assistant principal). 08/14/93 08/18/93 New Futures Liaison 0. Conference participation in UALR Peer Mediation/Conflict Resolution conference (6 teachers). 08/20/93 08/23/93 New Futures Liaison P. Provide staff development and support in establishing advisor/advisee programming. 07/01/93 75% New Futures Liaison, Principals 523Page: 4 Program Seq #: 13 Revision Date: April 19, 1994 Program Name: New Futures Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Linda Young Program Goal: Goal I. To assist local schools in the process of fundamental change and school reform to redesign schools that can provide success for all students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Q. Conference participation in Middle Level Summer Institute (7 teachers/2 assistant principals) in developing advisor/advisee programming. 07/18/93 07/24/93 New Futures Liaison R. Training provided for:Advisor/Advisee programming. 08/12/93 08/13/93 New Futures Liaison, Lead Teachers, Lead Assistant Principals S. Staff development provided to steering committees on: School Based Decision Making. 10/05-06/93 10/06/93 New Futures Liaison T. Staff development provided to principals on: School Based Decision Making. 10/19/93 10/19/93 New Futures Liaison U. Staff development provided to assistant principals on School Based Decision Making. 10/20/93 10/20/93 New Futures Liaison V. Staff development: Making Language Learning Meaningful for Southwest Junior High English teachers. 10/08/93 11/11/93 10/08/93 11/11/93 New Futures Liaison/Supervisor of English W. Staff development: Making Language Learning Meaningful for Cloverdale Junior High English teachers. 524 10/09/93 11/12/93 10/09/93 11/12/93 New Futures Liaison/Supervisor of EnglishPage: 5 Program Seq #: 13 Revision Date: April 19, 1994 Program Name: New Futures Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Linda Young Program Goal: Goal I. To assist local schools in the process of fundamental change and school reform to redesign schools that can provide success for all students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria X. Learning Foundations on site technical assistance (classroom observation/follow up conference): FHJH - Learning Foundation staff PHJH  Learning Foundation staff CLJH - Learning Foundation staff SWJH - Learning Foundation staff 10/13/93 12/02/93 10/14/93 12/03/93 10/15/93 11/08/93 12/01/93 10/13/93 12/02/93 10/14/93 12/03/93 10/15/93 11/08/93 12/01/93 New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison Y. Staff development: Reading Process and Semantic Webbing (5-8:30 p.m.) 10/14/93 10/14/93 New Futures Liaison Z. Staff development provided on: Process Communications Skills to examine personality styles in relation to self-image and human interaction. 10/27-28/93 10/27-28/93 New Futures Liaison AA. Staff development for 7th grade Learning Foundation staff. 11/09/93 11/09/93 New Futures Liaison BB. Staff development for 8th grade Learning Foundations staff. 11/10/93 11/10/93 New Futures Liaison CC. Conference participation and presentations at National Middle School Association annual conference (6 teachers/3 assistant principals). 11 /04-07/93 11/04/-07/93 New Futures Liaison DO. Staff development on: Designing Knowledge Work for Student Success. 12/14-15/93 12/14-15/93 New Futures Liaison 525Page: 6 Program Seq #: 13 Revision Date: April 19, 1994 Program Name: New Futures Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Linda Young Program Goal: Goal I. To assist local schools in the process of fundamental change and school reform to redesign schools that can provide success for all students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria EE. Staff development provided to steering committees on: School Based Decision Making. SWJH CLJH PHJH/FHJH 11/01/93 11/16/93 11/17/93 11/01/93 11/16/93 11/17/93 FF. Staff development provided on: The Writing Process and Collaborative Teaching Strategies. (5:00 - 8:30 p.m.) 11/07/93 11/07/93 New Futures Liaison GG. Assistant Principals' Collegial Support Group meeting. 12/15/93 12/15/93 New Futures Liaison, Chairman of Collegial Group HH. Learning Foundations on site technical assistance (classroom observation/follow-up conference): CLJH - Learning Foundations Staff FHJH - Learning Foundation Staff SWJH  Learning Foundation Staff PHJH - Learning Foundation Staff II. Staff development for 7th grade Learning Foundation staff. JJ. Staff development for Sth grade Learning Foundation staff. KK. Staff development on: Designing Knowledge Work for Student Success. 01/18/94 02/02/94 01/31/94 02/03/94 01/19/94 01/20/94 01/25-26/94 02/22-23/94 52R 01/18/94 01/02/94 01/31/94 02/03/94 01/19/94 01/20/94 01/25-26/94 02/22-23/94 New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison New Futures LiaisonPage: 7 Program Seq #: 13 Revision Date: April 19, 1994 Program Name: New Futures Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Linda Young Program Goal: Goal I. To assist local schools in the process of fundamental change and school reform to redesign schools that can provide success for all students. Plan Reference Page Number L 145 2. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria LL. MM. NN. 00. PP. Incentive programs and partnerships with community businesses to encourage and reward achievement, attendance, and good citizenship. (2. A. B. C. Staff development provided on: Process Communications Skills to examine personality styles in relation to self-image and human interaction. Staff development: Making Language Learning Meaningful: Southwest Junior High English teachers. Staff development: Peer Coaching for all Learning Foundations staff. Staff development: Implementation of Peer Coaching program for all Learning Foundations staff. Conference participation: Drugs, Gangs, Violence and Guns: Law Advisory Government Education (4 assistant principals). Assist individual teaching teams in the development and implementation of incentive/innovative programs to recognize academic achievement, improved discipline and improved attendance.) A Young Professionals Club: Pirates, Team, Southwest Junior High. Breakfast club: Wings Team, Pulaski Heights Junior High. Peer Mediation Program: Wings Team, Pulaski Heights Junior High 02/15/94 01/27/94 03/10-11/94 04/05-08/94 03/10/94 07/01/93 08/23/93 08/23/94 08/23/94 527 02/15/94 01/27/94 03/10-11/94 04/05-08/94 03/10/94 75% 75% 75% 75% New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison, Principals (2. Team documentation will reflect program implenentation and numbers of students involved.)Page: 8 Program Seq #: 13 Revision Date: April 19, 1994 Program Name: New Futures Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Linda Young Program Goal: Goal I. To assist local schools in the process of fundamental change and school reform to redesign schools that can provide success for all students. Plan Reference Page Number L 145 L145 L145 3. 4. 5. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Homework Center and Hotline. Early morning tutorials for students needing assistance in study areas. Saturday morning detention for students to help them \"work off\" disciplinary sanctions, to keep them in school, and to provide additional tutorial support. (A Saturday morning detention pilot was operational school year 1988-89. Replaced by comprehensive in-school suspension program.) (3. {4. (5. A. Establish Homework Centers which will be operational through the After School Program. Assist local schools in establishing homework assignment hotline.) Develop and implement After School Programming. Tutoring activity opportunities are offered through the After School Program so that transportation can be provided.) Establish in-school suspension program.) In-school suspension program operational. 528 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 75% 06/30/94 75% New Futures Liaison New Futures Liaison, Principals, Lead Teachers New Futures Liaison, Principals New Futures Liaison, Principals (3. Student participation rosters, implementation of hotline program.) (4. Student participation rosters.) (5. Alternative disciplinary response to suspendable actions.)Program Seq #: 13 Program Name: New Futures Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 145 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Goal II. To promote collaboration/coordination between local schools and other youth serving agencies in the community. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date 1. Youth Specialists for advocate work with students in helping to meet their needs. (Case Management System is operational.) {1. Work cooperatively with New Futures for Little Rock Youth to establish school-based collaborative social service efforts for at-risk students-case management system.) 07/01/93 06/30/94 A. Case management system operational\nservices being provided. 529 07/01/93 75% Page: 9 Revision Date: April 19, 1994 Linda Young Responsibility New Futures Liaison, Principals New Futures Liaison, Principals Evaluation Criteria (1. Increased number of students receiving needed services reflected in case management data reports.)LRSD FV 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 14 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Academic Incentive Grant/Focused Activities Program Code: 13 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Gremillion, Robertson, Anderson Program Description: The Academic Incentive Grant Program is intended to provide funds to identify and implement strategies based on promising practices to enhance student achievement and reduce the disproportion in academic achievement among groups formed on the basis of race, gender, and economic status. Each area school will be able to apply for a total of $75,000 over a three-year period. This amount will be issued to the schools in increments of $25,000 each year, and the carryover of funds will be permitted. Area schools may receive funds to identify and implement strategies based on promising practices to enhance student achievement and reduce the disparities in academic achievement among groups formed on the basis of race, gender, and economic status. Teachers^building administrators and patrons shall participate in the development of the local school proposal. Grant proposals should avoid additional personnel costs to the extent possible. The District will not assume responsibility for continuing costs that occur after the expiration of the funding period. Approval Criteria: A panel wilt review all applications according to the following: (1) A detailed and well-planned proposal\n(21 Appropriate goals and objectives\n(31 Well-documented need: (41 innovativeness\n(5) potential for replicability\n(61 realistic budget\n(7) quality of evaluation\n(81 ability to continue after grant period ends\n(91 documentation of teacher, administrator, and patron involvement during proposal development\nand, (101 use of volunteers and/or collaborative efforts with businesses, outside organizations, etc. Focused Activities - Each area school shall have a fundamentally sound and strong basic education program. Each area school shall also have the option of developing focused activities (which may center around a themel after appropriate community and parental involvement. All focused activities must promote the desegregation objectives ordered by the court. The elementary area schools (non-incentive and non-interdistrictl will receive an annual allocation for implementing the focused activities for the school year. The purpose of the focused activities shall be threefold: (II to promote the school as a \"community of learning\" among parents, staff and students\n(21 to provide enrichment opportunities at the building level\n(31 to ensure equitable opportunities for participation in the elementary area schools. The focused activities of each area school will be integrated into the core curriculum or reflected in the school's environment and dav-to-dav activities. The academic performance of area school students will indicate achievement gained partially as a result of enrichment experiences provided by the core program and enrichment activities. Area school students will participate in ongoing, meaningful enrichment activities that complement and extend the core curricular activities. All area schools will be viewed by the community as providing equitable and excellent educational programs. The Little Rock School District and the Pulaski County Special School District agree that the implementation of focused activities (LRSDI and specialty programs (PCSSD) in the district's elementary schools could be a collaborative effort (II in enriching each district's elementary curriculum and (21 in achieving greater racial balance through voluntary interdistrict and intradistrict, transfers, LRSD plans to implement only focused activities in all of its elementary area schools, LRSD accepts that only magnet, incentive and interdistrict schools in Little Rock School District will have specialty themes and LRSD agrees to develop procedures in cooperation with PCSSD to prevent unnecessary duplication of specialty themes within the two districts, LRSD will, in collaboration with PCSSD, publicize the specialty programs and encourage matoritv to minority transfers between the two districts. Once a final decision is made regarding the implementation of specialty programs, additional areas of collaboration between PCSSD and LRSD will be explored, LRSD agrees to address any possible areas of collaboration with NLRSD, should it decide to implement specialty programs. District Goal Support: Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: (11 To enrich each district's elementary curriculum to achieve greater racial balance through voluntary interdistrict and intradistrict transfers. (2) The Little Rock School District will establish an Academic Progress Incentive Grant Program, the goals of which will be to (al improve the education of all students and (bl reduce the disparity in achievement among students of different racial, socioeconomic, and gender groups. (31 Each non-magnet and non-incentive elementary school will provide focused activities for the total school population including attention to gender, race and socio-economic issues. (41 Each school will be recognized as a community of learning in which all students, staff members, and parents are totally involved and supportive, (51 The focused activities of each non-magnet and non-incentive elementary school will be integrated into the core curriculum or reflected in the school's environment and day-to-day activities, (61 All elementary area school students will participate in ongoing, meaningful enrichment activities that complement and extend the core curricular activities, (71 All elementary area schools will be viewed by the Community as providing equitable and excellent educational programs. Plan References: L 81, 85 FY Program Budget: $352,294.55 Ist Qtr Expend: $26,486.11 3rd Qtr Expend: $43,379.45 FTE YTD Expenditures: $73,725.77 2nd Qtr Expend: $3,860.21 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes:LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Prograa Seq *: 14 Reviaion Date: April 20, 1994 Prograa Haaa: Academic Incentive Grant/Focused Activities Prograa Code: 13 Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Gremillion, Robertson, Anderson Prograa Goal: To enrich each district's elementary curriculum to achieve greater racial balance through voluntary interdistrict and intradistrict transfers. (Focused Activities) Plan Reference Page Nuaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CoBf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 81 (1.0 To implement focused activities in elementary area schools.) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Asst. Supt. At the end of each school year, the activities coordinator will include focused activities in a district-wide report. 1 report will focus on the following items: This 1. the degree to which each focused activities have been interrelated with the core curriculim\n1.1 Prior to the beginning of each school year, the principal of each elementary area school will appoint from his or her staff an activities coordinator and a school steering committee. A. Districtwide Steering Connittee co- chairmen designated, co-chairmen. Charge given to B. Steering Connittee members identified. C. Established first meeting for Steering Connittee. 1.2 This connittee will develop an activities action plan for the school year, detailing grade level activities, school-wide activities, field trips. resource speakers, ai materials, supplii w: faded lipment. 07/01/93 03/16/94 03/25/94 03/25/94 07/01/93 06/30/94 03/16/94 03/25/94 03/25/94 06/30/94 Asst. Supt. Asst. Supt. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. the mmber of enrichment activities that broadened the students' experience base\nthe amount of parental involvement\nacademic achievement as reflected on standardized tests and yearly grade reports\nthe racial and socioeconomic composition of the student population in each elementary area school\nthe number of voluntary majority to minority transfers\nthe type and amount or enrichment materials/ supplies/purchased by each elementary area school through the focused activities budget\nPage: 3 Prograa Seq *: 14 Revision Date: Prograa Naae: Academic Incentive Grant/Focused Activities April 20, 1994 Prograa Code: 13 Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Gremillion, Robertson, Anderson Prograa Goal: To enrich each district's elementary curriculum to achieve greater racial balance through voluntary interdistrict and intradistrict transfers. (Focused Activities) Plan Reference Page Ntaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 From this action plan a checklist will be developed by the activities coordinator. This checklist will be used by the activities coordinator, the principal, and the school conmittee to monitor the program throughout the school year. 1.4 The checklist will also be used to assist the activities coordinator in preparing a report each semester to be submitted to the assistant superintendent who will review the reports and identify areas that need to be addressed to expand or revise the activities at each school. 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Asst. Supt. Asst. Supt. 8. the type and rxinber of staff-deveIopment activities at each elementary school.LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 4 Prograa Secfl: 14 Revision Date: April 20, 1994 Prograa Naae: Academic Incentive Grant/Focused Activities Prograa Code: 13 Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Gremillion, Robertson, Anderson Prograa Goal: To improve the eckjcation of all students and to reduce the disparity in achievement among students in different racial, socioeconomic, and gender groups. (Academic Incentive Grants) Plan Reference Page Ruaber L 85 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccmpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide means for local area schools to (1) improve the education of all students, and (2) reduce the disparity in achievement among students of different racial, socioeconomic, and gender groups. 1. (The nuiber of low q achievers will decrease as evidenced by upward quartile movement on the norm referenced test.) A. Funds are budgeted for grants 07/01/93 06/30/94 Conptroller B. Funds are approved for grants 1.0 Identify Grant Review Comnittee. A. Grant Comnittee identified Estelle Matthis, Margaret Gremillion, Russ Mayo, Victor Anderson, Sterling Larry S. Robertson Ingram, 1.1 Develop continuation proposal and progress report format. A. Request for proposal developed 1.2 Distribute continuation proposal and progress report format. 1.3 Conduct grant-writing inservice. 533 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/18/93 07/01/93 10/7/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 10/18/93 06/30/94 10/18/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Board (Deputy Supt.) Associate Supt. Educat. Programs, and Dir. Planning, Research and Evaluation Asst. Supt., Assoc. Supt. Educ. Programs and Deseg. (Deputy Supt.), Asst. Supt., Dir. Planning, Research, and Evaluation, Dir. Staff Development 1.0 List of comnittee menbers. 1.1 Completed Request for Proposal. 1.2 Completion of distribution (Copy of distribution memo). 1.3 Copy of agenda.Page: 5 Prograa Seq*: 14 Revision Date: April 20, 1994 Prograa Maaa: Academic Incentive Grant/Focused Activities Prograa Code: 13 Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Gremillion, Robertson, Anderson Prograa Goel: To improve the education of all students and to reduce the disparity in achievement among students in different racial, socioeconomic, and gender groups. (Academic Incentive Grants) Plan Reference Page Hiatter Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Grant writing inservice conducted for Area School Principals 1.4 Area schools submit continuation grants to review committee. A. Proposals submitted to review committee 1.5 Make grant awards 10/20/93 07/01/93 10/24/93 07/01/93 10/27/93 06/30/94 12/10/93 06/30/94 Dir. Staff Development Principals Grant Review Conmittee 1.4 Receipt of grant proposal. 1.5 Copy of completed review criteria list of schools receiving grants. I A. All grants were approved. (Schools must submit to the Conmittee by January 31, 1994 all requested revisions including the evaluation criteria) 12/16/93 12/16/93 B. Grants received 1.6 Schools submit progress reports L 85 1.7 Conduct program evaluation. A. Information secured for three- year evaluation. B. Identified for ''fast track evaluation.\" C. Staff provided directions for evaluating programs. 12/06/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 01/31/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 01/15/94 01/15/94 06/30/94 Principals Asst. Supts. 1.6 Review of Quarterly Monitoring Reports. 1.7 Final evaluation report. 5TTLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #\n15 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 9. 1994 Program Name: McClellan Community School Program Code: 26 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis/Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Jodie T. Carter Program Description: The McClellan Community School provides programs and services which expand the use of the facility, making it the center of many activities and much community involvement. The school serves as an anchor for the community, a focal point of intense interest, activity and loyalty. District Goal Support: Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operation. Program Goal: (1| To operate and maintain programs that enhance community involvement. (2\u0026gt; To provide an education service to the community. Plan References: L 93. L 94 FY Program Budget: $170,112.24 Ist Qtr Expend: $82,090.64 3rd Qtr Expend: $28,741.36 FTE 2 YTD Expenditures: $149,283.48 2nd Qtr Expend: $82,090.64 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Code 1 NOTE: The 2 FTE's are included in a separate fund and are not charged against the operating budget. 535LRSD PY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq #: 15 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Program Name: McClellan Community School Program Code: 26 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Jodie Carter Program Goal: {!) To operate and maintain program that enhance community. (2) To provide an education service to the community. Plan Reference Page Number L 93. 94 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (1. To enhance the educational format at McClellan through eradication of racial disparities on test scores) (1.1 Develop a short range plan of action to help close the disparity gap between black and white students) A. Community Education and 3 year plan of action. a. Discuss plans for evaluating the Three Year Plan. b. Discuss a survey on evaluating the Three Year Plan. c. Set a meeting to discuss the Three Year Plan in June or July 1994. d. Set up a committee for each area on the Three Year Plan. e. Locate services that relate to areas on the Three Year Plan. f. Create a coalition with services linked or related to the Three Year Plan. g- Create a resource file on services identified in Community Education's Three Year Plan. h. Draft documentation of Community Education mission statements, goals, and objectives. B. Tutoring Program K-8, First Phase a. 42 students were tutored during first phase 536 09/01/93 01/23/93 01/10/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 12/14/94 06/30/94 02/21/94 09/13/93 09/13/93 06/31/94 50% 02/07/94 02/07/94 07/31/94 12/14/94 12/14/94 12/15/94 06/30/94 03/07/94 12/09/93 12/09/93 (Principal CE Director and staff PTSA Council Depts.) (District and school level documentation)Page: 3 Program Seq #: 15 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Program Name: McClellan Community School Program Code: 26 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Jodie Carter Program Goal: (1) To operate and maintain program that enhance community. (2) To provide an education service to the community. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria b. Discuss plans for a survey on Tutoring service c. Create a survey for Tutoring Program for each phase d. Locate other tutoring programs in ths states e. Create a survey for students participating in the Tutoring program f. Create a survey for parents with children participating in the tutoring program g. Create a survey for tutors to express their ideas and thoughts about the tutor program. C. McClellan Students as tutors for building self- esteem, First phase. a. 20 McClellan students tutored during the first phase b. Flyers distributed to students who are potential tutors c. Tutoring letters sent to teachers d. Encouraging students to become tutors e. Tutor Coordinator lecture encouraging students to become tutors f. Displayed posters on school campus as a recruitment tool for student tutors g. Tutoring tetters sent to parents h. 17 McClellan students tutored (Jurim second phase. 0 O \u0026lt; le 01/15/94 02/17/94 date 04/05/94 04/05/94 04/05/94 09/15/93 09/15/93 01/10/94 01/10/94 01/07/94 01/10/94 01/10/94 date 01/31/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 07/30/94 07/30/94 07/30/94 12/09/93 12/09/93 02/01/94 02/01/94 02/01/94 02/15/94 02/15/94 05/13/94Page: 4 Program Seq #: 15 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Program Name: McClellan Community School Program Code: 26 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Jodie Carter Program Goal: {1) To operate and maintain program that enhance community. (2} To provide an education service to the community. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria i. Students encouraged to tutor during the school year by offering summer paid counselor positions during Community Education's 2 Cool 4 School Summer Day Camp. j. Encouraged McClellan student tutor volunteers to brainstorm funding sources for 2 Cool 4 School Summer Day Camp. a. Student tutor, David Fields, volunteered to write a letter requesting funding from local citizen. b. Tammy Thomas suggested tutors have a fund raising booth at FUNFEST. D. Review 3 year plan a. Planning and discussing the review of the three year plan in May, 1994 b. Plan an orientation for the McClellan Advisory Board in June or July, 1994 c. Revise the Advisory Board Orientation material for Three Year Plan d. Schedule meetings inviting all advisory members to express ideas and concerns on Three Year Plan e. Prepare survey to use at review meetings f. Prepare meeting using quality management format g. Use brainstorming techniques during meeting 538 03/03/94 03/15/94 03/25/94 03/25/94 09/13/93 12/13/93 03/10/94 06/07/94 07/11/94 07/11/94 07/11/94 07/11/94 06/13/94 06/13/94 05/31/94 05/14/94 09/13/93 33% 07/31/94 07/31/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94Page: 5 Program Seq #: 15 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Program Name: McClellan Community School Program Code: 26 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Jodie Carter Program Goal: (1) To operate and maintain program that enhance community. (2) To provide an education service to the community. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria h. Sign up volunteers toward Three Year Plan committees i. Create a presentation following quality management format on orientation revision. E. Plan strategies of student tutoring network a. Possible donation of a computer network by a local organization b. Discussion about computer network donation Feb. 25, 1994 and March 7, 1994 c. Follow up on computer network donation on March 14, 1994 d. Initiate a computer search on all student tutoring network systems on March 22, 1994 e. Initiate a computer search on tutoring programs for high school students f. Contact state agency on computer network system 9- Discuss forming a network committee focusing on tutoring issues h. Locating and making a list of potential individuals for tutoring netowrk Locate software to help enhance computer program. j- Review software programs for tutoring program 1. Skills Bank 111 for IBM computers 2. Jostens tutoring program 3. GED 2000 539 07/11/94 05/07/94 12/13/93 01/11/94 01/11/94 01/11/94 02/15/94 01/13/94 01/11/94 01/19/94 02/1 5/94 01/14/94 03/01/94 09/30/94 07/31/94 50% 12/20/94 03/07/94 03/14/94 06/30/94 04/01/94 12/20/94 12/20/94 12/20/94 09/30/94 03/24/94Page: 6 Program Seq ft'. 15 Revision Date: May 9. 1994 Program Name: McClellan Community School Program Code: 26 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Jodie Carter Program Goal: (1) To operate and maintain program that enhance community. (2) To provide an education service to the community. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria k. Due to efficiency, effectivness, cost wise Skills Bank III was written for purchase request waiting for approval F. Recruit students as instructors for Community Education classes a. Community Education Director made presentations in various classrooms for recruitment b. Meetings with Pulaski Vo-Tech Director and Coordinator of Recuritment for Community Education classes c. Continuous meeing on recruitment for fall classes 03/24/94 12/16/93 01/28/94 01/18/94 01/12/94 04/25/94 40% 01/28/94 01/18/94 02/01/94 d. Students with high ACT scores invited to teach and tutor classes 02/21/94 03/03/94 20 McClellan students made higher than 20 on their ACT December, 1993 test 4 of the students scoring high on the ACT made formal presenations at ACT Lock-In G. Have in school\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\u003cdcterms_creator\u003eLittle Rock School District\u003c/dcterms_creator\u003e\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_645","title":"Program planning and budget document, third quarter status report","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1994-05-13"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Program planning and budget document, third quarter status report"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/645"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT THIRD QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR NON-DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS 1 i PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT May 13, 1994 L v b  TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE tt PAGE ft SEQUENCE tf PAGE U Preface 1 SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) Mission Statement 2 Goals 3 District Financial Summary 209 210 211 212 Elementary Junior High School High School Athletics 4 57 60 62 64 Definitions 5 SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) Organization of the Report 7 Cluster Budget Documents 8 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Kindergarten Special Education Vocational Educational Adult Education Compensatory Education Gifted and Talented Curriculum Services 10 15 17 23 27 30 35 37 213 214 215 \u0026gt; 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 Guidance Services Drug Abuse Prevention Health Services Curriculum Services/VIPS Educational Media Services Board of Education Services Executive Administrative Services Support Service Management Fiscal Services Plant Services Pupil Transport Services Purchasing Services Safety \u0026amp; Security Services Planning \u0026amp; Evaluation Services Communication Services Human Resource Services Labor Relations Data Processing Services Family Life/New Futures Indebtedness Contingencies 73 78 85 90 100 103 107 112 115 117 119 124 129 132 148 154 158 162 166 170 173-~ BW' *. BUUB *1 tfUWi J PREFACE The mission statement and goals of the Little Rock School District serve as guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs will provide direction for quality, interim decision-making as well as summative decision-making. The report enhances the districts ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to programs which are not a part of the districts Court-Approved Desegregation Plan obligations. The fourth quater report of non-desegregation programs will contain further refinements since this report constitutes the districts first formal report on its non-desegregation programs. Among other things, specific quarterly expendimre information will be provided in addition to the YTD (Year-to-Date) Expenditure information. The Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs contains the following\n(1) The Mission Statement of the Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD YTD (Year-to-Date) Non-Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Non-Desegregation Program Budget Documents, Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. 1 iLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum academic, social, and emotional development. To that end, e students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens to fairness, racial equity and adequate support for education. i I1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 35/6/94 Little Rock School District Year-To-Date Non-Desegregation Expenses Program Seq. No. 201 202 209 210 211 212 203 204 205 206 207 213 215 208 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 232 233 231 j-'m Name FOUR YEAR OLD/HIPPY KINDERGARTEN ELEMENTARY JUNIOR HIGH___________________ HIGH SCHOOL ATHLETICS_____________________ SPECIAL EDUCATION VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ADULT EDUCATION_____________ COMPENSATORY EDUCATION GIFTED AND TALENTED GUIDANCE SERVICES HEALTH SERVICES______________ CURRICULUM SERVICES EDUCATIONAL MEDIA SERVICES BOARD OF EDUCATION SERVICES EXECUTIVE ADMIN SERVICES SUPPORT SERVICE MGMT_______ FISCAL SERVICES PLANT SERVICES_______________ PUPIL TRANSPORT SERVICES PURCHASING SERVICES_________ SAFETY \u0026amp; SECURITY SERVICES PLANNING \u0026amp; EVAL SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES HUMAN RESOURCES SERVICES LABOR RELATIONS______________ DATA PROCESSING SERVICES INDEBTEDNESS________________ CONTINGENCIES_______________ FAMILY UFE/NEW FUTURES TOTAL  197,600.57 3,261,957.72 20,801,455.73 10,037,956.63 10,081,463.38 255,021.92 6,442,364.21 5,217,443.54 753,439.46 1,119,707.27 1,106,358.49 2,821,387.51 759,421.38 1,959,459.27 2,157,025.96 705,851.08 200,221.49 285,048.02 375,521.82 9,884,857.01 5,704,598.46 1,221,697.63 536,247.72 371,527.05 182,767.29 1,719,479.12 98,865.00 886,895.99 8,870,123.40 700,000.00 530,400.00 99,246,224:12 1.00 92.00 732.00 284.00 272.00 0.00 181.00 120.00 25.00 37.00 42.00 78.00 40.00 45.00 61.00 0.00 3.00 3.00 12.00 251.00 347.00 16.00 0.00 7.00 4.00 8.00 2.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 2,677.00 106,842.82 1,858,568.00 12,350,100.83 6,014,468.69 5,823,632.27 233,241.52 3,942,217.51 3,436,904.84 477,378.46 644,149.95 663,084.05 1,786,775.75 476,731.82 1,395,236.75 1,491,905.22 701,315.92 146,090.39 227,453.55 318,422.24 7,005,188.54 4,000,743.37 819,364.25 478,106.37 160,540.24 87,684.45 1,285,029.56 73,638.77 660,353.67 8,207,712.68 0.00 276,582.49 35,151,464.97 54.07% 56.98% 59.37% 59.92% 57.77% 91.46% 61.19% 65.87% 63.35% 57.53% 59.93% 63.33% 62.78% 71.21% 69.16% 99.36% 73.96% 79.79% 84.79% 70.87% 70.13% 67.07% 89.16% 43.21% 47.98% 74.73% 74.48% 74.46% 92.53% 0.00% 52.15% 05.65% 4.iiiia Miiihn ...tUUwtu mrir  DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for NonDesegregation Programs. Program: A program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified need. Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy, and evaluation criteria establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one or two formatted pages. Program Sequence # (Seq.#): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. 3atlUUi .lUllittL J JiilHiUk JllttUtUi] d DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS Page 2 Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e., the Program Manager, the Principal, and/or the Assistant Superintendent). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (03/31/04). Completion Date: This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (04/01/94). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (50%) should be entered in the Completion Date column. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 6 sORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for NonDesegregation Programs. Pagination: Every page in the text is numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered (i.e., 1,2,3,...) throughout the report at the bottom of the page beginning with the \"Preface.\" The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i. Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of this report, similar programs have been grouped into three color-coded clusters: Curriculum, School Operations, School Support. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq #) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. Organizational Level. The School Operations Cluster employs only four programs. In addition to Athletics, the School Operations Cluster classifies the fifty schools according to three school organizational leveled programs: Elementary, Junior High, and Senior High. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart has been included to provide reference information matching designated responsible persons with desegregation and non-desegregation programs. 7 CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 8mMI ^Wh ...lUUIUII, jhUUIM. lb Curriculum Cluster  4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program  Kindergarten  Special Education  Vocational Education  Adult Education  Compensatory Education  Gifted and Talented  Curriculum Services 9LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 201 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program/HIPPY Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Description: The purpose of the program Is to meet the growing needs of disadvantaged students and to improve the racial balance at schools that are difficult to desegregate by incorporating Early Childhood Education programs into the Elementary schools. The program provides experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental areas - physical, social, emotional, and intellectual. Priority for identification of program sites wilt be given to areas that have a very high concentration of low Income students and in schools that are difficult to desegregate. District Goal Support: Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that ail students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal #5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs In all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan References: FY Program Budget: $197,600.57 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 1 YTD Expenditures: $106,842.82 2nd Qtr Expend\n4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: 10lU ulHt UhtUlUW UlilllltttU Program Seq 201 Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number k k k k k k LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Revision Date: May 5. 1994 Four-Year-Old Program Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Implement early childhood education programs that provide experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental levels. July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 Dep. Supt., Asst. Supt., Supervisor, Principals, Teachers, Instructional Aides 1. {Annual review of assessment data beginning at the end of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments)  (Comparisons of the progress of children who did and did not participate in the program.)  (Standardize achievement tests wilt be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) 1.1 Identify sites for program implementations. July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 Dep. Supt., Asst. Supt., Supervisor, Plant Services, Principals 1.1 Sites established for program implementations. A. Recommendations turned in to Associate Superintendent. 12/13/93 50% 1.2 Assisted in recruiting teachers and aides as needed. July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 Human Resource Dept., Principals, Asst. Supt., Supervisor 1.2 Employment of teachers and aides for new and open positions. A. Teachers and aides hired for every classroom. 07/09/93 08/16/93 11Program Seq #: 201 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Page: 3 Revision Date: May 5, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader\nEstelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 1.3 Obtain materials, supplies and equipment for all new programs. A. Orders sent to vendors for materials, supplies, and equipment. 1.4 Provide inservice and technical assistance for principals, teachers, and instructional assistants. A. Inservice provided: July 28 and 29, 1993 August 17, 1993 September 30, 1993 October 15 and 16. 1993  November 4 and 5, 1993 December 6, 1993 Beginning Date July 1, 1993 07/01/93 July 1, 1993 07/28/93 Completion Date June 30, 1994 07/01/93 June 30, 1994 85% Responsibility Supervisor, Purchasing Dept. Supervisor, Staff Development Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Materials, supplies, and equipment will be in place to meet LRSD curriculum and licensing requirements. 1.4 Agendas and documentation of inservice evaluations. At the end of each year in HIPPY, 80% of the children served will exhibit readiness skills for kindergarten. 1. To provote the HIPPY program (To compose and mail public service announcements to local radio and television stations channel 14 \u0026amp; 16 and flyers) 2. To select HIPPY aides (Interview and select aides\ninitial training of aides and staff\nto enroll families into the program) 12 July 1993 August 1993 July 1993 Sept. 1993 Supervisor Staff The Early Prevention of School Failure screening instrument will be used for pre \u0026amp; post assessment for the children upon entering kindergarten to provide data that shows readiness. If students are not proficient in two or more areas, they are identified as \"not ready\". Teacher surveys will be conducted annually to provide information relating to readiness skills.A Hii.UWI, uiiliWt ,1 .lUUIU*, Program Seq #: 201 Program Name: Four-Year-Otd Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number JH IB JI Page: p.DUhhU] Revision Date: 4 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility May 5, 1994 Evaluation Criteria 3. Arrange logistics with state for the initial training Comment: This is done through HIPPY State Regional Office (Initial training of aides and staff) 4. Conduct home interview and enroll families into program (To enroll families into the program) 5. To recruit families (Compose and mail correspondence to recruit families \u0026amp; intructional aide trainees) 6. Identify families to be served by each coordinator (To determine service of coordinators) 7. identify families to be served by each aide (To assign families to be serviced by aides) 6. To organize instructional material 9. Conduct three (3) day workshop (To familiarize aides of the HIPPY implementation of LRSD) 10. Obtain material for program (Order material) 11. To orientate enrolled families to the HIPPY program (Conduct orientation meeting) 12. Identify meeting sites of group meetings (Secure meeting sites for group meetings\nmail out notification of meeting sites) 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum (Schedule aides weekly home visits: schedule area group meetings, print flyers, schedule weekly service for aides\nschedule aides first teaching with own child. 13 August 1993 Sept. 1993 Aug. 1993 Sept. 1993 Sept. 1993 Sept. 1993 Sept. 1993 Sept. 1993 Sept. 1993 Oct. 1993 Oct. 1993 Sept. 1993 Sept. 1993 Oct. 1993 Oct. 1993 Oct. 1993 Sept. 1993 Sept. 1993 Sept. 1993 Sept. 1993 Nov. 1993 Nov. 1993 Supervisor Supervisor/Coordi nator Staff Supervisor Coordinator Secretary Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor/Coordi nator Coordinator Supervisor/Coordi nator Ml A standarized achievement test will be given to each child at the end of the thrid grade as a comparison between the HIPPY students and a control group.Page: 5 Program Seq #: 201 Revision Date: May 5, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 14. To provide parents with information that will assist them with their own children (Schedule workshop for parents \u0026amp; aides, mail out \u0026amp; print materials) 15. To evaluate aide traineese mid-point 1 Sth week. (To evaluate each aide trainee) 16. Conduct survey of parents-print materials (To determine program success) 17. Implement second part of HIPPY curriculum. A. print material B. print flyers (Begin second part of program implementation) 18. Evaluation of aides 19. Obtain a site and speaker and schedule a lecture for parents (provide parents with information to be successful with their children) 20. Build the aides and children's self esteem (Activities) 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception (Staff will organize) 22. Evaluate aides (Schedule final evaluation of traineees in program) 23. To begin implementation of HIPPY program (Staff in place) 24. Maintain regular staff (Secretary) 25. Aides made home visit (To assist in traveling expense) 14 Nov. 1993 Dec. 1993 Jan. 1994 Feb. 1994 March 1994 March 1994 April 1994 June 1994 June 1994 June 1994 July 1994 July 1994 Nov. 1993 Dec. 1993 Jan. 1994 May 1994 March 1994 March 1994 April 1994 June 1994 June 1994 June 1994 June 1995 June 1995 Supervisor/Coordi nator Coordinator Supervisor Supervisor/Coordi nator Coordinator Supervisor Staff Staff Coordinator Supervisor Supervisor StaffmW I iMIllinH riirlii'b .nlUhiii. .mUlhllil. 1 i a a LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 202 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 11. 1994 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Description: In accordance with state standards the Little Rock School District maintains a full day kindergarten program that renders an environment which provides a variety of experiences appropriate to the child's developmental stage. Services are provided to these students by certified teachers. District Goal Support: Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2  Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal #5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Plan References: 1 FY Program Budget: $3,261,957.72 Ist Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend\nFTE 92 YTD Expenditures: $1,858,568.00 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 15Program Seq #: 202 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Program Goat: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Pat Price May 5, 1994 To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Implement kindergarten programs in accordance with state standards and district guidelines. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Asst. Supt., Supervisors, Principals, Teachers 1. Programs will be in place to meet state standards and district guidelines. 1.1 Assist in recruiting certified teachers as needed. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Human Resource Dept., Principals, Asst. Supt., Supervisor 1.1 Employment of teachers for new and open positions. A. All teachers hired. 07/01/93 08/23/93 1.2 Obtain materials, supplies, and equipment for all new programs. A. Equipment and supplies ordered and disseminated. 1.3 Provide inservice and technical assistance for teachers. A. Inservice provided for alt Kindergarten teachers. 1.4 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student progress. A. Pre-EPSF testing completed. 1.5 Provide inservice and technical assistance for principals, teachers, and instructional assistants. A. Inservice provided for all kindergarten staff and principals. IG 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/16/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 08/16/93 06/30/94 09/10/93 06/30/94 85% 06/30/94 09/10/93 06/30/94 85% Supervisor, Purchasing Dept. Supervisors, Staff Development, Principals Asst. Supt., Supervisor, Principals Supervisor. Staff Development 1.2 Materials, supplies, and equipment will be in place to meet L.R.S.D. curriculum and state standards. 1.3 Agendasand documentation of inservice evaluations. Annual reviews of data pre and post EPSF assessments. 1.5 Agendasand documentation of inservice evaluationsA UUl WUUU ImMIUU UUUUt luiiituik (.nulllui I a 111 aiiltllla siibihiiik .UtiUUh .ilUllio I J I Prograa Seq *\n203 Progran Maae: Special Education Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Prograa Description: District Goal Si\u0026lt;]port: Program Goal: I Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Page: 1 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Purpose Special education is specially designed instruction, at no cost to parents, to meet the unique needs of students with disabilities. This includes instruction conducted in the classroom, in the home, in hospitals and institutions, and in other settings\nand instruction in physical education. Scope and Content Special education services are provided in accordance with each child's Individual Education Program (lEP). A student is determined eligible for special education services when a disability is present as defined in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) that results in an adverse effect on educational performance and the corresponding need for special education services. A full continuum of services is provided which includes multiple options for placement. Students served through special education services have been identified as having disabilities defined by the IDEA.  Part i c i pants/benef i c i ar i es During the 1992-93 school year, 8.13X of the I district's population or 2,026 students received special education services (Dec. 1, 1992 count). Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock school Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the conmunity as a valued resource upon which our conmunity and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully seaport our schools, including our desegregation plan. * and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #5 - Provide a safe Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. ] $6,442,364.21 $3,942,217.51 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 181 Related Function Codes: 1210, 1220, 1230, 1240, 1290, 1292, 2142 17Program Seq 203 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Nuiber NA LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Patty Kohler April 21, 1994 The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services restrictive environment. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility 1. Provide itinerant instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process. 1.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/93 08/16/93 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors A. All teachers hired 07/01/93 08/16/93 in each child's least Evaluation Criteria 1.1 A list of certified teachers wi11 be provided 1.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Materials ordered, disseminated 1.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered, received B. New forms ordered, delivered C. All folders monitored 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice B. Functional vision inservice C. AAMR inservice attended by 2 examiners/4 supervisors D. Memo to Romine re: inservice needs E. Hearing Impairment Inservice F. Paraprofessionals Inservice G. Elementary Resource Inservice 18 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/06/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 10/22/93 11/09/93 12/17/93 12/17/93 06/30/94 12/17/93 01/05/94 12/02/93 06/30/94 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 10/22/93 11/09/93 Director, Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers Director, Supervisors 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 1.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 1.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedrfiUHHWtt] iiitiO. fWUlUMj I biiiliUuii. d I Ji Jl untiiHvj iilbiiiiV] .jitniUiiiu ,4UVuii\u0026gt;-. tlllHIlI Page: 3 Program Seq *: 203 Revision Date: April 21, 1994 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria H. Speech Therapists Inservice 11/09/93 11/09/93 I. Secondary Resource Inservice 11/09/93 11/09/93 J. Elementary Self-Contained Inservice 11/16/93 11/16/93 K. Secondary Self-Contained Inservice 11/16/93 11/16/93 2. Provide Resource instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 2.1 Identify and employ certified. qualified teachers to deliver services to students A. All teachers hired 2.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Materials ordered, disseminated 2.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered, received B. New forms ordered, delivered C. All folders monitored 2.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice B. Functional visual inservice C. AAMR inservice attended by 2 examiners/4 supervisors D. Memo to Romine re: inservice needs 13 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/06/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 08/16/93 08/16/93 12/17/93 12/17/93 06/30/94 12/17/93 01/05/94 12/02/93 06/30/94 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors Director, Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers Director, Supervisors 2.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided 2.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be Iisted. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 2.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 2.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided I 1Page: 4 Program Seq *: 203 Revision Date: Program Name: Special Education April 21, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: environ! P-osra\"' is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least Plan Reference Page Ntmtier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Hearing Impairment Inservice 10/20/93 10/20/93 F. Paraprofessionals Inservice 10/22/93 10/22/93 G. Elementary Resource Inservice 11/09/93 11/09/93 H. Speech Therapists Inservice 11/09/93 11/09/93 J. K. 3. Provide special class instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 3.1 Secondary Resource Inservice Elementary Self-Contained Inservice Secondary Self-Contained Inservice Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students A. All teachers hired 3.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Materials ordered, disseminated 3.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered, received B. New forms ordered, delivered C. All folders monitored 3.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately 20 11/09/93 11/16/93 11/16/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/06/93 07/01/93 11/09/93 11/16/93 11/16/93 08/16/93 08/16/93 12/17/93 12/17/93 06/30/94 12/17/93 01/05/94 12/02/93 06/30/94 1 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors Director, Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers Director, Supervisors 3.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided 3.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 3.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased Levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 3.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedPage: 5 Program Seq *: 203 Revision Date: April 21, 1994 Progran Name: Special Education Progran Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Nimtier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccnpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Preschool inservice 08/17/93 08/17/93 B. Functional vision inservice 09/13/93 09/13/93 C. AAMR inservice attended by 2 exaininers/4 supervisors D. Memo to Romine re: inservice needs E. Hearing Impairment Inservice F. Paraprofessionals Inservice G. Elementary Resource Inservice H. Speech Therapists Inservice I. Secondary Resource Inservice J. Elementary Self-Contained Inservice K. Secondary Self-Contained Inservice 4. Provide homebound and hospital instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 4.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students A. All teachers hired 4.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Materials ordered, disseminated 4.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered, reviewed B. New forms ordered, delivered 21 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 10/22/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/16/93 11/16/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 10/22/93 n/09/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/16/93 11/16/93 08/16/93 08/16/93 12/17/93 12/17/93 06/30/94 12/17/93 01/05/94 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors Director, Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers 4.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided 4.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 4.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandatesPage: 6 Program Seq #: 203 Revision Date: April 21, 1994 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. Provide extended year services to eligible students in accordance with State and Federal Mandates C. All folders monitored 4.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. 8. C. Preschool inservice Functional vision inservice AAMR inservice attended by 2 examiners/4 supervisors 0. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. 5.1 Memo to Romine re: inservice Hearing Impairment Inservice Paraprofessionals Inservice Elemenatry Resource Inservice Speech Therapists Inservice Secondary Resource Inservice Elementary Self-Contained Inservice Secondary Self-Contained Inservice Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 5.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 5.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 5.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately 22 10/06/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 10/22/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/16/93 11/16/93 07/01/93 12/02/93 06/30/94 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 10/22/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/16/93 11/16/93 06/30/94 Director, Supervisors Director, Human Resources, Supervisors Director, Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers Directors, Supervisors 4.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided 5.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided 5.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 5.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 5.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedMUltUa. mtuiini JB LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Progm Seq f: 204 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Maae : Vocational Education Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Carol Green Prograa Description: Vocational education is designed to provide a program of learning experiences to develop skilled and adaptable workers who are prepared to pursue additional learning opportunities that will result in more productivity. Vocational education also develops abilities, attitudes, and appreciations that contribute to a satisfying life enhancing family, civic, and personal responsibilities. Education is vocational when it provides instruction in the \"why and \"how\" to students, rather than instruction \"about\" things. It is concerned with the development of the individual student in five areas: (1) personal skills and attitudes, (2) communication, (3) employability skills, (4) broad and specific occupational skills and knowledge, and (5) a foundation for career planning and lifelong learning.  ..................... .............................. specifically to the students proficiency in a chosen occupation. The content of the vocational curriculun includes any and every source which will add Such a course of study may include related physics, English (applied corrmunications), applied math, applied biology and chemistry, or other subject matter or information needed to make the learner a more efficient worker. Course offerings in vocational education are available in all secondary schools and include the following programs: (1) Business and Marketing, (2) Home Economics, and (3) Trade and Industrial Technology. On the junior high level, vocational courses include: Career Orientation, Keytoarding, Computer Technology and Exploring Industrial Technology Education I and II. Specialized courses are offered at Metropolitan Area Vocational Center. Vocational education instruction is offered to all students who need, desire and can profit from it. background, or handicapping conditions are included within the scope of vocational education. All youth, regardless of race, gender, economic or social District Goal St\u0026lt;4rt: (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well trained and motivated. (3) The Little Rock School Board administration Staff and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contribution to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our conmunity and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st century. (4) Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan (5) Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operation. Progm Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan References: FT Program Budget: $5,217,443.54 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 120 TW Expenditures: $3,436,904.84 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: I Related Function Codes: 1321, 1331, 1332, 1333, 1341, 1351, 1352, 1353, 1354, 1362, 1371, 1392, 1360, 1362, 2410 ] 23 h aProgram Seq f: 204 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Ninber LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Associate Superintendent for Curriculum Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: April 21, 1994 Director of Vocational Education To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide quality instruction to all students enrolled in vocational courses. 1.1 Identify and employed certified teachers to deliver quality learning experiences and skilled training to students. A. Teachers have been identified through an audit and information disseminated regarding planned inservice. 1.2 Identify equipment, materials and supplies needed. A. Teacher requested purchase orders approved upon submission if proper forms. B. Task Force recomnendation submitted to the Review Board for approval. 1.3 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to deliver quality instruction to students. A. Pre-school inservices held August 4 and August 11. B. Race Relations Inservice October 18, 1993 1.4 Provide an opportunity for teachers to keep abreast of changing technological needs and training in the workplace. 24 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/10/93 54% have completed this training 04/15/94 06/01/94 08/11/93 10/18/93 06/30/94 Director, Assistant Director, Principals, Human Resources Director and Teacher Recruiter Director, Assistant Director, Teachers Director, Assistant Director, Staff Development Director Director, Assistant Director 1.1 A list of certified teachers or applicants will be provided. 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed and prioritized 1.3 A listing of inservice dates, topics, and participants will be provided. 1.4 A list of professional meetings and conferences teachers have attended will be provided.J liiUUilK, J miiuiui aullIUM * UlllltW, tiiiutHi liikUin MltllUl Page: 3 Progran Seq *: 204 Revision Date: April 21, 1994 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Associate Superintendent for Curriculum Secondary Leader: Director of Vocational Education Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Nuitier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. Review, update, or revise course offerings to reflect the needs and trends of the 21st century. 3. Maintain all equipment used in skilled training labs. 4. Awareness activities to promote vocational education will be made available to all students. 2.1 A vocational task force will be organized to address issues of the course offerings. A. Task Force meetings held Decenber 9, January 5, and January 20. 3.1 Identify equipment in need of repair or replacement in the vocational skilled training labs. A. Requests for equipment repair submitted as needed to the Vocational Office. 4.1 Recruitment activities through advertisement, flyers, videos, and student presentation will be made available to all students. A. recruitment flyers and course offerings flyers developed for teacher recruitment. B. Vocational teachers begin student recruitment for 94-95. 4.2 Tech Prep conmittee awareness campaign to inform parents about Tech Prep and it's benefits. A. Vocational Director addressed PTA Council on Tech Prep 25 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 01/05/94 03/01/94 07/01/93 12/14/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 03/01/94 35% complete 04/15/94 100% complete Director, Assistant Director Director, Assistant Director, Principals, vocational teachers. Vocat i onaI teachers, Director, Task Force, and Advisory Committees. Director, Assistant Director, Tech Prep Coordinator 2.1 Recommendations made by the task force will be identified and completed. 3.1 All skilled lab equipment will be identified for needed repair and maintenance. 4.1 a) Surveys will be conducted to determine how students became aware of vocational education \u0026lt;b) Monitoring of student enrollment will determine the success of the awareness sessions. 4.2 List of all awareness sessions and Public Relations Activities will be compiled. IPage: 4 Program Seq Hz 204 Revision Date: April 21, 1994 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Prinary Leader: Associate Superintendent for Curriculum Secondary Leader: Director of Vocational Education Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for and technological workplace. success in an everchanging society Plan Reference Page Nujtjer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Vocational Director briefly explained Tech Prep to televised LRSD Board Meeting audience C. Vocational Director spoke to parents at Cloverdale Junior High's College Night about Tech Prep. 0. Tech Prep brochures developed, printed and distributed at junior high levels. E. Vocational counselor and Tech Prep Coordinator visited Pulaski Heights Junior High to talk with ninth grades about Tech Prep. 26 01/20/94 01/25/94 02/01/94 03/07/94 100% complete 100% complete 03/18/94 25% completeMMTBniiriif kuiunKti  Auntilliui, Program Seq #: 205 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Estelle Matthis I J Page: 1 Revieion Date: May 10, 1994 Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Program Description: District Goel Support: Program Goal: Adult Education is specially designed instruction at no cost to students to upgrade their educational level and or to help them obtain a high school equivalency (GED) diploma. This includes Instruction at the Adult Education Center and Its satellite programs in businesses, industries, various community and state agencies and chores. Scope and content Adult Education services are provided in accordance with each student's needs and goals. A student is eligible for Adult Education sen/ices M he/she is at least sixteen years of age or older and has been released from regular public school by the superintendent or his/her designee or Is eighteen years of age and has withdrawn or dropped out of public school. Participants/beneficiarles Students sen/ed In Adult Education are identified as having withdrawn or dropped out of public school. During the 1992-93 school year, 3078 students received Adult Education serves. Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that wiill ensure that all students grow academically, socially, and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment whille closing disparties in achievement. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 * Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to full support our schools. Goal # 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal # 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of the Adult Education Program Is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adults and to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. [ Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: $753,499.46 Ist Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 25 YTD Expenditures: $477,378.46 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes\n1410, 1420, 1445, 1490 ] 27 JProgram Seq 205 Program Name\nAdult Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number NA LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader\nEstelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: April 21, 1994 Paulette H. Martin The goakof the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide instruction to eligible students in Basic Literacy, General Adult Education, and Computer Literacy using the annual Effective and Efficient Criteria as mandated by the State Department of Education for review of programs. 1.1 Identify and employ qualified teachers to deliver services to students A. All teachers hired 1.2 Identify equipment, materials, and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Materials Ordered B. Materials disseminated 1.3 Provide Inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool Inservice B. Safety \u0026amp; Security 1.4 Promote the Adult Education Program A. Recruiter distributes posters/brochures to grocery stores, barber/beauty shops, medical clinics, public health units, churches B. Tapes made and running on local TV and radio stations C. Assistant Director speaks to Incentive School parents about services offered 28 07/01/93 08/02/93 07/01/93 08/02/93 08/02/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 09.23/93 07/01/93 08/02/93 11/15/93 10/18/93 06/30/94 08/16/93 06/30/94 08/17/93 09/20/93 06/30/94 08/18/93 09/23/93 06/30/94 50% 50% 10/18/93 Director, Human Resources\nDirector, Adult Education Director, Ass't Director, Teacher, examiners Director Director, Ass't Director, Recruiter, teacher 1.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed 1.3 Inservice participants, dates and topics will be provided 1.4 Copies of tapes, brochures, and posters will be provided as well as a schedule of places visited by the recruiter.Page: 3 Program Seq #: 205 Revision Date: April 21. 1994 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan Reference Page Number Objectivee Strategiea Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.5 Submit Proposals and secure financial resources that are necessary to support the Adult Education Program A. Direct and Equitable proposal B. Correctional/Institutionalized C. Adult Basic Education, General Adult Education 1.6 Set up additional satellite Adult Education classes when requested A. McClellan Community School B. Tomberlin Church of God In Christ C. Word of Outreach Christian Church D. Crystal Hill Baptist Church E. University of Arkansas Medical Services F. Old Martin Luther King G. Sysco Foods, Inc. H. Salvation Army 29 07/01/93 01/06/94 03/04/94 07/01/93 11/08/93 10/04/93 01/10/94 01/03/94 02/08/94 09/08/93 02/07/94 03/07/94 06/30/94 01/11/94 03/08/94 06/30/94 05/12/94 05/26/94 05/26/94 05/26/94 03/1 5/94 06/07/94 04/20/94 06/05/94 Director Director 1.5 Copies of proposal will be provided 1.6 List of satellite classes will be providedUSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq it'. 206 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/Stovall/Trowell/Parker Program Description: Compensatory Education funded programs are designed to improve the quality of LRSD's academic programs. Activities include supplemental instruction for students, resource materials, inservice education for teachers, and support for parental involvement. District Goal Support: (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities In achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Program Goal: Disparity reduction - to assist low*achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. I Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: $1,119,707.27 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 37 YTD Expenditures: $644,149.95 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 1560, 1570, 1595 ] 30J J II II J LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 206 Page: 2 Revision Date: Program Name: Compensatory Education May 5, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Adams/Stovall/Trowell/Parker Plan Reference Page Number Objectives 1. To use an integrated shared reading/writing approach of instruction to promote student independence as readers, writers, and learners, (fourteen schools, K-3) Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 03/01/94 06/03/94 Principals and Teachers 1. The teacher assessment component provides: 1) quantitative data on thinking skills, listening, talking, reading, and writing and 2) cumulative literacy profile on student progress in the classroom and at home. 1.1 Purchase and distribute materials and supplies to schools. A. Materials distributed with coding instructions to participating schools. 1.2 Provide additional time for instruction using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach through thematic units utilizing these materials. A. Fourteen on-site visits by reading specialists reflect additional time provided for instruction utilizing these materials. 1.3 Provide whole group instruction for all K-1 students and additional small group and individual instruction as needed. 1.4 Provide second and third grade students with instruction using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach. A. Reading teachers schedules reflect the additional instructional time for identified students. 31 02/16/94 02/25/94 03/01/94 03/07/94 03/01/94 03/01/94 03/07/94 02/25/94 02/25/94 06/03/94 04/21/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 04/21/94 Director of Reading and IRC Reading Specialists Principals, First Grade Teachers, and Reading Specialists Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals, Classroom Teachers, and Reading Specialists 1.1 Documentation of purchase orders. 1.2 The number of developed thematic units will comprise the evaluation. 1.3 Record of classroom observation and schedules. 1.4 Schedules and list of students.Page: 3 Program Seq #: 206 Rexnsion Date: May 5, 1994 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/Stovall/Trowell/Parker Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.5 Provide participating teachers and administrators with a minimum of nine hours staff development. A. Shared Reading/Writing Workshop (6 hours) B. Shared Reading/Writing Workshop (6 hours) C. Shared Reading/Writing Workshop (3 hours) 1.6 Provide summer scholarships to train the trainers. A. Eight teachers are scheduled to attend training in July, 1994. 11/02/93 11/02/93 11/03/93 04/06/94 06/30/94 04/20/94 06/03/94 11/02/93 11/03/93 04/06/94 08/01/94 08/01/94 Director of Reading and Rigby Consultants Director of Reading and Rigby Consultants 1.5 List of participants with evaluations. 1.6 List of trainers. 2. To improve students' abilities to analyze, explain, and summarize materials from books and tapes utilizing the reading styles approach, (two schools) 03/01/94 06/03/94 2. The evaluation criteria includes the recognition of the sound of letters in isolation and in words, and in how to blend sounds together. 2.1 Diagnose students' reading styles in four areas\ntactic, visual, kinesthetic, auditory. A. Thirty-three reading style inventories were completed at Chicot. 2.2 Structure students' work around identified reading styles. A. Reading styles inventories have been completed by 173 students. 2.3 Actively involve students in learning activities. A. Thirty-three individual learning plans have been completed, placing the learning styles inventory into group instruction and individuals. 32 03/01/94 01/14/94 03/01/94 01/05/94 03/01/94 01/14/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 03/24/94 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers 2.1 The number of Reading Styles Inventories completed. 2.2 Students' Individual Learning Plan. 2.3 Students' Individual Learning Plan.Page: 4 Program Seq #: 206 Revision Date: May 5, 1994 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/Stovall/Trowell/Parker Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. To improve students' vocabulary and comprehension skills through phonics related reading, (one school) 4. To promote communications between home and school. 2.4 Send home appropriate books and corresponding tape recordings for the reading styles of targeted students. A. Four purchases have been completed and 3,185 items have been received and catagorized. 3.1 Use the Direct Instruction Program in phonics to teach students. 3.2 Provide target students with presentation books, story books, homework, and materials. 4.1 Inform parents regarding instructional approaches. A. Organized instructional setting - 24 hours of training. B. Three workshops have provided thirteen hours of staff training in Corbo's Reading Sy\\tyles Based Instruction. 4.2 Conduct conferences with parents on student progress. 33 03/01/94 01/14/94 03/01/94 03/01/94 03/01/94 03/01/94 03/01/94 08-12-93 01/05/94 03/01/94 06/03/94 03/24/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 08/23/94 03/16/94 06/03/94 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Teachers Principals and Teachers 2.4 The number of purchases and record of usage. 3. The criteria consists of: a) reference data in reading\nb) amount of peer tutoring\nc) number of discipline problems\nd) parental communication\ne) number of identified reading styles. 3.1 Activities contained in the daily lesson plan will comprise the evaluation. 3.2 Record of books students read annually. 4. Record of take-home materials. 4.1 Documentation of communications. 4.2 Documentation of conferences.Page: 5 Program Seq #: 206 Revision Date: May 5. 1994 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Esteiie Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/Stovaii/Troweil/Parker Program Qoai: To assist iow achieving students to make acceierated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.3 Provide take-home books and materials for parents. 03/01/94 06/03/94 Principals and Teachers 4.3 Record of send-home materials. 5. To reduce education deficit in reading of target students in grades seven through twelve by reinforcing the regular education program with Language Arts Plus. 08/23/93 06/03/94 Language Arts Supervisor 5. Criteria consists of Pre and Post Norm Referenced data in Reading/Language Arts for participating students. 5.1 Reduce language arts class size and add an enrichment class to the schedule. 5.2 Provide tutorial and remedial learning experience in the enrichment class. 5.3 Employ a variety of instructional strategies which permit teachers to clarify, enhance or remediate in the academic setting. 07/01/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/23/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 Principal Principal/ Classroom Teacher Principals and Language Arts Teachers 5.1 Class size at each school site and schedules will comprise the evaluation. 5.2 The number of students, tutor and schedule of session will comprise the evaluation. 5.3 Daily lesson plans will comprise the evaluation. 6. To prevent school failure and dropout with additional assistance from tutors in reading and mathematics. 08/23/93 06/03/94 6.1 The Little Rock School District will purchase the following tutoring services from the Cornerstone Project: A) Ten certified tutors who has special training in working with remedial students\nB) Tutors will work with students through one-on-one situation or in groups not to exceed four students\nC) Students wilt receive one hour of instruction in reading and one hour in mathematics\nD) Review individual student performance with parents\nE) Cornerstone Projects Parent Action Committee will provide a forum for communication among parents, tutors and staff\nF) Parent education seminars will be offered for parents awareness\nG) The service will be Monday through Thursday for nine months or 180 days. Director of Federal Programs 6.1 Students' progress will be monitored by receiving school report, quarterly grade reports, contact with school counselors, and progress with tutoring materials. 34ituuul u biUUUdl LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq \u0026gt;\n207 Page: 1 Reviaion Date: May 10, 1994 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Mable Donaldson Program Description: The Little Rock School District's Gifted Program offers to its students through a design that consists of observation and enrichment for all students in grades K-2. Resource rooms and indirect services are provided for grades 3-6 and special classes for students In grades 7-12 . The program operates in compliance with the Arkansas Depart of Educations Gifted and Talented Approval Standards. The Standards provide the framework for establishing equitable criteria for the identification of gifted and talented students. Services are provided to these students by teachers (specialists and facilitators) who have completed or who are pursuing graduate credit in gifted education. District Goal Support: Goal #1 - Implement Integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal # 2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal # 3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal # 4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal # 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conductive to learning for all students. Goal # 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified students. Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: $1,106,358.49 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expand: FTE 42 YTD Expenditures: $663,084.05 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codas: 35LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq #: 207 Revision Date: May 5, 1994 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Mable Donaldson Program Goal: To provide--approprtate instructional services to all identified gifted students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide resource room and indirect instructional services to identified students according to district and state curriculum guidelines 07/01/93 06/30/94 G/T Supervisor, Coordinator, Teachers 1.1 Identify certified teacher(s) (specialists) to provide needed services at each school. A. Specialist positions filled at all schools. 1.2 Aid schools in providing materials, supplies, external laboratory experiences and participation in local, state and national activities. A. Invoices and requests received from schools. 1.3 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student records (placement) according to district and state guidelines. A. Monitoring of school records scheduled 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachers (specialists) to ensure that students are receiving appropriate instructional services 36 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 09/17/93 06/30/94 50% 06/30/94 25% 06/30/94 Supervisor, Coordinator, Human Resources Dept. Supervisor, Coordinator, Principals Supervisor, Coordinator, Principals, Specialists Supervisor, Coordinator, Staff Development, Curriculum Supervisors List of certified teachers serving each school. Invoices, copies of requests and memberships and/or participation in various activities. Copies of monitoring report and school visitation logs Agendas, participation roster, inservice evaluationshtMtwsl tMMhtl LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 208 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Description: The Uttie Rock School District's Division of Curriculum Services seeks to improve curriculum design and delivery K-12 that is consistent with state guidelines and national recommendations. This division works to ensure alignment between the written, taught, and tested curriculum as determined by student assessment. Finally, efforts are made to ensure that instructional delivery is based on sound teaching principles and grounded in educational research. To accomplish these ends, this division strives to identify, develop, and provide educational resources, staff development, and technical assistance to the schools. District Qoal Support: Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3  The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each Individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal #5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that Is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Qoal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12, [ Plan References: I FY Program Budget: $1,959,459.27 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 45 YTD Expenditures: $1,395,236.75 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: 1190, 1193, 2211, 2212, 2490, 3800, 4900, 2219 37Program Seq 208 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Program Goal\nPlan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Esteiie Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Sterling Ingram May 3, 1994 The purpose' of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Develop a coordinated and articulated curriculum that is comprehensive and demonstrates congruence between what is written, taught, and tested. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 1.0 Revised curriculum is in place that responds to the recommendations curriculum audit. of the Comprehensive review process is in place. 1.1 Development of curriculum guides through the assistance of district-wide committees A. Curriculum guides were revised in all areas in July, 1992 B. Business case was prepared to revise the science curriculum guide during the 94-95 school year C. Additions made to G/T K-6 Resource Guides to provide additional support in K-2 area D. Revision of Special Education Appraisal Guide 1.2 Provide inservice training for teachers to assist in effective delivery of the curriculum A. Inservices provided for G/T specialists and faciliutors B. Inservice training provided in social studies and multicultural education with an emphasis on integrating the curriculum 38 07/01/93 09/01/91 02/01/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 80% 07/01/92 03/09/94 09/15/93 90% 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Certified Teachers, Principals Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 1.1 Curriculum guides are in place and are aligned with District objectives 1.2 Documentation of inservice activities are available 1.2 Test scores will demonstrate improvement  JI JI JI JI  Page: 3 Program Seq ft: 208 Revision Date: May 3. 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Qoal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science and math provide inservice for individual teachers and groups of teachers regarding strategies and techniques for delivering the curriculum D. Approximately seventy-five (75) inservices and/or minicourses were conducted to assist in effective delivery of the core curriculum areas E. Inservice provided to all special education staff 1.3 Provide technical assistance as needed for individual school sites and/or individual teachers A. Technical assistance is provided as needed or requested in all curricular areas B. Special education supervisors are assigned to and visit all schools regularly 1.4 Assist schools in the selection of appropriate materials and resources for delivering the curriculum effectively to students A. Assistance provided to twenty-four (24) schools in the selection, purchase, and delivery of materials and resources for all K-1 B. Assistance as requested was made to schools in the area of multicultural materials C. Replacement \"hands-on\" science supplies are provided for schools to help in the implementation of the curriculum 39 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 08/07/93 07/01/93 08/16/93 08/01/93 08/16/93 06/30/94 03/25/94 01/04/94 75% 06/30/94 75% 75% 10/01/93 06/30/94 06/01/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 1.3 Weekly visitation logs reflect visits for technical assistance 1.3 Test scores will demonstrate improvement 1.4 Materials and resources are in place 1.4 Requisitions for materials are on filePage: 4 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: Program Name: Curriculum Services May 3, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-I2. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Appropriate G/T materials ordered for all programs 07/01/93 10/01/93 2.0 Identify and secure resources, both material and human, to support the program of studies offered by the District E. Assistance provided to equip new King school with appropriate G/T materials for students and curriculum development F. Special education supervisors assist in selection/provision of materials 1.5 Analyze standardized lest results together with Abacus and/or other appropriate data to revise and/or modify curriculum as needed A. Results of tests and other data were used to identify target schools for assistance by Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science 2.1 Identify and order equipment and supplies needed by schools to implement their instructional program A. Science equipment and supplies requested by schools to help implement their science program were ordered and provided 40 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/16/93 80% 50% 09/01/93 06/30/94 70% 03/24/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Teachers Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Procurement, Principals Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Teachers, Principals, Director of Procurement 1.5 School improvement plans reflect emphasis on identified areas of need 2.0 The courses in the program of studies have resources available for full implementation 2.1 Requisitions/purchase orders reflect the equipment and supplies ordered by/for the schools to implement their instructional program 1J a 31 g S J 4UMIb1 Page: 5 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Social Studies instructional materials identified and ordered for all schools to implement the curriculum C. Materials identified and ordered for G/T program D. Equipment needs for children with disabilities have been addressed through lEPs 2.2 Provide direct services to schools through the deployment of curriculum and technical specialists to help implement the schools instructional program A. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science and math provide technical assistance to elementary schools B. Supervisory staff made over 250 on-site visits for technical assistance to schools C. Technical assistance provided to schools by G/T Supervisor and Coordinator D. Technology provided for students with disabilities through lEPs 2.3 Maintain a library of audio-visual materials, staff development materials, and other specialized materials for loan to schools 41 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 03/24/94 03/24/94 80% 50% 06/30/94 03/24/94 06/30/94 80% 50% I Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Curriculum and Technical Specialists, Principals Director of Staff Development, Coordinator of Library Services, Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 2.2 Weekly visitation logs document the direct services to schools provided by curriculum and technical specialists 2.3 An audio-visual catalog and staff development library catalog will document the materials available for loan to schools\ncheck-out logs will document the loan of other specialized materials to the schools I IPage: 6 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date  Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. G/T library established in G/T office. Materials available for checkout upon demand and sent to schools to provide curriculum support 08/17/93 06/30/94 B. Specialized reading, language arts, E.S.L.and math materials are available through checkout at the reading/English/math offices C. Instructional social studies multicultural materials loaned to schools periodically D. Library of audio-visual materials is maintained at the IRC and circulated to the schools E. Library of Scottish Rites and related materials established in Special Education office 2.4 Interview prospective candidates for teaching positions as well as other certified and noncertified positions to assure the best qualified applicants are selected for employment A. Forty-three (43) teacher candidates were interviewed in the areas of reading, language arts, E.S.L.,and math B. Prospective G/T Specialists were interviewed and hired to fill vacancies C. Curriculum staff members interview prospective teachers in their area of expertise D. Special education supervisors monitor placement of all special education staff 42 07/01/93 06/30/94 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/15/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 90% 85% 03/24/94 09/01/93 06/30/94 90% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Human Resources, Principals 2.4 Appointment books and feedback information will record the applicants who were interviewed by the curriculum supervisorsH JI - 1g g JI jpH Page: 7 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram 1 Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.5 Print District documents for dissemination to teachers, principals, students, and/or parents 07/01/93 90% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Administrative Assistant to the Manager of Support Services, Printer at printshop 2.5 Teachers and principals have copies of applicable curriculum guides\nsign-off lists document the distribution of parent home study guides to parents\nstudent/parent records document that students and parents received \"Rights and Responsibilities Handbook\" I A. Revised curriculum guides distributed in August, 1992 B. Curriculum guides provided for newly assigned teachers and specialists in all areas C. Regular correspondence regarding special education updates are mailed to all schools 2.6 Prepare instructional activities and materials for teachers and explain/demonstrate their use A. IRC staff prepares and explains materials and activities for teachers at monthly IRC open houses B. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science prepare model materials and equipment and demonstrate its use during demonstration lessons and teach teaching C. Copies of reading/language a rts/mathemat ics/E. S. L/ foreign language materials and activities are on file 09/01/91 08/16/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/07/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 08/15/92 09/01/93 80% 50% 03/03/94 06/01/94 06/30/94 1 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, and Specialists at IRC 2.6 Monthly IRC Thursday Night Workshops are held to share instructional activities and materials with teachers\ncopies of other activities and materials prepared for teachers are on file at the IRC I D. Editorial cartooning materials developed by G/T and Social Studies Departments 01/06/94 03/24/94 43 JPage: 8 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3. 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader\nSterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Thematic units developed monthly for Early Childhood F. Special education supervisors work with individual teachers/students through lEPs 09/01/93 07/01/93 06/01/94 80% 3.0 Provide technical assistance to principals, teachers, and other personnel to facilitate the effective implementation of District programs 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 3.0 District programs in the area of curriculum operate smoothly, without undue breakdowns of equipment. lack of training of personnel, or lack of information by district personnel 3.1 Assist the schools through the services of roving computer technicians to keep computer labs and equipment up and running A. Computer specialists and technicians maintain regular schedule of school visits to monitor lab operation 3.2 Assist teachers with self-identified or principal- identified needs to improve the teaching/Ieaming process through content specific training as well as training in using various instructional strategies A. Supervisory staff made over 250 on-site visits for technical assistance to schools B. Assistance provided by G/T Supervisor and Coordinator C. Provided assistance to principals/idenlified science teachers at high schools D. Special education supervisors work with individual teachers/students through lEPs 44 07/01/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 02/01/94 07/01/93 50% 06/30/94 50% 03/24/94 06/30/94 03/25/94 80% Coordinators of Technology. Computer Technicians, Principals Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Staff Development, Principals 3.1 Computer labs provide good service and have little \"down\" time 3.2 Weekly visitation logs and visitation reports document technical assistance provided to teachersPage: 9 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.3 Help schools identify staff development needs and plan inservice to address those needs 07/01/93 70% Director of Staff Development, Principals, Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 3.3 The Staff Development Catalog contains training that meets the needs identiHed in the schools School Improvement Plan A. All schools were provided assistance in identification delivery and/or resources needed for staff development B. Each school has an assigned staff development specialist to provide ongoing assistance as needed or requested C. Inservice has been conducted for all groups working with students with disabilities 3.4 Monitor program implementation through classroom visitations A. Over 350 on-site visits were made to schools by supervisory staff to monitor classrooms for program implementation B. Monitoring of G/T program ongoing by Supervisor and Coordinator C. Monitoring of Early Childhood programs ongoing by Supervisor D. Special education supervisors visit schools regularly 3.5 Provide information to appropriate school personnel concerning academic events, training opportunities, funding sources, content-related questions, and special programs to enhance the instructional program 45 07/15/93 07/15/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 80% 50% 03/24/94 06/10/94 06/10/94 80% 50% Curriculum Directors, Supervisor and Coordinators Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 3.4 Weekly visitation logs document program monitoring 3.5 Memos, council agendas, and other written correspondence containing pertinent information is on file in each curriculum areaPage: 10 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3. 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Multicultural and social studies related events/activities and opportunities to enhance the District's instructional program has been disseminated to all schools periodically B. Twenty mailings per month are distributed district-wide through reading, language arts, and math departments C. Supervisory staff provide information to teachers and other staff through council meetings and mail-outs about special events and opportunities D. Information on academic events, opportunities, etc. provided to schools by G/T Supervisor and Coordinator E. Inclusion grant received/implemented 3.6 Assist schools with special needs students to address the identified needs to improve the learning process A. G/T Supervisor and Coordinator provide assistance for schools in providing needed services to identified gifted students B. Academic support programs and E.S.L. programs are in place at all schools C. Early Childhood Coordinator worked through Division of Exceptional Children to meet the needs of identified children D. Special education supervisors work with individual teachers/students through lEPs 46 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/01/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/23/93 09/15/93 07/01/93 03/24/94 03/24/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 50% 50% 06/15/94 03/24/94 03/15/94 80% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 3.6 Programs to address special needs students are in placePage: 11 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. Provide staff development experiences for the effective implementation of the curriculum 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 4.0 Inservice programs offered are in response to identified needs district-wide as well as local school sites 4.1 Provide inservice training through district-wide minicourses, training courses as well as schoolbased workshops to maximize the delivery of the curriculum 07/01/93 70% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Suff Development 4.1 Catalogue reflects inservice opportunities 4.1 Computer generated record reflects all inservice topics, dates, participants 4.1 Evaluations are on file A. Twenty-six (26) training courses were offered district-wide to assist teachers in effective instruction and classroom management B. Fifteen (15) follow-up training sessions for Abacus were offered district-wide C. Fifty (50) minicourses designed to assist teachers with hands-on delivery of the curriculum were offered district-wide D. Forty-two (42) school-based inservice programs with emphasis on content methodology were presented E. Approximately fifteen (15) inservices were provided to teachers and/or instructional aides who work in the Early Childhood Program F. Inservice provided to all special education staff 4.2 Maintain professional materials and supplies that can be accessed by local school sites for identified needs and/or professional development 47 08/17/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 03/24/94 03/24/94 03/24/94 03/24/94 03/24/94 80% 50% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development Specialists 4.2 Record of available materials is on file as well as documentation of materials that have been checked out for local schools i JPage: 12 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Science office maintains a library of professional science tradebooks for use by teachers who desire assistance B. Professional materials incorporated into G/T office library. Materials available for checkout C. Specialized reading, language arts, E.S.L..and math materials are available through checkout at the reading/English/math offices 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 D. Materials kept in central office for checkout by special education staff 07/01/93 80% 4.3 Provide technical assistance to individual schools/teachers through demonstration lessons, team-teaching as well as individual/group planning at the local school 07/01/93 50% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists 4.3 Copies of weekly visitation logs as well as staff development plans are available A. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science and math conduct demonstration lessons, team teaching, and small group inservice sessions at the local school level B. Individual/group planning of G/T curriculum provided by G/T Supervisor and Coordinator C. Supervisory staff made over 250 on-site visits for technical assistance to schools D. On-site assistance provided by special education supervisors 4.4 Provide opportunities for teachers to work at the IRC to design and create their own activities 48 08/17/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 10/07/93 06/15/94 06/15/94 03/24/94 80% 05/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 4.4 List of available dates and participants is availableUUllKMk Page: 13 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. G/T inservices held to provide opportunities for teachers to develop materials 08/17/93 03/24/94 B. Copies of reading/Ianguage arts/mathematics/E.S.L./foreign materials and activities are on flle language 08/17/93 06/30/94 C. Monthly IRC open houses provide teachers an opportunity to design and create instructional materials 10/07/93 03/03/94 5.0 Develop and evaluate programs to meet needs established by the district in the curriculum area 4.5 Provide specialists and technicians to assist local schools in the implementation of the Abacus Instructional Management Program A. Three (3) specialists and five (5) technicians provide bi-weekly visits to schools as well as any requests for additional assistance as needed B. Abacus training provided to all elementary special education resource teachers 49 07/12/93 08/17/93 02/01/94 07/01/93 50% 06/15/94 03/01/94 06/30/94 Staff Development, Computer Central Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Planning Research and Evaluation 4.5 Weekly visitation logs document direct services to the schools 4.5 Increased use of the Abacus system 5.0 Programs are developed to meet needs established by the District\nthe program budgeting process and \"Fast-track\" evaluations are used to evaluate new and existing programs rPage: 14 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.1 Plan programs for magnet, interdistrict, incentive, and other schools established by the District to incorporate selected themes 07/01/93 80% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Assistant Superintendents, Principals. Associate Superintendent for Desegregation 5.1 Schools with special diemes have programs in place that infuse the theme throughout the curriculum A. Assistance by Department of Instructional Technology provided to three (3) Incentive Schools with theme implementation B. Supervisory staff helps plan programs for schools with identified themes or areas of emphasis C. Supervisory staff reviewed and revised the Incentive Schools brochures 5.2 Develop District-wide programs to meet the special needs of identified populations of students A. Academic Support Programs and E.S.L. programs are in place at all schools B. Programming for identified gifted students available at all schools C. special education supervisors work with individual teachers/students through lEPs 50 01/03/94 07/01/93 02/01/94 07/01/93 08/23/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 03/24/94 06/30/94 03/25/94 70% 03/24/94 03/25/94 80% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Director of Federal Programs 5.2 Student populations with special needs identified by the District in the curriculum area have programs in place to address their needsPage: 15 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The puqjose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.3 Assess the effectiveness of District programs in the curriculum area 07/01/93 50% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Planning Research and Evaluation 5.3 Utilization of manpower and resources in the curriculum area will reflect the use of program assessment results A. Program evaluation of gifted program conducted each spring 03/01/94 06/01/94 B. Standardized test results. Abacus results, and various types of alternative assessment used to assess curriculum program results are 07/01/93 06/30/94 C. High school and junior high school science fairs were held in February and provided a measure of the science programs effectiveness 02/01/94 02/28/94 5.4 Seek funding for District programs that qualify for grants from external funding sources 07/01/93 80% Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 5.4 Grant applications are on file in the Office of Federal Programs A. Submitted application for and received funding from Dwight D. Eisenhower Math and Science program 07/01/93 01/15/94 B. Researched and prepared grant application Title VII Compensatory Ed Act 453 11/01/93 09/01/93 09/01/93 11/19/93 12/07/93 04/15/94 C. The Early Childhood Department applied for and received $35,000.00 for an Enhancement Improvement Grant from the Arkansas Early Childhood Commission for developmentally appropriate playgrounds for four-year-old children 07/01/93 08/31/93 I t 51 I i 1Page: 16 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3. 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. The Early Childhood Department and the HIPPY program applied for and received $233,992.00 from the Arkansas Early Childhood Commission for a Continuance Grant for the Early Childhood Programs E. The Early Childhood Department has applied for and received $3,128.70 from the Early Childhood Commission for a Child Care Training Grant F. The Early Childhood Department, U.A.L.Rand Rockefeller school has applied for and received $7,500.00 from the Arkansas State Department of Education for a Parent Involvement Grant. G. Inclusion grant received/implemented 5.5 Plan programs of study for students that meet local, state, and national standards 07/01/93 04/13/94 12/15/93 08/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 04/16/94 06/30/94 50% 80% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Assistant Superintendents, Principals 5.5 Curriculum and program of studies reflect state curriculum frameworks, and program of studies meets local and state requirements and reflects national recommendations and trends A. New graduation policy and regulations approved by the Board reflect local, state, and national standards 07/01/93 03/24/94 B. Foreign language framework pilot program - mathematics/reading/language i correlations with state framework arts curriculum 09/01/93 06/30/94 C. State special education standards provided to all schools 07/01/93 12/01/93 52llUUUUkl kiUkWWI Program Seq #: 208 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number I Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis J  J  J  Secondary Leader: Page: 17 Revision Date: Sterling Ingram May 3. 1994 The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.0 Develop and expand a cooperative relationship between home and school that will encourage positive home learning 5.6 Identify or develop alterative means of assessing student achievement of curricular objectives A. Fifty (50) workshops on portfolio assessment were conducted to facilitate the use of alternative assessment B. Portfolio workshops held for G/T specialists C. Portfolio notebook developed for G/T program D. Portfolio pilot program for third grade identified students E. Social Studies test items in Abacus have been revised to better address the district's curriculum F. Elementary and kindergarten report cards were revised for the 93-94 school year G. Completed through lEPs 6.1 Develop and print parent home study guides for distribution that can be used throughout the year to reinforce positive learning 53 07/01/93 08/17/93 09/14/93 09/29/93 07/01/93 07/12/93 07/15/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 80% 03/24/94 01/25/94 01/23/94 06/30/94 09/15/93 12/15/93 80% 06/30/94 09/15/93 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Assistant Superintendents, Principals Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Teachers Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 5.6 Criterion referenced test items will be cleaned-up/revised in Abacus test item bank for use by pilot schools\nkindergarten and elementary report cards will be revised\nportfolio assessment workshops will be held for groups of teachers 6.0 Home and school cooperation and parental involvement will increase as reported on survey of parents and VIPs records 6.1 Guides are available 3Page: 18 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A- Parent Home Study Guides were developed, training at PTA meetings was provided, and the guides were distributed to parents of students in grades K-6 07/01.93 10/01/93 6.2 Prepare information for dissemination to public regarding curriculum and parent home study guides 08/15/93 09/15/93 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 6.2 Results of surveys from parents reflect their use A. An informational video on the Parent Home Snidy Guides was produced for use on cable TV B. Special education parent meetings held monthly 6.3 Provide inservice training for local school personnel and identified parents in the appropriate use of the study guide 07/01/93 08/01/93 08/15/93 09/01/93 90% 09/15/93 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development, Principals, Teachers, Parents 6.3 Record of inservices and attendees is available A. Principals, teachers, and parents were provided training on the Parent Home Study Guides 07/01/93 10/15/93 6.4 Participate in recruitment activities for parents and students, particularly for newly developed programs 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 6.4 Record of activities 6.4 Increase in number of students recruited for new programs A. Staff Development Director served on Recruitment Planning Committee B. Early Childhood Coordinator participated in recruitment activities for Fair Park and Forest Park 54 01/15/94 01/15/94 02/01/94 03/01/94Page: 19 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.5 Share information with parents about trends in the area of curriculum and about features of LRSD instructional programs 07/01/93 70% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, PTA Council 6.5 Agendas or records of information that is shared with parents A. A curriculum staff member has presented each month at the PTA council meetings about a trend or feature of a LRSD instructional program B. Parent meetings are held in the fall and spring to inform parents of G/T programs and opportunities available in the district C. Three (3) local PTA meetings have requested curriculum specialists to share aspects of instructional program with parents 55 07/01/93 09/15/93 09/15/93 06/30/94 11/15/93 03/24/94 iSJI J JI JI School Operations Cluster  Elementary  Junior High School  High School  Athletics 5fiProgram Seq *: 209 Program Name: Elementary Schools Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Larry Robertson, Margaret Gremillion Secondary Leader: Page: 1 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Elementary School Principals The elementary school program seeks to provide integrated learning experiences which meet the academic, social, and developmental needs of all LRSD students in a desegregated setting. Central Office staff and principals collaborate to ensure quality educational planning for all students with the support of local school staff, parents, and patrons. To provide a quality integrated education for elementary school students. $20,801,455.73 $12,350,100.83 1st Qtr Expend\n2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 732 [ Related Function Codes: 1120,2410,2590,1120 ] 57wimi duUltiita umwiH u.hiiUlWl( .iiuiiiiUui j.iiiiimtb libillUilLV luiumi\n.. Program Seq #: 209 Program Name: Elementary Schools Program Code: LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Larry Robertson. Margaret Gremillion Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: May 3. 1994 Elementary School Principals Program Goal: To provide a quality integrated education for elementary school students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria l.O Provide sufficient support to achieve a quality integrated education for all students. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals, Assistant Superintendents 1.1 Develop annual school budgets 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals, Assistant Superintendents 1.1 Completed and approved budget document detailing how funds will be expended. A. Assist principals in the monitoring of their schools budgets. B. Review and update budget with building principals. C. Monitor budget expenditure through purchase request. 1.2 Recommend appropriate personnel to deliver the educational program. A. Assist in the assignment of appropriate personnel for the schools vacancies in the staff. B. Provide technical assistance to principals in the evaluation process of individual staff members. C. Assist in the scheduling of hours for support staff in under to achieve maximum building coverage. 1.3 Requisition materials, supplies, and equipment necessary to deliver the educational program. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 Principals, Assistant Superintendents 1.2 Annual staff report Principals, Assistant Superintendents 1.3 Educational Equity Monitoring reports, regular site visits by the Assistant Superintendents 58Page: 3 Program Seq #: 209 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Program Name: Elementary Schools Program Code: Primary Leader: Larry Robertson, Margaret Gremillion Secondary Leader: Elementary School Principals I Program Goal: To provide a quality integrated education for elementary school students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Assist the principal in identifying needed materials and equipment for specific programs in his program. 07/01/93 03/31/94 1. (cont'd) B. Approve requisitions based on appropriate need within the budget. 07/01/93 03/31/94 C. Monitor the schools to ensure that materials, supplies and equipment are being used equitably. 07/01/93 03/31/94 59KUIIUW'' niiuw IIUIHIMW wmuhnt aitUHtUa kduatuiu LQUlUUUitk luntuiiu uuUUiii 4JUttk tulUilu aiJittix Program Saq #: 210 Program Name: Junior High Schools Program Coda: Primary Leader: Program Description\nDbtrict Qoal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Page: 1 Revision Date: May 10. 1994 Junior High School Principals The junior high school program seeks to provide integrated learning experiences which meet the academic, social, and developmental needs of all LRSD students in a desegregated setting. Central Office staff and principals collaborate to ensure quality educational planning for all students with the support of local school staff, parents, and patrons. To provide a quality integrated education for junior high school students. 1 $10,037,956.63 $6,014,468.69 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend\nFTE 284 [ Related Function Codes: 1130,1132,2410,2590 I GO II\" LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 210 Page: 2 Program Name: Revision Date: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number Junior High Schools Primary Leader: Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: May 3. 1994 To provide a quality integrated education for junior high school students. Jr. High School Principals 1.0 Objectives Provide sufficient support to achieve quality integrated education for all students. a l.I 1.2 1.3 Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals, Assistant Superintendent Develop annual school budgets A. Budgets developed B. Conduct monthly budget review Recommend appropriate personnel to deliver the educational program. A. Employed personnel Requisition materials, supplies, and equipment necessary to deliver the educational program. A. Purchased materials, supplies and equipment. 61 07/01/93 08/01/93 08/01/93 07/01/93 08/01/93 07/01/93 08/01/93 06/30/94 08/31/93 45% 06/30/94 75% 06/30/94 45% Principals. Assistant Superintendent Principals, Assistant Superintendent Principals, Assistant Superintendent Principals, Assistant Superintendent Principals, Assistant Superintendent Principals, Assistant Superintendent Principals, Assistant Superintendent 1.1 1.2 1.3 Completed and approved budget document detailing how funds will be expended. Annual staff report Educational Equity Monitoring reports, regular site visits by the Assistant Superintendent MMUImuiiUUWII iiiiiiim aiMUiiiib WllllUi lUUItllM (UHiilllUlt iUlWLi nuIhlUt WU(IU Program 8aq #: 211 Program Name: Senior High Schools Program Coda: Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Paga: 1 Revision Data: May 10, 1994 Senior High School Principals The senior high school program seeks to provide integrated learning experiences which meet the academic, social, and developmental needs of all LRSD students In a desegregated setting. Central Office staff and principals collaborate to ensure quality educational planning for all students with the support of local school staff, parents, and patrons. To provide a quality integrated education for senior high school students. 1 $10,081,463.38 1st Qtr Expand: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 272 $5,823,632.27 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: I Related Function Codas\n1140, 2410, 2590, 1140 62 JProgram Seq #: 211 Program Name: Senior High Schools Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: May 3, 1994 Senior High School Principals To provide a quality integrated education for senior high school students. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Provide sufficient support to achieve a quality integrated education for all students. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals, Assistant Superintendent 1.1 Develop annual school budgets A. Budgets developed B. Conduct monthly budget review 1.2 Recommend appropriate personnel to deliver the educational program. A. Employed personnel 1.3 Requisition materials, supplies, and equipment necessary to deliver the educational program. A. Purchased materials, supplies, and equipment G3 07/01/93 08/01/93 08/01/93 07/01/93 08/01/93 07/01/93 08/01/93 06/30/94 08/31/93 45% 06/30/94 75% 06/30/94 45% Principals, Assistant Superintendent Principals. Assistant Superintendent Principals, Assistant Superintendent Principals, Assistant Superintendent Principals, Assistant Superintendent Principals. Assistant Superintendent Principals, Assistant Superintendent 1.2 1.3 Completed and approved budget document detailing how funds will be expended. Annual staff report Educational Equity Monitoring reports, regular site visits by the Assistant SuperintendentUltilW' UiiUl'iU*. .uUlWNM iiiiihUW I..... ziutruM.t rnnhiil III 1LI L. LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Saq #: 212 Page: 1 Revision Data: May 10, 1994 Program Name: Athletics Program Coda: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools. Ouida Carter Program Description: The Athletics program provides the opportunity for students to develop skills In competitive team and individual sports activities. Diatrict Qoal Support: To ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operation. Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. I Plan References: 1 FY Program Budget: $255,021.21 1st Qtr Expand: 3rd Qtr Expand: FTE YTD Expenditures: $233,241,.52 2nd Qtr Expand: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codas: 1151, 1152, 1154, 1155, 1156, 1157, 1158 1 G4Program Seq *: 212 Program Mame: Athletics Progran Code: Progran Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: April 21, 1994 Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter Plan Reference Page Nunber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 To conduct junior high athletics program for boys and girls. (Football, basketball, track, soccer, golf volleyball, and tennis) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter 1.0 An athletics program for junior high girls and boys is implemented as designed and approved by the LRSD Board of Directors. 1.1 Conduct general office tasks. A. Order tickets for all sports for the school year. B. Provide Parent Consent and Health forms for all athletes. C. Prepare athletic game schedules. D. Distribute passes to all full time employees of the District. E. Assign and contract game officials. 65 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 04/01/93 08/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 07/01/93 08/03/93 08/15/93 08/31/93 08/31/93 Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter 1.1 Office duties are conducted within specified timeframes.liiltUUIa iuuuMi iUiUllUU riiiilUM iiUlhiiM UtilliM iUUu ulUttlUi awuu Page: 3 Program Seq *: 212 Revision Date: April 21, 1994 Program Name: Athletics Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. Plan Reference Page Nu^r Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria G. 1.2 Payment of membership fees to AAA for all secondary schools. Payment of Catastrophic Insurance coverage for junior high schools. Order uniforms and supplies A. Receive and distribute uniforms and supplies for all sports as received. B. Football uniforms (fill-in uniforms only) ordered for: Cloverdale, Pulaski Heights, Mabelvale, Mann Magnet, and Southwest C. Football supplies ordered for all schools D. Boys Basketball uniforms (complete sets) ordered for: Cloverdale - 7th and Sth grade\nSouthwest (warm-up tops only) E. Girls Basketball uniforms (2 sets tops and 1 set shorts) ordered for Mann F. Basketball supplies ordered for all schools 66 08/31/93 08/31/93 07/01/93 08/01/93 03/01/93 07/01/93 03/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/31/93 08/31/93 06/30/94 10/01/93 08/31/93 08/31/93 08/31/93 08/31/93 08/31/93 Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter 1.2 Uniforms and supplies are available for use for each designated sports activity. aProgram Seq f: 212 Page: 4 Program Name: Athletics Revision Date: April 2b 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter Plan Reference Page Nuntier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CooTiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria G. Girls Volleyball uniforms (complete sets) ordered 03/01/93 09/01/93 H. 1.3 2.0 To conduct senior high athletics program for boys and girls. (Football, basketball, track, soccer, tennis, golf, swimning, volleyball, and baseball) for: Cloverdale and Forest Heights Volleyball supplies ordered for all schools Conduct game operations tasks. A. B. C. 08/01/93 07/01/93 09/01/93 06/30/94 Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter 1.3 All game operations (officials, security, ticket takers and sellers, and ambulance service) are conducted in specified time frame. Arrange for medical personnel to attend junior high school football games. Requisition and set*up game payrolls for all sports and deliver to schools. Check all game reports and make deposits after each game. 67 07/01/93 07/01/93 09/01/93 07/01/93 08/31/93 02/28/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter 2.0 An athletics program for senior high girls and boys is implemented as designed and approved by the LRSD Board of DirectorsIE |IIUUW.| tUllUOM I  JUMHIM, nCTF\" iitUhlpt iihiud|jib -llllllhib Program Seq #: 212 Page: 5 Program Name: Athletics Revision Date: April 21, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, ________Ouida Carter Plan Reference Page Nmfcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Conduct general office duties. A. Order tickets for all sports for the school year. B. Provide Parent Consent and Health forms for all athletes. C. Prepare athletic game schedules. D. Prepare contracts for school and game officials. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 04/01/93 08/01/93 06/30/94 07/01/93 08/03/93 08/15/93 08/31/93 e. Distribute passes to full time employees of the district. 08/01/93 08/31/93 F. Distribute passes to visiting schools for football and basketball. 08/01/93 10/30/93 G. Payment of membership fees to AAA for all secondary schools. 08/31/93 08/31/93 iaMi G8 Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter 2.1 Office duties are conducted within specified time frames. i I IPage: 6 Progran Seq *: 212 Revision Date: Progran Name: Athletics Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. Plan Reference Page Nurber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date 2.2 Order uniforms and supplies. A. Receive and distribute uniforms and supplies for all sports as received. B. Football uniforms (fill- ins uniforms only) ordered for: Central, Fair, Hall, McClellan, and Parkview C. Football supplies ordered for all schools D. Boys Basketball uniforms (two complete sets) ordered for Hall. I uniforms ordered for Central and Fair. Reversable practice jerseys ordered for McClelIan. Fill-in E. Girls Basketball uniforms (one new set and warm-up tops) ordered for McClelIan. Fill-in uniforms ordered for Central. One new set and sweat suits ordered for Fair. F. Basketball supplies ordered for all schools. 69 07/01/93 08/01/93 03/01/93 08/01/93 03/01/93 03/01/93 08/01/93 06/30/94 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 1 April 21, 1994 Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter Responsibility Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Evaluation Criteria 2.2 Uniforms and supplies are available for use for each designated sports activity.tHlUiMH UUiUM biltUM iiiiM itUIHIHIM UUllUlU lUUtUUU UMIIlUUU lllUlUUu wiinuti Mikhw uuuliu Page: 7 Prograa Seq *: 212 Revision Date: April 21, 1994 Program Name: Athletics Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria G. Girls Volleyball uniforms (two sets-tops only) ordered for Parkview. Fill-in uniforms only ordered for Hall and McClelIan. 03/01/93 10/01/93 Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter H. Volleyball supplies ordered for all schools. One set Baseball uniforms ordered for Hall. uniforms ordered for McClellan. Fill-in J. Baseball supplies ordered for all schools. Central and Parkview not district funded. 2.3 Conduct game operations tasks. A. Requisition and set up game payrolls for all sports and deliver to schools. 8. Arrange for stand-by ambulance service at football games. 70 08/01/93 03/01/93 08/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 06/30/94 02/15/94 08/15/93 Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary, 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter Assistant Supt., Secondary 0. Carter 2.3 All game operations (officials, s\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_557","title":"Program planning and budget document, Volume II, third quarter status report","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1994-05-13"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Program planning and budget document, Volume II, third quarter status report"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/557"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME II (CONTD) LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT THIRD QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT May 13, 1994 Incentive Schools Cluster * Office of Incentive Schools Writing to Read * Science Labs * * * ** * * * * * Computer Labs Foreign Language Programs Computer Loan Program Extended Day/Week Field Trips Transportation Instructional Aides Extended Year Incentive/Recognition Resident Counseling Service Camp Pfeifer Monitoring Incentive/Recognition Resident Counseling Service Camp Pfeiffer Staffing Required Staff Development Teacher Stipends for Inservice and Extra 5 Days 230 Incentive Schools Academic Programs --Peer Tutors/Retired Teacher Mentors Themes Kindergarten Reading Across the Curriculum Oral Expression Across Curriculum -Learning Styles Inventory -Semi-Departmental Instructinal Tech Study/Test-Taking Parent Home Study Computer Managed Instruction -Student Education Plans -Specialized Programs Incentive Programs Homework -Criterion Grouping Heterogeneous Grouping Effective Schools African/American History I Incentive Schools Cluster (cont.) Social Skills Family Folklore Positive Imaging Interpersonal Skills -Rites of Passage Role Model Program Mentoring Program Counseling/Social Work Community Services Access College/Post Graduate Awareness -Study Skills -Wellness Program Special Activities Peer Tutoring program Academic Reinforcement Clubs Special Interest Clubs School Policies and Procedures - Other Latin Enrichment Program Career Skills Development Incentive Schools Operations -- Support Services Community Access/Field Trip Community Involvement -Special Skills Program Special Training Parental Involvement -Learning Time Schedule Home/School Community Extracurricular Program Attendance and Behavior -Subject Related Extracurriculum 231 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prograa Seq *: 41 Page: 1 Prograa Name: Office of Incentive Schools Program Code: 51 Prinary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Revision Date: Sterling Ingram May 10, 1994 Program Description: The Little Rock School District Mill have seven (7) schools providing the incentive school program. provide the incentive school program. Rockefeller may become an interdistrict school but would continue to District Goal Si\u0026lt;\nport: Program Goal: Plan References: FT Program Budget\nTTP Expenditures: Related Fmction Codes: desegregate, The purpose of the incentive school program is to promote and ensure academic excellence in schools that have been difficult to It is believed that the incentive school program will not only compensate the victims os segregation, but the program will also serve as a tool for promoting meaningful end long-lasting desegregation in these schools and in the entire school district The following schools will provide the incentive school program\nFranklin. Garland. Ish. Mitchell Rightsell. Rockefeller, and Stephens. In order to be successful the incentive program must address the academic, social and emotional needs of all student participants as a recruitment tool for meeting the desegregation requirements in these schools. model of excellence for the county, state, and nation. in the LRSD. With proper resources and expectations. The incentive program must also serve the incentive school program will serve as a The success of the incentive school program is directly related to the success of the long-term desegregation plan In addition to the on-going comprehensive programs in the incentive schools, the parties will explore the possible use of a trust fund to provide future college scholarship incentives. The parties will determine the costs of implementing a scholarship program for the students who attend incentive schools and will determine the feasibility of using trust funds to provide such an incentive. If feasible, the parties will have the responsibility for establishing the buidelines and criteria to be used in allocating any resources to the students, students in setting realistic goals for attending college- The focus. 1 flexibility. The trust fund would be used to provide an academic achievement incentive to students and would also assist parents and function and guiding process of the incentive schools will be to provide excellence in an environment of academic support\nindividualized education and These schools shall exenplify the close partnership between parents and the school comnunity which is a motivational factor for students program will address student success and development of potential from affective, skill based, and academic perspectives, The school Ii^lcment integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and esotionally with eaphasis on basic skills and academic enrichsmnt while closing disparities in achievement. Develop and RBintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Est^lish an Incentive School Office that will be staffed and adequately equipped to facilitate building principals, staffs, other adsinistrators, parents and coamittees in mderstanding and i^leaentation of the Incentive School Program. L 149 $ $ 1,749.42 830.08 Ist Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $ 76.77 .58 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: 232 $ 752.73 FTE ] LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq f: 41 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Program Name: Office of Incentive Schools Program Code: 51 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingrain Program Goal: Establish an Incentive School Office that uill serve to assist building principals and staff in understanding and ii^lementation of Incentive School Program. Plan Reference Page Nmtter L 149 1.0 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (An Incentive School office will be adequately equipped and maintained with appropriate administrative and clerical personnel who will facilitate desegregation efforts.) 1.0 1.1 Establish an office for Incentive Schools. A. Incentive School Office is established. (Initiate planning with appropriate district level personnel and building principals to discuss materials, equipment and resources needed to implement various programs and activities in the desegregation plan, if financing is not included in indivicfcjal school budgets.) 1.1 a. 1.1 b. 1.1 c. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 09/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 The Incentive School Program Committee will continue to fufx:tion until August 1, 1989. The conwiittee Mill be expanded to include at least one parent from each incentive school attendance zone. On August 1. the committee will be restructured to function as a districtwide council of incentive school parents. The council will have two parent representatives from each incentive school. Also, four members at-large will be appointed by the Joshua Interventors. 233 (Assoc. Supt. of Deseg., Controller, Deseg Facilitator, Assoc. Supt. of Curriculim, Transp. Supv./, Director of Plant Services) 1.0 (Materials, equipment and resources identified in the plan will be purchased on the district level when necessary to support the programs or activities identified.) 1.1 (Docunentation of meetings, materials, resources, purchases on file and operative in the schools) I Page: 3 Progroa Seq *: 41 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Office of Incentive Schools Prograa Code: 51 Priaary Leader\nEstelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Prograa Goal: Establish an Incentive School Office that will serve to assist building principals and staff in inderstanding and iiqileaentation of Incentive School Prograa. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.1 d. The Incentive School Program Parent Council will be responsible for monitoring all activities related to the incentive school program. 1.1 e. The Parent Council will report to the LRSO Board of Directors and Joshua Intervenors on a quarterly basis. A. Meetings are held monthly or as needed with appropriate administrators to discuss equipment and/or resources to implement programs. 1.2 (To facilitate communication efforts with committees in the Incentive Schools) 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Assoc. Supt. of Deseg., Parents, Committee Members, Deseg Facilitator) 1.2 (Dates and agendas of conmittee meetings held) A. Sent letters and scheduled meeting with Parent Council members. Monthly meetings will be held. RIGHTSELL 10/28/93 75X B. Monthly meetings scheduled with all Incentive School principals and Superintendent. 01/20/94 02/23/94 03/08/94 75X STEPHENS B. Incentive School Principals met with the superintendent to discuss programs and activities in the desegregation plan. 01/31/94 02/23/94 03/08/94 01/31/94 02/23/94 03/08/94 234LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMEMT Page: Progra* Seq f: 41 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Progrea Naae: Office of Incentive Schools Prograa Code: 51 Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Prograa Goal: To develop and implement a quality academic program for Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Niaber L 165 1.0 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 165 2.0 To promote/enhance leadership and staff understanding of the incentive school concept. To develop Incentive School Plan for each school. 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2.1 2.2 2.3 07/01/93 06/30/94 Superintendent* s Cabinet, Assistant Superintendent - Incentive Schools Provide an indepth pre*orientat{on session on each component of the incentive schools for principals. Develop in cooperation with the principals a detailed process and format for developing the individual Incentive School Plan. Assist each building principal in presenting an in-depth preorientation session for staff on each component. Assist each principal and staff with orientation session for parents in the incentive schools Identify Incentive School Plan teams. Develop the detailed individual Incentive School Plan. Review and approve School Plan. 235 02/15/89 03/03/89 03/01/89 03/01/89 07/01/93 06/01/89 06/01/89 06/01/89 02/28/89 03/15/89 03/15/89 03/15/89 06/30/94 06/15/89 07/01/89 07/01/89 Principals, Assistant Superintendent - Incentive Schools All Divisions Superintendent* $ Cabinet, Board of DirectorsPage: 5 Program Seq *: Prograa Haae: Prograa Code: Prograa Goal: Plan Reference Page Hiaber L 165 L 165 L 166 41 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Office of Incentive Schools 51 Priaary Leader: Estelle Natthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram To develop and itrplement a quality academic program for Incentive Schools. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coagjletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.0 To develop curriculun specific to the incentive schools. 06/15/89 07/31/89 Principals, Assistant Superintendent - Incentive Schools, Curriculum Supervisors 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 Identify each area in need of curriculum development. Identify teachers for curriculun teams. Plan orientation and format for curriculun development Review preliminary draft of revised curriculun for LRSD. Develop additional components for each curriculun area. Proof and type Incentive School Curriculun Guides. Print Curriculun Guides. 23G 06/15/89 06/01/89 06/01/89 06/01/89 06/01/89 07/01/89 07/20/89 07/31/89 06/15/89 06/15/89 06/30/89 06/30/89 07/20/89 07/30/89 Principals, Assistant Superintendent - Incentive Schools, Curriculum Supervisors Principals, Assistant Superintendent - Incentive Schools, Curriculun Supervisors Principals, Assistant Superintendent - Incentive Schools, Curriculum Supervisors Curriculum Teams Curriculun Teams Curriculun Division, Principals Curriculum DivisionPage: 6 Prograa Seq *: 41 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Office of Incentive Schools Prograa Code: 51 Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Prograa Goal: To develop and implement a quality academic program for Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Hiaber L 166 L 167 4.0 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccapletion Date Responsibility Evaltation Criteria 3.8 Distribute and provide inservice on the implementation of the curriculim guides. 08/01/89 08/30/89 Curriculim and School Division To procure equipment and furniture for Incentive School Programs. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals, Director of Purchasing, Assistant Superintendent - Incentive Schools, Curriculum Staff 4.1 Develop specification for bid for equipment and furniture. 03/15/89 04/15/89 Principals, Director of Purchasing, Assistant Superintendent - Incentive Schools, Curriculum Staff 4.2 Bid for specific equipment and furniture. 04/15/89 05/15/89 Principals, Director of Purchasing, Assistant Superintendent - Incentive Schools, Curriculum Staff 4.3 Order furniture and equipment. 05/15/89 08/01/89 Principals, Director of Purchasing, Assistant Superintendent - Incentive Schools, Curriculum Staff 237Page: 7 Prograa Seq *: 41 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Haaa: Office of Incentive Schools Prograa Code: 51 Priaery Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Prograa Goal: To develop and inplement a quality academic program for Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Nuiber L 167 L 168 5.0 6.0 Objective* Strategies Beginning Date Coa|\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.4 Install and inventory to ensure adequacy of all equipment and furniture. 08/01/89 08/15/89 Principals, Director of Purchasing, Assistant Superintendent - Incentive Schools, Curriculun Staff To effect facility modifications for implementation of the Incentive School specialized programs. To ensure the availability of adequate resources to implement academic programs. 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 07/01/93 06/30/94 Division of Schools, Associate Superintendents , Assistant Superintendents , Principals Review the detailed Incentive School Plans with the Support Services Division. Identify modifications timeline as previously collaborated in the development of the plan. Contract for service as needed/identified in the plans. Implement the modification plan for the facilities. Make final inspection on the work for the facilities modification. 238 04/15/89 04/15/89 04/30/89 05/15/89 05/15/89 07/01/93 04/30/89 04/30/89 05/15/89 08/15/89 08/15/89 06/30/94 Division of Schools, Associate Superintendents , Assistant Super i ntendents , Principals Division of Support Services Division of Support Services PrincipalsPage: 8 Prograa Seq *: 41 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Office of Incentive Schools Program Code: 51 Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: To develop and implement a quality academic program for Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Nu^r L 168 L 169 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccmpletion ___ Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 6.10 6.11 6.12 Initiate identification of materials and textbooks needed for the 1989*90 school year. Involve school teams of staff and parents in reviewing the needs identified as required for core and special programs. Identify any materials or textbooks that must be ordered prior to fiscal year 1989. Maintain building record of requisitions for the 1989 school year. Monitor and approve requisitions as requested from incentive schools. Maintain audit for all materials received. Cross validate with purchasing all orders not received. Obtain requirements for participation in all special programs. Pay participation fee and order all necessary materials for special activity. Select sponsors for each special program activity approved in the Incentive School Plan. Complete special contracts with all extended day employees for the 1989- 90 school year. Complete Master Schedule for total school program. 239 05/01/89 05/01/89 05/01/89 05/01/89 05/20/89 07/01/89 07/01/89 03/15/89 04/30/89 04/30/89 08/01/89 04/30/89 06/30/89 06/30/89 05/20/89 Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing 04/30/89 07/01/89 07/30/89 08/30/89 08/15/89 Principals Principal, School Teams Principals, Assistant Principals, All Divisions, with major input from Purchasing Principal Associate Superintendents Principal Principal Principal Principal Principal Principal Principal Page: 9 Prograa Seq *: 41 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Maae: Office of Incentive Schools Prograa Code: 51 Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Prograa Goal: To develop and implement a quality academic program for Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Nudier L 169 7.0 6.0 Objectives Strategies 6.13 Review/Revise as necessary the staff Development Plan for the fall (September - December). Beginning Date 08/30/89 (As necessary, but at least once each semester. Completion Date 09/15/89 (As necessary, but at least once each semester. Responsibility Principal Evaluation Criteria To implement staff development activities for incentive schools School site teams will be created to work to implement needed programmatic modifications which will be a greater benefit to the students. 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 8.1 To identify the staff development needs of each incentive school. To develop inservice schedule in collaboration with building principal. To notify each school staff of proposed inservice dates for preschool training. To plan details for delivery of inservice, i.e., site, arrangements, etc. time. To implement fall training cycle To evaluate staff development activity through survey response from each staff. Membership on these teams will be rotating and on a semester basis so that staff (including custodial, aides and cafeteria workers), patrons, and students have an opportunity for input. 240 Page: 10 Prograa Seq *: 41 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Office of Incentive Schools Prograa Code: 51 Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Prograa Goal: To develop and implement a quality academic program for Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Miaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 9.0 Funding for the incentive schools shall be set at two times the level for the elementary area schools to insure that the children who are in racially isolated settings are provided meaningful opportunities for desegregated experiences/ activities. 10.0 LRSD shall utilize the services of a consultant who has demonstrable experience in developing and successfully implementing programs in a majority black educational setting. 10.1 To obtain services of consultants (as required). 11.0 Develop a comprehensive long-range strategic plan for implementation of the incentive school program. 241 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq *: 42 Page: Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Name: Writing to Read Labs Program Code: 52 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Description: (The Writing to Read Technology Program is designed to improve writing and reeding skills for Pre-K - Grade 1 students. and aides will assist students with writing activities.) Through the use of computers, teachers, parents 1 District Goal Si^iport: I^lement integrated edjcational programs that will insure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with entasis on basic skills and academic enrichaient while closing disparities in achieveaent. Program Goal: The intent of the ecadaaic programs, instructional methodologies and use of instructional technology in the Incentive Schools is to promote excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools. Plan References: L 152 FY Program Budget\n$6,000.00 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE TTD Expenditures: 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Fixictian Codes: 1 242 Program Seq f: 42 Program Name: Writing to Read Labs Program Code: 52 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Nuit)er L 152 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Arma Hart May 2, 1994 \"ethodologies and use of instructional technology in the Incentive Schools is to promote excellence in education for all si^nencs in cne incentive ^CnOOts. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 (To augment the academic program) with special students activities and social skills building programs to aeet the cognitive social, eantional, and interest needs of students. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Assoc. Supt. for Curr., Asst. Supt., Deseg Facilitator, Instructional Technology Dept., Instructional Aides, Principal, Teachers) (Program exists in all Incentive Schools) (An instructional technology program, such as Writing to Read, will be implemented at each Incentive School for K-2 students. (K-1) A. Labs were installed in every school. school year 100X Completed, 1991-92 1991-92 B. On-going maintenance provided for upkeep of labs. C. Department of Instructional Technology provided assistance in disk maintenance for Write to Read Labs. 08/23/93 70X GARLAND D. Garland students, grades K-1, go to the Writing to Read Lab four times a week for one hour a day to work on reading and writing skills. 09/01/93 75X 243Page: 3 Progran Seq f: 42 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Name: Writing to Read Labs Program Code: 52 Priinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: The intent of the academic programs, instructional methodologies and use of instructional technology in the Incentive Schools is to promote excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER D. First grade students are scheduled to have instruction in the Writing to Read lab for 45 minutes each day. A lab attendant and the teacher are present during instruction. 10/01/93 75X E. Kindergarten students attend the Writing to Read Lab for 45 minutes per day. STEPHENS C. Thirty-eight students in K and first grade participate in the Writing to Read Program one hour each day. 244 01/03/94 08/23/93 75X 75X LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prograa Seq *: 43 Page: 1 Progran Naaie: Science Labs Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograa Code: 53 Priaery Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograe Description: (Science LaUbs are incl,u ded,, in each school to provide hands-on exppeerriieenncceess ifaorr ssttuuddeennttss.. District adninistrators, principals and teachers ensure that the Science Shipment is adequate.) (Labs) provide the means for students to study science In the fullest sense, incluging the With regard to science laboratories at incentive schools, the court stated it would allow mobile science laboratori a full size permanent science lab is not available,  ~ --------------------- including the means to execute long-term longitudinal experiments. ------------------ -- ------C Icbcrctcr\nc in those incentive schools where adequate space for court added that mobile labs must be fully equipped so that students using them receive the same range and high quality of experience as students who are taught in permanent labs, * *  les District Goal S(\u0026lt;]port: enrichaent while closing disparities in achieveaent. **\"  ''\"y  e-of onaHy with ..^asis on basic skills -si acadaaic Prograe Goal: I Plan References: FT Program Budget: TTD Expenditures: Schools'\"* ** acadenic prograa, instructional aethodologies and instructional technology is to proaiote excellence in education for all students in the Incentive L 153 I $12,000.00 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: I Related Finction Codes: 1 245 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Prograa Seq *: 43 Revision Date: Prograa Naae: Science Labe May 2, 1994 Prograa Code: 53 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Prograa Goal: Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Th^rtent of the acadeaic prograas, instructional aethodologies and instructional technology is to proaote excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Muiber L 153 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cooipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.10 (To augment the academic program) with special student activities and social skills building prograae to meet the cognitive, social eaDtional and interest needs of students. 07/01/93 06/30/93 (Assoc. Supt. Curr., Deseg Facilitator, Asst. Supt., Principal, Teachers, Science Supvs.) (Science mobile labs or permanent labs will be available for grades three through six students.) (Science labs equipped with adequate e^ipment and materials and supplies, either mobile or permanent, will be available for students.) A. Mobile and/or Science labs i available and materials were are purchased in 1992-1993 school year. B. Materials will continue to be purchased as necessary at the building level. C. The mobile labs at Stephens were converted to a permanent science lab room and science lab equipment and supplies were consolidated in the lab room. 07/01/93 08/30/93 0. Science lab equipment supplies from Ish were moved to Stephens to support their theme. 07/01/93 08/30/93 E. The mobile labs at Rightsell were converted to a permanent science lab room and science lab equipment and supplies were consolidated in the lab room. 07/01/93 11/28/93 F. Training was provided to teachers at Rightsell about the use of hands-on science activities. 10/04/93 10/04/93 24GPrograa Seq *: 43 Prograa Naae: Science Labe Progri Code: 53 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Page: 3 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Arma Hart Prograa Goal: Tte^rrtent of the acadeaic prograas, instructional aethodologies and instructional technology is to promote excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Plan Reference Page NiMer Objectives Strategies Beginning ___Date Coa^letion Pate Responsibility Evaluation Criteria G. The mobile labs at Franklin were converted to a permanent science lab room and science lab equipment and supplies were consolidated in the lab room. 07/01/93 08/30/93 H. Staff development and demonstration lessons have been provided for science teachers at Garland in the area of hands-on science instruction. Training was provided to teachers at Mitchell about the use of hands-on science and mathematics activities. FRANKLIN J. Science experimental equipment was ordered and received. 01/04/94 03/14/94 03/31/94 03/30/94 03/14/94 03/31/94 Principal, Science Chairman, Secretary, LRSO Purchasing (Science lab sign-out sheets for equipment.) MITCHELL J. Science equipment and supplies are replaced as needed. 08/16/93 75X RIGHTSELL J. The mobile science labs at Rightsell were converted to a permanent science lab and science lab equipment and supplies were consolidated in the science lab. K. Training was provided to teachers at Rightsell about the use of hands-on science activities. A building-level science team was splinted to oversee daily lab maintenance and schedule activities. 247 Page: Prograa Seq *: 43 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Prograa Naae: Science Lafae Prograa Code: 53 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goel: The intent of the acadaic prograas, instructional aethodologies and instructional technology is to proaote excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Nud?er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CooBiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL (continued) H. The third and fourt grade classes serve as lab attendants. They care for the animals under the supervision of the classroom instructor and the science team. ROCKEFELLER J. Supplies purchased: Broun Planaria, Xenopus Study Kit, Xenopus Breeding Kit, frog eggs, Young Xenopus Frongs, Tad^le Metamorphosis Set, Pond Water, Tadpoles, Hind Limb Stage Set, Giant Ant Farm, Hatching Dinosaur (maiasaur) and Introduction to the Algae. STEPHENS J. Science Lab established. Classes are assigned one hour per week in 08/16/93 08/23/93 Science Lab. (Pre-K - 6 grades). Mobile Science Labs ere available in classrooms in grades 3*6. 248 Program Seq f: 44 Program Naaie: Computer Laboratories Program Code: 54 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTO Expenditures: LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMEHT C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Page: 1 Revision Date: (A Cosputer Laboratory includes 25 computer stations uith reading and math software that uill imrove students' skills in math and readino uill uork cooperatively to assist students.) Hay 10, 1994 Teachers and Lab Assistants intwatrf eckicatianal that Hill insure that alt students grou acadeaiicatty, \u0026gt;cially and esntionally uith esgdiasis an basic skills and acadesiic enrichment i4iile closing disparities in achievement. In -ethodolasies and use of instructional technology in the Incentive Schools is to proante excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools. L 153 $6,000.00 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: 249 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq *: 44 Revisicxi Date: May 10, 1994 Program Name: Coifxjter laboratories Program Code: 54 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: The intent of the academic programs, instructional methodologies and use of instructional technology in the Incentive Schools is to proante excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Hudaer L 153 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.11 Coaputer Laboratories for reaediation and enrichamnt will be expanded for a minimus of 25 stations in each incentive school. Instructional Technology will be available in specialited laboratories and in individual classrooms. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Assoc. Supt. Curriculum, Asst. Supt., lab Attendants, Teachers, Principals, Instructional Technology Coordinator) (Students will evidence improvement in reading and math on teacher-made tests and Abacus assessment.) (Install 25 station conputer labs to assist students with remediation and enrichment skills in reading and math.) A. Computer labs are installed in every school. B. Computer specialists and technicians monitor operations of incentive school labs regularly 08/01/93 75X C. Total visits by Department of Instructional Technology staff were as follows: Franklin (32 visits) - 89.25 hours\nGarland (IB visits) - 35 hours Mitchell (23 visits) - 67 hours Rightsell (27 visits)  78.25 hours Rockefeller (20 visits) - 49.5 hours Stephens (24 visits) - 57.75 hours FRANKLIN B. All students in grades 1-6 attend the computer lab one hour per week. C. Kindergarten students attend the computer lab 30 minutes per week. 08/01/93 08/30/93 01/18/94 75X 75X 75XB Page: 3 Prograa Seq f: 44 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Name: Coafjuter laboratories Prograa Code: 54 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: The intent of the academic prograsB, instructional methodologies and use of instructional technology in the Incentive Schools is to promote excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Nudxr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND B. All classes are scheduled for three days with emphasis on tasks which correspond to items on the Stenford-8 achievement test. 10/01/93 12/17/93 C. Remediation and enrichment skills are logged on at the discretion of classroom teachers during the second quarter* 10/01/93 12/17/93 0. Incentive recognition program established for high performers (individual and classrooms), as well as teachers. MITCHELL B. Students are scheduled into the lab three times per week for remediation and enrichment C. Students are taught test-taking skills in the lab. RIGHTSELL B. All students grades 1-6 attend the computer lab mininun of one hour per week. Kindergarten students attend the lab 2 hours and 30 minutes weekly. C. Remediation and enrichment skills are logges at the discretion of the classroom teacher 0. Stanford-8 skills are emphasized in the lab in grades 1-6 E. AMPT skills are emphasized with 6th grade students during the regular day and extended day. 251 10/01/93 09/07/93 10/01/93 08/01/93 01/04/94 09/01/93 09/01/93 12/17/93 75X 75X 75X 75X 75X 03/23/94Page: 4 PrograM Seq f: 44 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Coaputer laboratories Prograa Code: 54 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal\n-.thodolosies md u of instructional technology in the Incentive School, is to prasote excellence in education for all stuoents in tne incentive Scnools. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER B. All students K-6 attend the computer lab twice a week for 30 minutes. Chapter I students receive an additional 30 minute session per week. 09/01/93 75X C. The conputer lab is used by the Computer Club during extended day. 09/01/93 75X 0. The computer lab is used for keyboarding for grades 4-6. 01/18/94 75X E. Stanford-8 review lessons were t- plugged in the conputer lab for all students. STEPHENS B. Academic Support students are scheduled in the lab three times a week. All other students two times a week. All students are scheduled an additional thirty minutes with their classroom teacher supervising. 252 11/17/94 08/23/93 04/15/94 75XluthMa- LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq f: 45 Page: 1 Program Name: Foreign Language Program Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Program Description: Secondary Leader: District Goal Stuport: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Fmction Codes: (Spanish will be taught to students in grade 1-6 during regular or extended day. I^lcment integrated educational prograam that will ensure that all students enrichment trfiile closing disparities in achieveaient. L 153 Arma Hart Appropriate staff will be hired.) grow academically, socially and eantionalLy with eafjhasis on basic skills and academic in.truct.on.l thodolo,i ,d instructional technology i. to pro.te excellence in education for all students in the Incentive 1 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend\n1 253LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prograa Seq *: 45 Page: 2 Prograa Naae: Foreign Language Program Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Prograaaloal: Secondary Leader: Arma Hart  o .u ..uden.. .he Plan Reference Page Nuiber L 153 Objectives 1.0 Each school will select at least one foreign language for study, with Spanish and a choice of an Asian language as s strong recosamndation. (Spanish will be taught as the preferred choice.) Strategies Beginning Date 07/01/93 C\u0026lt;Mpletion Date 06/30/94 Responsibility (Asst. Supt., Principal, Teachers, Supv. of Foreign Language) Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Students will be actively engaged in the study of Spanish in classrooms and extended day.) 1.1 The instructional methodology will be a total response approach. Emphasis will be on basic vocabulary, conversational and cultural materials for 1-6) FRANKLIN A. Spanish is offered to students through the Extended Day Program. 09/28/93 75X B. A Spanish teacher was hired by the LRSO to service first grade students one hour per week in Spanish language. 01/18/94 75X Superintendent, Human Resources, Principal, First Grade teachers, Spanish teacher C. Latin dictionaries were purchased for students in grades 5 and 6 who are currently receiving Latin instruction two times per week. 01/18/94 01/18/94 Fifth and sixth grade teachers GARLAND A. Auxiliary teacher's enrollment in Spanish language course at McClellan Community School will serve to better facilitate the instructional methodology. 10/01/93 10/01/94 B. Spanish classes are taught in each class, Pre-K through grade 6 (excluding CBl). 10/01/93 10/01/94 254 1.1 (Staff will be hired and adequate materials will be avallable.\u0026gt; 1.1 Classroom observations and lesson plans) JPage: 3 Program Seq f: 45 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Program Name: Foreign Language Program Program Code: Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: The intent of the academic programs, instructional methodologies and instructional technology is to promote excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools.) or extended day. Appropriate staff will be hired. Plan Reference Page NuMber Objectives Strategies Beginning Pate (Xm|)letion Pate Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Spanish Heritage Club is offered during Extended Day to enrich students knowledge and understanding of Hispanic culture. 10/01/93 10/01/94 D. ESL classes are offered for Hispanic students each week. 10/01/93 10/01/94 E, Classes for adults, ESL, are being planned. 10/01/93 10/01/94 F. English as a Second Language students ere being targeted for recruitment by local school team (District support has been denied). MITCHELL A. Spanish is being offered to all first graders. B. Spanish is being offered to all students RIGHTSELL A. Spanish is implemented one (1) period per week in each class grades 1-6. Each session is 30 minutes. Spanish classes are taught by the auxiliary teacher. Spanish classes are also taught in extended day. 255 10/01/93 09/21/93 01/25/94 10/01/93 10/01/94 75X 01/25/94 75% JPage: 4 Progm Seq f: 45 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograa Naae: Foreign Language Program Progran Code: Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: The intent of the acadeaic prograas, instructional methodologies and instructional technology is to proante excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools.) or extended day. Appropriate staff will be hired. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coifiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. A Spanish teacher has been hired to work with first grade students in the Incentive Schools. This teacher comes to Rightsell on Tuesday and Thursday and works with each first grade class during two thirty minute sessions per week. Fridays are left open for make-up sessions, for work with teachers/programs, and to work with other grade levels. RXKEFELLER A. B. C. 01/24/94 50% Spanish is taught during extended day. Spanish inservice provided for teachers. A certified Spanish teacher has been employed and provides instruction to first grade students twice a week. The teacher is available on Fridays for other grade levels as requested by individual teachers at higher grade levels. STEPHENS A. B. 12/09/93 01/24/94 12/09/93 75X Seventeen students are enrolled In Spanish during extended day. First grade students are taught Spanish bi-weekly for thirty minutes. 09/21/93 01/24/94 75X 25X 2.0 Foreign Language Instruction Laboratories with appropriate equipment and materials will be operative in each school. 25b J LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUHENT Program Seq *: 46 Page: 1 Program Name: Co^KJter Loan Program Program Code: 56 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Description: (Portable laptop computers and software will be available for home check-out to students to improve skills in basic core curriculum areas, provided by staff, parents and teachers.) Training on their use will be District Goal Stuport: laplement integrated echjcational programs that will insure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with en^hasis on basic skills mid academic enrichment while closing disparities in achieveaent. Program Goel: The intent of the academic programs, instructional methodologies and instructional technology is to promote excellence in education for all students in the incentive schools. Plan References: L 153 FT Program Budget: $2,500.00 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend\nFTE YTO Expenditures: 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Fmction Codes: 257 JLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Prograa Seq f: kb Revision Date: Prograa Naaa: CoafXJter Loan Prograa flay 2, 1994 Prograa Code: 56 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Prograa Goal: Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Th^ntoit of the ecadeaic progreK. instructional Kthodologics and instructional technology is to pramte excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 153 1.0 (A computer loan program will be available for loan to students (grades 4-6) for use at home. Remediation and enrichment software will be available for home-based experiences. The program will augment the academic program and meet the cognitive, social and emotional needs of students.) 1.1 (Students and parents will be trained on the use of the laptop computers and will check them out to allow students practice skills and remediate deficiencies and/or enrichment skills in the core curriculum areas.) A. Laptop computers are available for check-out at each school. Completion  1991 - 100X, B. Department of Instructional Technology has assisted in providing training for parents and students at Stephens. FRANKLIN C. Training was provided for parents on the use of laptop computers. 258 07/01/93 08/23/93 11/13/93 12/11/93 06/30/94 12/31/93 11/13/93 12/11/93 (Deseg. Facilitator, Technology Coordinator, Principals, Teaches, parents, Asst. Supt.) 1.0 (Students will improve on teacher-made tests and Abacus assessment) 1.1 (A check-out list will indicate the nunber of computers and software checked out by students.) 1.1 (Software purchased for remediation and enrichment checkout will be available.)B ItUW Psge: 3 Prograa Seq *: 46 Revision Date: Kay 2. 1994 Prograa Naae: Cosfjuter Loen Prograa Prograa Code: 56 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Kayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: The intent of the ecedenic progroK, instructionei ethodologies end instructional technology is to promte excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria MITCHELL C. Computers are available for checkout by parents. They have been checked out three times. RIGHTSELL C. Laptop computers are used in the library during free-flow. They are checked out for use in the classrooms and during Extended Day. D. There are three laptop computers available for checkout. E. Laptop computer training held for parents. ROCKEFELLER C. Three laptop cotnputers are available. They have been checked out a total of 62 times as of 12* 09-93. 0. Laptops are used in the classrooms during the regular school day. STEPHENS C. Laptop training was held for parents and for students in grades 4 * 6 during Extended Day. 259 09/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 11/20/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/11/93 75X 75X 75X 11/20/93 01/03/94 12/09/93 75X 12/02/93LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq *: 47 Page: 1 Revision Date: Progran Nane: Extended Day/Ueek May 10, 1994 Progran Code: 57 Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Progran Description: An after-school program will be planned at each school to meet the educational, social and emotional needs of students, programs and resources to enhance student development. - . . Incentive School Principals --- - --------- Staff at the school will assist in identifying K 4.  * .------------------- * component of the after school program is the Homework Center which assists students with educational activities that reinforce, remediate, or enrich classroom work. Extended Week activities are provided through the Saturday Program. Exten^ The Saturday Program includes course offerings, field trips, tutoring and other activities that ^ich or reinforce the cognitive social and emotional needs of the students. Transportation is provided. Staff members receive additional condensation for the aoaitionai work. Transportation is provided. Although it is anticipated that the school day shall extend from 6:00 a.m. to 5\n00 p.m. assist students who are in need of specific help with class material Homework Centers will be extant in each school at least three days per week to n\n-T--\n3------------ ---------- -r ........ -7\" -----------------It. will be necessary to provide transportation home for students who remain at the Homework Center 89 that students whose parents cannot sixyly transportation and/or who live outside of the area which is reasonable walking distance may avail themselves of the center. options for student assistance will be explored, \" -.  .... classroom teachers who will be available on a \"volunteer** rotating basis. ----- certified teacher working, * -----. If students choose not to attend Homework Centers, other ------------J. community volunteers and peer tutors, wi: - -If the nufftoer of students reaches 25. an instructional aide shall be added to assist students regularly reaches 50, an additi'* \n. . . -\n ... . Staffing for the Homework Centers will be in the form of Staff will be compensated. Homework Centers wi11 have a District Goal Sifiport: Progran Goal: Plan References: FT Progran Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Fmction Codes: will be added on an alternating basis, il certified teacher will be hired, ------------------------------------------- --------- When the number of students attending Thereafter, as each additional increment of 25 students attend, instructional aides and teachers A Homework Hotline is available for students who do not attend the Homework Centers. desire for__a hotline) to be open from 6:00 - 8\n00 Monday through Thursday evenings, one (1) evening's service approximately every 45 class days. teacher will provide instructional aii Homework Hotlines should also be put into place (if survey of parents indicates t This too will be staffed by teachers on a rotating basis such that each incentive a l^le^t int^ratl eckcational program that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with ea^asis on basic skills and enrichment while closing disparities in achievcamnt. To develop sifiport program and procedures irfiich will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportoiities for all students. L180 - 181 1 $747,247.70 $457,030.80 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend\n$ 25,550.48 192,460.04 3rd Qtr Expend\n4th Qtr Expend: $239,020.28 3 2G0LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Prograa Seq f: 47 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Extended Day/Week Prograa Code: 57 Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Prograa Goal: To develop support prograas and procecfcjres which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportmities for all Incentive School Principals Plan Reference Page Nudwr L 180-181 L 180-181 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Special skills programs to be offered after school on a four-day per week basis (or whatever the designated time for extended day activities) p. 173 - K (A designated schedule is established for extended day by the LRSD) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals, School Staff (Counselor, Director of Pupil Services) 9.0 (The interest of students will be determined by an increase in the nunber of students participating in Extended Day Programs.) 1.1 Establish offerings to include some of the following: choir, music and dance in addition to Hoaework Center and peer tutoring. A. Programs are in place at each incentive school FRANKLIN B. Students in grades 1-6 are given the opportunity to participate in 6 hours per week of Extended Day activities. C, The Extended Day activities were revised during the third nine- weeks. Each Wednesday the students participate in two 45 minute activities. GARLAND B. Heritage singers established during Extended Day program. C. Wilson-Robinson's Dance Troop established for primary and intermediate grades. D. Odyssey of the Hind established for intermediate students. 261 07/01/93 09/28/93 01/18/94 06/30/94 75X 75X Principals, School Staff Principal, School Staff 9.1 (The interest of students will be determined by an increase in the ninber of students participating in Extended Day Programs.) (The students are exposed to a broader range of extra-curricular activities.)Page: 3 Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Maae: Extended Day/Ueek Prograa Code: 57 Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To develop seaport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportoiities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nui\u0026lt;wr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND (continued) E. Wellness Club opportunities are open to all students in grades 1  6. f. CHESS - Children Helping Envision Sure Success is in place from Pre- K through the 6th grade. G. Intramural Sports Club has been established (volleyball, badninton, bowling, croquet, tennis and endball). H. Taekwondo*Korean Martial Arts Club has been established emphasizing self discipline and \"doing the right thing.\" I. Girl Scout Troop if320, and Boy Scout Troop #49, continue to offer traditional scouting activities and opportunities. Girl Scouts are open to students in grades 1-6. The girls have performed several service projects this year. They made placemats for the Oaks Nursing Home\nsent articles to the Red Cross, and corresponded with other Scout troops. Students have also performed activities to help them earn badges. 262 09/01/93 75XPage: 4 Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: Ray 10, 1994 Program Naae: Extended Day/Week Prograa Code: 57 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Program Goal: Incentive School Principals To develop si^iport programs and procecfcjrea irfiich Mill allow Incentive schools to provide erhanced educational opportinities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nud\u0026gt;er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND (continued) The Boy Scouts are open to students in grades 1-6. The boys have experienced camping, canoeing, hiking, and fishing. They will incorporate woodworking and painting skills while constructing a wooden model derby J. car. They will be introduced to some carpentry tools, such as a drill, sander, a coping saw, and a small band saw. Garland had two teams to compete in the Odyssey of the Mind competition In Clarksville, AR. They built a structure out of balsa wood. Weights were put on the structure until in crushed. MITCHELL 8. Extended Day activities include: theater, movement, ballet, cookir\u0026gt;g/catering, scouting, chess, art club, drawing, sewing, educational games, arts \u0026amp; crafts, and boys and girls athletics. The Homework Center is a part of the Extended Day program. RIGHTSELL 8. Extended Day includes: Homework Center, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Art Club, Reading Club, Spanish Club, Alphabet Phonics, Career Mentors Club, Band, Great Books Alive, Cheerleaders, Photography Club, Just Say NO Club, Student Council, Newspaper Staff, Math Olympiad, Quiz Bowl 263 09/01/93 10/01/93 09/21/93 10/01/93 75X 03/30/94 75X 75X Page: 5 Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Maae: Extended Day/Week Prograa Code: 57 Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goel: To develop support prograas and procedures which Mill allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportixiities for all students. Plan Reference Page Mudar Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER B. Survey sent out to parents to determine interest in activities to be offered during Extended Day - September 1993 C. Extended Day offerings include: Art, Choir, Tennis, Swinrning, Cooking, Computer, Drama, Hath Hanipulatives, Aerobics, Dance, Spanish, Science Extension, Cub and Brownie Scouts, Crafts, Book Haking, String Instrunents. 10/01/93 75X D. 200 students are enrolled for Extended Day. E. Children were rotated at semester to participate in new activities. STEPHENS B. 97 students are enrolled for Extended Day. The programs offered are as follows: i (mixed). Boys' Chorus, Cheerleading, Dance Team, Choir Calligraphy, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Young Astronauts, Spanish, Computer, Drama, Leisure Activities (rope-junping, board games, arts and crafts). Homework Center and Peer*Tutoring. 264 01/04/93 09/21/93 SOX 75X LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 6 Prograa Seq f: 47 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naaa: Extended Day/Ueek Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To develop st\u0026lt;]port prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Mudwr L 188 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cca^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.0 Areos to be investigated for possible plan inclusion. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Assoc. Si4\u0026gt;t8., Asst. Si^Jts. 1.0 (School community members (input from members of the school community) 2.1 (Saturday enrichment programs. Programs will be developed at the building level based on the educational needs and interests of students to enhance learning. These programs will include but shall not be limited to: field trips, enrichment activities, tutoring, parent maketake, book fairs, PE (Principals, teachers, parents) 1.1 (An increase in the nunber of students participating in Saturday Program.) 1.1 (Students educational growth will be evidenced by improvement on Abacus assessment and teacher-made tests.) A. Saturday programs are scheduled twice per month and include suggested activities. GARLAND B. Saturday Programs are scheduled weekly and include suggested activities. C. Field trips are held on Saturdays. They are listed under Field Trips. 09/01/93 75X MITCHELL B. Saturday program is in place. RIGKTSELL B. The Rightsell Saturday Program is scheduled twice per month. The program offers field trips, enrichment activities and parents are encouraged to attend. Enrichment Activities/School Tutoring 10/09/93 10/09/93 Pinnacle Mountain Hann Days 10/23/93 10/23/93 Native American Festival 265 11/13/93 11/13/93 7 Page: Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: Hay 10, 1994 Prograa Naaa: Extended Day/Weck Program Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingrain Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To develop sipport prograas and procedures ahicti Hill allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL (continued) Bradberry Tree Farm 11/20/93 11/20/93 Pryamid Gallery - Ed Dwight Exhibit, Arkansas Territorial Restoration, Old State House and Decorative Arts Huseun Rightsell Enrichment Activity Day * Movie and Tutoring Mahogany Visions Art Studio 12/11/93 02/05/94 02/19/94 12/11/93 02/05/94 02/19/94 Arkansas Agri Museum - Black History Exhibit and Scott Winfield Bond Exhibit 03/05/94 03/05/94 ROCKEFELLER B. Saturday Field Trips: Old State House Wilderness Gallery 10/02/93 10/02/93 War Memorial Fitness Center/Husic Aerobics 10/16/93 10/16/93 Razorback Football Game 11/06/93 11/06/93 Arkansas Territorial Restoration 12/04/93 12/04/93 Pizza Hut 01/22/94 01/22/94 Children's Huseun/Train Station 02/05/94 02/05/94 Huseun of Natural History 02/19/94 02/19/94 Storytelling with Curtis Tate 03/05/94 03/05/94 Images of Africa 03/10/94 03/10/94 STEPHENS B. Homework/Tutoring C. Field Trips Birnam Wood Nursery 10/16/93 10/16/93 Baptist Medical Center (Gr. 1*6) 10/23/93 10/23/93 2GG8 Page: Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Extended Day/Ueek Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To develop airport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportoiities for all students. Plan Reference Psge Misber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS (continued) The Children's Museum (Gr, 1-6) Territorial Restoration (Gr. 1*6) Old State House (Gr. 1-6) State Capitol 11/20/93 12/04/93 12/11/93 12/11/93 11/20/93 12/04/93 12/11/93 12/11/93 Arkansas Museum of Science \u0026amp; History (Gr. 1-6) 01/08/94 01/08/94 Onujo Studio (Gr. 1-6) 01/22/94 01/22/94 Arkansas Museun of Science \u0026amp; History (Gr. 1-6) - Food Chains Arkansas Museum of Science \u0026amp; History (Gr. 1-6)  African American Heritage William F. Layman Library (Gr. 1- 6) Pulaski Heights Jr. High - Fathers' Basketball Tournament (Gr. 1-6) 2.2 Transportation will be provided for children attending extended day. A. Transportation is provided for students as needed. 02/05/94 02/19/94 03/05/94 03/19/94 10/01/93 02/05/94 02/19/94 03/05/94 03/19/94 12/17/93 STEPHENS 8. A Saturday bus route schedule has been provided to all students 11/01/93 11/01/93 267Page: 9 Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Extended Day/Week Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To develop st^iport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportmities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.0 To provide compensation to staff. 4.0 The Little Rock School District should keep statistics on the Saturday Programs end transmit these statistics to the monitoring office, Adopt a uniform method of recording attendance to accurately reflect student participation in the extended week program, Records should Indicate the nunber of participating children from each school by grade level, race, and gender for each Saturday, A school should maintain records not only for the host Saturday, but should also be able to account for Its students* participation when the partner school is host. Cumulative documentation should record the nunber of participants on any given Saturday, the total number of incentive school students who have participated at least once, and the nunber of times any one student has participated. 5.0 Include strategies for incorporating parental Involvement Into the extended week activities. 3.1 Additional compensation will be given to teachers/principals who work extra periods of time at the incentive 07/01/93 06/30/94 schools. Investigate coomunity education classes for parents in the incentive school coTiTiun1t1es and conduct Saturday enrichment programs. A. Staff members are paid according to appropriate compensation records. 09/21/93 75X 268 Manager of Support Services, Principals (Payroll records) LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMEHT Page: 10 Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Naae: Extended Day/Ueek Prograa Code: 57 Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goat: To develop si^iport prograas and procedures idiich will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Hudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 180 6.0 To provide Hoaework Centers for the students at these schools through the extended day program. 07/01/93 06/30/94 1.0 (By monitoring the student activities in Homework Center during extended day, students will improve academically on teacher-made tests. Abacus assessment and standardized tests.) 6.1 (Schedules will be set at the schools to meet their students needs. Hours will meet students needs. (Homework Centers will be provided as a part of extended day.) A. Homework Centers are offered to assist students with homework. FRANKLIN B. Students are offered homework assistance through the Extended Day program three days per week. 10/05/93 75X GARLAND B. Homework Centers are offered during the first hour of each extended day period. MITCHELL B. Homework Centers are offered during the first hour of each extended day period. RIGHTSELL B. The homework center is offered Tuesday through Thursday from 2:45 to 3:15 p.m. 2G9 09/21/93 09/21/93 10/01/93 75X 75X 75X All divisions (principals, staff, and the deseg. facilitator)Prograa Seq f: 47 Page: 11 Prograa Naae: Extended Day/Ueek Revision Date: May 10. 1994 Prograa Code: 57 Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Prograa Goal: Secondary Leader: To develop seaport prograas and procedures Mhich will allow incentive schools to provide ertfianced educational Incentive School Principals opportinities for all students. Plan Reference Page Hiaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER B. Homework Centers are offered to assist students on Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday of each week. 09/28/93 75X C. Instruction during extended day focused heavily on skills that are tested on Stanford-8. Strengths and weaknesses were identified and children were taught in small groups to address areas of greatest need. 01/03/94 04/19/94 STEPHENS B. Homework Centers are established. Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday from 2:50 p.m. to 3:50 p.m. Homework Centers are established on Saturday twice monthly. 09/21/93 75X 97 students are enrolled in Homework Centers. 7.0 Evaluate the relationship of homework hotline use to the Homework Centers and to awareness of the hotline. 8.0 Conduct a study to determine what types of activities would be most appealing to students and their parents for incorporation into future extended activities. The extended programs should be based upon information gleaned from the SEP'S and other input from school staff, parents, and the students themselves planned as a logical reinforcement end expansion of the individual plan created to meet each student's learning needs. 270Prograa Seq *: Page: 12 Prograa Naae: Extended Day/Week Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Code: 57 Priaary Leader: Prograa Goal: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: To develop npport progrias end procediree Miich Hill al loo incentive schools to provide eiiisnced educational Incentive School Principals opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives 2a0 Students who live in the Washington attendance zone and cannot attend Washington will have access to extended day activitieSa extended year activities, and the scholarship program if a plan to manage this arrangement is approved by the Court. Strategies Beginning Date Coag)letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 271 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 13 Progm Seq *: 47 Revision Date: May 10, 1994 PrograM Name: Extended Day/Week Program Code: 57 Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Program Goal: To develop si^iport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportmities for all students. Plan Reference Page Himber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 180 8.0 To provide Homework Hotlines for the students at these schools through the extended day program. 07/01/W 06/30/94 1.0 (By monitoring the student usage of the Kotnework Hotline during extended day, students will improve acadmically on teacher-made tests. Abacus assessment and standardized tests.) 8.1 (Homework Hotlines (or another option) should be put in place (if survey of parents indicates a desire for a hotline). The hotlines will be staffed by teachers on a rotating basis.) A. AP\u0026amp;L hotline information is available to parents. MITCHELL B. Fliers are sent home periodically informing parents of the homework hotline. A copy is available RIGHTSELL B. Homework Hotline - 1-800-283-4321 1-800-753-MATH C. Parent notices sent quarterly. 0. Stickers with AP \u0026amp; L Homework Hotline number were sent home. ROCKEFELLER B. AP \u0026amp; L hotline information if available to parents. 4321 1-800-283- 272 07/01/93 10/01/93 09/21/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 06/30/94 75X 75X 75X 75X 01/03/94 75X All divisions - principals, staff, and desegregation facilitator J Progran Seq f: 47 Page: U Prograa Nane: Extended Day/Ueek Revision Date: May 10, 1994 Prograa Code: 57 Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Prograa Goal: Incentive School Principals To develop support prograas and procetfcjres Uiich will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportwiities for all students. Plan Reference Page Mudwr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS B. Bi-monthly fliers are sent home announcing the scheduled day and time the homework hotline is available. 08/23/94 75X 273LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT PrograM Seq *\n48 Page: 1 PrograM HsMe: Field Trips PrograM Code: 59 PriMary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Revision Date: May 9, 1994 PrograM Description: (Field trips are planned to allow students in the Incentive Schools cultural and hands-on experiences beyond the regular classroom sseettttiinngg.. Community access field trips are planned to allow students in the incentive schools and students in other Little Rock schools to have educational and cultural experiences together by visiting various segments cof the cccormrm-ujnrtiittyy.. The field trips are planned by principals, staff members and parents.) Field trips will be used to enhance learning, to broaden cultural ______________ to provide hands-on experiences for knowledge of the world, and to assist in the development of coping skills for students, special activities into the total school program, ... ............. experiences. determine when and how activities will be implemented, Choices for each school will be determined by the needs/interests at the building level Each school will incorporate ________ ,______ Field trips will be made an integral part of student life in every incentive school furnish the incentive school children with racially desegregated experiences as stipulated in the Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. Staff and parents will Field trips must also District Goal Support: I^lcMent integrated educational programs that will insure that all students grow acadeaically, socially and cMotionally with eaphasis on basic skills and academic enrichaent while closing disparities in achieveMent. Program Goal: To develop and i^lement a entity acadcMic prograM for Incentive Schools. To develop sipport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportinities for all students. Plan References: L 158 - 181 FY PrograM Budget: $33,000.00 1st Qtr Expend: $3,210.95 3rd Qtr Expend: $10,063.17 FTE YTD Expenditures: 20,678.75 2nd Qtr Expend: 7,404.63 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Fixation Codes: ] 274 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 1 Progran Seq *: 48 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Progran Naae: Field Trips Progran Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudxr L 158 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CiMpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Field trips will be used to enhance learning, to broaden cultural experiences, tp provide hands-on experiences for knowledge of the world and to assist in the development of coping skills for students. 1.0 (Local field trips (see Support Program) may be supplemented with a state or national trip.) 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Staff, Parents, VIPS) 1.0 (Review relationship of field trips to subject area taught and students' educational, social and emotional needs and determine the effectiveness through improvement in classroom performance. Abacus assessment and teacher-made tests.) A. Local field trips are taken each month. GARLAND B. Field trips taken include the following: 09/01/93 75% Old State House (Gr. 1-6) 02/12/94 02/12/94 St. Paul Church - Heritage Singers and the Winson-Robinson Dance Troupe Wilbur Mills High School - Heritage Singers end Wilson- Robinson Dance Troupe Black Access TV CHannel 4 (Gr. 2) Calabash Restaurant (Gr. 1-6) 02/13/94 02/16/94 02/18/94 02/19/94 02/13/94 02/16/94 02/18/94 02/19/94 David 0. Dodd Elementary - Heritage Singers and the Wilson- Robinson Dance Troup 02/23/94 02/23/94 Little Rock Zoo (Gr. 2) 02/25/94 02/25/94 Geyer Springs Elementary - Heritage Singers and the wiIson- Robinson Dance Troupe Arkansas Flower Show - Statehouse Convention Center (Gr. 1-6) 275 02/25/94 02/26/94 02/25/94 02/26/94Page\n2 Program Seq f: 46 Revision Date: Hay 9, 1994 Program Name: Field Trips Program Code: 59 Primary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow ir\u0026gt;centive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Mu^r Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Respofwibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND (continued) KABF Radio Station (Gr. 2) 03/04/94 03/04/94 Geyer Springs Elementary - Heritage Singers Memphis, TN * Taekwondo Tournament (Gr. 2-6) Children's Museun of Arkansas (Gr. 2) Fulbright Elementary - Heritage Singers and the Wilson-Robinson Dance Troupe Dallas, TX * Taekwondo Tournament Old State House (Gr. 1-6) Mahogany Visions Community Arts Center (Gr. 1-6) Robinson Music Hall (4-year-olds through Gr. 1) Arkansas Arts and Sciertce Center - Pine Bluff Robinson Music Hall (Gr. 4-6) 03/04/94 03/04/94 03/09/94 03/09/94 03/11/94 03/17/94 03/19/94 03/21/94 03/22/94 03/24/94 03/04/94 03/04/94 03/09/94 03/09/94 03/12/94 03/17/94 03/19/94 03/21/94 03/22/94 03/24/94 RIGHTSELL B. List of field trips (see files for dates) Dino's Alive UALR Planetarium Peer Helpers Training - Ferndale Arkansas State Fair PtjTipkin Patch 27G 10/01/93 SOX 3 Page: PrograM Seq *: 48 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Program Kame: Field Trips Program Code: 59 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students.  Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RtGHTSELL (continued) Pinnacle Mountain Mam Days/Native American Festival Red Ribbon Parade Arkansas Flag and Banner Museum of Science and History AAC - Snow White Sylvan Hills High * Aladdin Anne Franks Community Exhibit * Arkansas Childrens Museun Southwest Hospital Baucum Nursery Sol Alman Recycling Center Davis Tire and Rubber Co. Paris Towers Rosemond Nursing Home Casa Viva Mam * The Little Match Girl 01/03/94 75X KTHV Channel 11 Arkansas Geology Learning Center Toltec Mounds Arkansas Children's Hospital Old State House Aesop's Fables - AAC Dunbar International Magnet Calabash Restaurant 277Progm Seq *: 48 Page: 4 Progran Name: Field Trips Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Progran Code: 59 Priaery Leader: Progran Goal: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart To develop support programs and procedures uhich will allow irKentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Hudser Objective* Strategies Beginning Pate Coaf)letian Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL (continued) Metropolitan Vocational Center Old State House Decorative Arts Museum Pyramid Gallery - Ed Dwight Exhibit State Capitol North Little Rock Library AAC * Giants (play) Plantation Agriculture Museum Arkansas Territorial Restoration Robinson Center  Freedom Train (play) Kids Against Tobacco Teleconference (St. Vincent) Jordan Davie Portrait Studio Andy Warhol Exhibit  University Mall Heifer Project International Carver Magnet - Invention Convention ROCKEFELLER B. First semester field trips taken: McArthur Park Museum of Science and History Arkansas Arts Center Fire Station 278 Progm Seq *: 48 Psge: 5 Progran Nane: Field Trips Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Progran Code: 59 Prinary Leader: Progran Goal: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Huiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date C\u0026lt;Mf\u0026gt;letion ___ pate Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER (continued) Little Rock Zoo, Dino's Alive Hidden Valley Dairy Farm Harvest Foods Governor's Mansion Sylvan Hills Senior High Play Robinson Center Theater Arkansas Tech University (gifted and talented students) C. Third quarter field trips: Arkansas State Capitol 01/03/94 03/25/94 Museum of Science and History Central Arkansas Transit Authority Bus ride McArthur Park Arkansas Repertory Theater St. Vincent Infirmary STEPHENS B. Field trips taken include the following: Arkansas Arts Center (Pre-K, K) Arkansas State Fair (Pre-K, K) Arkansas State Fair (Gr. 6 and GT classes) 09/22/93 10/11/93 10/12/93 09/22/93 10/11/93 10/12/93 Punpkin Patch (Pre-K, K) 10/21/93 10/21/93 Baucum Tree Nursery (Gr. 2, 3) Drug Parade (Gr. 4-6) 10/22/93 10/25/93 10/22/93 10/25/93 279 Prograa Seq *: 48 Page: 6 Prograa Noae: Field Trips Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograa Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niober Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS (continued) Baucum Tree Nursery (6r. 4*6) 10/26/93 10/26/93 Fire Station (Pre-K, K) 10/28/93 10/28/93 Robinson Center - Beauty and the Beast (Gr. 4) Ark. Geology Learning Center (Gr. K-2) Ark. Game and Fish Commission (Gr. K-3) Ron Mining - Jessieville, Ar (Gr. 4-6) Pinnacle Mtn. State Park (Gr. K) Baptist Hospital (Gr. 1-6) The Children's Museun (Gr. 1-6) Pizza Hut (K) Bracfcury Christmas Tree Farm (Pre-K, K) Robinson Center - Nutcracker (Gr. 4-6) Umoja Studio (Gr. 1-6) 11/01/93 11/02/93 11/02/93 11/11/93 11/17/93 11/13/93 11/20/93 12/01/93 12/08/93 12/10/93 12/11/93 11/01/93 11/02/93 11/02/93 11/11/93 11/17/93 11/13/93 11/20/93 12/01/93 12/08/93 12/10/93 12/11/93 Arkansas Arts Center - Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs (Pre-K, K) 12/15/93 12/15/93 Arkansas Arts Center (Gr. 5-6) 12/17/93 12/17/93 Arkla Gas Co./Ark. Nursing Home (mixed choir) 12/15/93 12/15/93 Arkansas State Capitol (Pre K-K) 01/12/94 01/12/94 Children's Hospital (K) 01/25/94 01/25/94 National Weather Service (Gr. 5 \u0026amp; 6) 02/08/94 02/08/94 9 4, O 0 Prograa Seq *: 48 Page: 7 Prograa Mbkk: Field Trips Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograa Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Prograa Goal: Secondary Leader: Arma Hart To develop support programs end procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nu^r Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion ___Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS (continued) 02/09/94 02/09/94 Hurray Lock \u0026amp; Dam (Gr. 3 \u0026amp; 4) U.S. Post office (Pre K-K) 02/09/94 02/09/94 Museun of Science and History (Pre K - K) 02/17/94 02/17/94 Ark. Symphony (Gr. 4-6) 02/21/94 02/21/94 Central Library (Pre K-K) 02/23/94 02/23/94 Ui Ison Water Treatment (Gr. 4-6) AP\u0026amp;L Power Plant (Gr. 4-6) Blanchard Springs (Gr. 5-6) North Little Rock Electric Co. (Gr. 4-6) North Little Rock Electric Co. (Gr. 2-3) Kinder Zoo - Manrnals (K) North Little Rock Electric Co. (Gr. Pre K - 1) West Helena - Delta Cultural Center (Gr. 3-6) Wilson Water Treatment (Pre-K - 1) Kinder Zoo  Reptiles (K) Wilson Water Treatment (Gr. 2-3) Kinder Zoo - Birds (K) Robinson Center (Gr. 4-6) St. Vincent  Surgeon General, Jocelyn Elders (Gr. 6) 281 02/24/94 02/28/94 03/02/94 03/08/94 03/09/94 03/09/94 03/10/94 03/11/94 03/15/94 03/16/94 03/17/94 03/23/94 03/24/94 03/24/94 02/24/94 02/28/94 03/02/94 03/08/94 03/09/94 03/09/94 03/10/94 03/11/94 03/15/94 03/16/94 03/17/94 03/23/94 03/24/94 03/24/94 Page: 8 Prograa Seq *: 48 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Program Mame: Field Trips Program Code: 59 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Anna Hart Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Himber L179 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coiq\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluetion Criteria 2.0 (Field trips will be offered during extended week programs.) 1.1 (Choices for each school will be determined by the needs/interests at building level.) 1.2 (School Program Plans - to include national field trips - must be submitted to the Board and Administration on an annual basis.) (Saturday programs will be developed to enhance learning. These programs will include but shall not be limited to: field trips enrichment activities -tutoring -parent/child \"make \u0026amp; take\" sessions --book fairs --physical education activities A. Saturday Programs include field trips MITCHELL B. Saturday activities include enrichment activities. RIGHTSELL S. Saturday Program enrichment activities at Rightsell include: Tutoring - Rightsell Field Trip - Pinnacle Mountain Tutoring - Rightsell Field Trip - Bradberry Tree Farm 282 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principal and Staff, VIPS, parents) 10/02/93 09/01/93 10/09/93 10/23/93 11/13/93 11/20/93 75X SOX 1.1 (Names of students and lists of field trips taken) a. Lists of field trips taken are maintained at the school level and VIPS office. 1.2 (Copy of request to administrators and board members. (Review relationship of field trips to subject area taught and students' educational, social and emotional needs and determine the effectiveness through improvement in classroom performance on Abacus and teacher-made tests.) J i Page: 9 PrograM Seq *: 48 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograta NsMe\nField Trips Prograai Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograai Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nuitier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CoR|\u0026gt;leti\u0026lt;)n ___ Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL (continued) Field Trip - Pyramid Gallery/ Arkansas Territorial Restoration Field Trip - Old State House/ Decorative Arts Museum Field Trip - Old State House/ Wilderness Gallery Field Trip * old state House/ Granny's Attic Mahagony Visions Studio Layman Library - Storytelling Arkansas Agriculture Museum - Black History Exhibit Scott Winfield Bond Exhibit Tutoring/Movie ROCKEFELLER B. Saturday Programs include field trips: Old State House Wilderness Gallery War Memorial Fitness Center - Music Aerobics Razorback Football Game Arkansas Territorial Restoration C. Third quarter field trips: 12/04/93 12/11/93 01/03/94 10/02/93 12/17/93 01/03/94 03/24/94 Curtis Tate's Studio for Storytelling Pizza Hut 283 Page: 10 PrograM Seq *: 48 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 PrograM Naaie: Field Trips Prograa Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Hudaer L 180-181 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coag\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER (continued) Children's Museum  Train Station Huseijn of Science and History - Images of Africa STEPHENS B. Saturday Programs include field trips. Birnam Wood Nursery (Gr. 1-6) Baptist Medical Center (Gr. 1-6) The Children's Museum (Gr. 1-6) Territorial Restoration (Gr. 1-6) Omaja Studio (Gr. 1-6) 10/16/93 11/13/93 11/20/93 12/04/93 12/11/93 10/16/93 11/13/93 11/20/93 12/04/93 12/11/93 3.0 (Community access/field trips are to be arranged for (reinforcement or enrichment) for students. (Visits to historical, scientific and cultural events and exhibits within the city and around the state and region with appropriate chaperones to provide educational input.) 07/01/93 06/30/93 Principals and staff, VIPS, parents) (Review relationship of field trips to subject area taught and students' educational, social and emotional needs and determine the effectiveness through improvement in classroom performance. Abacus assessment and teacher-made tests.) A. Community access field trips are taken each month or as needed. 10/02/93 75X GARLAND Community access for field trips that occur on Sundays for performing groups at Garland are being provided by the transportation department of the Pulaski County Special School District. 284 12/12/93 12/19/93 01/01/94 12/12/93 12/19/93 01/01/94 I Psge: 11 ProgrsM Seq *: 48 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Progran Naiae: Field Trips PrograM Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudjcr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date C(Mf)letian Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria MITCHELL B. Local field trips taken: Little Match Girl Arkansas Territorial Restoration Hidden Valley Berry Farm Taco Bell Art Center - Snow White Arkansas Children's Hospital Art Center - Winnie the Pooh Robinson Center Music Hall Freedom Train Art Center - Aesop's Fables LR Fire Station Post Office Carousel Rick's Armory (Wildwood Blooms) Pet Store Art Center - Giants C. Out of town field trips taken: National Civil Rights Museum, Memphis, TN ROCKEFELLER B. Visits to historical and cultural exhibits: Old State House The Museum of Science and History 285 Page: 12 Progm Seq *: 48 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograa Name: Field Trips Program Code: 59 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Ncat\u0026gt;er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER (continued) Arkansas Arts Center Arkansas Territorial Restoration 4.0 School Program Plans must be submitted to the Board and actninistration for approval on an annual basis. Documented school* based involvement in the needs/interest assessment and planning process must accompany each School Program Plan, A projected budget must accompany each plan, 28r. LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq *: 50 Page: 1 Program Name: Transportation Program Code: 61 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Description: (Transportation schedules will be planned for students needing transportation after extended day/homework center, arrange bus transportation to meet students' needs.) Principals, staff and the transportation director wilt District Goal Si\u0026lt;iport: Inplement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: To develop stpport programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportinities for all students. Plan References: L 171 ] FY Program Budget: $15,000.00 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE YTD Expenditures: 14,960.92 2nd Qtr Expend: $ 14,960.92 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: ] 287 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUOGET DOCUHEWT Page: 2 Program Seq *: 50 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Program Name: Transportation Program Code: 61 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Brad Montgomery/Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop st\u0026lt;port programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nunber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Page 171 1.0 (To provide transportation home for students who remain at the Homework Center.) 07/01/93 06/30/93 (Director of Transportation, Principal, Teachers, Parents, Assistant Superintendents ) 1.0 (Students enrolled are transported home at the end of extended day/homework center time) 1.1 Transportation will be provided so that students whose parents cannot supply transportation, or whose parents live outside of the area which is reasonable walking distance, may avail themselves at the center.) A. GARLAND e. Transportation is provided for extended day. Transportation will be sought for all activities which arise as a result of skills developed during the extended day program. MITCHELL B. Transportation is provided for students participating in Extended Day. Bus schedules are available. RIGHTSELL B. Transportation is provided for Extended Day. 2\u0026amp;O 09/28/93 09/23/93 09/21/93 10/01/93 75X 75X 75X 75X 1.1 (A bus schedule and a list of children needing transportation home after homework center/extended day is available.) Page: 3 Program Seq *: 50 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Name: Transportation Program Code: 61 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Brad Montgomery/Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop SLpport programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page NuiAjer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conf^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER B. Transportation is provided for all students participating in the Extended Day Program. An additional transportation service is provided for students enrolled for swimming. Buses transport those students to the Boys Club. The names of all students who are transported are on file in the Principal's office. 09/28/93 75X C. Transportation is provided for students attending Saturday School. 09/28/93 75% 0. Transportation is provided for all field trips that are not within walking distance of the school. STEPHENS B. Bus schedule and names of students transported from Extended Day are on file in the Principal's office. 31 students are transported from Extended Day. Transportation will be sought for all activities which arise as a result of skills developed during the Extended Day program. 289 09/28/93 09/21/93 75X 09/21/93 fI I I LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Progroi Seq *: 53 Page: 1 Prograa Naae: Instructional Aides Prograa Code: 64 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Revision Date: May 6, 1994 Prograa Description: (Aides assist teachers in the classrooms meet the educational requirements of students, and other student activities.) District Goal Si^iport: Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Prograa Goal: To provide aides for instructional assistance. To provide aides for general supervision of student activities. Plan References: L 180 ] FT Prograa Budget: S 496,451.04 Ist Qtr Expend: $38,306.87 3rd Qtr Ejqiend: $108,005.96 FTE YTD Expenditures: 261,026.98 2nd Qtr Expend: 114,714.15 4th Qtr Expend: 42 Related Fiaiction Codes: LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Progm Seq f: 53 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Progm Naae: Incentive Schools Instructional Aides Prograe Code: 64 Priaery Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To provide aides for instructional assistance. To provide aides for general si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ervision of student activities. Plan Reference Page Hiaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 180 180 1.0 To provide st\u0026lt;*ervision of students at the incentive schools. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Human Resources Dept., School Principals (Teachers) 1.0 (Aides will assist teachers with instructions, monitoring of student progress, connunication with parents, and preparation of supplemental instructional materials, and general supervision Students will improve on teacher-made tests, Abacus assessment and standardized tests.) 1.1 Instructional aides with college hours will be employed one to a classroom to make students aware of career choice (Revised according to Court order - 2 aides to every 3 classrooam) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Huaan Resources Dept., School Principals 1.1 (School and district documentation of hired personnel) 1.1 Two aides to every three classrooms exists in accordance with court order. 1.1 One aide in every classroom exists if any one class in the school has over 20 students. Reference May 1, 1992 Court Order - In order to effect a low pi\u0026lt;\u0026gt;il-teacher ratio as provided in the settlement plan, the Court orders that there be at least one full-time aide per incentive school classroom in those schools where any classroom contains more than 20 students. A. Instructional aides are scheduled - 2 aides to every 3 classrooms. MITCHELL B. Instructions? ^dls for each classroom. are employed 09/01/93 100XPage\n3 Prograa Seq f: 53 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Prograa Hase: Incentive Schools Instructional Aides Prograa Code: 64 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To provide aides for instructional assistance. To provide aides for general si^tervision of student activities. Plan Reference Page Hiaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafjletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL B. Instructional aides are in place. ROCKEFELLER 8. A new handbook for instructional aides was developed. 12/17/93 01/03/94 1.2 An appropriate nuntjer of supervision aides will be provided at each incentive school. ROCKEFELLER A. Three (3) supervision aides were hired for the 1993-94 school year. B. Instructional sides meet for inservice training with the assistant principal once a month, or more often, if needed. C. Instructional aides attended a one day training workshop provided by Staff Development Dept. D. Instructional aides serve on the Parent Advisory Committee for Early Childhood 03/09/94 03/10/94 E. Instructional aides serve on many committees, such as the Staffing Committee. 03/22/94 03/22/94 STEPHENS A. One supervision aide is employed. One resigned to attend school and one supervision aide moved to an instructional aide position. 09/01/93 12/31/94 B. Two supervision aides are employed six hours each school year. foPptS^ 4^93-94 01/04/94 01/04/94 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Progran Seq f: 54 Page: 1 Progran Naae: Extended Year Progran Code: 65 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Progran Description: A Simmer school program for remediation and enrichment will be offered at an i. n cent ive- schooolr ssiitte,es as needed, and will be available for all incentive school ____________________________ The program will be provided in accordance with other LRSD elementary suimer programs, students and these students will be encouraged to participate, students free of charge. LRSD will advertise simmer school for incentive school -------------- - - ---- --------Students will participate in the program generally on an elective basis with prescription for attendance from teachers of students who ere behind grade level in core curriculum areas. The nunber of incentive school at which summer programs will be ehtd will be based on identified student needs and interests, *--- - *-------    -  ... :  specifically identified grade designation. areas, Students participatina in the Extended Year Progran Mill be instructed at their pun academic levels rather than by means of a Develop an extended year program that is an extension of the educational process, not merely a remediation supplement, Tr.c . extension of the academic enhancement experiences that are integral to the incentive school philosophy and instructional approach. The program should also provide children an District Goal Si^iport: [ Progran Goal: Plan References: FT Progran Budget: YTD Expenditures: H Relate^^Ztion Codes\nImplement integrated educational programs that will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. To develop siyport prograns and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. L 172 1 t 99,938.45 33,179.48 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $31,884.03 1,295.45 3rd Qtr Expend\n4th Qtr Expend: 0 FTE 1 293 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Progran Seq f: 54 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Progran Haan: Extended Year Progran Code: 65 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop sipport prograns and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Ninber L 172 1.0 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (To develop a program for year round school including enrichment and 07/01/93 06/30/94 remediation options.) LRSD will conduct suwwer segments in remediation or enrichment and may provide transportation. Ed. Programs Coordinator of Incentive Schools (VIPS Volunteer for Incentive Schools, Deseg. Facilitator, Transportation/ Cafeteria Director, Asst. Supt., Principals, Teachers, Parents) (Annual Summer School Report will indicate improvement in student participation and behavior on suniner school reports to parents.) (Summer segments in remediation/enrichment prescriptions for courses to be taken. (The Students Education Plan (SEP) and parent and staff input determines the course offerings.) Transportation may be provided.) A. Summer School Enrichment and remedial courses were offered and completed at Rockefeller and Franklin School. Completion: 100X FRANKLIN 6. Conducted survey for sunvner school enrichment and remediation courses that will be offered to students during the surmer of 1994 C. Students needing Surimer School Enrichment and Remediation were referred by their classroom teacher for the 1994 services offered by the LRSD. 294 03/01/94 03/30/94 Page: 3 Prograa Seq f: 54 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograa Maae: Extended Year Prograa Code: 65 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progri Goal: To develop svpport prograas and procedures uhich Mill allou incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportuiities for all students. Plan Reference Page Ihaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND B. Proposed plan for year-round education at Garland will be presented for study/approval during the 1993-94 school year. RIGHTSELL B. Students have been identified for K-3 Summer Program (27 students identified) C. Students in grades 1-6 uere given an interest survey to assist with the identification of course offerings for the suRiner enrichment program. ROCKEFELLER B. Survey forms for 1994 Simmer Enrichment were sent to parents to determine interest and preference of offerings. 03/17/93 03/17/93 C. K-3 Simmer School identification from teachers and notification to parents of those students fitting the required criteria was completed. 03/04/94 03/18/94 p O r,Page: 4 Prograa Seq f: 54 Revision Date: May 9, 1994 Prograa Naoe: Extended Year Prograa Code: 65 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop si^iport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportmities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.0 Develop a program for year-round school (including enrichment and remedial options) The court-approved LRSD proposal to modify the settlement plan by replacing year-round school with an extended year program and providing stirmer school at possibly only one site, The 1989 agreement had offered year-round school and summer school at all incentive schools. The court noted that the parties remain obligated to provide ir\u0026gt;centive school children with surmer learning experiences that go beyond the customary basic curriculum of an ordinary sunmer remedial school It stated that the extended year program for iixentive school students must be located in a facility or facilities with a capacity sufficient to acconmodate all of the eligible students who wish to attend the program. 29 G LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMEWT PrograM Seq *: 55 Page: 1 PrograM Nane: Recognition Prograns PrograM Code: 66 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Revision Date: May 6, 1994 PrograM Description: (Incentive Recognition Programs provide opportunities for staff, parents and the comnunity to increase students affective behavior by recognizing them publicly and giving awards for accomplishments) District Goal Svyiport: Ii^lenent integrated educational prograns that will allow Incentive Schools to provide educational opportuiities for all students. Progran Goal: To develop st^iport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportinities for all students.) Plan References: L 176 FY Progran Budget: $14,581.91 Ist Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: 8,887.95 2nd Qtr Expend: $1,428.45 3,093.35 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $4,366.15 FTE [ Related Fmction Codes: 298LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUOGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq f: 55 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Progran Name: Reco^ition Programs Progran Code: 66 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop st^jport progms and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Wuifcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 176 1.0 Incentive/recognition programs will be developed by students, staff and patrons at each school. 07/01/93 06/30/94 VIPS, Partners in Ed., (Counselors, Principals, Teachers, Patrons) 1.0 (Students affective behavior and parent participation and support for the school will improve as evidenced by report cards and positive parent feedback on reports.) Ideas (suggestions) presented in the siiKcaiaittee meeting (Incentive Recognition Program) (will include) awards programs, recognition days, good citizen cliiis, free tickets to commnity and athletic events, (and) tangible rewards such as a bo^ of the students's choice for academic growth and the like. A. Monthly awards assemblies for students are held at each school to recognize students' accompli shments. FRANKLIN B. Students are given the opportunity to earn privileges through good behavior, atterviance and acceptable unitorm attire. C. Students excelling in academics and citizenship are recognized each nine weeks. 0. Bumper stickers are given to parents whose student made the academic honor roll each nine-week grading period. 293 07/01/93 09/01/93 11/01/93 10/01/93 03/01/94 06/30/94 75% 75% 75% 75% VIPS. Partners in Ed., (Counselors, Principals, Teachers, Patrons) Principal, Counselor, Teacher, Students, Parents 1.1 (Implementation of the programs will be evidenced by program dates, agendas and list of activities.) Number of bunper stickers appearing on cars prompting academic excellence. I  IProgram Seq *: 55 Psge: 3 Progran Name: Recognition Programs Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Progran Code: 66 PriHBry Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Progran Goal: Secondary Leader: To develop support programs and proceAires which will allou incentive schools to provide ertianced educational Arma Hart opportwities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nujfcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND B. Students of the Month \"Bobcat Kids'* are recognized each month with their pictures being taken and placed the bulletin board in the hallway. Each child is highlighted one day during the 08/23/93 75X month on the intercom. Letters of recognition are sent home and the students receive a pencil and McDonald's certificate. a C. An asseiibly is held each nine weeks to recognize students on the Principal's Honor Roll, Honor Roll, Citizenship, and Achievement Awards. 10/23/93 75X D. Students are recognized in Mrs. Arnold's kindergarten with certificates, stickers, and happy grams. 08/23/93 75X E. Students are recognized in Hrs. Gross' first grade class by displaying their work in the classroom. 08/23/93 75X F. Students are recognized in Ms. Carr's second grade class on a weekly basis for good behavior. 08/23/93 75X G. Students are recognized in Ms. Clayborn's fifth grade class on weekly and bi-weekly basis for a classroom achievement in behavior and academics. H. Students are recognized in Mr. House's fifth grade class on a monthly basis for achievement and behavior. 300 08/23/93 08/23/93 75X 75XPage: 4 Program Seq *: 55 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Program Name: Recognition Programs Program Code: 66 Primary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop si\u0026lt;3port programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nu^r Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND (continued) I. Hrs. Cole made a chart to recognize students wearing their uniforms or school colors consistently. J. Each month birthdays are celebrated in the cafeteria at a decorated birthday table during the lunch period. Students with birthdays within that month are given cupcakes and birthday pins made by the Peer-helpers. The Peer-helpers set up and host the table. K. Hrs. Nelson, Garland's librarian, recognizes students by displaying their work. L. Mrs. Runion, Garland's reading lab teacher, recognizes positive behavior on a daily basis with social reinforcers, name on the board, and/or a note to the classroom teacher. Students are encouraged to recognize the accomplishments of others with silent cheers, applause, and pats on the back. MITCHELL B. Awards assenblies are held quarterly to recognize students for acadmic achievement, citizenship, and attendance. Students receive special recognition from teachers in individual classes. 301 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 11/18/93 75% 75X 75X 75X 75XPage: 5 Program Seq *: 55 Revision Date: Hay 2, 1994 Program Name: Recognition Programs Program Code: 66 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop si\u0026lt;]port programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Ntnber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL Note: Rightsell does not have monthly assemblies. B. See Couselor/Social Worker Section 10.1 and 10.2. Also see School Profile. ROCKEFELLER 6. Awards reception for honor students was held with recognition given to 69 students for straight A's\n59 students for A/B honor roll\n110 students for perfect attendance. C. 143 students earned the honor of going to Circus Capers for Good Citizenship for the first nine weeks grading period. D. Meal Certificates awarded to straight A students from Pancho's Mexican Buffet. E. Good Citizen of the Month awards presented to one student from each class. A certificate was presented, their picture was taken and displayed in the bulletin case, and a special luncheon in their honor is prepared with parents invited. F. One student received First Place and one student received Honorable Mention in the 1993 Anti-Tobacco Poster Contest. The winners were treated to lunch at Tia's. They met with the advanced placement art students at parkview High School to finali: for printing. posters 10/01/93 11/11/93 11/02/93 10/12/93 11/08/93 12/14/93 02/28/94 02/03/94 7SX 11/11/93 11/02/93 10/13/93 11/09/93 12/15/93 03/31/94 02/03/94 Page: 6 Progran Seq *: 55 Revision Date: May 2, 1994 Progran Hane: Recognition Programs Progran Code: 66 Priaery Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop si^aport programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportmities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niaiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER (continued) G. Second grade students participated in the Nifty Nutrition poster 02/17/94 02/17/94 contest. Names of the three winners were announced and awards were given. H. PARENT RECOGNITION: A plaque for Volunteer of the Month and Parent of the Month is displayed in the hall. I. STAFF RECOGNITION: Doris Sarver was nominated by the staff for the Educator of the Year. She was recognized at the PTA Founder's Day luncheon. J. 151 students were awarded for good citizenship for the second nine weeks and went to Show Biz. K. During the second nine'weeks, 48 students made straight A's, 66 students made A/B Honor Roll, 102 students had perfect attendance. Award reception was held. L. 128 students uere awarded for good citizenship and a field trip to go bowling was the incentive for the third nine weeks. M. During the third nine weeks, 48 students made straight A's, 62 students made the A/B Honor Roll, 81 students had perfect attendance. 12/15/93 02/22/94 01/20/94 01/13/94 01/18/94 01/18/94 75X 02/22/94 01/20/94 01/27/94 03/31/94 03/24/94 303 Page: 7 Program Seq f: 55 Revision Date: May 2. 1994 Program Name: Recognition Prograam Program Code: 66 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop s^^port programs and procedires which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportinities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS 6. First Quarter Awards Assembly: 11/16/93 12/16/93 Academic - Attendance - Citizenship - Science Award * Young Astronauts - Cheerleaders Award - Outstanding Musician * Student of the Week - Most Improved Academic  Most Improved Citizenship  Most Improved Attendance C. Second Quarter Awards Assembly: 02/04/94 50X Awards assembly for honor students was held with recognition given to students in the following areas: Academic awards for students receiving all A's * 20. A/B Honor Roll students * 33. Students receiving Citizenship award - 63. Students receiving Perfect Attendance award  43. Student of the Week pictures are taken and displayed in the hallway. Bumper stickers are given to all students who received honor awards. 0. Third Quarter Awards Assembly: 75X Awards given to students in the following areas: Academic students receiving all A's - 21. A/B Honor Roll students - 29. Perfect Attendance students * 36. 394 8 Page: Program Seq *: 55 Revision Date: May 2. 1994 Program Name: Recognition Programs Program Code: 66 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opport kit ties for all students. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS (continued) Student of the week pictures are taken and displayed in the hallway (97 students). Music Awards (9 students), students), students), students). P.E. Awards (11 Science awards (8 Art awards (3 Bunper stickers are given to honor students. 3'^rLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT PrograM Seq *: 56 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Prograa Naaa: Incentive School Operations - Camp Pfeifer Program Code: 67 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Description: Students in need of additional academic assistance will have access to programs such as that currently in place at Cano Pfeifer, program provided the funding of the program continues and it meets the needs of the students. Students will participate in this The court approved additional wording to the effect that the District students will participate in Camp Pfeifer provided the funding for Camp Pfeifer continues and the ----------- .u- -.1- court noted that this new language does not relieve the parties from their obligation to manage their relationship with coomunitv agencies in all good faith with careful attention to maintaining ongoing communication, cooperative teamwork, end complimentary program meets the needs of students, support. With regard to other various community resources which are to continue only if funding is availeble. the court notes that the parties' obligation to provide comparable services is not negated by the unavailability of other funding. District Goal S\u0026lt;44M\u0026gt;rt: laplcaant integrated educational prograas that will ensure that all students grow acadeaically, socially and caotionally with eaphasis on tsasic skills and acadeaic enrichaent Uiile closing disparities in achieveaent. Prograa Goal: To develop stpport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. I Plan References: L 185 FY Prograa Budget: YTD Expenditures: E Related Fwiction Codes: 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 307 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE ]LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 PrograM Seq f: 56 Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Program Name: Incentive School  Operations - Camp Pfeifer PrograM Code: 67 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart PrograM Goal: To develop support prograHs and procedures titich will alioM incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Mudaer L 185 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date (XM\u0026lt;\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 12.0 To work with coawaaiity prograMS like Caap Pfeifer to st^ipleaent school prograMS for students. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Pvgil Personnel (Director) District Divisions (Asst. Supt., Deseg. Facil.) 12.0 (The students who participate in community programs at Canp pfeifer will improve in social behavior and academic achievement in the core curriculum areas, as measured by teacher-made tests, Abacus assessment, classroom performance and standardized tests.) 12.1 Study success of Pfeifer progri 07/01/93 06/30/94 A. The Director of Camp Pfeifer has documentation of program's success. 12.1 Date generated by Camp pfeifer will show increase in students' academic achievement.) RIGHTSELL B. See Counselor/Social Uork Section 12.1 12.2 Uork with Director to target incentive students. A. The assistant superintendents and principals are beginning student identification. ROCKEFELLER B. One Sth grade black female is attending the second session. The black male slot was offered to three students but none were receptive to attending. 07/01/93 10/01/93 06/30/94 12/17/93 12.2 (The nunber of students in the incentive schools who are selected for the program) 12.3 Uork with other coamunity gnx^js to tsvJertake similar projects. 308 07/01/93 06/30/94 12,3 (Evidence of involvement in other projects.) LPage: 3 Prograa Seq *: 56 Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Prograa Naae: Incentive School - Operations - Camp Pfeifer Prograa Code: 67 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop st^iport prograas and procedures uhich Mill allou incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niafaer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria FRANKLIN Social worker is involved with parents requesting assistance for placement in Charter, Elizabeth Mitchell. 01/18/94 75X Principal, Teacher, Social Worker, Parents Student placement. RIGHTSELL See Counseling Social Work Section. 10/01/93 75X 309 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMEWT Prograa Seq *: 57 Page: 1 Prograa Maae: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Prograa Description: (Monitoring allows the district to evaluate programs, student achievement, discipline and staff on a regularly scheduled basis. Educational Equity and Evaluation Department, Siracial Committee, Parent Council, Student Evaluator, and other adninistrators.) Monitoring is conducted by the The Planning, Research and Evaluation Office of the District will be assigned the task of developing a plan for verifiable monitoring of student growth and for the development of reliable procedures to accomplish these tasks. This plan and its accompanying procedures should take into account not only test scores achieved on norm-referenced tests but also class achievement as evidenced by teacher tests and curriculun and criterion-referenced tests, District Goal Si^iport: Impleamnt integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and eamtionally with esfihasis on basic skills and academic enrichamnt while closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: To aR\u0026gt;re closely and thoroughly monitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaent at these buildings. [ Plan References: L 186  187 FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 310 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE Ma LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUHEWT Page: 2 Prograa Seq *: 57 Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Prograa Maae: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Prograa Code: 66 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal\nTo aore closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achiewaent at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Niaber L 186 L 186 L 186 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coag\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 To develop a process for obtaining verifiable information regarding student academic growth. 1.1 Developamnt of valid/reliable monitoring instruBent(s) A. Abacus Instructional Management System has been installed. ROCKEFELLER B. Teachers develop tests and/or use ABACUS test bank to assess mastery level of each student. The tests are scanned and results are used for instructional planning. 1.2 Establish training for monitoring teams in use of the instruaent A. Abacus Training has been provided to staff. 311 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 (Asst. Supt., Dir. of Planning, Research and Eval., Principal) Assoc. SLf\u0026gt;t., Planning Research and Eval. (Dir. Staff Devel.. Dir. Information Services) Director of Planning, Research and Evaluation, Principals, Staff (Dir. Staff Devel., Dir. Inform. Services 1.0 (Abacus Assessment) 1,1. (Abacus Assessment) 1.2 (Evidence of training dates and agendas) Page: 3 Prograa Seq *: 57 Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Prograa Naae: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To aajre closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaant at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Hiaber L 186 L 186 L 186 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER B. On site assistance for ABACUS is provided by Computer Specialist and Technical Assistant STEPHENS B. On-site training provided each Monday 8:00 - 11:40 a.m. 08/23/93 11/08/93 75X 75X 2.0 To provide a systemic prograa for tracing student attendance, discipline, behavior and achieveaent. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curr. Specialist, School Staff 2.0 (Monitor student progress by observing attendance, behavior, discipline and achievement profiles by Abacus and SIMS Technology Systems Data. Compare the amount of progress made between each grading period) 2.1 To be done on a quarterly (continuous) basis A. Attendance and discipline reports are available and reviewed. MITCHELL B. Academic achievement reports are sent home each five weeks. Completion SOX. ROCKEFELLER B. Computer specialist provides assistance at all times to teachers and help with scanning tests. 2.2 Class and school profiles will be kept in regard to attendance, behavior, discipline and achieveaRnt A. Achievement\nare availabh from Abacus 07/01/93 10/01/93 06/30/93 10/01/93 06/30/94 75X 06/30/94 12/31/93 Oirr. Specialist, S^ool Staff, Asst. S(\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts. Oirr. Spec., School Staff 2.1 (Copy of monitoring reports) 2.2 (Documentation of profiles) M Page: 4 Prograa Seq *: 57 Revision Date: Hay 12, 1994 Prograa Haaa: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Progri Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To aare closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaant at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Mud\u0026gt;er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria MITCHELL B. Computerized reports are available upon request. RIGHTSELL B. Profiles are kept on file by the Principal. ROCKEFELLER B. Every classroom teacher keeps a record of attendance, behavior, discipline and academic achievement. STEPHENS B. Attendance: Absence-Tardies\nBehavior\nDiscipline\nAchievement L 186 L 186 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 75X 75X 7SX 3.0 To involve parents in the developawnt of Student Educational Plana (SEP). 07/01/73 06/30/94 P(\u0026lt;\u0026gt;il Persomel, School Staffs, PTA Officers 3.0 (Parent conmitment in the educational process is evidenced by participation in the development of the Student Educational Plan) 3.1 Develop SEP foraat (format completed 1989) 07/01/73 06/30/94 Pi4\u0026gt;il Personnel, School Staff, PTA Officers, Principals (Parents) 3.1 Copy of SEP form) RIGKTSELL A. SEP forms revised 1993-94. 10/01/93 10/25/93 ROCKEFELLER A. The ABACUS system is used to help teachers keep SEP'S up to date and to monitor student progress. 10/01/93 75X 313 Page: 5 Prograa Seq *: 57 Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Prograa Mase: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To aore closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaant at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Mtaber L 186 L 186 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS A. SEP'S on file for all students. Grade PK-6 which were developed by the classroom teacher, specialist, and parent. 3.2 Involve parents in writing plan based on student needs MITCHELL A. Parents were part of SEP team RIGHTSELL A. Parents were part of SEP team B. SEP'S reviewed at Parent Conferences. RXKEFELLER A. B. C. 10/01/93 07/01/93 09/30/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 75X 06/30/94 95X 10/25/93 10/25/93 Parents were part of SEP team. Every student has a Student Education Plan which was developed by the classroom teacher, specialist, and the parent. Parents receive a monthly progress report to deep them well informed about student achievements. STEPHENS A. Parents were part of SEP team. 3.3 To include extracurricular activities also. 314 08/23/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 09/17/93 09/17/93 06/30/94 (Parents) 3.2 (Parent Commitment and signature on the Student Improvement Plans) 3.3 (Copy of SEPs\nwill also include extracurricular activities) Page: 6 Program Seq f: 57 Revision Date: May 12. 1994 Program Name\nIncentive School Operations - Monitoring Program Code: 68 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To Bore cloMly Mid thoroughly aonitor ochools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaent at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Mmfcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria MITCHELL A. Parents asist students in selecting extended day activities. 08/30/93 50% B. SEP'S are developed with parents' participation. ROCKEFELLER A. Parents were given survey sheets which outlines extracurricular offerings. The surveys were returned and the assigned activities were scheduled. B. Parents were sent a survey form asking what they wanted offered during the simmer enrichment program and to indicate if they were interested in having their children attend the simmer session. L 186 L 186 4.0 To plan and set parmaeters for quarterly reports and visitations by a multifaceted monitoring team (Local Biracial Team) 4.1 Develop reporting format Completed 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Dir. Planning Research 8 Devel., Bi racial Team Mci^rrH School Staff, Coaaunity, Planning Research and Evaluation 4.0 (Provide written feedback to school district) 4.0 (Monitoring procedure is in place and includes reporting procedures and dates of visits established by Planning Research and Evaluation Dept.) 4.1 (Copy of reporting procedure) 315 JM Page: 7 Prograa Seq f: 57 Revision Date: May 12, 1994 Prograa Haaa: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Program Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To aore closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaent at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Ikatwr L 186 L 186 L 186 L 186 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date (kafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.2 Involve staff, patrons in aonitoring A. Designated staff involved in monitoring. ROCKEFELLER B. A building cleanliness evaluation form was developed. All staff participates in assessing the cleanliness of the building and identifying places needing improvement. 4.3 Involve all staff in goal setting A. Activity cotnpleted Evaluate goal achieveaant MITCHELL A. Annual plan goal achievement evaluated at semester. RIGHTSELL A. Goals and achievements are reviewed quarterly at the building level. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 SOX 75X Planning, Research and Evaluation Planning, Research and Evaluation Principal, Staff, Planning Research, Eval. Director 4.2 (List of parents and staff on monitoring team) 4.3 (Names and process used to involve entire staff) 4.4 (Review the monitoring procedures, visitation and reporting schedules, and evaluate for effectiveness and efficiency) 4.4 (Student data is disaggregated by race, gender, socio-economic status) 5.0 Students, teachers, and parents will be asked to complete a school climate survey once each year. 07/01/93 06/30/94 316 School Staffs, Principals (Dir. of Planning Research and Evaluation, Parents) 5.0 (The Evaluator's Program is established school climate and student achievement will improve) I AM Page: 8 Progrm Seq *: 57 Revision Date: Hay 12, 1994 Progrm Ham: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Progrm Code: 66 Primry Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progrm Goal: To ore clooely and t\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_612","title":"Program planning and budget document, Volume II, third quarter status report","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1994-05-13"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Program planning and budget document, Volume II, third quarter status report"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/612"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME II LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT THIRD QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT May 13, 1994 ISEQUENCE # Preface Mission Statement Goals District Financial Summary Definitions Organization of the Report Cluster Budget Documents SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Unassigned Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Staff Development Libra ry/Media Computerized Transportation Data Processing Safety and Security Teacher Recruitment Educational Equity Monitoring Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership Summer School (Interdistrict) TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE # 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 33 57 68 71 80 88 99 108 115 SEQUENCE # 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Summer Learning Program - JTPA Contingency Unassigned Facilities Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership Employment Practices Bidding Practices (Procurement) RECRUITMENT CLUSTER (PURPLE) 37 38 39 40 Parent Involvement - Recruitment VIPS-Recruitment Public Relations Unassigned INCENTIVE SCHOOLS CLUSTER (YELLOW) 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Office of Incentive Schools Writing to Read Science Labs Computer Labs Foreign Language Program Computer Loan Program Extended Day/Week Field Trips Unassigned Transportation Unassigned Unassigned PAGE # 124 135 137 144 155 157 164 182 207 (CONT'D) 232 242 245 249 253 257 260 274 287 1SEQUENCE it PAGE# SEQUENCE # PAGE# 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 Instructional Aides Extended Year Incentive/Recognition Resident Counseling Service Camp Pfeifer Monitoring Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Staffing Required Staff Development Teacher Stipends for Inservice and Extra 5 Days Qther Incentive Schools Academic Programs  Peer Tutors/Retired Teacher mentors ~ Themes  Kindergarten  Reading Across the Curriculum - Qral Expression Across Curriculum  Learning Styles Inventory  Semi-Departmental  Instructional Tech  Smdy/Test-Taking  Parent Home Study  Computer Managed Instruction  Student Education Plans  Specialized Programs  Incentive Programs  Homework  Criterion-Referenced Test - Heterogeneous Grouping - Effective Schools  African/American History 290 293 298 307 310 324 337 360 363 ii 65 66 67 68 69 70 Social Skills  Family Folklore - Positive Imaging - Interpersonal Skills - Rites of Passage  Mentoring Program Special Activities - Peer Tutoring Program  Academic Reinforcement Clubs  Special Interest Clubs Latin Enrichment Program Unassigned Career Skills Development 382 391 397 405 Incentive Schools Qperations  Support Services 414  Community Access/Field Trip  Community Involvement -- Special Skills Program -- Special Training  Parental Involvement  Learning Time Schedule  Home/School Community  Extracurricular Program  Attendance and Behavior  Subject Related Extracurriculum JSEQUENCE # PAGE # 71 Counseling/Social Work -- Community Services Access  College/Post Graduate Awareness  Study Skills  Home/Neighborhood Meet  Wellness Program 421 72 73 School Policies and Procedures - Other Unassigned 452 74 Unassigned STUDENT CHOICES/OPTIONS CLUSTER (GREEN) 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 Student Choices/Options King Interdistrict School Stephens Interdistrict School Romine Interdistrict School Rockefeller Early Childhood Original Magnets Unassigned M-to-M Magnet Schools (Central, Dunbar, Washington, Henderson, McClellan) 463 468 476 482 486 491 503 ORGANIZATIONAL CHART (WHITE) 505 iiiPREFACE The mission statement and goals for Little Rock School District are the guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs provides additional direction for quality, interim decision-making for the district. Specifically, programs with poor performance or expenditure problems are addressed with corrective action during the year rather than after the year is completed. The report enhances the districts ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to the programs identified in the Desegregation Plan for the most efficient and functional program planning on a quarterly basis. Several modifications are inherent in the reporting for the third quarter. First, the third quarters report requires an additional volume for desegregation program reporting so that the growth and accumulation of the many achievements reported by schools and programs during the fiscal year of 1993-94 (FY 93-94) are accommodated. Consequently, the third quarters report for desegregation programs consists of Volume I (Seq #s 1-18) and Volume 11 (Seq #s 19-82). An additional modification in the desegregation report includes a change in the reporting of the School Operations Program. Principals and Central Office Administrators will report achievements. 09A is the designated sequence number for reporting by Principals, and 09B is the sequence number relative to Central Office Administrators reporting. The desegregation audit has been completed. Additional desegregation obligations are reflected in the program budget documents of the third quarter report. A continued refinement and adjustment period throughout the fiscal year 1994-95 (FY 94-95) will be necessary for language clarification of the additional desegregation obligations. The Little Rock School District hopes to make the language more consistent and uniformed with the spirit and intent of the various obligations. The Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs contains the following: (1) The Mission Statement of Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Program Budget Documents Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. ILITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum academic, social, and emotional development. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens committed to fairness, racial equity and adequate support for education. 21. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 35/4/94 Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 1 Program Code 01 02 05 06 07 08 09 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 32 33 34 35 49 51 52 Program Name HIPPY______________________________ 4-YEAR OLD PROGRAM STUDENT HE/kRING OFFICER_________ OFFICE OF DESEGREGATION_________ EXTRA-CURRICULAR PARTICIPATION TEACHER RECRUITER________________ STAFF DEVELOPMENT_______________ ACADEMIC SUPPORT PROGRAMS MULTICULTURAL PROGRAMS ACADEMIC INC GRANTS/FOCUSED ACT ORIGINAL MAGNETS_________________ SPECIAL EDUCATION @ WASHINGTON SECURITY _____________________ D/P SYSTEM STUDENT INFORMATION M-TO-M MAGNET SCHOOLS_________ EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING COMPUTERIZED TRANSP SYSTEM ROMINE INTERDISTHICT THEME_______ McClellan community school IN-SCHOOL SUSPENSION____________ JOB FAIR._______________________ TESTING ASSISTANCE________________ LIBRARY SERVICES__________________ PARENT RECRUITING_________________ VIPS RECRUITING____________________ PREJUDICE REDUCTION______________ CONTINGENCY FUND_________________ OFFICE OF INCENTIVE SCHOOLS I WRITING TO READ Budget 93-94 266,763.02 1,523,742.24 94,381.61 433,102.41 ________5,000.51 _______35,188.38 465,627.29 1,815,582.10 197,446.69 352,294.55 3,914,000.00 _______55,695.66 756,878.66 792,523.74 2,254,912.66 387,378.66 _______8,000.00 69,680.82 170,112.24 850,408.55 ________1,092.82 5,066.96 479,954.32 40,000.00 34,671.18 _______5,000.00 300,000.00 _______1,749.42 6,000.00 PTE's 21 67 _____2 10 1 7 70 1 38 4 74 4 2 25 30 2 YTD Expense 178,151.00 897,821.25 73,599.33 319,624.60 ______4,962.82 26,670.86 231,134.88 1,066,712.78 65,859.05 73,725.77 0.00 34,378.65 530,492.64 753,015.23 1,195,948.00 492,331.29 7,420.00 53,893.60 149,283.48 471,756.72 ________688.96 ______2,934.40 264,476.35 ______5,693.95 20,803.57 0.00 0.00 _______830.08 0.00 1 st Quarter 31,286.27 138,599.40 22,646.74 100,300.49 4,962.82 9,695.18 69,080.94 158,246.87 19,443.65 26,486.11 0.00 8,178.16 91,086.44 593,453.22 287,665.69 149,459.45 ________0.00 0.00 82,090.64 70,413.69 153.38 75.16 61,580.87 10.26 5,857.49 0.00 0.00 76.77 0.00 2nd Quarter 69,819.02 387,557.20 27,973.85 111,334.76 0.00 10,475.07 81,164.99 499,040.09 23,307.68 3,860.21 0.00 12,566.50 213,556.49 122,425.14 451,600.64 167,904.22 _________0.00 _________0.00 38,451.48 195,153.72 _______212.33 1,643.82 110,920.97 2,012.50 8,585.07 ________qw 0.00 ________q^ 0.00 3rd Quarter 77,045.71 371,664.65 22,978.74 107,989.35 0.00 6,500.61 80,888.95 409,425.82 23,107.72 43,379.45 _________0.00 13,633.99 225,849.71 37,136.87 456,681.67 174,967.62 7,420.00 53,893.60 28,741.36 __206,189.31 ______323.25 1,215.42 91,974.51 3,671.19 6,361.01 ________0.00 ________0.00 752.73 o.oot % Budget Spent 66.78% 58.92% 77.98% 73.80% 99.25% 75.79% 49.64% 58.75% 33.36% 20.93% 0.00% 61.73% 70,09% 95.01% 53.04% 127.09% 92.75% 77.34% 87.76% 55.47% 63.04% 57.91% 55.10% 14.23% 60.00% 0.00% 0.00% 47.45% 0.00% 45/4/94 Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 2 Program Code ___53___ 54 56 57 59 61 64 65 66 72 73 74 75 Program Name SCIENCE LABS______________________ COMPUTER LABS____________________ COMPUTER LOAN PROGRAM_________ EXTENDED DAY_____________________ FIELD TRIPS________________________ TRANSPORTATION (ADD!)___________ INSTRUCTIONAL AIDES_______________ EXTENDED YEAR____________________ INCENTIVE/RECQGNinON____________ RECOMMENDED STAFFING___________ REQUIRED STAFF DEVELOPMENT TEACHER STIPENDS/INSERVICE_______ OTHER INCENTIVE SCHOOL ACTIVITIES TOTAL Budget 93-94 12,000.00 ________6,000.00 ________ 2,500,00 747,247.70 _______33,000.00 _______15,000.00 496,451.04 99.938.45 _______14,581.91 808,481.42 _______52,878.29 72,725.98 51,088.13 17,734J 47.41 PTEs 42 31 431 YTD Expense __________ 0.00 __________ 0.00 0.00 457,030.60 20,678.75 14,960.92 261,026.96 33,179.48 8,887.95 452,336.89 22,767.65 34,270.74 45.058.25 8,272,407*67 1st Quarter 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,550.48 3,210.95 0.00 38,306.87 31.884.03 1,428.45 58,107.81 1,459.85 24,542.02 20,724.59 2,136,064.74 2nd Quarter _________ 0.00 _________ 0.00 0.00 192,460.04 7,404.63 14,960.92 114.714.15 1,295.45 3,093.35 190,828.11 16,290.74 5,393.24 11,775.22 3.Q97i782Ll8 3rd Quarter 0.00 _________ 0.00 0.00 239,020.26 10,063.17 _________0.00 108,005.96 _________0.00 4,366.15 203,400,97 5,017.06 4,335.48 12,558,44 3,088,560.75 % Budget Spent 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 61.16% 62.66% 99.74% 52.58% 33.20% 60.95% 55.95% 43.06% 47.12% 88,20% 46.65% 5 DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Program Budget Documents. Program: A program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified need. Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy and establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one of two formatted pages. Program Sequence # (Seq. #}. The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. Program Code: This is a unique accounting code assigned by Financial Services which links budget and expenditure information to the associated program. 6JI g g g 3 B   3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Definitions and Data Elements (cont.) Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader : The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e. the Program Drinz-\u0026gt;iT\\nl\\   Manager or the Principal). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Plan Reference: Specific plan and page references will directly cite one of the following desegregation documents: L = LRSD Desegregation Plan- I = Interdistrict Desegregation Plan\nS = Settlement Agreement\nC = Court Orders\nT = Transcripts\nP = Pleadings\nM = Monitoring Reports. The format should be L23 or 113-20, for example. This element has been left blank if the program is not directly cited in one of the desegregation documents. Plan Reference Page Number: Source references listed for each objective and strategy have been used. If the objective or strategy is desegregation document related, the specific desegregation document and page upon which this objective or strategy has been found should be listed. If the objective or strategy is not related to a desegregation document, then whatever source was used has been listed. This element is contained on page 2 and succeeding pages. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following manner: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/93). Completion Date. This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/93). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (75%) should be entered. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 7ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs.  Pagination. Every page in the text is numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered (e.g.,1,2,3,...) throughout the report at the bottom of the page beginning with the \"Preface.\" The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i, page ii, and page iii. ^int. The report employs two kinds of print density. Bold Print denotes original language of the desegregation document(s). Lighter print enclosed in parentheses (parenthetical statements) identifies language that is not literal in the desegregation document(s). The parenthetical statements of lighter print have been integrated throughout the program budget documents for clarification of original language in the desegregation document(s) and/or for providing information generalized from the original language of the desegregation document(s). Parenthetical information should not be construed to mean new legal obligations nor expansion of the obligations under the desegregation document(s). Underlined Print. Underlined Print denotes additional desegregation obligations language which has been inserted verbatim in the third Quarter renort of FY 93-94. Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of the report, similar programs have been grouped into six color-coded clusters. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq #) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. School Operations Program (09A and 09B). Beginning the third reporting quarter for FY 93-94, the status report for desegregation programs reveals several changes in the reporting of the School Operations Program. First, the School Operations program description warrants that both Principals and Central Office Administrators provide quality planning for students. Therefore, the School Operations Program is divided hereafter into two sections for reporting achievements by both Principals and Central Office Administrators. The sequence number for reporting by Principals (i.e., schools) is 09A and the sequence number for reporting by Central Office Administrators is 09B. Secondly, for the third reporting period, the inclusioiiary dates cited in the \"Beginning Date\" column and \"Completion Date\" column are 01/03/94 and 03/31/94, respectively. These inclusionary dates represent the boundaries for the third quarter. The generic dates of 01/03/94 and 03/31/94 are used to uniform and conform reporting in the School Operations program budget documents. Specific date information relative to the achievements of Central Office Administrators follows each documented achievement. 8 1Organization of the Report (continued) As a final note, the School Operations Program (09A) classifies the area, interdistrict, and magnet schools into three organizational levels: elementary, junior high, and senior high. Incentive Schools. The Incentive Schools cluster provides program reporting information for the following schools: Franklin, Garland, Rockefeller, Mitchell, Stephens and Rightsell. Non-Monetary Tracking. No entry on page one in the fiscal year program budget field and/or the quarter expenditure field of a Program Budget Document means desegregation money has not been tracked to the respective program. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart is provided. 9CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 10School Support Cluster * * * * *  * * * * * Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Staff Development Library/Media Computerized Transportation Data Processing Safety and Security Teacher Recruitment Educational Equity Monitoring Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership Summer School (Interdistrict) Summer Learning Program - JTPA Contingency Facilities Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership Employment Practices Bidding Practices (Procurement) 11 \u0026lt; 1Program Seq 20 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 1 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Program Description: The Office of Desegregation Is charged with monitoring the implementation of the Desegregation Plan which includes the ', , uesegregauon .s cnargeo with monitoring the implementation of the Desegregation Plan which includes the appropriate assignment of students to schools. The capacities of the elementary area schools are determined in accordance with Arkansas accreditation standards which have the followina limits- ------------------------------- n p 9 H o  ... :---------------*---------------------------------------------------- Grade: Maximum Number of Students Per Class (Average) Maximum Number of Students in Any Class Kindergarten 20 25 First-Third 23 25 Fourth-Sixth 25 28 District Goal Support: '  -P'* recruitment at those schools depend upen the number of students who enroll In Incentive and Interdistrlct Schools. The initial racial composition of the Incentive Schools is expected to be predominatelv black. It is expected that at least 600 black LRSD students will attend Interdistrict Scho^ Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan [ Plan References: L 139 FY Program Budget: S433.102.41 1st Qtr Expend: $100,300.49 3rd Qtr Expend: $107,989.35 FTE 10 YTD Expenditures: $319,624.60 2nd Qtr Expend: $111,334.76 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: I 12 fProgram Seq #: 20 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 139 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Objectives Strategies Page: 2 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Secondary Leader: Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria {1.0 To implement magnet school assigments) {2.0 To implement interdistrict school assignments) (3.0 To implement elementary area school assignments). The total capacity of the elementary area schools is 9,678. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 1.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 1.1 Magnet Schools - The assignment process to (original) magnet schools will not change under this Plan. A. Assignment process reviewed to verify need for change. Completed 100% 9/30/93 2.1 Interdistrict Schools  LRSD and PCSSD agree to establish interdistrict schools as described in the Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. A. Five of the six interdistrict schools have been established. Completed 83% 9/30/93 13 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 2.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 3.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data JPage: 3 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.1 Students will be assigned to the elementary area schools by attendance zones. A. Elementary area school students assigned. Completed 98% 9/30/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 6. Parents receive notification of assignment. Completed 98% 9/30/93 3.2 The elementary area school attendance zones are drawn to establish a racial balance at each school of 55 percent black and 45 percent white with a variance of 5 percent. The recruitment of white students to elementary area schools may increase the percentage of white students at these schools, but no school shall have a racial composition of greater that 60 percent white. A. Attendance zones reviewed prior to and after student assignments. B. Racial balance monitored prior to and after student assignments. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 3.3 Students presently assigned to elementary area schools will be given the option to remain in these schools (grandfathered). A. Targeted students were notified of options. 3.4 After grandfathered students have been assigned, students in the attendance zone will be assigned to the elementary area schools. A. Students are assigned and notified of assignments to attendance zone school. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 14 07/01/93 08/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 3.3 Student requests to remain in area schools are granted. 3.4 Attendance zone students are assigned based on available seats. I 1 Jjarirliniraritfa^^ a  M M Ji Page: 4 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: May 11. 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 139 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (4.0 To implement incentive school assignments}. The capacity of the incentive schools is 2,558. 3.5 If there is no space available at a student's zoned school or if assignment of the student to the school would put the school out of compliance with racial balance requirements, the student will be assigned to the closest school with capacity which meets racial balance requirements. A. Students are reassigned and notified. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 3.6 The elementary school zones will provide a feeder pattern for elementary students going to junior high school students going to high school. A. Completed 100% 3.7 Students in elementary area school zones will be given the option to select an incentive school. A. Parents were notified of options. Completed 100% 3/31/94 4.1 Each incentive school will have an attendance zone that encompasses the neighborhood around the school (primary attendance zone). A. Completed 100%. 4.2 Students presently assigned to incentive schools will be given the option to remain in these schools (grandfathered). A. Students were advised of options. Completed 100% 3/31/94 15 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 3.5 Students are reassigned in accordance with Deseg. Plan. 3.6 A feeder pattern is established for the organizational levels. 3.7 Options were granted In accordance to assignment plan. 4.0 Incentive School Assignments are made in accordance with the Desegregation Plan requirements. aProgram Seq #: 20 Page: 5 Revision Date: Program Name\nOffice of Desegregation/Student Assignment May 11, 1994 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.3 After grandfathered students have been identified and assigned, students in the primary attendance zone will be assigned to the incentive schools. A. Students were assigned as space was available. 4.4 All incentive school students will have the option to be assigned to an elementary area school to be selected by LRSD in accordance with desegregation considerations. Completed 80% 3/31/94 4.5 In order to assist in meeting the desegregation requirements, a certain number of seats for black and white students will be reserved for each pre-kindergarten and kindergarten class. The seats reserved for white children shall not remain permanently vacant if unfilled. Sufficient time should be allowed for timely, vigorous, and sustained recruitment efforts before filling these seats, A. Seats are reserved. B. Assignments are monitored to ensure acceptable racial balance. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 4.6 The incentive schools will have a maximum pupil/teacher ratio of 20 to 1. 16 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt.for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 4.5 Reserved seats are available by race for prekindergarten and kindergarten students. Ia IMlMll 1 M JU J Page: 6 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: May 11. 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.7 There may be more than 20 students per classroom, however, there will be an aide in each class and possible a second teacher in those classes. 4.8 Assign students with sensitivity to the relationship between placement stability and academic progress as well as the need to measure the impact of incentive programs or student achievement. 4.9 Student assignment process must be the result of carefully coordinated decision-making. The incentive school staffs and the LRSD departments responsible for desegregation, student recruitment and assignment, and planning and evaluation must assess the short- and long-term academic and social impact of any anticipated student reassignments. 4.10 The district must be able to demonstrate that the investment has paid the expected dividends for children, if not, changes must be made quickly before children are lost along with the settlement money. 17 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94Page: Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 7 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.11 When making student assignments, keep in mind that there is a relationship between double funding and enrollment figures that represents the greatest return on investment. The district is bound to keep its pledge to double fund each incentive school for six years or as long as the school maintains an enrollment above 80% black. District must also keep in mind that the incentive schools educate only a small portion of the class that prevailed in the desegregation lawsuit. Ensure that a portion of the incentive school funding fulfills the plan's commitment that \"the children who are in racially-isolated settings are provided meaningful opportunities for desegregated experiences/activities.\" 4.12 The District is obligated to reserve 40 to 50% of seats in the incentive schools at the kindergarten level for white students. 18 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 6/30/94 IPage: Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: 8 Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.13 With regard to reserved seating at incentive schools, the court indicated that the parties' representations to the Eighth Circuit required that a target racial balance at incentive schools be 50% of each race, at least in the prekindergarten and kindergarten levels. It stated that this proportion is to guide the District in the number of seats which are initially reserved for prekindergarten and kindergarten students. The court \"reluctantly\" allowed seats reserved for white students to be released after a reasonable period only if timely, vigorous, and sustained recruitment efforts to fill the seats with white children were unsuccessful. The court stated that recruitment efforts must be thoroughly documented by the District to the extent that the court can determine that the parties are diligently trying to recruit white students to the incentive schools before releasing any reserved seats. The court encourages the parties to implement any additional recruitment measures that would aid desegregation of the incentive schools as a whole. With regard to pupil-teacher ratio, the court ordered the maximum individual classroom enrollment at incentive schools would be as follows: 18 students in four-year old classes, as agreed by the parties\n20 students in kindergarten, 23 students in grades 1 through 3\n25 students in grades 4 through 6, In addition, the court ordered that there be at least one full time instructional aide per incentive school classroom in those schools where any classroom contains more than 20 students. 19 on fa JPage: 9 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 140 L 140 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria {5.0 To implement Desegregation Transfers) 5.1 Junior and senior high school students may transfer to another school as long as the reassignment allows both the sending and receiving school to comply with the desegregation requirement and a seat is available. The minimum black percentage is 25 percent below the districtwide percentage of blacks in grades 7-12. The minimum and maximum black percentages constitute the desegregation requirement (for acceptable range) for a desegregation transfer. The desegregation requirements in secondary schools is that all schools will remain within a range of 12 1/2 percent above to 25 percent below the districtwide percentage of black students at each organizational level (i.e., high school and Junior highschool). Completed 80% 3/31/94 5.2 Elementary students may transfer to an incentive school only if such a transfer enhances desegregation at the incentive school. Desegregation transfers will be granted to elementary area schools that are difficult to desegregate. A. Requests for transfers were reviewed/approved in accordance with criteria. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 20 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.1 Racial composition of student enrollments are within acceptable ranges. 5.2 Transfers reflect an improvement in racial balance. iProgram Seq #: 20 Page: 10 Revision Date: Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment May 11, 1994 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (6.0 To implement Sibling Transfers) 5.3 A student may make two desegregation transfers at each organizational level (primary, intermediate, junior or senior high school). The purpose of the second desegregation transfer is to allow a student to return to his or her previous school assignment. A. Requests for desegregation transfers are reviewed to ensure compliance. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 5.4 Desegregation transfers will be granted during a limited period once each year (Secondary Schools only). A. Completed 80% 3/31/94 5.5 LRSD will provide transportation for desegregation transfer students where it is cost effective to do so. A. Requests for transportation are forwarded to transportation department. (Desegregation Transfer Students assigned to existing bus routes.) Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 6.1 Sibling transfers do not apply to magnet schools. (NOTE: Siblings are brothers/sisters, or half-brothers/sisters, residing at the same address with brothers/sisters. or half- brothers/sisters, who are enrolled in the LRSD. A. Patrons/schools advised of constraints. Completed 100% 3/31/94 21 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.3 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate utilization by students. 5.4 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate use by students. 5.5 Maintain records of number of students transported using desegregation transfers. 6.1 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers.Program Seq #: 20 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Page\n11 Revision Date: May 11. 1994 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives (7 To implement Transfer of Children of Employees Assignments) Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.2 A student entering the LRSD after the 1991 - 92 school year will not be allowed to make a sibling preference transfer to a school outside the student's attendance zone. 6.3 Any student who makes a sibling preference transfer before the 1991-92 school year may remain at the school to which the student transferred until graduation to the next organizational level. 6.4 Sibling preference transfers will be granted if a seat is available and the transfer will allow both the sending and receiving schools to comply with the desegregation requirements. Completed 80% 6.5 Sibling transfer applicants must have a sibling current enrolled in LRSD. Sibling transfers will be granted only to siblings of grandfathered students. 7.1 LRSD employees may enroll their children at the schools where they work. A. LRSD employees advised of options via printed materials. Completed 80% 2/3/94 7.2 This provision is not intended to authorize interdistrict transfers (transfers to NLRSD or PCSSD) other than those authorized by the court-approved desegregation plan. Completed 100% 22 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Human Resources Director Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 6.2 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6.3 Student transfers reflect acceptance/ rejection of transfer options. 6.4 Documentation of sibling transfers meet desegregation requirements. 6.5 Sibling transfer requirements are in accordance with established requirements. 7.1 Employees' children are enrolled in schools requested in accordance with established requirements. 7.2 All interdistrict transfers are court approved.nnnrrin^ js   h w Page: 12 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment May 11, 1994 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (8 To implement the Reassignment Process) 7.3 The transfer of the children of employees is subject to desegregation requirements and the capacity of the particular school. Completed 80% 7.4 LRSD is not obligated to provide transportation. 7.5 This provision Does not apply to magnet schools. A. In compliance 100%. 7.6 The order of preference for assigning the children of employees is listed below: A. In compliance 100% 7.6.1 First preference: attendance zone students with siblings 7.6.2 Second preference: attendance zone students without siblings 7.6.3 Third preference: children of employees 7.6.4 Fourth preference: desegregation transfers 7.6.5 Fifth preference: M-to-M transfers 7.6.6 Sixth preference: Act 609, Act 624, and legal transfers. 23 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 7.3 Student transfers are consistent with capacities and desegregation requirements. 7.4 Transportation is provide by patrons of employees. 7.6 Documentation of assignments. 8.0 The assignment process is consistent with the desegregation requirements. aPage: 13 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment May 11, 1994 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.1 Every effort will be made to install portable buildings in order to accommodate overflow situations at a particular grade level. Only if a building cannot be installed, the student will be reassigned to the nearest school that has a seat available in the student's feeder zone. If the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools in the student's feeder zone, the student will be reassigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. The Student Assignment Office will be responsible for all reassignments. Reassigned students will be placed on the waiting list for the appropriate attendance zone school. A. Requests for portables are reviewed. Alternate assignments made in compliance with capacity requirements and court mandates. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 B. Waiting lists compiled for area schools. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 8.2 The minimum black percentage for each elementary area school is 40 percent black. Any assignment that causes a school to fall below the minimum black percentage will not be granted. In such cases, the student will be reassigned to the nearest school that meets the minimum black percentage requirement and has a seat available. If the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools in the student's feeder zone, the student will be assigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. A. Alternate assignments made in compliance with desegregation requirements. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 24 on 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 8.1 Portables are installed in accordance with Deseg. Plan 8.2 Rosters reflect student assignment percentages are within acceptable racial balance. -I IPage: 14 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (9 To establish effective and efficient student assignment procedures) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 9.0 Assignment procedures are effective and consistent with the desegregation requirements. 9.1 The Student Assignment Office will: monitor new assignments\nprocess all data entry work for elementary schools (data entry tasks decentralized 1992-93 school year)\nprocess interdistrict M-to-M transfers and magnet assignments\nreassign students because of overcrowdedness or desegregation requirements\nconsider appeals\nconduct recruitment efforts (transferred to recruitment program)\nprocess desegregation transfer\nassign all early childhood and incentive school students\nand process all special transfers (Act 609, Act 624, etc.}. A. Assignments are reviewed to ensure racial balance. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/93 B. Appeals committee reviews/approves/rejects assignment appeals. Completed 25% 9/30/93 Completed 50% 12/31/93 Completed 80% 3/31/93 9.2 New students to the District who enroll after May 17, 1989 will not have to come to the Student Assignment Office to obtain an assignment. Each school will be authorized to enroll students who live within the attendance zone of that school. 25 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/93 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 9.1 The student assignment process will be effective in assigning students and process special transfers to assist with racial balance. B. Roster of committee members Agendas from meetings 9.2 Each area school will have the ability to assign students with their attendance zone.Program Seq #\n20 Page: 15 Revision Date: Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment May 11, 1994 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (10 To monitor all aspects of the Desegregation Plan) 9.3 The Student Assignment Handbook includes the timeline and procedures used by the schools and the Student Assignment Office to assign students. The Student Assignment Handbook will be revised each year, as necessary, to reflect any changes in the procedures for assigning students. Changes will be made as needed to include new deadlines and to improve the implementation of the court-approved student assignment plan. The handbook will be developed by the Student Assignment Office and distributed to the schools and the parties each year. A. Edit and update Student Assignment Handbook. Completed 50% 12/31/93 Completed 100% 2/10/94 10.1 Review Program Budget Documents to identify potential problems. A. Completed 80% 3/31/94 10.2 Conduct site visits as necessary. A. 50% of necessary sites are visited. B. Completed 60% 3/31/94 26 Bn 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt.for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator Revised Student Assignment Handbook is published and distributed. 10.0 Identification of implementation and effectiveness problems as evidence by the Program Budget Document 10.1 Budget Documents are reviewed and problems are listed. 10.2 Site visits are documented. Jw w w M r ar Mfffi .1 Program Seq #: 20 Page: 16 Revision Date: Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment May 11, 1994 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader\nDr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.3 Develop and implement improvement plans as needed. A. Improvement plans are developed at Building Level and implemented by principals and staff. Plans are reviewed by Desegregation office. Completed 80% 3/31/94 10.4 Monitor implementation of improvement plans. A. Recruitment plans are monitored. Improvement plans are monitored by Assistant Superintendents. Completed 80% 3/31/94 10.5 LRSD will assist the ADE in identifying existing and proposed statutes and regulations that impede desegregation. 10.6 LRSD, if applying for approval of new construction or major school expansion shall provide a desegregation impact statement setting forth evidence that the proposed improvements do not have a segregative effect {Submission to ADE). 10.7 Loan proceeds from State shall be used for desegregation purposes and will not be utilized or indirectly as a vehicle for generating income for LRSD through higher interest rates. 10.8 A desegregation facilitator will be hired to work directly with building principals. The desegregation facilitator will be solely responsible for identifying problems or practices that impede the implementation of quality desegregated education in each building. The facilitator will also be responsible for providing technical assistance to building principals and their staffs, for desegregation related concerns. 27 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 07/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator 10.3 Improvement Plans are developed and implemented. 10.4 Scheduled observations of Improvement Plans are documented. HHS IS SH g a Bi Bi  Program Seq #: 20 Page: 17 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russeli Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.9 The desegregation facilitator will report directly to the Associate Superintendent for Desegregation, However, the desegregation facilitator will work very closely with the remaining associate superintendents as needed, 10.10 The desegregation facilitator will focus on all aspects of desegregation implementation. This includes, but is not limited to, achievement disparity, extracurricular activities, class assignments, guidance and counseling, staffing and staff interaction, student interaction, and parent involvement. 10.11 LRSD shall make quarterly reports to the Office of Desegregation Monitoring. 07/01/93 06/30/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 10.11 At the end of each year a determination of the effectiveness of the District's implementation of the desegregation plans shall be conducted by the District subject to the Court's review. LRSD's monitors will be provided reasonable access to records and facilities, provided that requests for access are not disruptive, unreasonable or intrusive.Program Seq #\n20 Page: 18 Revision Date: Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment May 11. 1994 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.12 Where disparities in programs and activities exist, LRSD will identify, analyze for cause and share with the appropriate monitoring authorities, A recommended course of action in remediation will then be implemented, LRSD shall give special attention to any imbalance and placement into special education, honors, talented and gifted, advance placement classes, extra curricular activities, expulsions and suspensions, and reward and punishment systems. An objective of this appraisal shall be to eliminate negative stereotyping based upon race or socioeconomic status. 10.13 Long-term goals and desegregation goals have to be incorporated into the study of junior high capacity. 10.14 The court wants a plan to address junior high capacity, relieving busing burden on blacks and recruiting white students into junior high schools. 10.15 This order concerns LRSD's motion to close Ish Incentive School on the ground that the survey process approved by the court indicated that only 82 students wish to attend Ish. The court granted the motion. The court notes that its approval of LRSD's motion to close Ish does not excuse LRSD from its obligation to recruit white students to desegregate the remaining incentive schools. The court states that it will closely watch all proposed school closings and school capacity alterations to determine whether there is a developing pattern of closing schools in areas largely inhabited by black citizens while increasing the capacity of schools in areas largely inhabited by white citizens. 29 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/941350 Page: 19 Program Seq #\n20 Revision Date: Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment May 11. 1994 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.16 Court grants in part a motion of LRSD for approval of various construction projects. The court approves construction of a cafeteria at Chicot Elementary School as long as the new construction does not increase the school's capacity. The construction project at Jefferson Elementary School is not approved because of potential effect of the attendance zones of the new King Interdistrict School on the Jefferson satellite zones. The court indicates that LRSD may petition the court for approval of the Jefferson construction after the attendance zones for King are firm and court approved. In its renewed petition, the court states LRSD must include the following information: the current capacity of Jefferson, any changes in school capacity that will result from the proposed construction\nand the precise number of portable buildings that will be removed and the number that will remain at the school as a result of the proposed construction. 10.17 Prior to granting approval for the Williams Elementary School construction project, LRSD must provide the court with the following information: the school's current capacity\nthe number of square feet that will be added to the school by the construction\nany change in the proportional allotment of the school's magnet seats among the LRSD, NLRSD, and the PCSSD: the precise number of portable buildings that will be removed and the number that will remain at the school as a result of the proposed construction\nand clarify how the present administration area will be rearranged, i.e. a single multi-purpose area or two separate areas, one for expanded cafeteria space and one for indoor recreation. 30 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 1Program Seq #: 20 Page: 20 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Program Goal: To implement e student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Secondary Leader: Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.18 Before the court will consider approving the construction project at J, A, Fair High School, the LRSD must account for the 1,270 square feet difference between the 3,450 square feel of the old space and the 2,180 of new space and specify the exact number of new classrooms that will result from the construction. 07/01/93 06/30/94 10.19 This LRSD motion seeks approval of construction projects at Chicot, Jefferson, Williams and Fair, The court approved only the construction of the cafetorium at Chicot Elementary School (see Order dated April 30, 1993 (Docket No, 1815), The combination of the LRSD motion and the court Order approving it in part requires LRSD to construct a cafetorium at Chicot School which will increase the size of the school by approximately 3,000 square feet and have sufficient capacity to seat at one time more than one-half of the children enrolled at Chicot. The cafetorium should have been constructed in time for the beginning of the 1993-94 school year. 10.20 LRSD filed its \"Special Study  Jr, High Capacities and Projections\" and \"Custodial Calculation - Omaha Formula\", The Jr, High Capacity Study contains no desegregation requirements and is in the process of being revised. With respect to the calculation of the required number of custodians per building, LRSD has told the court that it utilizes the Omaha formula, that this calculation is checked at least once per year and that the number of full-time equivalent positions is adjusted where specific building requirements require an adjustment. 31 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94  i JProgram Seq #: 20 Page: 21 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Revision Date: May n, 1994 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Secondary Leader: Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.21 Limit enrollment in the four-year-old program to 18 students per class. 07/01/93 06/30/94 -10.22 Limit enrollment in grades K-6 to class sizes that are consistent with state standards. 07/01/93 06/30/94 10.23 With respect to grandfathering, students are encouraged to return to their school zones. They were notified by letter a month and a half ago. 32 CT 07/01/93 06/30/94 1Program Seq if: 2\\ Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Deecription: District Goal Support: Program Goal\n[ Plan References: FY Program Budget\nYTD Expenditures\nRelated Function Codes\nLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Oonita Hudspeth Page: 1 Reviaior^ Date: May 7, 1994 The Staff Development Department was established to promote the implementation of the desegregation plan through activitios that will result In improved academic achievement Inservice r***\" *** \"W ''\"'\"9 **\"* interactions among and across all lines will occur. Additionally, this department will provide support and resources for site-based staff development experiences, (^al No 1. Implensent Integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrighment while Closing oisparities in achievement.  Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal No. 3. The Uttle Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate behavior and human relations skills that value appreciation and understanding of multicultural diversity. people as human beings and that are consistent with an Goal No. 5. Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal No. 6. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The Staff Development Department will provide activities that will promote the Implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In improved academic achievement. ' tfeyelopment and Information to parents relative to student success, LRSD will pursue the followina oblectives by the followino means: Update skills of aii district staff on a regular basis and to keep ali staff abreast of developments In their field of endeavor, ------------------------------------ L 126-128 $465,627.29 $231,134.88 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend\n$69,080.94 $81,164.99 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $80,888.95 FTE 7 ] 33Program Saq #: 21 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Program Goat: Plan Reference Page Number L 126 L 126 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date\nTo provide staff development to improve race relatiortt and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Donita Hudspeth Objectives 1. To provide staff development intervice to improve race relatione and equity Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility May?. 1994 Evaluation Criteria (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Superintendent, Staff Development, Central Office Staff) 1.0 (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) 1.0 (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under-represented) 1.0 (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in race relations and equity) 1.1 Continue to articulate vitienZmission of LRSD to community Fall 1988 (07/01/93) Ongoing (06/30/94) Superintendent (Central Office, Director of Communications) 1.1 Public participation Dieeemination of material 1.1 (Increase in number of students returning to public school) 1.1 (School District's required Annual Report to Community will include mission/goals for LRSD) A. Six Community Forums were held by the Superintendent to articulate vision/mission as well as to hear ideas from the public 10/11/93 12/06/93 B. Three (3) District dialogues with employee groups 01/06/94 02/03/94 C. Washington Magnet PTA 01/18/94 01/18/94 D. Two (2) dialogues with Little Rock City Board 02/01/94 02/28/94 E. Press Conference in concert with Little Rock City Hall 02/03/94 02/03/94 34 1 Page: 3 Program Seq 21 Revision Date: Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility F. Forest Part PTA 02/07/94 02/07/94 G. Garland PTA 03/01/94 03/01/94 H. Mann Magnet PTA 03/03/94 03/03/94 I. Hall High Kindergarten parents 03/07/94 03/07/94 J. Dunbar PTA 03/08/94 03/08/94 K. Early Childhood Task Force 03/14/94 03/14/94 L Two (2) Community Forums 03/21/94 03/24/94 M. Romine Interdistrict PTA 03/22/94 03/22/94 May 7, 1994 Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Schedule and implement workshops and activities related to impro^ng race reiatiorts for the following grouops: a. Board of Directors A B. C. b. c. District Administrators Certified Staff d. District Support Staff Desegregation inservice - New Principals Desegregation - All District Administrators Everybody Means Everybody (Inclusive for all students) All District Administrators D. Human Relations/Race Relations - Martin L King, Jr. Interdistrict Staff E. Operationalizing Equity - Dunbar Junior High 1988-89 School Year (07/01/93) 07/27/93 07/28/93 07/28/93 08/04/93 08/19/93 Ongoing (06/30/94) 07/23/93 07/28/93 07/29/93 08/04/93 08/19/93 Deseg. Aset. Center |DAC| and Central Office Staff (Staff Development Department, Principals) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Roster of participants (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under- represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect Improvement in reace relations and equity) 35 1ItflSSiJ k- Program Seq #: Page: 4 21 Revision Date: Program Name: Staff Development May 7, 1994 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relatione and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the Implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In improved academic achievement.) Oonita Hudspeth Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies F. Human Relations/Race Relations - Stephens incentive School G. Human Relations/Race Relations - Garland Incentive School H. Staff Development Specialists - two days training - Inclusion for 2l8t Century I. Race Relations Inservice - Metropolitan J. Race Relations Inservice - Baseline K. Staff Development Director * Equity Assistance Center - Healing Racism L Operationalizing Equity - Fair Sr. High M. Building an Effective Multicultural Climate - Department of Exceptional Children N. Cultural Diversity (Variants Across the Curriculum) Grades 3-6 0. Race Relations - Dodd P. Race Relations \u0026gt; Brady Q. Human Relations - Mitchell R. Race Relations - Baseline S. Cross Cultural Relations/Operationalizing Equity Leadership Class 1.3 Plan and implement an evening symposium for the community on \"Community Involvement in a Desegregated School Setting\" 1.3 (hem completed in April and August, 1988, and is not recurring) 36 Beginning Date Completion Date Respottsibility Evaluation Criteria 09/13/93 09/27/93 10/05/93 10/18/93 11/01/93 11/05/93 12/06/93 01/14/94 01/19/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 03/07/94 03/15/94 Fall 1988 09/13/93 09/27/93 10/06/93 10/18/93 11/01/93 11/05/93 12/06/93 01/14/94 01/19/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 03/07/94 03/15/94 Fall 1988 DAC Consultant 1.3 Roster of participants 1.3 (Symposium was held in April and August, 1988) L I sProgram Sq jV: 21 Page: 5 Revision Date: Program Name: Staff Development May 7, 1994 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equKy. (To provide sta development activitios that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in Improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L 126 L 126 2. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Data Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 Monitor implementation of above strategies Fall 1968 (07/01/93) Ongoing (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Superintendent, District Biracial Committee) 1.4 1.4 1.4 Meetings held (Attendance at public meetings) (District-wide Biracial Monitoring Report will reflect improvement in minority representation In all areas needed) Provide inservice on cooperative learning strategies in a heterogeneous classroom (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors) 2.0 2.0 (Increased involvement in group activities in the classroom) (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among ail students) 2.1 Irwervice teacher* and administration on cooperative learning baaed on Slavin and Johnson and Johnson (or other appropriate cooperative learning models) July 1991 (07/01/93) Ongoing (06/30/94) Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supvs 2.1 2.1 2.1 Training model (Increased involvement in group activities in the classroom) (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among all students) A. Cooperative Learning Inservice - Martin L King, Jr. Interdistrict School 08/05/93 08/05/93 B. Cooperative Learning Refresher (Voluntary District-wide) 10/29/93 10/29/93 C. Cooperative Learning Cycle (Voluntary District- wide) 11/10/93 11/17/93 D. Cooperative Learning Refresher (Voluntary District-wide) 11/30/93 11/30/93 E. Cooperative Learning in Social Studies and Science - Williams Magnet 12/06/93 12/06/93 37tel Page: 6 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: Program Name: Staff Development May 7, 1994 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the Implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In Improved academic achievement.) Donita Hudspeth Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 126 L 126 P. Two Cooperative Team Learning Cycles (Voluntary District-wide) G. Cooperative Team Learning Overview  Geyer Springs 2.2 Monitor teachers' use of cooperative learning strategies 01/27/94 03/21/94 (07/01/93) 03/17/94 03/21/94 (06/30/94) Principal (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors) 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Classroom observation and documentation (Random observation of classrooms where teachers have been trained) (Random survey of cooperative learning participants regarding effects of implementation in their classrooms) (Principal will observe cooperative learning strategies during routine classroom visitations) 3.0 Provide inservice on additional strategies to Improve instruction in desegregated school setting (To improve instruction through the use of effective teaching strategies in the school setting) (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Staff Development, Content Area Supervisors) 3.0 (Increase In achievement of students of teachers in identified programs) 3.1 Provide inservice opportunities on: a. Effective Schools Model PET b. Teaching/Learning Styles c. Teacher Expectations and Student Achievement (TESA) d. Classroom Management e. (and/or other appropriate inservice opportunities) July 1991 (07/01/93) Ongoing (06/30/94) Staff Dev Dept (Content Area Supervisors) 3.1 3.1 Roster of participants Workshop evaluations (Number of participants from a cross-section of district staff involved in the identified programs) A Inservice for Effective Schools Model PET Teams from Mitchell, Brady, Bale, Otter Creek, and Booker 07/01/93 07/15/93 38 I I 1 Jv UUJ Program Seq f\n21 P8: 7 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. Donita Hudspeth (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies a. PET Refresher  Voluntary District-wide b. Effective Schools Training Leadership Class B. Teaching/Learning Styles a. Early Intervention ADHD - District Administrators b. Overcoming the Barriers - District Administrators c. Early Intervention in ADHD - Special Education Teachers) d. Early Prevention of School Failure - All new kindergarten teachers e. Staff Development Director attended 3 day Institute - Making Education Meaningful for African-American Children (should have been included in first quarter report) f. Strategies for Working with At-Risk - Voluntary District-wide g. Strategies for Working with At-Risk - Voluntary District-wide h. Learning Styles Cycle * Voluntary District-wide I. Early Intervention of ADHD/Developmental Differences - Voluntary District-wide j. Working with At-Risk - Brady Elementary k. Two (2) Early Intervention of ADHD/Developmental Differences - Voluntary District-wide 39 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 01/24/94 01/24/94 02/08/94 07/29/93 07/29/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/19/93 10/18/93 11/15/93 11/17/93 11/29/93 11/29/93 01/10/94 02/22/94 07/29/93 07/29/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/21/93 10/18/93 11/15/93 12/08/93 11/29/93 11/29/93 03/07/94 1Program Seq #: 21 Page: 8 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Program Qoal: To provide staff development to improve race relatione and equity. Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria I. Strategies for Working with At-Risk Children - Voluntary District-wide 01/11/94 01/11/94 m. Three (3) Learning Styles Cycle Workshops - Voluntary District-wide 01/11/94 03/24/94 n. Learning Styles Overview - Bale Elementary o. Learning Styles Overview - Fair Park 01/12/94 01/24/94 01/12/94 01/24/94 p. Two (2) Thinking Skills Training courses - Voluntary District-wide 01/24/94 02/28/94 q. Learning Styles Overview - Mabelvale Elementary 03/07/94 03/07/94 C. TESA - Registered four (4) staff members for Trainer of Trainers TESA - October a. Three staff members trained as coordinators for TESA 10/19/93 10/22/93 b. TESA (Cycle 1) Sessions 1-2 - Voluntary District-wide 11/22/93 11/22/93 c. TESA (Cycle 2) Sessions 1-2 - Voluntary District-wide 11/30/93 11/30/93 d. TESA (Cycle 1) Sessions 3-4-5 01/11/94 03/14/94 e. TESA (Cycle 2) Sessions 3-4-5 01/18/94 03/22/94 f. TESA (Cycle 3) Sessions 1-4 02/01/94 03/15/94 0. Classroom Management a. Classroom Management - Martin L King, Jr. Interdistrict Staff 08/05/93 08/05/93 b. Positive Discipline - Carver Magnet 08/18/93 08/18/93 c. Behavior Modification - Mabelvale Jr. High 08/19/93 08/19/93 40 L 1.Ibufi .kMH CM Program Seq 21 Page: 9 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To provide staff development to improve race relatiorw and equity. Donita Hudspeth (To provid. staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies d. Positive Discipline - Rightsoil Incentive School e. Positive Discipline - Brady Bementary f. Discipline Management - Cloverdale Elementary g. Classroom Management Cycle - Voluntary District-wide h. Classroom Discipline - Watson Elementary i. Positive Discipline - McDermott Bementary j. Cooperative Discipline C^le - Stephens Incentive School k. Positive Discipline - Garland Incentive School I. Positive Discipline  Mabelvale Elementary m. Positive Discipline - Voluntary District-wide n. Positive Discipline - Mabelvale Jr. High o. Classroom Management Cycle - Voluntary District-wide p. Two (2) Positive Discipline Workshops - Voluntary District-wide q. Training Seminar - Working with Difficult Students r. Discipline Management - Wakefield Elementary s. Discipline Management Incentive Schools' Instructional Aides E. (and/or other appropriate inservice opportunities) a. Abacus Training (all teachers at non-pilot elementary schools) 41 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 09/13/93 10/11/93 10/11/93 10/21/93 10/26/93 11/02/93 11/08/93 11/08/93 11/15/93 11/16/93 01/10/94 01/11/94 01/20/94 02/03/94 02/07/94 03/09/94 08/30/93 09/13/93 10/11/93 10/11/93 10/28/93 10/26/93 11/02/93 11/29/93 11/08/93 11/15/93 11/16/93 01/10/94 01/11/94 02/24/94 02/04/94 02/07/94 03/10/94 09/29/93 1Program Seq f: 21 Page: 10 Program Name: Staff Development Revieion Date: May 7. 1994 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Dennis Glasgow To provide staff development to improve race relatione and equity. Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies b. Abacus Training/Technical Assistants c. Self-Esteem/Elementary - Voluntary Districtwide d. Self-Esteem/Secondary - Voluntary Districtwide e. Self-Esteem/Elementary - Voluntary  Districtwide f. Abacus Training (extra assistance) - Voluntary District-wide - 8 sessions g. Performance Management Training - Staff Development Director h. Abacus Training Sessions - Eighteen Voluntary District-wide and alt Resource Teachers I. Two (2) Self-Estoem/Elomentary/Secondary - Voluntary District-wide j. Leadership for Change Training Leadership Class/Vice Principals - Voluntary District-wide k. Curriculum Frameworks Training - Director of Staff Development and Six (6) Curriculum Supervisors Beginning Date Completion Date Reeponsibility Evaluation Criteria 09/30/93 10/19/93 11/02/93 11/10/93 10/19/93 09/21/93 01/11/94 01/05/94 01/24/94 02/07/94 10/04/93 10/19/93 11/02/93 11/10/93 12/07/93 10/15/93 03/23/94 02/03/94 01/24/94 02/09/94 1. Leadership for Change SEDL Training - Staff Development Director 02/15/94 02/17/94 42 L 1 '1Psge: 11 Program Seq *: 21 Revision Date: Program Name: Staff Development May 7. 1994 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relatione and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the Implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Donita Hudspeth Plan Reference Page Number L 127 Objectives Strategies m. Positive Confrontation  Bale Bementary 3.2 Send selected staff to professional development sessions in order to Increase the number of available trainers and In return for a commitment to assist with collegial staff development. 3.3 Provide district-wide program of staff development Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 02/23/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 02/23/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 4.0 Provide inservice on \"Effective Implementation of the LRSD Discipline Management System\" (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Director of Pupil Personnel) 4.0 4.0 (Decrease in the number of students who receive disciplinary sanctions) (Decrease in the disproportionate number of minority students who receive disciplinary sanctions) 4.1 Continue to Involve couneelore, principals, assistant principals, and teachers in discipline management in a desegregated school setting A. Positive Interventions in the Discipline Management System - Inservice Secondary Administrators B. Each building has a building discipline plan C. Students have received training in Rights/Responsibilities Handbook 43 July 1991 (07/01/93) 07/29/93 08/16/93 08/30/93 Ongoing (06/30/94) 07/29/93 09/03/93 09/30/93 Director of Pupil Services (Pupil Services Department, Principals, Counselors) 4.1 4.1 4.1 Roster of participants (Building Level Discipline Managment Plans established for all schools) (Counseling classes will include orientation to the building level plan and district-wide Rights and Responsibilities Handbook) L 1Program Seq *: 21 Program Name\nStaff Development Page: 12 Reviaion Date: May 7, 1994 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide sta development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Donita Hudspeth Plan Reference Page Number Objectivea Strategiea Beginning Date Completion Date Reaponaibility Evaluation Criteria L 127 L 127 D. Focus Group/Peer Sharing - Discipline Management System - Voluntary Distrlct- wide/Administrators 4.2 Monitor use of discipline managment system 12/08/93 12/08/93 Fall 1988 (07/01/93) Ongoing (06/30/94) Principala Counaeiora School Teama 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 Documentation (Quarterly Behavior Managment Reports) (Building level biracial committee reports will be used to monitor and/or adjust discipline plans) (District-wide Biracial Committee) 5.0 Provide PAL (Academic Support) teachers with strategies for planning and delivering more than one type of instructional grouping (To provide academic support teachers with strategies for planning and delivering more than one type of instructional grouping) (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Assoc. Superintendent, Academic Support Supervisors, Content Area Supervisors, Staff Development) 5.0 5.0 5.0 (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) 5.1 Continue to investigate and research sources of strategies, models and activities of successful small and large group instructional practices within heterogenous classes Felt 1988 (07/01/93) Ongoing (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Eductional Prog (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors, Academic Support Supervisors) 5.1 5.1 Identification of sources (Provide staff with information from current research monthly) A. Frve articles distributed to Academic Support teachers 08/16/93 09/30/93 44srwwvjnairw Program Seq #: 21 Page: 13 Revision Date: May 7. 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Six articles distributed to Academic Support teachers C. Six articles distributed to Academic Support Teachers 6.2 Conduct workshop to address the following: a. grouping theory and strategies b. demonstration of strategies for varied instruction A. Cooperative Learning Inservice - Martin L. King, Jr. Interdistrlct B. Language Arts and Reading Workshop - New Teachers C. Integrated Learning * Garland Incentive D. Hands-On Science - Rightsell Incentive 10/01/93 12/17/93 01/03/94 03/24/94 e, Making Language Learning Meaningful Session 1-2 - Southwest Jr. High F. Making Language Learning Meaningful Session 1-2 - Cloverdale Jr. High G. Applied Math 9th Grade Teachers - Districtwide 45 Fall 1988 (07/01/93) Fall 1988 (06/30/94) Supervisor of Math and English (Content Area Supervisors, Staff Development Department) 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 Written evaluation by participants (increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease In achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) (Principal will observe through classroom observations and teacher conferences) 08/05/93 10/04/93 10/04/93 10/04/93 10/08/93 10/15/93 10/12/93 08/05/93 10/14/93 10/04/93 10/04/93 11/11/93 11/12/93 10/13/93Program Seq /t: 21 Program Name: Staff Development Page\n14 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation o1 the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria H. Developing Thematic Units - Voluntary Districtwide I. Cooperative Learning Refresher - Voluntary District-wide J. Literature Instruction/Shared Reading and Writing - Voluntary District-wide K. Literature-Based Instruction Grades 1-3 - Voluntary District-wide L. Hands-On Equations Grades 5-8 - Voluntary District-wide M. Cooperative Learning Cycle - Voluntary District-wide N. Hands-On Science Grade 3 - Voluntary District- wide 0. Integrating Math and Science Grades 1-2 - Voluntary District-wide P. Hands-On Science Grade 6 - Voluntary Districtwide Q. Hands-On Equations Grades 5-8 - Voluntary District-wide R. Cooperative Learning Refresher - Voluntary District-wide S. Cooperative Learning in Social Studies and Science - Williams Magnet T. Integrating Math and Science - Gibbs Magnet 10/21/93 10/29/93 11/02/93 11/04/93 11/09/93 11/10/93 11/11/93 11/15/93 11/18/93 11/29/93 11/30/93 12/06/93 12/07/93 10/21/93 10/29/93 11/03/93 11/04/93 11/16/93 11/17/93 11/11/93 11/15/93 11/18/93 12/06/93 11/30/93 12/06/93 12/07/93 U. Hands-On Science Grade 5, Voluntary Districtwide 12/09/93 12/09/93 V. Flips, Slides, Turns Grades 4-6 Math Teachers 12/09/93 12/09/93 46Page: 15 Program Sag #: 21 Revision Date: May 7. 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relatiorrs and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria W. Hands-On Science - Bale Elementary 01/05/94 01/05/94 K Hands-On Math - Science (New Teachers Grades K-6) Y. Three (3) Training Sessions Integrating Math and Science - Voluntary District-wide (2-6) Z Two (2) Math In Literature - Voluntary Districtwide (Grades K-6) AA. Integrating Geography Through Childrens Literature (Grades 4-6) BB. Three (3) Hands-On Science - Voluntary District-wide CC. Makine Language Learning Meaningful Session 3-4 - Southwest Junior High School DD. Cooperative Team Learning (2 cycles) - Voluntary District-wide EE. Skills Through Literature - Stephens FF. Language Arts Integration - Rightsell GG. Increasing Effectiveness in Working with Groups - Incentive School Instructional Assistants HH. Fractions, Fractions, Fractions (Grades 4-8) - Voluntary District-wide II. Positive/Negative Numbers (Grades 6-6) - Voluntary District-wide 47 01/05/94 01/11/94 01/13/94 01/19/94 01/20/94 01/27/94 01/27/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 03/09/94 03/10/94 03/15/94 01/19/94 02/17/94 02/24/94 01/19/94 03/17/94 01/27/94 03/17/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 03/10/94 03/10/94 03/15/94Program Seq #: 21 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader\nProgram Goal\nPlan Reference Page Number L 127 L 127 Page: 16 Revision Date: Donita Hudspeth To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in Improved academic achievement.) Objectives 6.0 Provide Ineervice to aeelet principal and faculties with strategies for promoting student achievement and growth Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Asst. Superintendent, Planning, Research and Evaluation, Staff Development, Content Area Supervisors) 3 May 7, 1994 6.0 6.0 Evaluation Criteria (Increase In achievement for ail students) (Decrease In achievement gap in representative population) 6.1 Continue to provide inservice for principals on methods for developing their school improvement plan A. \"What Works - directed sharing for new principals B. Evaluating Literature Based Instruction - District Administrators C. Portfolio Assessment - District Administrators D. Monitoring the At-Risk Child - District Administrators E. Monitoring Instructional Effectiveness - District Administrators F. Next Step in Portfolio Writing - Jefferson G. Redesign Portfolios - Garland Incentive 48 Fall 1968 (07/01/93) 07/27/93 07/28/93 07/28/93 07/29/93 07/29/93 09/07/93 09/14/93 Ongoing (06/30/94) 07/27/93 07/28/93 07/28/93 07/29/93 07/29/93 09/07/93 09/15/93 Div of Schools Eval and Testing IRC Specialists (Asst. Superintendents) 6.1 6.1 6.1 Comprehensive and accurate product (Number of workshops in Integrating the Curriculum, Literature-based Instruction, Authentic Assessment and/or other relevant methodologies) (Better school improvement plans are submitted) JPao*: 17 Prooram Seq #: 21 Revision Date: Program Name: Staff Development May 7, 1994 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader\nProgram Goal\nTo provide etaff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In improved academic achievement.) Donita Hudspeth Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria H. Writing/Getting Started - Pulaski Heights Elementary 09/23/93 09/23/93 I. Integrating the Curriculum/Thematic Units - Washington/Woodruff 09/28/93 09/28/93 J. Portfolio Assessment  Wilson Elementary 10/18/93 10/18/93 K. Grant Writing Workshop - Academic Incentive Grant L Portfolio Assessment - Washington Magnet M. Portfolio Assessment - Watson Elementary N. Portfolio Assessment (2 Sessions)  Rockefeller Incentive School O. Focus Group - Technical Assistance * Academic Incentive Grants P. Portfolio Assessment - Bale Elementary 0. Six (6) Portfolio Assessment Training Sessions R. Effective Schools Training Leadership Class S. Achieving Equity Leadership Class T. Seven (7) Reading Inservices to Promote Instructional Practices 6.2 Continue to assist principals in revising school improvement plans through the analysis of disaggregated data 49 10/27/93 11/01/93 11/02/93 11/08/93 11/17/93 12/06/93 01/04/94 02/08/94 03/15/94 02/02/94 July 1991 (07/01/93) 10/27/93 11/01/93 11/02/93 12/06/93 11/17/93 12/06/93 03/09/94 02/22/94 03/15/94 03/15/94 Ongoing (06/30/94) Assoc and Asst Supts 6.2 6.2 6.2 Completed plans (Provide written feedback and opportunities for sharing \"What Works\" in various building-level plans) (Plans reflect strategies that evolved from disaggregated data) 1Program Seq #: 21 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number .itiiS. .(Mi, U jSi jHf jia Page: 18 Revision Date: May 7, 1994 Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: To provide ataff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in Improved academic achievement.) Donita Hudspeth Objectives Strategies 6.3 Continue to provide special school-based program and content area irtservice meetings scheduled on a regular basis with specific sessions on content methodology and interpersonal relations for program implementation in a desegregated setting A Integrated Learning - Garland Incentive B. Hands-On Science \u0026gt; Rightsell Incentive C. Making Language Learning Meaningful Session 1-2 - Southwest Junior High D. Positive Discipline - Brady Elementary E. Discipline Management - Cloverdale Elementary F. Making Language Learning Meaningful Session 1-2 Cloverdate Jr. High Q. Race Relations Inservice - Metropolitan H. Portfolio Assessment - Wilson I. Classroom Discipline - Watson J. Race Relations Inservice - Baseline K. L M. Portfolio Assessment - Washington Magnet Portfolio Assessment - Watson Elementary Positive Discipline - McDermott N. Positive Discipline - Garland Incentive 50 Beginning Date 1991 School Year (07/01/93) 10/04/93 10/04/93 10/08/93 10/11/93 10/11/93 10/15/93 10/18/93 10/18/93 10/26/93 11/01/93 11/01/93 11/02/93 11/02/93 11/08/93 Completion Date Ongoing (06/30/94) 10/04/93 10/04/93 11/11/93 10/11/93 10/11/93 11/12/93 10/18/93 10/18/93 10/26/93 11/01/93 11/01/93 11/02/93 11/02/93 11/08/93 Resportsibiiity Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supervisors Principals 6.3 6.3 6.3 Evaluation Criteria Workshop agendas and evaluations (A computer based compilation of individual employees/school-wide staff development activities will be available) (Student achievement will increase\ndisparity gap in representative population will decrease) JProgram Seq #: 21 Program Name\nStaff Development Program Code\n09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Program Goal\nPlan Rsfsrsncs Page Number Page: 19 Revision Date: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide MaH development activities that will promote the Implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In improved academic achievement.) Donita Hudspeth Object] vea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility May 7, 1994 Evaluation Criteria O. Cooperative Discipline Cycle  Stephens Incentive 11/08/93 11/29/93 P. Portfolio Assessment (2 Sessions) - Rockefeller Incentive 11/08/93 12/06/93 O. Positive Discipline * Mabelvale Elementary R. Working with At-Risk - Brady Elementary S. Operationalizing Equity - Fair Sr. High T. Cooperative Learning in Social Studies and Science - Williams Magnet U. Portfolio Assessment - Bale Elementary V. Integrating Math and Science - Gibbs Magnet W. Portfolio Assessment  Brady X. Hands-On Science - Bale Y. Positive Discipline - Mabelvale Junior High Z AA. Comptons Encyclopedia Computers  Franklin . Children's Writing - Franklin BB. More Portfolios - Rockefeller CC. Making Language Meaningful - Southwest Junior High DD. Race Relations \u0026gt; Dodd EE. Language Arts Strategies - Stephens FF. Race Relations - Brady QG. Language Arts Integration - Rightsell HH. Improving Human Relations * Mitchell 11/15/93 11/29/93 12/06/93 12/06/93 12/06/93 12/07/93 01/04/94 01/05/94 01/10/94 01/10/94 01/14/94 01/24/94 01/27/94 01/31/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 11/15/93 11/29/93 12/06/93 12/06/93 12/06/93 12/07/93 01/04/94 01/05/94 01/10/94 01/10/94 01/14/94 01/24/94 01/27/94 01/31/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 51 1 Page: 20 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date\nMay 7, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L 128 Objectivea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria II. Portfolio Assessment - Dodd JJ. Positive Confrontation - Bale KK. Portfolio Assessment \u0026gt; Hall LL Learning Styles * Mabelvale Elementary MM. Cross-Cultural Relations - Baseling NN. Integrating Math/Science - Mitchell 00. Uterature in Social Studies - Geyer Springs PP. Cooperative Learning Refresher - Geyer Springs 6.4 To provide special assistance for teachers as requested. 02/21/94 02/23/94 03/02/94 03/07/94 03/07/94 03/14/94 03/17/94 03/21/94 07/01/93 02/21/94 02/23/94 03/02/94 03/07/94 03/07/94 03/14/94 03/17/94 03/21/94 06/30/94 7.0 Form tri-district committee for collaborative procedures July 1, 1991 (07/01/93) Ongoing (06/30/94) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD, PCSSD, and NLRSD) 7.0 7.0 Ongoing analysis (Tri-district workshops will be held) 7.1 Establish tri-district committee A. Tri-district Committee is formed 52 July 1, 1991 Ongoing (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD, PCSSD, and NLRSD) 7.1 7.1 Ongoing analysis (Tri-district committee was formed in August, 1991).BUUl. 1^1 Psge: 21 Program Saq #: 21 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide ataff development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in Improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objactlvaa Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7.2 Meet four times per year, two times each semester. The committee functions will be to Identify and Implement staff development strateqles that will assist the districts in fulfilling expectations of maintainina quality\" desegregated school districts. A. First meeting is scheduled for October 1, 1993 B. Tri*District Committee Meeting 7.3 Plan any activities appropriate for collaboration, e.g., community meetings, etc. A. Teachers from LRSD were recruited for Equity In Excellence class taught by PCSSD and will receive salary credit at Its completion B. Meeting with Media Speciaists and Curriculum Specialists from North Little Rock and Pulaski County to plan Multicultural Fair C. Teachers from LRSD were granted salary credit for classes taken through Pulaski County Staff Development Department D. Meeting with Associate Superintendent for Desegregation from Pulaski County E. Teachers from LRSD were recruited for Equity in Excellence class taught by PCSSD and will receive salary credit F. Tri-district Multicultural Fair 53 (07/01/93) 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 (07/01/93) 08/26/93 11/16/93 09/01/93 11/30/93 12/01/93 02/23/94 (06/30/94) 06/30/94 10/01/93 10/01/93 (06/30/94) 12/15/93 11/16/93 12/17/93 11/30/93 01/07/94 02/23/94 ({^rectors of Staff Development from LRSD, PCSSD. and NLRSD) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD, PCSSD, and NLRSD) 7.2 (Record of meetings and collaborative nature of areas addressed) 7.3 (Documentation of number of activities among the three districts) -Program Seq #: 21 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Program Qoal: Plan Reference Page Number L 128 Page: 22 Revieton Date: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In improved academic achievement.) Donita Hudspeth Objectivea 8.0 Provide staff development comportent lor effective staff development in desegregated school setting Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility May 7, 1994 Evaluation Criteria (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Board of Directors, Superintendent Director of Staff Development) 8.0 (Gather and analyze data from school district participants on the effectiveness of the staff development activities designed to address their specific needs) 8.1 Establish staff development component a. Staff Development Dept Personnel b. Staff Development Office c. Staff Development Catalogue/Calendar July 1991 July 1991 July 1991 (07/01/93) Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing (06/30/94) Board of Directors/Supt Human Resources Dir of Staff Dev 8.1 Implementation of Staff Development Dept Employment of Director, four specialists and one secretary 8.1a (Implementation of Staff Development Department in July, 1991) 8.1b Office is operational 8.1b (Office was established in July, 1991 8.1c Distribution of catalogue/ calendar 8.1c (Staff Development Catalogue/Calendar distributed annually A. Department personnel Is functioning at 86% B. Office Is operational 07/01/91 06/30/94 C. Catalogue was distributed on October 1 09/01/93 10/01/93 8.2 Certified staff members (administrators and teachers! shall be trained to teach and counsel black an educationally-advantaged students. 07/01/93 06/30/94 8-3 The Uttle Rock School District will hire a five- member staff development team for this purpose. 07/01/93 06/30/94 54Page: 23 Program Seq If: 21 Revbion Date: May 7, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectivea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.4 The Little Rock School District Staff Development Department will be responsible for implementing the staff development services. 8.5 The staff development goals and programs currently used by the District, such as TESA, PET and others, will be continued, but a far more creative and comprehensive staff development program suitable for the needs of all employees and volunteers will be Implemented, 8.6 The districts will cooperate in designing a fresh and extended approach to staff development. Included In the planning will be community resource persons and all district personnel responsible for delivering training to staff, and to parent, volunteer, or student committees or groups. 8.7 Staff development will based upon certain basic principles of human behavior, learning process and change dynamics. 8.8 The diverse training needs of staff at all employment levels will be met. 6.9 The District will establish resource banks which identify the training skills or specialized knowledge of employees and volunteers which can be shared through staff development activities. 55 07/01/93 06/30/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 JKklUi Page: 24 Program Seq #: 21 Reviaion Date: May 7. 1994 Program Name\nStaff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relatione and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In improved academic achievement.| Plan Reference Page Number Objectivea Strategiea Beginning Date Completion Date Reaponaibility Evaluation Criteria 8.10 Computer data bases will be used to record each employee's staff development history. 8.11 Carefully planned \"training of trainers* events will be actively used to expand inhouse training expertise. 8.12 Interdistrict training activities will be frequently offered for groups of employees and volunteers. 8-13 The District will deal decisively with the Issue of racism and will involve all staff, students, and parents in a comprehensive prejudice reduction program. 8.14 Certain areas of training and staff development will be specially emphasized: utilization of voulnteer resources, preparation of substitute teachers and aids, and training for parents. 56 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94c LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Saq *: 22 Page: 1 Revision Data: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Library/Media Program Coda: 32 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: Each child in the Little Rock School District should be given access to his/her full measure of the Instructional resources. Ubrary/media services will be designed to provide for extension and enrichment of basic skills and will also accommodate the varied learning styles of students in different instructional groups. Because students will have opportunities to work and learn in the library/media center under the direction of a trained teacher-librarian, they will be able to approach learning In a variety of ways, thus accommodating their individual styles and also providing for the additional \"time on task* or enrichment that many students need in order to internalize the material initially presented. The District's plan is to offer a library/media program to serve learners with diverse needs, background and abilities through a comprehensive program designed to better support District goals and student needs with regard to learning styles, relevance of Instruction, support of multicultural school curriculum, and the application of learning to real-life situations. Library/media services will be designed to provide for extension and enrichment of basic skills and will also accommodate the varied learning styles of students In different instructional groups. Students will have opportunities to work and learn In the library/media center unde_r the direction of a trained teacher-librarian. The Little Rock School Districts library/media program will fulfill Its potential as an essential contributor to the District's successful desegregation plan. Upon Implementation of the elementary prooram a review of the secondary program will commence with special attention being given to meeting the interests and needs of the Districts diverse population. Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3  The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 2l8t Century. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Ran. L 106, L 107, L 109. L 110 I FY Program Budget: $479,954.32 1st Qtr Expend: $61,560.87 3rd Qtr Expand: $91,974.51 FTE 30 YTD Expenditures: $264,476.35 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codas: ] 57TO Program Seq *: 22 Program Name: Ubrary/Media Program Code: 32 Program Qoal: Plan Reference Page Number L109 L106 L109 L109 L109 Ba LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthls Secondary Leader: The district will provide each student with llbrary/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined In the district's Desegregation Plan Objective* Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Page: 2 Revbion Date: May 11, 1994 Lucy Lyon Reaponsibiiity Evaluation Criteria 1. implement the dtetrict's proposed rtew elementary llbrary/media program. 1. (To provide equitable access to library resources including multicultural and audiovisual resources for all students.) 1.1 Hire consultant, coordinator, and clerical help A Consultant, coordinator, clerical help were hired. 1.2 Review recommendation/outlirM new program. A. New was program outlined. 1.3 Identify equipment and material necessary for naw llbrary/media program and determine the necessary equipment to ensure each district student equity of access In standard instructional offerings. 58 (July 1, 1993) (June 30, 1994) (Coordinator of Library Services, Principals, Librarians) Dir of Human Serv, Supv of Inst Tech 09/20/88 09/01/88 10/16/88 11/01/88 1. Comparison of survey result* 1988-1993 will show increased use. 1. Comparison of data collected monthly will show: Student visits will increase. Volume of books checked out will increase.  Independent research by students will be documented to show use.  Number of classes/groups scheduled by teachers will be documented to show use. 1.1 Contracts (Contracts are on file in Human Resources.) Consultant, Supv of Inst Tech, Advisory Committee Librarians Coordinator of Library Service* 1.2 Agenda for meetings (Agendas are on file in the Dept, of Instructional Technology.) 1.3 Report/List (Surveys and list are on file in the Dept, of Instructional Technology.) 1Program 8eq 22 Program Name: Ubrary/Media Program Code: 32 Program Goal: Plan Reference Psge Number L109 L109 L109 L109 L109 L109 Ba Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: The district wiil provide each student with iibraty/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined In the district's Desegregation Han Objectivea Strategiet A. Equipment/materials were identified. 1.4 Order equipment and materials rvecessary including AV software. (Determine/purchase core materials needed for each elementary school.) A Books and reference materials supporting curriculum ordered for each school. 1.5 Prepare a tentative aupplerrtental list of new AV film/videos, etc., and distribute. A. List of film/videos was prepared. 1.6 Develop procedures, guidelines, policy statements, and curriculum guides. A Procedures, guidelines, policy statements and curriculum guides were completed. 1.7 Conduct inservice and curriculum development for classes for librarians, principals, and teachers. Library media specialists will provide inservice training to building-level staff in the use of materials and equipment. A. Inservice and curriculum classes were held. 1.8 Process new material including cataloging. A. New material was processed. 1.9 Receive requests for AV materials for fall semester 1989. A AV requests for fall semester 1989 were received. 59 Beginning Date Completion Date Page: 10/16/88 12/05/88 (July 1, 1993) (June 30, 1994) 01/03/94 02/01/89 (12/01/89) 07/01/93 12/01/89 11/01/88 April 1, 1989 04/01/89 03/31/94 03/01/89 05/30/90 06/30/94 05/30/90 10/01/89 May 30, 1989 05/30/89 WB 3 Re^alon Date: Lucy Lyon Responeibility Supv of Inst Tech, Coor of Lib Services, (Librarians) Supv of Inst Tech Consultant, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor and Advisory Committee Cortsultant, Supv of Inst Tech. Coor and Advisory Committee Librarians, Media Staff Supv of Inst Tech May 11, 1994 Evaluation Criteria 1.4 Purchase orders (Materials supporting the curriculum will be used in each elementary school.) 1.5 Supplemental list (List on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.) 1.6 File copies (Curriculum guide, polices, and procedures on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.) 1.7 (Agendas and memos) (Agendas and memos on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.) 1.8 Completion memo 1.9 Checkoff list (List on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.) I JPage\n4 Program Seq f\n22 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Ubrary/Media Program Code\n32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal\nThe district will provide each student with llbrary/medla services In accordance with the essential role outlined In the districts Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L109 L110 L110 L110 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.10 Schedule films\\videos as possible. (Schedule videos correlated to LRSD curriculum as requested by teachers. Use of 16mm film is outdated.) A. Videos are scheduled daily and were current on 09/30/93. B. Videos are scheduled daily and were current on 12/17/93 C. Videos are scheduled daily and were current on 03/25/94. 1.11 Hire full-time librarians and full-time clerks for each elementary school as needed. A Full-time librarians were in place in all elementary libraries. Clerks were in place according to LRSD formula. 1.12 Develop a maintenance proposal which assures prompt and efficient repair of all AV equipment independent of the time of year. (Maintain procedures for prompt and efficient repair of AV equipment.) A Third quarter repair record: 145 AV machines repaired - 63 within one (1) week or receipt\n70 computer monitors repaired\n33 computer cable jobs completed 1.13 Notify teachers via librarians of the fall schedule (films/videoel, (Instructional videos correlated to LRSD curriculum are scheduled. Use of 16mm film is outdated.) 60 (July 1, 1993) 08/23/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 07/01/93 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 (June 30, 1994) 35% 70% 84% June 30, 1994 09/30/93 June 30, 1994 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Dir of Human Serv, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor Lib Serv, Principals Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Irtst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.10 Schedule (Videos correlated to curriculum will be used In each school.) 1.11 Contracts (Sufficient staff will be in place to meet state and North Central Standards for librarians. Library clerks will be staffed according to LRSD formula, based on enrollment.) 1.12 Copy of proposal Ninety percent of equipment sent in will be repaired within a week. 1.13 File copy (Videos correlated to the curriculum will be used in each school.) 1Page: 5 Program Sag #: 22 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Ubrary/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthls Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Qoal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L109 L110 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. B. C. Teachers are notified weekly of current videos. Teachers are notified weekly of current videos Teachers are notified weekly of current videos 1.14 Supply films/videos per schedule. A. B. C. 09/30/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 July 1. 1993 35% 70% 60% June 30, 1994 Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Ub Serv) 1.14 Weekly delivery (Videos correlated to curriculum will show Videos are supplied weekly. Videos are supplied weekly, Videos are supplied weekly. 1.15 Develop a seven to ten year AV equipment purchase plan based on accepted life spans for equipment and equity consideratiorts. The goat b to deviee a plan which will provide the district with consistent tine item cost each year to simplify budgetary planning and prevent the necessity for large one-time expenditures as is new required A An AV equipment purchase plan was developed. 1.16 Order supplies and printing. A. Supplies and printing were ordered. 1.17 Conduct inservice for librarians and library cbrks. A. Inservice for elementary librarians held 08/12/93, and for secondary on 08/10/93. 61 08/23/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 Sept. 5, 1989 09/05/89 Oct. 15, 1988 August each yr. (July 1) 08/10/93 35% 70% 80% Nov. 1, 1989 11/01/89 June 30, 1990 Ongoing (June 30) 08/12/93 Supv of Inst Tech Supv of Inst Tech Coor of Lib Serv Librarians 1.15 Copy of plan (Copy of plan on file In Department of Instructional Technology.) 1.16 Copies of purchase ordere (Copies of purchase orders on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.) Agendas (Quarterly data will reflect an increase in library use.)E u u bj ij y a s m s Page: 6 Program Seq *: 22 Revieion Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthls Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services In accordance with the essential role outlined In the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L106 L107 Objectivee 2. (To extend and enrich the basic skills in ways that meet students varied learning styles and promote life long learning.) Strategies Beginning Date July 1. 1993 Completion Date June 30, 1994 Reeponsibility Principals, Librariarte Evaluation Criteria 2. (As a result of increased planning and instruction by LM Specialist, test scores will increase on norm and criterion- referenced tests.) B. Inservice for librarians offered as follows: Abacus * October 26, 27\nGreat Books - December 2, 3, 6, 7\nSecondary Inservice * December 2 C. Inservice offered third quarter as follows\nTri- District 01/11/04\nCelebrate Literacy 03/09/94\nSecondary Chapter II 03/16/94 2.1 (Plan with classroom teachers for materials needed for classroom units.) A. Librarian/Teacher Planning for Materials: Secondary Librarians have consulted with teachers 1,950 times\nElementary Librarians have consulted with teachers 4,828 times 10/01/93 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 10/01/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 12/31/93 Principals, Librarians 2.1 (Improved planning with teachers will increase student tests scores.) 2.1 An Increase in test scores for reference/studv skills will be evident utilizing norm- and criterion-referenced tests B. Librarians/Teacher planning for Materials for Dec., Jan., Feb.: Secondary Librarians consulted with teachers 4,518 times\nElementary Librarians consulted with teachers 10,375 times 01/03/94 03/31/94 LI 07 2.2 (Hold at least one reading motivation activity each year.) July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 Principals. Librarians 2.2 (More books will be checked out in each school.) L107 A. Reading Motivation Activities Held: Secondary = 20 sessions\nElementary = 23 sessions B. Reading motivation activities held in Dec., Jan., Feb.: Secondary = 36\nElementary = 67 2.3 (Plan with teachers for library Instruction to be correlated to classroom instruction.) 62 10/01/93 12/31/93 01/03/94 03/31/94 July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 Principals, Librarians 2.3 (Improved planning with teachers will result in higher achievement for students.) 1a-a-a-a-g-g-a-a-a-g-a-a-g. Page: 7 Program Saq *\n22 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelfe Matthis Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal\nThe district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined In the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L107 133 1. The selection of materials/resourcee to support the curriculum in desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. A Ubrarian/Teacher planning for Instruction: Secondary = 345 sessions\nElementary  774 sessions B. Ubrarian/Teacher planning for instruction: Secondary  1,146\nElementary = 3,339 2.4 (instruct students in literary/reference skills) A Instruction of students in Library skills: Secondary = 22,674 sessions\nElementary = 29,212 sessions B. Instruction of students in library skills: Secondary = 59,401\nElernentary  88,254 2.5 Ubrarv media specialists will plan with classroom teachers for materials needed for classroom units. 2.6 Library media specialists will plan with classroom buildlno staff for at least one school - wide reading motivation activity each year. 2.7. Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachers for library instruction to be correlated to classroom Instruction. 2.8 Library media specialists will instruct students in literary skills and reference/study skills. 1.1 Continue hosting Multi-District, Multicultural Resource Sharing Fair. In the future, the fair site will rotate among the three districts. 63 10/01/93 01/03/94 July 1, 1993 10/01/93 01/03/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 Annually 12/31/93 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 Principals, Librarians 2.4 (Abacus assessment will show mastery of reference/study skills.) 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Ongoing Library Media Director or responsible person including NRLSD) Resources wilt be selected, purchased, and utilized by teachers and students as they teach the cuiricuium of the I desegregated school districts.Program Seq *: 22 Program Name: Ubrary/Media Program Code: 32 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 133 134 isi Primary Leader: s^ asi Estelle Matthis is' IS aa W W Secondary Leader: The district will provide each student with library/media services In accordance with the essential role outlined In the district's Desegregation Plan Objectivea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Page: 8 Revision Date: Lucy Lyon Resporwibility May 11, 1994 Evaluation Criteria A. Two tri-district meetings held to plan Fair. Dato of Fair set for 02/22/94 with NLR hosting B. Multiculturai Materials Fair, with NLR hosting, held at North Uttle Rock High School, East Campus. 1.2 Begin hosting Multi-District Resource Sharing Fair with book and AV materials, vendors, rotating the site among the three districts. 11/30/93 11/30/93 02/22/94 07/01/93 02/22/94 06/30/94 2. The inservice training library media staff members to desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. 2.1 Plan to host multi-dietrict inservice meetings such as the one sponsored by the Pulaski County Educational Service Cooperative in April of 1988 to explain the new national guidelines for school library media program planning. 2.2 Plan to host inservice training for multidistrict library media specialists using district employees. A. Tri District meeting planned for 01/11/94. B. Tri-District Inservice held 01/11/94. Ongoing Ongoing Ubrary Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD) Inservice training will develop skills for library medial specialists who work in desegregated school districts To be established 11/16/93 01/11/94 Ongoing 11/16/93 01/11/94 3. Utilization of television technology In desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. 3.1 Implement utilization of cable channel 19 and/or videotapes produced at Metro to teach basis skills, etc. To be established To be established Ubrary Media Directors or responsible person Students will gain practical vocational experience in running a television studio\nstudents will benefit from instructional units provided over cable system or recorded for later classroom use 4. Recruitment of minority Library Media Specialists in desegregated school districts is multi-district goal of library media programs. 4.1 Contact teachers training institutions/recruit teachers for training programs in library media certification. Ongoing Ongoing Ubrary Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD Hiring and placement of minority media specialists will occur Em 64 I Ill aw M TO? Page: 9 Program Seq #: 22 Revision Date: May 11. 1994 Program Name: Ubrary/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthls Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Qoal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined In the districts Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Oblectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Reaponsibiiity Evaluation Criteria 5. Muhi-district communication for library media program administrators is a goal for the programs. 6. The summative evaluation will Involve a pre- and poet-survey instrument for a compargion between the classroom teacher responses from the survey done In 1988 and from a follow-up survey to be conducted in 1993, 5.1 Copy memos relating staff development opportunities to other district administrators. 5.2 Meet informally for sharing sessions. A. Met 11/20/93 for informal sharing session. 65 Ongoing 11/30/93 07/01/93 Ongoing 11/30/93 06/30/94 Ubrary Media Directors or responsible person (Including NLRSD) Better communication will be achieved 6.1 Three - fifths Instead of 1/4 of the teachers will consider themselves freguent users of the school library. 6.2 Students will have access at the point of need. 6.3 Only 1 of 10 students instead of 4 out of 10 will indicate that they seldom or never go the library to use the library/media center materials for a class assignment. 6.4 Only 1 /5 Instead of 1 /2 of the teachers will report that they rarely or never planned learning activities involving library media activities or skill instruction.Page: 10 Program Seq *: 22 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Ubrary/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthls Secortdary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined In the districts Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Psge Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.5 Major barriers or constraints noted In the spring 1988 survey will not repeat as major stumbling blocks to the prooram. 6.6 Increased student visits to the library medial center on a daily and weekly basis will be evidenced through documentation. 6.7 Increase will evidenced by the volume of books checked out by categories: fiction and Dewey catagorles. 6.8 The number of students who visit the library for independent research will be documented to Indicate an Increase In usage, and the qualitv of research conducted by students will be improved, 6.9 The number of classes/ groups scheduled and supervised by the classroom teacher will be documented. 7. Library media specialist will annually evaluate the colleetlon for adequacy of multicultural materials and wilt continually evaluate rtew materials to be considered for purchase. 07/01/93 06/30/94 66w Pao: 11 Program Saq #: 22 Revision Date: May 11, 1994 Program Name: Ubrary/Media Program\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1583","title":"Court filings concerning District budgets and planning, Arkansas State Board and Department of Education reinstatement, and closure of Stephens Incentive School","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit"],"dc_date":["1994-05"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","School districts--Arkansas--Pulaski County","Little Rock School District","Court records","Arkansas. Department of Education","Arkansas. State Board of Education","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Educational law and legislation","School management and organization","School integration","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Court filings concerning District budgets and planning, Arkansas State Board and Department of Education reinstatement, and closure of Stephens Incentive School"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1583"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["legal documents"],"dcterms_extent":["34 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_650","title":"Principal selection process, Gibbs Elementary School","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1994-05/1994-09"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Gibbs Magnet Elementary School (Little Rock, Ark.)","School principals","Parents' and teachers' associations"],"dcterms_title":["Principal selection process, Gibbs Elementary School"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/650"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["documents (object genre)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nGibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 May 18,1994 Ms. Estelle Matthis Deputy Superintendent Little Rock Public Schools 810 West Markham Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Dear Ms. Matthis: The Gibbs School PTA convened yesterday evening for the special purpose of considering how to best engage parents and patrons in the important decision of choosing a new principal for Gibbs Elementary School. Enclosed to this letter are the nomination of five parents of Gibbs students who we believe would positively contribute to the selection decision. We are submitting five names for several reasons. First, we wish to assure a true representation and cross section of Gibbs parents and student needs. You will notice our nominations are balanced among mothers and fathers, black and white parents, and across grade levels. Second, we are aware that one year ago, somewhat larger selection committees were successful in choosing principals for other LRSD schools. At Pulaski Heights Elementary, for example, the larger committee interviewed all applicants, ranked their top three preferences among the candidates,. and the LRSD administration made the final choice from these three. This process seems to capture the right balance of participation and decision-making between parents and the LRSD. Finally, two other suggestions were adopted at our meeting. The PTA wishes to recommend that the Gibbs faculty have the prerogative to appoint five faculty members to the selection committee. Also, Ms. Marie McNeal, the Social Studies Supervisor for the LRSD, is viewed as very knowledgeable of Gibbs since its inception as an International Magnet School since 1988-89. Ms. McNeal has been instrumental in thedevelopment of Gibbs international studies curriculum and theme, hope she also will find a place on the selection committee. We We are very interested in hearing from you about proceeding with the selection of a new Gibbs principal, numbers and address indicated. We can be reached at the telephone Best Regards. \\ MAA Dorothy D. Rhodes Co-President Gibbs PTA 16 Lenon Drive Little Rock, Arkansas 72207 Home 661-0406 Work (morning only) 324-2330 im Lynch Co-President Gibbs PTA 16 Lenon Drive Little Rock, Arkansas 72207 Home 661-0406 Work 569-8572 Enclosure: Gibbs PTA Parent Nominations cc: Executive Board Members, Gibbs PTA Gibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 May 18,1994 Telephone 324-2490 RSCE?'*'^?) Ms. Estelle Matthis Deputy Superintendent Little Rock Public Schools 810 West Markham Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 MAY 2 0 1994 eiiiiSe Qt D3scgrsoai\non \u0026gt; Dear Ms. Matthis: The Gibbs School PTA convened yesterday evening for the special purpose of considering how to best engage parents and patrons in the important decision of choosing a new principal for Gibbs Elementary School. Enclosed to this letter are the nomination of five parents of Gibbs students who we believe would positively contribute to the selection decision. We are submitting five names for several reasons. First, we wish to assure a true representation and cross section of Gibbs parents and student needs. You will notice our nominations are balanced among mothers and fathers, black and white parents, and across grade levels. Second, we are aware that one year ago, somewhat larger selection committees were successful in choosing principals for other LRSD schools. At Pulaski Heights Elementary, for example, the larger committee interviewed all applicants, ranked their top three preferences among the candidates, and the LRSD administration made the final choice from these three. This process seems to capture the right balance of participation and decision-making between parents and the LRSD. Finally, two other suggestions were adopted at our meeting. The PTA wishes to recommend that the Gibbs faculty have the prerogative to appoint five faculty members to the selection committee. Also, Ms. Marie McNeal, the Social Studies Supervisor for the LRSD, is viewed as very knowledgeable of Gibbs since its inception as an International Magnet School since 1988-89. Ms. McNeal has been instrumental in the . ..J.ingdevelopment of Gibbs international studies curriculum and theme, hope she also will find a place on the selection committee. We We are very interested in hearing from you about proceeding with the selection of a new Gibbs principal, numbers and address indicated. We can be reached at the telephone Best Regards. Dorothy D. Rhodes Co-President Gibbs PTA 16 Lenon Drive Little Rock, Arkansas 72207 Home 661-0406 Work (morning only) 324-2330 im Lynch Co-President Gibbs PTA 16 Lenon Drive Little Rock, Arkansas 72207 Home 661-0406 Work 569-8572 Enclosure: Gibbs PTA Parent Nominations cc: Executive Board Members, Gibbs PTA Gibbs PTA Parent Nominations for Gibbs Principal Selection Committee Mr. Willie Jones Black Male 5th Grade Mr. Dotie Angulo White Male 1st Grade Ms. Easter Tucker Black Female 3rd Grade Ms. Ann Cashion White Female 4th \u0026amp; 6th Grade Mr. Zachary Polett White Male 1st GradeGibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 'T^ (aJoaa^C'C/ 7^ //s^' s H.ja '^\u0026gt;'f'^*'\u0026lt;' \"rkt i z:/\" /)lptt^^ lMA5 , ,' X^SiMVl ^1,1^ /jMi^i^ y /j/\u0026lt;6 l/Jdi kM/^  I I \u0026lt; 1 (aaA aa. C/ Ia\\^Gibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 May 25, 1994 Ms. Estelle Matthis Deputy Superintendent Little Rock Public Schools 810 West Markham Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Dear Ms. Matthis: As we informed you in our letter of May 18, we have selected five parents to represent the Gibbs parents in the principal selection process. However, while respecting your and Dr. Williams request for only three parent nominations, the following parents are offered: Mr. Willie Jones 1022 West 11th Street Little Rock, Ark. 72202 Work 374-5472 Home 374-2193 Ms. Easter Tucker 9510 Vanderbilt Drive Little Rock, Arkansas 72204 Home 227-9870 Mr. Zachary Polctt 614 North Taylor Little Rock, Arkansas 72205 Work 376-7151 Home 664-9259 We also request that the following two persons be added as non-voting alternates with the opportunity to observe the committees working sessions:Zach Polen  501-376-2423 3E 7/17/94 6:42PM 22/4 Mary Virginia Mayeux 614 N. Taylor Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72205 June 26, 1994 Honorable Susan Weber Wright Federal Building 600 W. Capitol Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Dear Judge Wright: I am writing as a concerned parent of two children at Gibbs Elementary Magnet School concerning the process by which the Little Rock School District administration is attempting to appoint Dr. Ed Jackson as the principal of our school. In May, when our previous principal announced her early retirement (under pressure from the district administration to move to another school), a Gibbs PTA representative contacted assistant superintendent Larry Robertson and deputy superintendent Estelle Matthis about what role, if any, parents would play in the selection of a new principal to fill this vacancy. We were told that we would follow the same procedure that has been in place in the district for several years in which a committee of parents, teachers and district administrators interview a number of candidates for the position and select their top three preferences, in rank order. The superintendent then chooses one from among these three and recommends that choice to the school board. The district administration appointed such a committee, the Gibbs Elementary School Principal Selection Committee, and included on it three Gibbs parents, two Gibbs faculty, and three district administrators. Prior to the interviews, the parents and teachers on the committee requested from the administration a list of all applicants for the position and those from that list selected by the administration to be interviewed by the committee. This information was denied to them by Dr. Richard Hurley, the custodian of the records, Estelle Matthis and the office of Dr. Williams. This denial was made even after the district had supplied a copy of this list to an Arkansas citizen not on the committee who hadZach Polett  501-376-2423 3117/17/94 3:42 PM  3/4 filed an FOI request. Subsequently, the parent and teacher members of the comittee were able to obtain the list from this citizen, and prepared a letter to Dr. Williams and Ms. Matthis asking to interview five of the applicants. This letter was hand-delivered by a member of the selection committee to the offices of Dr. Williams and Ms. Matthis the day before the interviews were to be conducted. The letter was never responded to and the request was eventually effectively denied. This selection committee met on June 7 and interviewed five candidates (selected by district administrators with no input from Gibbs parents or the selection committee). The committee unanimously, by consensus, decided not to recommend to the superintendent any candidates from those interviews, and was assured by the administration-appointed chair of the committee, an assistant superintendent, that the committee would be able to interview additional candidates within a few days. On June 9, this assistant superintendent informed us that Dr. Williams had refused to honor this commitment and that the selection committee portion of the process was over. Thus, the committee met and interviewed, but emphatically consideration as Gibbs principal. did not select three candidates for Despite many subsequent conversations with administrators and board members and a group meeting with Dr. Williams on June 1 5 in which we made clear the committee's decision that it needed additional interviews. Dr. Williams proceeded to name Ed Jackson as Gibbs principal and to claim that the committee participated in that selection. The problems which have resulted form this procedure are numerous and serious, including: (1) Parents have lost all confidence in district administrators to speak to them truthfully. (2) Parents are shocked and angered that they have been directly and emphatically told on two occasions by Dr. Williams that their participation in their children's education is not needed. (3) A principal whose strengths are in basic skills and discipline has been appointed, against his will, to a school where the emphasis is on international studies, as reflected in reading, writing, art, music, andZach Polett  501-376-2423 3E 7/17/94 08:43 PM 24/4 languages. We believe that this is an inappropriate mismatch of principal and school theme and could endanger the vital distinct magnet program. ive character of our Prior to the present controversy, Gibbs parents and students loved the warm supportive atmosphere and positive learning environment of our school and had spoken so highly of it to many others that there was a surge in applications for the school this spring resulting in lengthy waiting lists for admission, longer than Carver and other historically popular magnet programs. However, in a few short weeks the Little Rock School District administration has endangered what has taken years of hard work by principal, teachers and parents to create -- a successfully integrated, very popular school located in an old building in the middle of central Little Rock. Parents are distressed and angry about being shut out of any meaningful input in deciding the school's future. The prospect of losing a large number of middle class black, white and Asian students from the school is very real. Instead of attracting students and parents as magnet schools are supposed to do, the Little Rock School District is apparently trying to repel them. Please consider directing the Little Rock School District administration to allow the district's Gibbs Elementary School Principal Selection Committee to complete its work by interviewing a group of five (or so) additional suitable candidates and recommending three of them to Dr. Williams so that he can select an appropriate principal to recommend to the school board for the school we love so much. Sincerely, Mary Mayeux P. S.: You may enjoy the enclosed picture of my son and his two best friends, all of whom are Gibbs students. Enclosure++ I: / /o t 7 7 /3(X\u0026gt;\u0026gt;U. / - '\"f (Xot\u0026gt;u/i/t\u0026gt;\u0026lt;v\u0026lt;4 Uj- iAiti/tx\u0026gt;i^' Bli l^'^ + 3:e\u0026gt;c) 6cje^  6i\u0026gt;i/i 1/ Jt) r O n 4 \u0026lt;/ /1C\u0026lt;^ '^T'^xJL. C^a 1^ ^:\u0026lt;i^ Zach Poieff  501-376-2423 37/15/94 1'32 PM 22/5 GIBBS ELEMENTARY PARENT ASSOCIATlOf MEMORANDUM 6/4/94 TO: Dr. Henry Williams, LRSD Superintendent Ms. Estelle Matthis, LRSD Deputy Superintendent FROM: Easter Tucker Willie Jones Zach Polett Dodie Angulo Ann Cashion Gibbs Parent Association Members on Gibbs Principal Selection Committee RE: Meeting Preparation for Gibbs Principal Selection Committee By this memorandum, we are again requesting the list of names of applicants currently scheduled for interview by our committee. Please deliver a copy to Gibbs Elementary, attention Easter Tucker and fax a copy to 376-2423. Attached are the following materials: 1) interviews. A list of questions we intend to ask all applicants at Tuesday's 2) A brief list of procedures we propose to help facilitate the interview process. 3) A list of applicants that we request the LRSD administration schedule for interview by the Gibbs Committee on Tuesday, June 7, in case any of these are not already scheduled. Thank you for your assistance with these matters. Attachment:Zach Poiett-'  501-376-2423 117/15/94 G1 32 PM 23/5 Partiai List of Questions for Gibbs Principal Selection Committee 1) Briefly describe a lesson you have taught or observed recently that you believe was very successful. Explain v\nhy this lesson worked well. Do the same for a lesson or activity that you taught or obsserved which did not succeed. Why did this lesson fail, in your opinion? 3) When you informally observe classroom instruction what are the 3 most important things you look for, or hope to see? 4) How would you encourage appreciation of and proficiency in reading and writing among staff and students (and parents)? 5) As principal, what can you offer Gibbs? 6) What are your goals for Gibbs? 7) In what ways do you see yourself supporting the staff in disciplinary matters? 8) In regards to non-academic programs, what ideas or philosophies would you initiate? 9) What do you see the balance to be between the basic instructional needs of reading, science, math, etc. with the international studies theme of the school? 10') What do you think about using the school as a resource for the community as a whole, including after 5 p.m.? 11) What would be your strategies for removing the achievement disparity between at-risk minority and/or lower income children and majority and/or higher income children? rZac^i Poietf 0'501-376-2423 ai 7/15/94 01:31 PM ZS1/5 DATE: TO: Friday. July 15, 1994 MEMO \u0026lt; LL FAX: FROM: Melissa Ripling. Office of Desegretation Mnnitorinn 371-0100 Here is the memo you requested for your study Zach Polett PAGES: 5 Zah Pelen\" S 501-376-2423 Jl7/15/94 G 1:33 PM 24/5 Partial List of Applicants We Would Like to Interview on Tuesday. June 7 Diane Barksdale Sharon Brooks Deborah Mitchell Cassandra Norman-Mason Stan StraussZach 05'6'.!  501-376-2423 3t 7/15/94 G 1:33 PM 25/5 Proposed Procedijres for Interview Proce: 1) We believe that we will not be prepared to make recommendations at the completion of the Tuesday morning interviews, so would like it understood from the beginning that there will be a follow-up committee meeting at a later date for the committee to evaluate the applicants and make its recommendations. 2) We understand from discussion with Estelle Matthis on Friday, May 27 that the application process was being kept open. If after the Tuesday morning interviews we do not believe we have seen the next principal of Gibbs, then we hope and expect that the District will continue to seek additional applicants and schedule further interviews. 3) We look forward to working closely and cooperatively with the administration and Gibbs staff members of the committee to come up with the best possible principal for Gibbs Elementary.Ct- . GIBBS ELEMENTARY PARENT ASSOCIATlOf TO: FROM: RE: Meeting MEMORANDUM 6/4/94 REC aEj.5 Jbl 1 5 19941 Dr. Henry Williams, LRSD Superintendent Ms. Estelle Matthis, LRSD Deputy Superinten^^l^j Desegregation Monitonna Easter Tucker Willie Jones Zach Polett Dodie Angulo Ann Cashion on Gibbs Parent Association Members on Gibbs Principal Selection Committee Preparation for Gibbs Principal Selection Committee By this memorandum, we are again requesting the list of names of applicants currently scheduled for interview by our committee. Please deliver a copy to Gibbs Elementary, attention Easter Tucker and fax a copy to 376-2423. Attached are the following materials: 1) interviews. A list of questions we intend to ask all applicants at Tuesday's 2) A brief list of procedures we propose to help facilitate the interview proce: ^2. 3) A list of applicants that we request the LRSD administration schedule for interview by the Gibbs Committee on Tuesday, June 7, in case any of these are not already scheduled. Thank you for your a: istance with these matters. Attachments Zach Poiett  501-376-2423 327/15/94 01:32 PM C3/5 Partial List of Questions for Gibbs Principal Selection Committee 1) Briefly describe a lesson you have taught or observed recently that you believe was very successful. Explain why this lesson worked well. 2) Do the same for a lesson or activity that you taught or obsserved which did not succeed. Why did this lesson fail, in your opinion? 3) When you informally observe classroom instruction what are the 3 most important things you look for, or hope to see? 4) How would you encourage appreciation of and proficiency in reading and writing among staff and students (and parents)? 5) As principal, what can you offer Gibbs? 6) What are your goals for Gibbs? 7) In what ways do you see yourself supporting the staff in disciplinary matters? 8) In regards to non-academic programs, what ideas or philosophies would you initiate? 9) What do you see the balance to be between the basic instructional needs of reading, science, math, etc. with the international studies theme of the school? 1 0) What do you think about using the school as a resource for the community as a whole, including after 5 p.m.? 11) What would be your strategies for removing the achievement disparity between at-risk minority and/or lower income children and majority and/or higher income children?Zach Polett  501-376-2423 3C7/15/94 01:33 PM 24/5 Partial List of Applicants We Would Like to Interview on Tuesday, June 7 Diane Barksdale Sharon Brooks Deborah Mitchell Cassandra Norman-Mason Stan StraussZach Polett  501-376-2423 aa 7/15/94 01:33 PM  5/5 Proposed Procedures for Interview Process 1) We believe that we will not be prepared to make recommendations at the completion of the Tuesday morning interviews, so would like it understood from the beginning that there will be a follow-up committee meeting at a later date for the committee to evaluate the applicants and make its recommendations. 2) We understand from discussion with Estelle Matthis on Friday, May 27 that the application process was being kept open. If after the Tuesday morning interviews we do not believe we have seen the next principal of Gibbs, then we hope and expect that the District will continue to seek additional applicants and schedule further interviews. 3) We look forward to working closely and cooperatively with the administration and Gibbs staff members of the committee to come up with the best possible principal for Gibbs Elementary.JUN-28-94 TUE 14:14 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 10 S' GIBBS ELEMENTARY PARENT ASSOCIATION MEMORANDUM 6/4/94 TO\nDr. Henry Williams, LRSD Superintendent Ms. Estelle Matthis, LRSD Deputy Superintendent FROM: Easter Tucker Willie Jones Zach Polett Dodie Angulo Ann Cashion Gibbs Parent Association Members on Gibbs Principal Selection Committee RE\nMeeting Preparation for Gibbs Prindpai Selection Committee By this memorandum, we are again requesting the list of names of applicants currently scheduled for interview by our committee. Please deliver a copy to Gibbs Elementary, attention Easter Tucker and fax a copy to 376-2423. Attached are the following materials: 1) A list of questions we intend to ask all applicants at Tuesday's interviews. 2) A brief list of procedures we propose to help facilitate the interview process. 3) A list of applicants that we request the LRSD administration schedule for interview by the Gibbs Committee on Tuesday, June 7, in case any of these are not already scheduled. Thank you for your assistance with these matters. AttachmentsJUN-28-94 TUE 14:15 ' 4201 ruitfu SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 11 Partial List of Questions for Gibbs Principal Selection Committee 1) Briefly describe a lesson you have taught or observed recently that you believe was very successful. Explain why this lesson worked well. Z) Do the same for a lesson or activity that you taught or obsserved which did not succeed. Why did this lesson fail, in your opinion? 3) When you informally observe classroom instruction what are the 3 most important things you look for, or hope to see? 4) How would you encourage appreciation of and proficient^ in reading and writing among staff and students (and parents)? 5) As principal, what can you offer Gibbs? 6) What are your goals for Gibbs? 7) matters? In what ways do you see yourself supporting the staff in disciplinary 8) In regards to non-academic programs, what ideas or philosophies would you initiate? 9) What do you see the balance to be between the basic instructional needs of reading, science, math, etc. with the international studies theme of the school? 10) What do you think about using the school as a resource for the community as a whole, including after 5 p.m.? 11) What would be your strategies for removing the achievement disparity between at-risk minority and/or lower income children and majority and/or higher income children?JUN-28-94 TUE 14:15 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 12 Partial List of Applicants We Would I Ike tn Interview on Tupsday, June 7 Diane Barksdale Sharon Brooks Deborah Mitchell Cassandra Norman-Mason Stan StraussJUN-28-94 TUE 14:16 4acn roien SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 13 I Proposed Procedures for Interview Process 1) We believe that we will not be prepared to make recommendations at the completion of the Tuesday morning interviews, so would like it understood from the beginning that there will be a follow-up committee meeting at a later date for the committee to evaluate the applicants and make its recommendations. 2) We understand from discussion with Estelle Matthis on Friday, May 27 that the application process was being kept open, if after the Tuesday morning interviews we do not believe we have seen the next principal of Gibbs, then we hope and expect that the District will continue to seek additional applicants and schedule further interviews. 3) We look forward to working dosely and cooperatively with the administration and Gibbs staff members of the committee to come up with the best possible prindpal for Gibbs Elementary.JUN-28-94 TUE 14:14 SUSAN U WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 09 TO: GIBBS ELEMENTARY PARENT - TEACHER ASSOCIATION MEMORANDUM 6/15/94 Dr. Henry Williams, LRSD Superintendent FROM: Easter Tucker Willie Jones Zach Polett Dodie Angulo Ann Cashion Gibbs Parent Association Members on Gibbs Principal Selection Committee Wilhelmina Lewellen Vickie Oonterman Gibbs Staff Members on Gibbs Principal Selection Committee RE: Follow Up to Our Memorandum of June 4, 1994 As members of theLRSD's Gibbs Principal Selection Committee, we again respectfully request to interview the following people for the principalship of Gibbs at the earliest convenience: Sharon Davis Sharon Brooks Deborah Mitchell Diane Barksdale Katherine Tweedie Please ask your staff to schedule these interviews as soon as it is feasible. ThanK you in advance for your assistance in this matter.JUN-28-94 TUE 14:13 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P.07 GIBBS elementary - teacher association PARENT .CHAi^SRS OF SUSAN WR?SH'r JUN 2 0 1994 U. S. DfSTS/GT J!JOGE June 17, 1994 Dr. Katherine Mitchell T. Kevin O'Malley Dorsey Jackson John A. Riggs, IV Linda Pondexter Patricia Gee Oma Jacovelli RE: Principal Selection Process for Gibbs Magnet School Dear Members of the Little Rock School Board: Enclosed please find a copy of a letter sent to Dr. Henry Williams following out committee's meeting with him on June 15, 1994 . This letter is being provided to each of you so that you will be aware of our concerns regarding the selection process and procedures employed by the district administration which was designed to result in the superintendent's recommendation to you of a new principal for Gibbs Magnet School. We believe that it is important for each of you to know that the parent-teacher members of the committee unanimously believe that the process was inherently and fatally flawed, if for no other reason than it substantially eliminated any significant and meaningful input by the parents and faculty at Gibbs. Additionally, the selection committee did not recommend any names to Dr. Williams for consideration for the principal position at Gibbs.. JUN\n28-94 TUE 14:14 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 08 Members of Little Rock School Board June 17, 1994 page Two As you can see, we have simply asked Dr. Williams to allow us the opportunity to interview additional candidates for the position of Gibbs principal. Sincerely, Gibbs Parent-Teacher Principal Selection Cojnmittee Easter Tucker Willie Jones Zach Polett Dodie Angulo Ann Cashion Wilhelmina Lewellen Vicki Gonterman BY\nA AFAjt/jc Enclosure 3861d JUN-28-94 TUE 14:11 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 02 PARENT GIBBS ELEMENTARY ' - TEACHER ASSOCIATION June 17, 1994 Dr. Henry P, Williams superintendent Little Rock School District 810 W. Markham Little Rock, AR 72201 RE: OF SUSA'-Z WFQP.F-R y.'.RjCHT JUN 2 0 19S4 U. S. DfSTHtCT JIJDGE HAND DELIVERED Principal Selection Process for Gibbs Magnet School Dear Dr, Williams: Again, on behalf of the Committee, I would like to thank you for your time in discussing the selection process with us. think we can all agree that an important component to this I successful functioning of not only an individual school such as Gibbs but of the entire school district is the meaningful and significant involvement of parents and teachers in the decision-making process. As patents and teachers, we observe, on a daily basis, how our schools operate and, therefore, can offer relevant input in the selection of a principal for our school. At the conclusion of our meeting, you indicated that you would review the process and procedures which have taken place to date. You agreed to advise the committee whether or not you would permit us to interview additional candidates for the Recognizing that you will be involved in principal's position. other activities through the end of this week, we ask that you notify us by 2:00 p.m., Monday, June 20, 1994, Although I believe we made it quite apparent during the course of our meeting, I would like to reiterate that our primary concern is with the validity of the procedure by which the next principal of Gibbs is to be determined. has been stated by the administration that this particular Although it procedure had worked\" in prior applications, it has been our experience that the process in this instance is inherently and fatally flawed.JUN-28-94 TUE 14:11 SUSAN M WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 03 Dr. Henry P, Williams June 17, 1994 Page Two When we initially learned that there would be a vacancy, the Gibbs PTA met and determined that we would like to be involved Subsequently, we undertook efforts to in the selection process, determine what the process would be and what we, the parents and faculty of Gibbs, needed to do in order to become a part of the At no time were we ever given specific or accurate process. . _ . information regarding the process and procedures to be employed in the selection of a new principal nor were we told what our Upon the recommendation of Deputy Superintendent Estelle Matthis, we met and selected a committee to represent role would be. Gibbs and drafted communications to the school district We also requested requesting involvement in the process. information regarding the names of applicants for the position but were not provided that information until third party filed a freedom of information request. Dpon obtaining this information, the committee met and on June 4, 1994, submitted a list of names of candidates that we wished to interview, a list of questions to be posed to the applicants, and after learning by word of mouth some aspects of the selection procedure, 11 a list This of proposed procedures that we wished to be included. letter was hand delivered to both your office and that of Estelle Matthis, Deputy Superintendent by a member of the Gibbs committee. However, it is apparent that neither you nor any administration representative on the selection committee ever saw this communique prior to the June 7, 1994 interview session. On June 7, 1994, the parents and faculty of Gibbs posed several questions to the administrative representatives on the selection committee. we asked how the five interviewees were selected and were told that all five had been selected based on We are now told their expressed interest in the Gibbs position. by you that that was \"misinformation*. It was not until the interview session that we were informed as to what the procedure Both before the for selection of the principal would be. interview process and at the conclusion of the interviews, inquired of the administrative representatives whether, in the event that we were not satisfied with any of the applicants we interviewed, could we interview additional applicants. In response to our inquiries,we were told that the answer to our inquiry was unknown but were later told that, yes, if we could not come to a consensus on the applicants to be recommended to you, the process would remain open and we would be able toJUN-28-94 TUE 14:12 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 04 Dr. Henry P. Williams June 17, 1994 Page Three interview additional candidates. During the course of our meeting of June 15, you indicated that your representatives were \"misinformed*. The parent and faculty members of the selection committee also expressed serious reservations about the utilization of the Our concerns were the lack of prior input evaluation forms. into the questions to be posed to the applicants as well as the use the forms would serve in the selection process. we were assured that it would not simply be a matter of tabulating the scores and then selecting the top three candidates based on There was substantial reluctance on the simple mathematics. part of the faculty and parent members of the committee to fill out the forms until we gained assurances from the administration that those forms would not be used as set forth above. At the conclusion of the interview process, the consensus was that we had not interviewed a candidate that wecould recommend to the administration for the Gibbs principal After lengthy discussions, the group agreed not to position. . . submit any names to the administration and that we would request the opportunity to interview additional candidates. Administration representatives insisted that the forms be filled out and that was done only after again receiving assurances that the forms not be used and the scores tabulated to arrive at three candidates based on the highest scores obtained. We were told that the only reason to fill out those forms was to document the fact that the committee had interviewed the five Additionally, several members of the committee. applicants. committee, expressly stated that any recommendation to the administration would not be based solely on the evaluation forms as those forms did not accurately reflect an individual's choices. As a general matter, it is difficult to understand how a principal can be selected based solely on a thirty minute interview. Dr. williams, based on the foregoing, we simply ask that you provide us with an opportunity to interview additional candidates and complete what we believe is an incomplete process. I am, under separate cover, sending a copy of this letter to the individual members of the Little Rock School Board as well as to Judge Susan Webber Wright and Donna Creer of the Magnet Review Committee.JUN-28-94 TUE 14:12 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 P, 05 Dr. Henry P. Williams June 17, 1994 Page Four We look forward to your response. Sincerely, Gibbs Parent-Teacher Principal Selection Committee Easter Tucker Willie Jones Zach Polett Dodie Angulo Ann Cashion Wilhelmina Lewellen Vicki Gonterman BY: A^red^. Angulo, Jz. AFAjr/jc cc: Dr. Katherine Mitchell Shorter College 604 Locust Street North Little Rock, AR 72114 T. Kevin O'Malley Ark. Board of Review Tower Building, Suite 700 Little Rock, AR 72201 Dorsey Jackson 1400 Worthen Bank Bldg. 200 West Capitol Little Rock, AR 72201 John A. Riggs, IV J. A. Riggs Tractor Co. P.O. BOX 1399 Little Rock, AR 72203JUN-28-94 TUE 14:13 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 P. 06 Linda Pondexter Fuller Jr. High P.O. Box 8601 Little Rock, AR 72216 Patricia Gee 8409 Dowan Drive Little Rock, AR 72209 Owa Jacovelli 6622 Gold court Little Rock, AR 72209 The Honorable Susan Webber Wright U.S. District Judge P.O. BOX 3316 Little Rock, AR 72203 Donna Creer Magnet Review Committee 1920 N. Main North Little Rock, AR 72114 3860dAAai^_^mocrat :^(^azctte FRIDAY, JUNE 24. 1994 a ijtQa Rock Newaoaoen. ine. Parents input LRSD unnecessary, Williams says BY CHRIS REINOLDS Oemocrai-Gazene Staff Writer Little Rock Superintendent Henry Williams angered a roomful of parents Thursday night by suggesting that their involvement wasnt necessary in running a successful school system. That remark followed an angry exchange over parents insistence on being involved in the selection of a new principal at Gibbs Magnet Elementary school. Ive read a great deal of literature that suggests schools can be successful without parental involvement, Williams told the parents. I just want you to tell it like it is. The audience reacted with an exclamation of disbelief at that comment. He was responding to a complaint by a parent, Alfred Angulo Jr., that he and other parents met with Dr. Williams and. were told schools can run without parental involvement. Williams has decided to reassign 17 elementary and junior high principals for the 1994-95 school year, saying he recommended the moves to.improve See LRSD, Page 13A  Continued from Page 1A and revitalize the schools involved. The reassignments were presented to the Little Rock School Board for action Thursday, according to the agenda for the meeting. At Gibbs. Williams assembled a committee of parents, staff and district officials to interview candidates and recommend one for the principals position. The committee interviewed five candidates but decided against recommending any of them for the vacancy caused by Donna Davis retirement. Parents said they asked to interview more candidates but were denied. If we did not see an appropriate candidate, then the process should remain open, Angulo told board members. Why go through the sham _ and pretense of involving us in Angulo asked a process? 9 Williams. We are asking for meaningful participation. Angulos remarks prompted a deafening standing ovation from the packed room of more than 65 people. Theyre asking to make the decision on who the principal should be, Williams said, referring to the parents. I would not put people in positions that would not improve the schools, he said. After that exchange, the board approved several agenda items, then brought up the issue of approving the 17 principal transfers. When Williams said Ed Jack- son, principal of Williams Elementary, would be reassigned to Gibbs, a cry of protest sounded from the audience members with children in the magnet school. Patricia Gee, a board member, made a motion that Gibbs parents be allowed the opportunity to continue interviewing candidates for principal. The motion failed 3-3. Gee, T. Kevin OMalley and O.G. Jacovelli voted for the motion, while Katherine Mitchell, Dorsey Jackson and John A. Riggs IV voted against it. Linda Pondexter had become ill and left the meeting. We ask for parental involvement, and we shouldnt slam the door in their face,\" Gee said. The board then swiftly moved into executive session. Gee and Jacovelli voted against that move. Both agreed that parents should have a say about the assignment of a principal to Gibbs. When the board returned from behind closed doors and resumed business less than five minutes later, members noted that the reassignments had been completed and a vote was unnecessary, despite the matters inclusion on the board agenda. That left no doubt Jacksorr'is now the principal at Gibbs Elementary. Another issue that has spurred controversy during the past two months was apparently put to rest earlier Thursday. The board voted 4-3 against using a private company to run the districts school buses. A cheer resounded from bus drivers and others when the board took that action. Gee, Jacovelli, Pondexter and Mitchell cast the majority vote. The board also voted 4-3 to hire a staff attorney at a salary of $60,000 to deal with routine legal matters. The district will still retain the Friday Eldredge \u0026amp; Clark law firm, which has been representing it in the Pulaski County desegregation lawsuit ,,jGibbs School PTA RECEJ^fSO 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 SUSAN Wi JUN 27 1934 U. S. CStSTftlCT JUDGE kftx'Lru^L\u0026lt; zc + cbM-^ -a-^- ' du. PnA u?-K\u0026lt; .cbL(LkJ^ J-, s\u0026gt; I 5^eAyU\u0026gt;^ I ) 5^\u0026gt;ut\u0026gt;^ L/U^^ r\\ )\u0026lt;u 0)^ \"^wo^ ^UlWii\u0026gt; U\u0026gt;-^ (_,4- 5 ^^Az\\ C^tO'^ JWax ,,j\ni,J), \u0026lt;cu2j 'Vz^sRa -ta u\u0026gt;Pui^^sc^X\u0026lt;, Sxj-WBBRRIffWW Gibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 t/AAh ttu '^y^D(X^c^ (2X^xj(Ta,\u0026lt;:cJ^ -tn-O tAJAXM: (\nt^ ti-Ukh^.^ (zO~t(K  n, wwA ^r hJi[/CM it luhb^'^^ U\u0026gt;1 w~\u0026gt; ,l/un\u0026gt;^ ZpA A. ' ^i) [M- (AH- y) [/^^ I (/H WA- 1}J^ f lit \u0026lt;7^^  XAp-^ .2 -i.^^\u0026lt;T' r 5 Zach Poien W 501-376-2423 3B7/17/94 06:42 PM 2/4 Mary Virginia Mayeux 614 N. Taylor Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72205 June 26, 1994 Honorable Susan Weber Wright Federal Building 600 W. Capitol Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Dear Judge Wright: I am writing as a concerned parent of two children at Gibbs Elementary Magnet School concerning the process by which the Little Rock School District administration is attempting to appoint Dr. Ed Jackson as the principal of our school. In May, when our previous principal announced her early retirement (under pressure from the district administration to move to another school), a Gibbs PTA representative contacted assistant superintendent Larry Robertson and deputy superintendent Estelle Matthis about what role, if any, parents would play in the selection of a new principal to fill this vacancy. We were told that we would follow the same procedure that has been in place in the district for several years in which a committee of parents, teachers and district administrators interview a number of candidates for the position and select their top three preferences, in rank order. The superintendent then chooses one from among these three and recommends that choice to the school board. The district administration appointed such a committee, the Gibbs Elementary School Principal Selection Committee, and included on it three Gibbs parents, two Gibbs faculty, and three district administrators. Prior to the interviews, the parents and teachers on the committee requested from the administration a list of all applicants for the position and those from that list selected by the administration to be interviewed by the committee. This information was denied to them by Dr. Richard Hurley, the custodian of the records, Estelle Matthis and the office of Dr. Williams. This denial was made even after the district had supplied a copy of this list to an Arkansas citizen not on the committee who hadZach Polen  501-376-2423 3E7/17/94 0:42 PM 23/4 filed an FOI request. Subsequently, the parent and teacher members of the comittee were able to obtain the list from this citizen, and prepared a letter to Dr. Williams and Ms. Matthis asking to interview five of the applicants. This letter was hand-delivered by a member of the selection committee to the offices of Dr. Williams and Ms. Matthis the day before the interviews were to be conducted. The letter was never responded to and the request was eventually effectively denied. This selection committee met on June 7 and interviewed five candidates (selected by district administrators with no input from Gibbs parents or the selection committee). The committee unanimously, by consensus, decided not to recommend to the superintendent any candidates from those interviews, and was assured by the administration-appointed chair of the committee, an assistant superintendent, that the committee would be able to interview additional candidates within a few days. On June 9, this assistant superintendent informed us that Dr. Williams had refused to honor this commitment and that the selection committee portion of the process was over. Thus, the committee met and interviewed, but emphatically consideration as Gibbs principal. did not select three candidates for Despite many subsequent conversations with administrators and board members and a group meeting with Dr. Williams on June 15 in which we made clear the committee's decision that it needed additional interviews. Dr. Williams proceeded to name Ed Jackson as Gibbs principal and to claim that the committee participated in that selection. The problems which have resulted form this procedure are numerous and serious, including\n(1) Parents have lost all confidence in district administrators to speak to them truthfully. (2) Parents are shocked and angered that they have been directly and emphatically told on two occasions by Dr. Williams that their participation in their children's education is not needed. (3) A principal whose strengths are in basic skills and discipline has been appointed, against his will, to a school where the emphasis is on international studies, as reflected in reading, writing, art, music, andZach Poiett tt 501-376-2423 307/17/94 08:43 PM D4/4 languages. We believe that this is an inappropriate mismatch of principal and school theme and could endanger the vital distinct magnet program. ive character of our Prior to the present controversy, Gibbs parents and students loved the warm supportive atmosphere and positive learning environment of our school and had spoken so highly of it to many others that there was a surge in applications for the school this spring resulting in lengthy waiting lists for admission, longer than Carver and other historically popular magnet programs. However, in a few short weeks the Little Rock School District administration has endangered what has taken years of hard work by principal, teachers and parents to create -- a successfully integrated, very popular school located in an old building in the middle of central Little Rock. Parents are distressed and angry about being shut out of any meaningful input in deciding the school's future. The prospect of losing a large number of middle class black, white and Asian students from the school is very real. Instead of attracting students and parents as magnet schools are supposed to do, the Little Rock School District is apparently trying to repel them. Please consider directing the Little Rock School District administration to allow the district's Gibbs Elementary School Principal Selection Committee to complete its work by interviewing a group of five (or so) additional suitable candidates and recommending three of them to Dr. Williams so that he can select an appropriate principal to recommend to the school board for the school we love so much. Sincerely, Mary Mayeux P. S.: You may enjoy the enclosed picture of my son and his two best friends, all of whom are Gibbs students. EnclosureJUN-27,-94 MON 10:26 SUSAN M WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 02 Gibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 June 26, 1994 CHA SUSAN Vr i ''.mGHT District Judge Susan Webber Wright 600 W. Capitol Little Rock, AR 72201 JUN 27 ldS4 s, n(STir?!CT JLIDGE Dear Judge Wright, I am the mother of a second grader, Jake Tull, at Gibbs Magnet School and am writing to you about some recent events regarding this school that I find very troubling. Let me preface my concerns, however, with praise and positive feedback for this wonderful school. Gibbs has been a perfect environment for my child, and one in which he is very happy. The faculty is outstanding and the curriculum is well suited to his need for more than a basic skills track. He has been enriched by Gibbs excellent art, music, language, and science programs, especially the Dunbar Garden\". As a tactile, kinesthetic child with diagnosed learning differences Jake has blossomed in the two years at this school. More importantly, he has learned respect for individuals of race and religion other than his own, and has been given respect himself. As a parent, I have also been enriched by the association with the children, faculty, and parents of Gibbs school. It is the most amazing and cooperative collection of multi-racial, multi-cultural, and multireligious persons that I have ever had the pleasure to be around. I am very concerned for several reasons. First of all, I am distraught with the so-called selection process of a new principal in which I have been involved. This process was misrepresented to us from the very beginning and we were sand-bagged\" every step of the way by Dr. Williams and his immediate staff. Our only intent as parents in this process was to have some input regarding the person whom we thought most appropriate to maintain the level of excellence and professionalism at Gibbs School that we have enjoyed. We by no means wanted complete control over the determination of the new principal. I find it inexcusable that we had to threaten the Little Rock School District with a Freedom of Information lawsuit in order to obtain information regarding principal applicants. Furthermore, I find it appalling that only one out of seven of our requested applicants was present on June 7th to interview. We were not under any circumstances allowed to interview the candidates that we had wanted to and did not submit three names to Dr. Williams for contention in-JUN-27-94 MON 10:27 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 03 the Gibbs School principal position. As far as we were concerned we had not seen the \"right\" person for the job and were promised that the selection process would remain open. This did not happen and it became apparent that we had been set-up\". Secondly, I find it inconceivable that the superintendent of the Little Rock School district would even allude to the fact that parental involvement is unnecessary for strength within the district and individual schools, much less quote this thought three times and have studies to prove it. He obviously needs a history lesson regarding the Little Rock public schools. As far as I am concerned, the parents rank third behind both the students and the faculty in providing strength to a school. 1 have held PTA positions, been a room parent, and tutored individual students at Gibbs school for two years. Nothing, with the exception of my family, holds greater importance to me. Thirdly, I find Dr. Williams' arbitrary and \"fruit basket turnover approach of transferring principals very unsettling. If his purpose is to stabilize the school district, he is accomplishing just the opposite. In all honesty, I cannot find the rationale for transferring Dr. Jackson from a strong magnet school\" to another strong magnet school\" with a totally different curriculum and philosophy. 1 think highly of Dr. Jackson and feel that perhaps he is just a pawn in Dr. Williams power play\na game in which everyone loses. I am asking you to review these matters and counsel the Gibbs PTA on our next step. We are in the public schools because we believe in them and feel that they provided the best education for Jake. Please continue your efforts in making them the best environment for our children. Thank you. Sincerely, Sue Tull, Gibbs PTA Treasurer and concerned parentZach Poiett W 501-376-2423 36:7/17/94 6:42PM  2/4 Mary Virginia Mayeux 614 N. Taylor Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72205 June 26, 1994 Honorable Susan Weber Wright Federal Building 600 W. Capitol Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Dear Judge Wright: I am writing as a concerned parent of two children at Gibbs Elementary Magnet School concerning the process by which the Little Rock School District administration is attempting to appoint Dr. Ed Jackson as the principal of our school. In May, when our previous principal announced her early retirement (under pressure from the district administration to move to another school), a Gibbs PTA representative contacted assistant superintendent Larry Robertson and deputy superintendent Estelle Matthis about what role, if any, parents would play in the selection of a new principal to fill this vacancy. We were told that we would follow the same procedure that has been in place in the district for several years in which a committee of parents, teachers and district administrators interview a number of candidates for the position and select their top three preferences, in rank order. The superintendent then chooses one from among these three and recommends that choice to the school board. The district administration appointed such a committee, the Gibbs Elementary School Principal Selection Committee, and included on it three Gibbs parents, two Gibbs faculty, and three district administrators. Prior to the interviews, the parents and teachers on the committee requested from the administration a list of all applicants for the position and those from that list selected by the administration to be interviewed by the committee. This information was denied to them by Dr. Richard Hurley, the custodian of the records, Estelle Matthis and the office of Dr. Williams. This denial was made even after the district had supplied a copy of this list to an Arkansas citizen not on the committee who hadZach Polen  501-376-2423 237/17/94 (Sfl:42PM  3/4 filed an FOI request. ubsequently, the parent and teacher members of the comittee were able to obtain the list from this citizen, and prepared a letter to Dr. Williams and Ms. Matthis asking to interview five of the applicants. This letter was hand-delivered by a member of the selection committee to the offices of Dr. Williams and Ms. Matthis the day before the interviews were to be conducted. The letter was never responded to and the request was eventually effectively denied. This selection committee met on June 7 and interviewed five candidates (selected by district administrators with no input from Gibbs parents or the selection committee). The committee unanimously, by consensus, decided not to recommend to the superintendent any candidates from those interviews, and was assured by the administration-appointed chair of the committee, an assistant superintendent, that the committee would be able to interview additional candidates within a few days. On June 9, this assistant superintendent informed us that Dr. Williams had refused to honor this commitment and that the selection committee portion of the process was over. Thus, the committee met and interviewed, but emphatically consideration as Gibbs principal. did not select three candidates for Despite many subsequent conversations with administrators and board members and a group meeting with Dr. Williams on June 1 5 in which we made clear the committee's decision that it needed additional interviews. Dr. Williams proceeded to name Ed Jackson as Gibbs principal and to claim that the committee participated in that selection. The problems which have resulted form this procedure are numerous and serious, including: (1) Parents have lost all confidence in district administrators to speak to them truthfully. (2) Parents are shocked and angered that they have been directly and emphatically told on two occasions by Dr. Williams that their participation in their children's education is not needed. (3) A principal whose strengths are in basic skills and discipline has been appointed, against his will, to a school where the emphasis is on international studies, as reflected in reading, writing, art, music, andZach Polett  SOI-376-2423 S: 7/17/94 0:43PM  4/4 languages. We believe that this is an inappropriate mismatch of principal and school theme and could endanger the vital distinct magnet program. ive character of our Prior to the present controversy, Gibbs parents and students loved the warm supportive atmosphere and positive learning environment of our school and had spoken so highly of it to many others that there was a surge in applications for the school this spring resulting in lengthy waiting lists for admission, longer than Carver and other historically popular magnet programs. However, in a few short weeks the Little Rock School District administration has endangered what has taken years of hard work by principal, teachers and parents to create - a successfully integrated, very popular school located in an old building in the middle of central Little Rock. Parents are distressed and angry about being shut out of any meaningful input in deciding the school's future. The prospect of losing a large number of middle class black, white and Asian students from the school is very real. Instead of attracting students and parents as magnet schools are supposed to do, the Little Rock School District is apparently trying to repel them. Please consider directing the Little Rock School District administration to allow the district's Gibbs Elementary School Principal Selection Committee to complete its work by interviewing a group of five (or so) additional suitable candidates and recommending three of them to Dr. Williams so that he can select an appropriate principal to recommend to the school board for the school we love so much. Sincerely, Mary Mayeux P. S.: You may enjoy the enclosed picture of my son and his two best friends, all of whom are Gibbs students. Enclosure JUL-21-94 THU 15:51 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P.Ol UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS U. S. DISTRICT JUDGE SUSAN WEBBER WRIGHT (501) 324-5422 FAX LINE (501) 324-6576 DATE: July 21, 1994 TO: Ms. Ann Brown F.Y.I, FROM: Judge Susan Webber Wriaht NUMBER OF PAGES INCLUDING COVER SHEET 7JUL-21-94 THU 15:52 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 i6\u0026lt;h P, 02 V cf-i.'-r-iv/i'i?' SIJSAM V.S-T' \" l.i, JU I 2 I !U04 Dif^HIGT JUf:2GE /L Atvidi ... oC^aMa f AaA li, m(^ .............. I *6, L. 'p 1 Xe\u0026gt; .A. . -/- /7,  'y^C X ./-/^ . -/ '2'kf AL, . . ! r. yi\u0026gt; f   / a. ^tC'T^\u0026lt;^'\u0026lt;JC zd) A A.. ^ctATJuAbA A'V ypAhbcAA ' \" / - / JUL-21-94 THU 15:52 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P.03 /^ '! } 7 / tti-cA /C-7-^ ^^''A'y'ie^edL ,7ac^bL^\u0026gt;/:Z(r^^ 'ZuoiT^ \"'a' 1 / ! / /cAj-ChJ^ r ^-CC^ aZ.\u0026amp;^\u0026lt;auj-^ AA\\^tj^''L/t '(JyjJ-^'^ f AU'AT.i^AitJL L / .. '7 A 'iU^d  i. A \"'L AW- TvA^I - '2Ual. JUL-21-94 THU 15:53 .3\u0026gt;.................................... SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 04 7 /OO /KrUJ ^0 \u0026amp;7. /\u0026amp;:) /t , J /OyAzTiyi-  I'Uyj2^.(.^^'^\u0026lt;^ \" '.------------- ^c \u0026lt;' /^ ^-G \u0026lt;^^6L-2-^yi:CL\u0026lt;yc^ , y.T 7 'U 7 fy '^Lx' 1 A ^-t ' ,  n ' ' ''7V9 C6h:. d) Z^'LCj^yd^y A .9 4 y /^ '^\u0026lt;J2,. tTL. /'o .-7 ,(\u0026gt; i-^ A-^ c\u0026lt;L^\"^ JUL-21-94 THU 15:53 4 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 05 y^/-^ yziid^ t. /^ Ul '/Coy cy( ^ Cd ( y-i .7^ 4 tc^yi^^L 1 CC^C ,1 dd/y) \u0026lt; L.- ^'^/yy uL 'i '^CQ/ /.1,-^J/ci /dd\u0026gt; //^'d /^ C-CjC d^ccA'i 4 Cil^ J ,\u0026lt;? / y^nunyt^} CcfJZ) -U^'-J. ') (5 ----_ ---------. ^p\u0026lt;$^Ctyz\u0026lt;C //iy A-C'Cl'^Z ^'Xeyj-TK^U--^ C^'7^ ) -^^0 ydd /Cy y , t \"Adji. (y . yi'.,. J ,4 r dC^''-~iS:^^/\\J 4^?-lZi't4 JUL-21-94 THU 15:54 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 06 /U\\^- aI /6Lc dii Mjl ./3cAffv^ /(^}tJ6c.j^. 6 /6ci . ,CC-}U.a, //y 7) 63) ^6c 't:c. Z' w r'J fi /? / Ccc^i 3 i^- c L' CCAi 'tXc. /tcz^'6 \u0026gt;1 0, -1 ./r\u0026gt;vle. ^6'  /) *  ..3bi.o^3^UNAyCi:^ ^'^)e^ctun^ .. ..^\u0026amp;CC6 .d^K -.^-^ \u0026lt; /W^y,. 0 /. /Ca~cdL - 4'/ ' . liJx. .\u0026lt;3A^ } L /UCAa^ ' JUL-21-94 THU 15:55 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 07 //\n^iC^ 'J a /' -^i ,sW tJAZnu *7- 1'^k( Skip Rutherford 5604 Hawthorne Road Little Rock, Arkansas 72207 June 24, 1994 Mr. Dorsey Jackson KPMG 1400 Worthen Bank Building 200 West Capitol Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 dUH 2 7 1994 Dear Dorsey: Office of In all my years of supporting public education never have 1 seen sucli outrageous and insensitive public statements as the ones made by Dr. Henry Williams regarding parental involvement in the school (clipping attaclred). His actions also completely contradict both the intent and the spirit of the desegregation plan which calls for parental involvement. Dr. Wilhams' continuing actions are comparable to the insensitive public attitudes of former superintendent Ed Kelly. Dr. Kelly's \"controlled choice\" plan and his actions blindly \"rubber stamped\" by a majority of the school board forced over 1,000 students to leave the district and many families to leave the city. Tlrere is a rapidly growing feeling  particularly among those with children in the public schools - that Dr. Williams is taking the district and tire city in the same disastrous direction. Perhaps, however. Dr. Williams' uncaring and arrogant attitude regarding the public does explain why he \"job-hopped\" so much before coming to Little Rock for a lucrative contract with a \"pension for pals\" provision. With tlrat kind of sweetheart deal, he doesn't need the public even thou^r he is head of a public school system. Someday though the district will need to go back to the public for a vote of support and to the Federal Court to explain why it is directly violating the court-approved plan. Good luck. Sincerely, Skip Rutherford SR:sw Enclosure cc: Judge Susan Webber Wright Ms. Ann Brown v Ms. Pat Gee Ms. O.G. Jacovelli Dr. Katherine Mitcliell Arkansas Democrat \"O' (Oazell ARKANSAS NEWSPAPER Copyright  1994, Little Rock Newspapers, Inc. LITTLE ROCK, JUNE 24,1994 108 PAGES 10 SECTIONS Parents input unnecessary, Williams says BY CHRIS REINOLDS Democrat-Gazette Staff Writer Little Rock Superintendent Ileniy Williams angered a roomful of parents Thursday night by suggesting that their involvement wasnt necessary in running a successful school system. That remark followed an angry exchange over parents insistence on being involved in the selection of a new principal at Gibbs Magnet Elementary school. I've read a great deal of literature that suggests schools can be successful without parental involvement, Williams told the parents. 1 just want you to tell it like it is. The audience reacted with an exclamation of disbelief at that comment. He was responding to a complaint by a parent, Alfred Angulo Jr., that he and other parents met with Dr. Williams and were told schools can run without parental involvement. Williams has decided to reassign 17 elementary and junior high principals for the 1994-95 school year, saying he recommended the moves to improve See LRSD,- Page 13A and revitalize the schools involved. The reassignments were presented to the Little Rock School Board for action Thursday, according to the agenda for the meeting. At Gibbs, Williams assembled a committee of parents, staff and district officials to interview candidates and recommend one for the principals position. The committee interviewed five candidates but decided against recommending any of them for the vacancy caused by Donna Davis retirement. Parents said they asked to interview more candidates but were denied. If we did not see an appropriate candidate, then the process should remain open, Angulo told board members. Why go through the sham and pretense of involving us in a process? Angulo asked Williams. We are asking for meaningful participation. Angulos remarks prompted a deafening standing ovation from the packed room of more than 65 people. Theyre asking to make the decision on who the principal should be, Williams said, referring to the parents. I would not put people in positions that would not improve the schools, he said. After that exchange, the board approved several agenda items, then brought up the issue of approving the 17 principal transfers. When Williams said Ed Jack- son, principal of Williams Elementary, would be reassigned to Gibbs, a cry of protest sounded from the audience members with children in the magnet school. Patricia Gee, a board member, made a motion that Gibbs parents be allowed the opportunity to continue interviewing candidates for principal. The motion failed 3-3. Gee, T. Kevin OMalley and O.G. Jacovelli voted for the motion, while Katherine Mitchell, Dorsey Jackson and John A. Riggs IV voted against it. Linda Pondexter had become ill and left the meeting. We ask for parental involvement, and we shouldnt slam the door in their face, Gee said. The board then swiftly moved into executive session. Gee and Jacovelli voted against that move. Both agreed that parents should have a say about the assignment of a principal to Gibbs. When the board returned from behind closed doors and resumed business less than five minutes later, members noted that the reassignments had been completed and a vote was unnecessary, despite the matter.s inclusion on the board agenda. That left no doubt: Jackson is now the principal at Gibb.s Elementary. Another issue that has spurred controversy during the past two months was apparently put to rest earlier Thursday. The board voted 4-3 against using a private company to run the district's school buses. A cheer resounded from bus drivers and others when the board took that action. Gee, Jacovelli, Pondexter and Mitchell cast the majority vote. The board also voted 4-3 to hire a staff attorney at a salary of $60,000 to deal with routine legal matters. The district will still retain the Friday Eldredge \u0026amp; Clark law firm, which has been representing it in the Pulaski County desegregation lawsuit.CTfl iUwxm I I/CO S't-jV'' fbv uAaa?X^ ^'fT^ U^ (J^ i (D-tt (/U4^ r/o ^d~ \\cha  f X.JUN-17-94 FRI 14:42 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 10 Gibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 May 18,1994 Ms. Estelle Matthis Deputy Superintendent Little Rock Public Schools 810 West Markham Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Dear Ms. Matthis\nThe Gibbs School PTA convened yesterday evening for the special purpose of considering how to best engage parents and patrons in the important decision of choosing a new principal for Gibbs Elementary School. Enclosed to this letter are the nomination of five parents of Gibbs students who we believe would positively contribute to the selection decision. We are submitting five names for several reasons. First, we wish to assure a true needs. representation and cross section of Gibbs parents and student You will notice our nominations are balanced among mothers and fathers, black and white parents, and across grade levels. Second, we are aware that one year ago, somewhat larger selection committees were successful in choosing principals for other LRSD schools. At Pulaski Heights Elementary, for example, the larger committee interviewed all applicants, ranked their top three preferences among the candidates,, and the LRSD administration made the final choice from these three. This process seems to capture the right balance of participation and decision-making between parents and the LRSD. Finally', two other suggestions were adopted at our meeting. The PTA wishes to recommend that the Gibbs faculty have the prerogative to appoint five faculty members to the selection committee. Also, Ms. Marie McNeal, the Social Studies Supervisor for the LRSD, is viewed as very knowledgeable of Gibbs since its inception as an International Magnet School since 1988-89. Ms. McNeal has been instrumental in theJUN-17-94 FRI 14:42 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 12 development of Gibbs international studies curriculum and theme, hope she also will find a place on the selection committee. We We arc very interested in hearing from you about proceeding with the selection of a new Gibbs principal, numbers and address indicated. We can be reached at the telephone Best Regards. Dorothy D. Rhodes Co-President Gibbs PTA 16 Lenon Drive Little Rock, Arkansas 72207 Home 661-0406 Work (morning only) 324-2330 Co-President Gibbs PTA 16 Lenon Drive Little Rock, Arkansas 72207 Home 661-0406 Work 569-8572 Enclosure\nGibbs PTA Parent Nominations cc\nExecutive Board Members, Gibbs PTA JUN-17-94 FRI 14:42 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 11 Gibbs PTA Parent Nominations for Gibbs Principal Selection Committee Mr. Willie Jones Black Male Sth Grade Mr. Dotie Angulo White Male 1st Grade Ms. Easter Tucker Black Female 3rd Grade Ms. Ann Cashion White Female 4th \u0026amp; 6th Grade Mr. Zachary Poiett White Male 1st GradeGibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 ,^}a\u0026gt;^e.d y^U do n  \"'v I i^iki i/k /^.^sb (//AS hoLc \\ MtvCk / IM/[S (if ''yl/^^C II 'flit' \u0026gt; ! I t X^SMAIA JlJt- A:l,lf ^1 /)/t.i- l^- iO t t t e  d\u0026gt;Md (aaA 4/I.C,t^JUN-17-g4 FRI 14:41 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 09 RECEIVED SUSAN CHAMBERS OF IN - -norr^ WRIGHT Gibbs School PTA MAY 20 1994 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas lZl22.(12S1 RiCT JUDGE Telephone 324-2490 My /II 0 tx/tl % i/ZA P^^Siix^UT' PVh Gibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 May 18,1994 Telephone 324-2490 receiwo Ms. Estelle Matthis Deputy Superintendent Little Rock Public Schools 810 West Markham Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 MAY 2 0 1994 Qfi'iM ot Desegregaiion u. Dear Ms. Matthis: The Gibbs School PTA convened yesterday evening for the special purpose of considering how to best engage parents and patrons in the important decision of choosing a new principal for Gibbs Elementary School. Enclosed to this letter are the nomination of five parents of Gibbs students who we believe would positively contribute to the selection decision. We are submitting five names for several reasons. First, we wish to assure a true representation and cross sectionof Gibbs \"parents and student j\u0026lt;oL's3 needs. You will notice our nominations are balanced among mothers and fathers, black and white parents, and across grade levels. .cV. Second, we are aware that one year ago, somewhat larger selection committees were successful in choosing principals for other LRSD schools. At Pulaski Heights Elementary, for example, the larger committee interviewed all applicants, ranked their top three preferences among the candidates, and the LRSD administration made the final choice from these three. This process seems to capture the right balance of participation and decision-making between parents and the LRSD. Finally, two other suggestions were adopted at our meeting. The PTA wishes to recommend that the Gibbs faculty have the prerogative to appoint five faculty members to the selection committee. Also, Ms. Marie McNeal, the Social Studies Supervisor for the LRSD, is viewed as very knowledgeable of Gibbs since its inception as an International Magnet School since 1988-89. Ms. McNeal has been instrumental in the 331-. X7O ...-ifingdevelopment of Gibbs international studies curriculum and theme, hope she also will find a place on the selection committee. We We are very interested in hearing from you about proceeding with the selection of a new Gibbs principal, numbers and address indicated. We can be reached at the telephone Best Regards. Dorothy D. Rhodes Co-President Gibbs PTA 16 Lenon Drive Little Rock, Arkansas 72207 Home 661-0406 Work (morning only) 324-2330 \\ im Lynch Co-President Gibbs PTA 16 Lenon Drive Little Rock, Arkansas 72207 Home 661-0406 Work 569-8572 X\n V ^7  jw odw j oj diiw av/  o! iiffUfi evil 3PIt -516 'sW Enclosure: Gibbs PTA Parent Nominations /O Ef'E .,iSOfr\\ TOitSJ.Tri\n-If tfi '' '!C  :U'I s cc: Executive Board Members, Gibbs PTA - - p n i { Gibbs PTA Parent Nominations for Gibbs Principal Selection Committee Mr. Willie Jones Black Male Sth Grade Mr, Dotie Angulo White Male 1st Grade Ms. Easter Tucker Black Female 3rd Grade Ms. Ann Cashion White Female 4th \u0026amp; 6th Grade Mr. Zachary Polett White Male 1st GradeODM Interoffice Communication Log Date: To: ilkUi From:' (3^ y.' Attachment Subject: kc/p VvLt Jb (jbx . Qa^ZcavI^ , CXto oJiiJLJ u^ST) (fo lA/Ui c k L I'l r Please com, by Date: Attachment Comments on action or results: Cd C/c^- X)//zca^'inMAY-10-94 THU 14:26 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 05 .-af- .4 0(3 (T\u0026gt; U/VA*/ n - I \u0026lt;-{ t\nAV.c5 0^ a'\nC May 17, 1994 Hon. Susan Webber Wright United States District Judge 600 West Capitol Ave. Little Rock, AR 72201 t. W/iy ig *.u' VV\n^334 S. Cl,'='f''iri'x^,! Cr Dear Judge Wright, I am writing today, net only as an involved parent of Williams Magnet, but also of the Little Rock School District. As the individual with the final authority in all district staffing changes, I am addressing my concerns to you. I am concerned about the transfer of Dr. Ed Jackson from Williams Magnet to another school. This is a concern shared by what I feel is a majority of the parents, teachers, staff at the school. elementary enrolling because schools. My wife both public and and I investigated our of oldest child at Williams. private, prior and many to We chose Williams its discipline, accomplishments. reputation. and the presence and influence of Dr. strict Jackson. I truly believe that his role in the success of Williams Magnet can't be overated. When news of his transfer reached the school, there was an immediate outcry not to do this. The issue was brought to the attention of Dr. Williams, and he met with a group of parents to discuss the change. Dr. Williams prefaced the meeting by explaining that he was moving Dr. Jackson so that his He expertise also made could be used to strengthen a weaker school. justify, s tand-it perfectly in his opinion. clear that unless we could As a business decision another district. changing that decision. it would person, I can understand Dr. Williams to try and use Dr. school. not He is just williams. his seeming indifference. the legitimate at williams. Jacksons abilities to improve superintendent of the entire What I do not understand is and condescending attitude toward concerns of the parents. teachers and staff If Dr. Williams truly feels that the transfer of Dr. Jackson is in the best interest of the district and you and However, the Magnet Review Committee agree, so be it. how can he make that decision without knowing who the replacement will be? I feel we have a right to know. cont. MAY-13-94 THU 14:27 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 06 page .2 Hon. Susan Webber Wright It ' decisions would ! and help their if he would be more hesitant to explain justification. Dr. open about his Williams seemed parents of the the changes in detail/ schools involved have a Part rounds. of the problem Some are the rumors say that this Dr. Jackson and some of his superiors. which I believe right to know. that are making the is a personal problem between Another is that this is an attempt to get Dr. Jackson to retire/ thus saving the district his salary which is said to be the highest of any elementary school principal. The most moving Dr. disturbing rumor is that Dr. williams is friend/ a Jackson in order to replace him with a personal These rumors/ neighbor in f act / from outside the district. and Dr. Williams reluctance to either confirm or dispel them, are basic to the conflict. Cne final thought. I Williams as support for keeping Dr. attended the meeting with Dr. Jackson. I could tell from his opening remarks that the decision was made, with no chance However, of reversal/ another Williams decision. so I had decided to remain parent in attendance/ made the were trying to keep Dr. Jackson, quiet. a supporter of Dr. statement that he thought we not for his abilities, but to prevent the placement of a black person as principal. He felt it was all racially motived. I then felt compelled to speak, making it clear that I don't care about the race of a principal, only in the education of my children. I can't speak for all the parents and staff there, but I personally was offended and angry. get two children into Williams, I have camped-out to and I'm planning to do the same for my third, all the while living in a predominately white is, elementary district. Race is not the issue. If it then I suggest making assistant Mitchel the new principal. principal Deborah She is experienced in the Magnet School system, .she knows the Williams Magnet philosophy, and she is respected by the parents. teachers, and staff. We just want some assurance that this change is best interests of the students and not truly in the personal conflicts. I don' t believe this move 1 s based on Standards, but on petty politics. I believe educational it is Dr. Williams flexing his muscles to show the district who's the boas / and he will never change his mind for fear of appearing weak. school board. My wife wrote all of these concerns to the and one member called her at home to let her know she was correct in her nothing that member could do. do. assumptions, but there was There is something you can cont.MAY-19-94 THU 14:27 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 P.07 page 3 Hon. Susan Webber Wright This is that these important to the district. staff changes/ especially Dr. Please make Jackson's/ sure will benefit William's Magnet as well as the district. Don't let a staring contest between administrators, waiting to see who will blink first/ model to tear down Williams's Magnet. schools. copy/ not a source of material to Make it the patch other Thank you very much for your time. As a taxpayer and a parent/ I believe that it is not only my right but ray duty to question decisions that affect my children. I am a firm believer in the saying and so are my children\"/ decision. \"My heart is in the public schools/ and I want to feel safe in that Sincerely/ 'c Kenny Clark 6 Calais Court Little Rock, AR 72211 (501)821-2983 Office of Desegregation Monitoring United States District Court  Eastern District of Arkansas Ann S. Brown, Federal Monitor 201 East Markham. Suite 510 Heritage West Building Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 (501)376-6200 Fax (501) 371-0100 June 27, 1994 Kenny Clark 6 Calais Court Little Rock, AR 72211 Dear Mr. Clark: I am responding to your letter on behalf of Judge Susan Webber Wright. Although she is sensitive to the concerns community members have about desegregation and other educational issues, as a matter of policy. Judge Wright does not correspond directly with citizens. Instead she relies on us in her Office of Desegregation Monitoring (ODM) to discuss school matters with individuals and organizations. I am one of the associate monitors working at ODM. As Im sure your aware, the LRSD Board of Directors voted on June 23,1994 to assign Dr. Ed Jackson to iBbs and Ms. Mary Menking to Williams. I understand that the Magnet Review Committee (MRC) intends to discuss the issue of principal assignments at a meeting this afternoon. On several occasions in the past, the MRC has successfully advocated for the magnet schools. While we at ODM are very concerned about all the schools in Pulaski County, we have no direct authority over school operations. Each school district continues to be responsible for their own operations. One of the districts responsibilities is adherence to the court-approved desegregation plans. If we find evidence that a district is not complying with their desegregation obligations, we will bring that situation to the attention of the court. The desegregation plans address staffing issues in a broad general fashion. The plans do not outline requirements for staff transfers. We will continue to monitor staffing changes throughout the summer, looking closely at the process by which staff members are hired or assigned. Thank you for taking the time to convey your concerns to the court. We appreciate your willingness to work for quality education in Pulaski County. Sincerely, Melissa Guldin Associate MonitorJUN-28-94 TUE 14:10 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P.Ol UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS U. S. DISTRICT JUDGE SUSAN WEBBER WRIGHT (501) 324-5422 FAX LINE (501) 324-6576 DATE\nTO\n5tI-oIoo FROM: NUMBER OF PAGES INCLUDING COVER SHEET 15 JUN-28-94 TUE 14:11 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 P. 02 PARENT GIBBS ELEMENTARY ' - TEACHER ASSOCIATION June 17, 1994 Dr. Henry P. Williams Superintendent Little Rock School District 810 W. Markham Little Rock, AR 72201 RE: recssvsd OF SUSAN WEBRFR WW'GiNT JUN 2 0 19S4 U. S OfSTH'C'T JIJDQS HAND DELIVERED Principal Selection Process for Gibbs Magnet School Dear Dr. Williams\nAgain, on behalf of the Committee, I would like to thank you for your time in discussing the selection process with us. think we can all agree that an important component to this I successful functioning of not only an individual school such as Gibbs but of the entire school district is the meaningful and significant involvement of parents and teachers in the decision-making process. As patents and teachers, we observe, on a daily basis, how our schools operate and, therefore, can offer relevant input in the selection of a principal for our school. At the conclusion of our meeting, you indicated that you would review the process and procedures which have taken place to data. You agreed to advise the committee whether or not you would permit us to interview additional candidates for the principal's position. Recognizing that you will be involved in other activities through the end of this week, we ask that you notify us by 2:00 p.m., Monday, June 20, 1994. Although I believe we made it quite apparent during the course of our meeting, I would like to reiterate that our primary concern is with the validity of the procedure by which the next principal of Gibbs is to be determined. has been stated by the administration that this particular Although it procedure had worked\" in prior applications, it has been our experience that the process in this instance is inherently and fatally flawed.JUN-28-94 TUE 14:11 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 03 Dr. Henry P. Williams June 17, 1994 Page Two When we initially learned that there would be a vacancy, the Gibbs PT.A met and determined that we would like to be involved in the selection process. Subsequently, we undertook efforts to determine what the process would be and what we, the parents and faculty of Gibbs, needed to do in order to become a part of the At no time were we ever given specific or accurate process. information regarding the process and procedures to be employed in the selection of a new principal nor were we told what our role would be. Upon the recommendation of Deputy Superintendent Estelle Matthis, we met and selected a committee to represent Gibbs and drafted communications to the school district requesting involvement in the process. We also requested information regarding the names of applicants for the position but were not provided that information until third party filed a freedom of information request. upon obtaining this information, the committee met and on June 4, 1994, submitted a list of names of candidates that we wished to interview, a list of questions to be posed to the applicants, and after learning by word of mouth some aspects of the selection procedure, a list of proposed procedures that we wished to be included. This letter was hand delivered to both your office and that of Estelle Matthis, Deputy Superintendent by a member of the Gibbs Committee. Eowever, it is apparent that neither you nor any administration representative on the selection committee ever saw this communique prior to the June 7, 1994 interview session. On June 7, 1994, the parents and faculty of Gibbs posed several questions to the administrative representatives on the selection committee. we asked how the five interviewees were selected and were told that all five had been selected based on their expressed interest in the Gibbs position. We are now told It was not until the by you that that was misinformation*, interview session that we were informed as to what the procedure for selection of the principal would be. Both before the interview process and at the conclusion of the interviews, we inquired of the administrative representatives whether, in the event that we were not satisfied with any of the applicants interviewed, could we interview additional applicants. In response to our inquiries, we were told that the answer to our inquiry was unknown but were later told that, yes, if we could not come to a consensus on the applicants to be recommended to you. the process would remain open and we would be able toJUN-28-94 TUE 14:12 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 04 Dr. Henry P. Williams June 17, 1994 Page Three interview additional candidates. During the course of our meeting of June 15, you indicated that your representatives were 'misinformed*. The parent and faculty members of the selection committee also expressed serious reservations about the utilization of the evaluation forms. Our concerns were the lack of prior input into the questions to be posed to the applicants as well as the use the forms would serve in the selection process. We were assured that it would not simply be a matter of tabulating the scores and then selecting the top three candidates based on simple mathematics. There was substantial reluctance on the part of the faculty and parent members of the committee to fill out the forms until we gained assurances from the administration that those forms would not be used as set forth above. At the conclusion of the interview process, the consensus was that we had not interviewed a candidate that we could recommend to the administration for the Gibbs principal After lengthy discussions, the group agreed not to position. submit any names to the administration and that we would request the opportunity to interview additional candidates. Administration representatives insisted that the forms be filled out and that was done only after again receiving assurances that the forms not be used and the scores tabulated to arrive at three candidates based on the highest scores obtained. We were told that the only reason to fill out those forms was to document the fact that the committee had interviewed the five applicants. Additionally, several members of the committee expressly stated that any recommendation to the administration would not be based solely on the evaluation forms as those forms did not accurately reflect an individual's choices. As a general matter, it is difficult to understand how a principal can be selected based solely on a thirty minute i nterview. Dr. williams, based on the foregoing, we simply ask that you provide us with an opportunity to interview additional candidates and complete what we believe is an incomplete process. I am, under separate cover, sending a copy of this letter to the individual members of the Little Rock School Board as well as to Judge Susan Webber Wright and Donna Creer of the Magnet Review Committee,JUN-28-94 TUE 14:12 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 05 Dt. Henry P. Williams June 17, 1994 Page Four We look forward to your response. Sincerely, Gibbs Parent-Teacher Principal Selection Committee Easter Tucket Willie Jones Zach Polett Dodie Angulo Ann Cashion Wilhelmina Lewellen Vicki Gonterman BY\nAngulo, Jr, AfAjr/jc cc: Dt. Katherine Mitchell Shorter College 604 Locust Street North Little Rock, AR 72114 T. Kevin O'Malley Ark. Board of Review Tower Building, Suita 700 Little Rock, AR 72201 Dorsey Jackson 1400 Worthen Bank Bldg. 200 West Capitol Little Rock, AR 72201 John A, Riggs, IV J. A. Riggs Tractor co. P.O. Box 1399 Little Rock, AR 72203JUN-28-94 TUE 14:13 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 06 Linda Pondexter Fuller Jr. High P.O. Box 8601 Little Rock, AR 72216 Patricia Gee 8409 Dowan Drive Little Rock, AR 72209 Owa Jacovelli 6622 Gold court Little Rock, AR 72209 V The Honorable Susan Webber Wright U.S. District Judge P.O. Box 3315 Little Rock, AR 72203 Donna Cceer Magnet Review Committee 1920 N. Main North Little Rock, AR 72114 3860dJUN-28-94 TUE 14:13 SUSAN M WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 07 GIBBS ELEMENTARY - TEACHER ASSOCIATION PARENT C-IAHS^S OF SUSAN .VR?SHT JUN 2 0 1334 U. S. DfS-m/CT JfJDGE June 17, 1994 Dr. Katherine Mitchell T. Kevin O'Malley Dorsey Jackson John A. Riggs, IV Linda pondexter Patricia Gee Oma Jacovelli RE: Principal Selection Process for Gibbs Magnet School Dear Members of the Little Rock School Board: Enclosed please find a copy of a letter sent to Or. Henty Williams following out committee's meeting with him on June 15, 1994 . This letter is being provided to each of you so that you will be aware of our concerns regarding the selection process and procedures employed by the district administration which was designed to result in the superintendent's recommendation to you of a new principal for Gibbs Magnet School. We believe that it is important for each of you to know that the parent-teacher members of the committee unanimously believe that the process was inherently and fatally flawed, if for no other reason than it substantially eliminated any significant and meaningful input by the parents and faculty at Gibbs. Additionally, the selection committee did not recommend any names to Dr. Williams for consideration for the principal position at Gibbs.JUN-28-94 TUE 14:14 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 08 Members of Little Rock School Board June 17, 1994 Page Two As you can see, we have simply asked Dr. Williams to allow us the opportunity to interview additional candidates for the position of Gibbs' principal. sincerely, Gibbs Parent-Tsacher Principal Selection committee Easter Tucker Willie Jones Zach Poiett Dodie Angulo Ann Cashion Wilhelmina Lewellen Vicki Gonterman BY: A AFAjr/jc Enclosure 3861d JUN-28-94 TUE 14:14 SUSAN H WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 09 TO*. GIBBS ELEMENTARY PARENT \u0026gt; TEACHER ASSOCIATION MEMORANDUM 6/15/94 Dr. Henry Williams, LRSD Superintendent FROM: Easter TucKer Willie Jones Zach Polett Dodie Angulo Ann Cashion Gibbs Parent Association Members on Gibbs Principal Selection Committee Wilhelmina Lewellen Vickie Oonterman Gibbs Staff Members on Gibbs Principal Selection Committee RE: Follow Up to Our Memorandum of June 4, 1994 As members of the LRSO's Gibbs Principal Selection Committee, we again respectfully request to Interview the following people for the principalship of Gibbs at the earliest convenience: Sharon Davis Sharon Brooks Deborah Mitchell Diane Barksdale Katherine Tweedie Please ask your staff to schedule these interviews as soon as it is feasible. Thank you in advance for your assistance in this matter.JUN-28-94 TUE 14:14 \u0026amp;AUI rwivu SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 P. 10 GIBBS ELEMENTARY PARENT ASSOCIATION MEMORANDUM 6/4/94 TO\nDr. Henry Williams, LRSD Superintendent Ms. Estelle Matthis, LRSD Deputy Superintendent FROM: Easter Tucker Willie Jones Zach Polett Dodie Angulo Ann Cashion Gibbs Parent Association Members on Gibbs Principal Selection Committee RE\nMeeting Preparation for Gibbs Principal Selection Committee By this memorandum, we are again requesting the list of names of applicants currently scheduled for interview by our committee. Please deliver a copy to Gibbs Elementary, attention Easter Tucker and fax a copy to 376-2423. Attached are the following materials\n1) A list of questions we intend to ask all applicants at Tuesdays interviews. 2) A brief list of procedures we propose to help facilitate the interview process. 3) A list of applicants that we request the LRSD administration schedule for interview by the Gibbs Committee on Tuesday, June 7, in case any of these are not already scheduled. Thank you for your assistance with these matters. AttachmentsJUN-28-94 TUE 14:15 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 11 Partial List of Questions for Gibbs Principal Selection Committee 1) Briefly describe a lesson you have taught or observed recently that you believe was very successful. Explain why this lesson worked well. 2) Do the same for a lesson or activity that you taught or obsserved which did not succeed. Why did this lesson fail, in your opinion? 3) When you informally observe classroom instruction what are the 3 most important things you look for, or hope to see? 4) How would you encourage appreciation of and proficiency in reading and writing among staff and students (and parents)? 5) 6) As principal, what can you offer Gibbs? What are your goals for Gibbs? 7) matters? In what ways do you see yourself supporting the staff in disciplinary 8) In regards to non-academic programs, what ideas or philosophies would you initiate? 9) What do you see the balance to be between the basic instructional needs of reading, science, math, etc. with the international studies theme of the school? 10) What do you think about using the school as a resource for the community as a whole, including after 5 p.m.? 11) What would be your strategies for removing the achievement disparity between at-risk minority and/or lower income children and majority and/or higher income children?JUN-28-94 TUE 14:15 r zacn roieu SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 P. 12 Partial List of Applicants We Would Like to Interview on Tuesday, June 7 Diane Barksdale Sharon Brooks Deborah Mitchell Cassandra Norman-Mason Stan StraussJUN-28-94 TUE 14:16  4acn rwen SUSAN M WRIGHT FAX HO. 5013246576 P. 13 Propcsed Procedures for Interview Process 1) We believe that we will not be prepared to make recommendations at the completion of the Tuesday morning interviews, so would like it understood from the beginning that there will be a follow-up committee meeting at a later date for the committee to evaluate the applicants and make its recommendations. 2) We understand from discussion with EsteJie Matthis on Friday, May 27 that the application process was being kept open. If after the Tuesday morning interviews we do not believe we have seen the next prindpai of Gibbs, then we hope and expect that the District will continue to seek additional applicants and schedule further interviews. 3) We look forward to working closely and cooperatively with the administration and Gibbs staff members of the committee to come up with the best possible prindpai for Gibbs Elementary.JUN-27-94 MON 10:26 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 fcU-l44t n-l-q*! P.Ol UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS U. S. DISTRICT JUDGE SUSAN WEBBER WRIGHT (501) 324-5422 FAX LINE (501) 324-6576 DATE\nJune 27, 1994 TO: Ms. Ann Brow FAX: 371-0100 FROM\nJudge Susan Webber Wright.. JUK-27-94 MON 10:26 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 02 Gibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 June 26. 1994 SUSAN WTiSSWi Vf^G/iT District Judge Susan Webber Wright 600 W. Capitol Little Rock, AR 72201 JUN 27 1924 U. SDfSTRfCT JUDGE Dear Judge Wright, I am the mother of a second grader, Jake Tull, at Gibbs Magnet School and am writing to you about some recent events regarding this school that 1 find very troubling. Let me preface my concerns, however, with praise and positive feedback for this wonderful school. Gibbs has been a perfect environment for my child, and one in which he is very happy. The faculty is outstanding and the curriculum is well suited to his need for more than a \"basic skills\" track. He has been enriched by Gibbs excellent art, music, language, and science programs, especially the Dunbar Garden\". As a tactile, kinesthetic child with diagnosed learning differences Jake has blossomed in the two years at this school. More importantly, he has learned respect for individuals of race and religion other than his own, and has been given respect himself. As a parent, I have also been enriched by the association with the children, faculty, and parents of Gibbs school. It is the most amazing and cooperative collection of multi-racial, multi-cultural, and multireligious persons that I have ever had the pleasure to be around. 1 am very concerned for several reasons. First of all, I am distraught with the so-called selection process of a new principal in which I have been involved. This process was misrepresented to us from the very beginning and we were sand-bagged\" every step of the way by Dr. Williams and his immediate staff. Our only intent as parents in this process was to have some input regarding the person whom we thought most appropriate to maintain the level of excellence and professionalism at Gibbs School that we have enjoyed. We by no means wanted complete control over the determination of the new principal. I find it inexcusable that we had to threaten the Little Rock School District with a Freedom of Information lawsuit in order to obtain information regarding principal applicants. Furthermore, I find it appalling that only one out of seven of our requested applicants was present on June 7th to interview. We were not under any circuipstances allowed to interview the candidates that we had wanted to and did not submit three names to Dr. Williams for contention inJUN.-27-94 MON 10:27 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P.03 the Gibbs School principal position. As far as we were concerned we had not seen the right person for the job and were promised that the selection process would remain open. This did not happen and it became apparent that we had been set-up\". Secondly, I find it inconceivable that the superintendent of the Little Rock School district would even allude to the fact that parental involvement is unnecessary for strength within the district and individual schools, much less quote this thought three times and have studies to prove it. He obviously needs a history lesson regarding the Little Rock public schools. As far as I am concerned, the parents rank third behind both the students and the faculty in providing strength to a school, 1 have held PTA positions, been a room parent, and tutored individual students at Gibbs school for two years. Nothing, with the exception of my family, holds greater importance to me. Thirdly, I find Dr. Williams arbitrary and fruit basket turnover\" approach of transferring principals very unsettling. If his purpose is to stabilize the school district, he is accomplishing just the opposite. In all honesty, I cannot find the rationale for transferring Dr. Jackson from a strong magnet school\" to another strong magnet school\" with a totally different curriculum and philosophy. 1 think highly of Dr. Jackson and feel that perhaps he is just a pawn in Dr. Williams \"power play\na game in which everyone loses. I am asking you to review these matters and counsel the Gibbs PTA on our next step. We are in the public schools because we believe in them and feel that they provided the best education for Jake. Please continue your efforts in making them the best environment for our children. Thank you. Sincerely, Sue Tull, Gibbs PTA Treasurer and concerned parenti : in iivi I u Gibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 '(^ZaAF (Xt\u0026lt;z\u0026gt;( cjjjJiAPX iA.iXuz\u0026lt; Kz-\u0026lt;-^x. R)x tejxxii (vr\"^ hJil/CM U^Ji ^C-' ,(A(n\u0026gt;^ d ZZ  ' '^1) IZA w I (/X -f{_ UA' 5  ''\"'''jkj!^^ ^^jrUAyRECEJ^/Szi Gibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 SUSAN Vi!i JUN 27 1334 u. s, DiSTSiCT JUDGE PtA .cbL(U\u0026lt;-J^ HA- -wj ' , i ^i/QoJl  TW.(3WM p I jy } \u0026lt;^(jCilUx.cJi CA lA I 0ZU)Ci^^ '^wotA- '- J^-UuZ^ b^'^ J. 5 C^tO'^ t4uc.^-t\u0026lt;as^5 irp^JLha ^p SWJlCi- I I'AU' -^ q-tus CAi-\u0026lt; f \u0026lt;JV\u0026lt;1 i F t s i  h' V r: L .' * \"V k -'* * V t l * 4 \\-  \u0026gt; 1 . J t 1 r . 7  J .  J\" 1  ai! *- X^5^S 1 T|? b\n\u0026gt;-o (S*^ 7 '.*1 F^ .-\u0026lt; 1* u A *\"^^j4SJLl *34 WED 11:26 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 P.Ol UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS U. S. DISTRICT JUDGE SUSAN WEBBER WRIGHT (501) 324-5422 FAX LINE (501) 324-6576 DATE: July 13, 1994 TO: Ms. Ann Brown F.y.l. FROM: Judge Susan Webber Wright NUMBER OF PAGES INCLUDING COVER SHEET lor Tr^JaS?^: - v' ^2- *- \u0026gt;~^z*\u0026lt;',  r. JUL-13-94 WED 11:27 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 02 SUSAfe* Hontsrcib/^ Ct Ub^ba*^ U\nJU,\\' /'Tlu Ili\u0026lt;sb?c2n^ c^/t^l( 'T^ /ia,t\u0026gt;\u0026lt; t r J^art,c -i^t^ ^'T/I t\u0026gt;/ ($/bbj: Scb^)/ -y/^c ko^ 4c see '^Ue^ttaM^ noi^ -Tc ajj ^7 ! t i- r 'll f J 7 ckn/efre^ e^^ttca^kea ^thhr, IaJ^. C^Pesj- kou^ co^bk -/. _l7 a^ a. fat y -n ei skrf^^ l^te^rcsk t't^ S6- - ' C(r\u0026gt;U.,r^^J -ho O^ffKUtty -^ho. , 7lAtcA\u0026lt;^ rhe^s/ta^ej fr,c,f,^. -7-^ tS'/U^ ^l\u0026lt;^c//cn 'ra^ -fi^^ \u0026lt;^1^ ^,4/, ~PanC'/(tS\u0026gt;tt^ r:,/ f 'J C)Cf~D ^\u0026lt;J7M/ytC L J / -7%^ J2i^ n Dct^ 'H^ -fojSty a.'tf^r.^B-fg^ -6 g,'i^ 2i-. ce^ f /4t.AeLM-13-94 WED 11:27 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 03 As . (jJi? \u0026amp;uy) \u0026lt;::Sh-t 'iz. z \u0026gt;^1JUL-13-94 WED 11:28 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 04 Gibbs School PTA 1115 West 16Lh Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 ifC'l'i.. 'H (^U-yLi. cC 1 :) a^bC' 'ZCuu ^jJCCCc. / cTc^Ct'^ ^^Cc-fi^i-^ /L't''-LLCC'^^' . b Ly {/ b'C'' .C^. RSCE^VL^O SUSAN CHAMiA^j r t\u0026gt;' ESUb. fi: WRU.\u0026gt;IT JUN 28 WIM LL S. DISTRICT JUDGE cC t..\u0026lt;^i \u0026lt;L,C.^^' Z6 r* -7 . c M-13-94 wed 11:28 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 P. 05 HAND DELIVERED Gibbs School PTA 1115 West 16th Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 Telephone 324-2490 Juns 28, 1994 TO! Judge Susan Weber Wright From: Chuck and Nancy Hamilton, Co-Presidents/Gibbs PTA Subject: Principal Changes in the Little Rock School District In a school district that must continually be sensitive to the need for stability, why is the LRSD changing principals in more than 25 of its schools, including 4 elementary magnet schools? This question has been repeatedly asked of the administration with contradictory responses being given. responsible or accountable for this decision? Is no one holding the district Patrons are worried, anxious. This leads to instability. and confused. This leads to distrust. The LRSD cannot afford to lose the faith and trust of its patrons. History has proven that parental support brings stability. Please ask the question \"why\", Judge Wright, and expect a responsible answer. Respectfully -mcH ent? Chuck and Nancy Hamilton or -?S t3S4 s. 'OGeJUL-13-94 WED 11:28 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 06 Mary Virginia Mayeux 614 N. Taylor Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72205 June 26. 15S4 Honorable Susan Weber V/right Federal Building 600 W. Capitol Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 SUS,AN WScstJcR WRJGHT JJN 271394 Dear Judge Wright: L'. S. DISTRICT JUDG^ I am writing as a concerned parent of two children at Gibbs Elementary Magnet School concerning the process by which the Little RocK School District administration is attempting to appoint Dr. Ed Jackson as the principal of our school.\"\" * In May, when our previous principal announced her early retirement (under pressure from the district administration to move to another school), a Gibbs PTA representative contacted assistant superintendent Larry Robertson and deputy superintendent Estelle Matthis about what role, if any, parents would play in the selection of a new principal to f Hi this vacancy. We were told that we would follow the same procedure that has been in place in the district for several years in which a committee of parents, teachers and district administrators interview a number of candidates for the position and select their top three preferences, in rank order. The superintendent then chooses one from among these three and recommends that choice to the school board. The district administration appointed such a committee, the Gibbs Elementary Schoo! Principal Selection Committee, and included on it three Gibbs parents, two Gibbs faculty, and three district administrators. Prior to the interviews, the parents and teachers on the committee requested from the administration a list of all applicants for the position and those from that list selected by the administration to be interviewed by the committee. This information was denied to them by Dr. Richard Hurley, the custodian of the records, Estelle Matthis and the office of Dr, Williams, This denial was made even after the district had supplied a copy of this list to an Arkansas citizen not on the committee who hadJUL-13-94 WED 11:29 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P, 07 filed an FO! request. Subsequently, the parent and teacher members of the comittee were able to obtain the list from this citizen, and prepared a letter to Dr. Williams and Ms. Matthis asking to interview five of the applicants. This letter was hand-delivered by a member of the selection committee to the offices of Dr. Williams and Ms. Matthis the day before the interviews were to be conducted. The letter was never responded to and the request was eventually effectively denied. This selection committee met on June 7 and interviewed five candidates (selected by district administrators with no input from Gibbs parents or the selection committee). The committee unanimously, by consensus, decided not to recommend to the superintendent any candidates from those interviews, and was assured by the administration-appointed chair of the committee, an assistant superintendent, that the committee would be able to interview additional candidates within a few days. On June 9, this assistant superintendent informed us that Dr, Williams had refused to honor this commitment and that the selection committee portion of the process was over. Thus, the committee met and interviewed, but emphatically iid.nat.select three candidates for consideration as Gibbs principal. Despite many subsequent conversations with administrators and board members and a group meeting with Dr. Williams on June 1 5 in which we made clear the committee's decision that it needed additional interviews, Dr. Williams proceeded to name Ed Jackson as Gibbs principal and to claim that the committee participated in that selection. The problems which have resulted form this procedure are numerous and serious, including: (1) Parents have lost al! confidence in district administrators to speak to them truthfully. Parents are shocked and angered that they have been directly (2) and emphatically told on two occasions by Dr. Williams that their participation in their childrens education is not needed. (3) A principal whose strengths are in basic skills and discipline has been appointed, against his will, to a school where ths emphasis is on international studies, as reflected in reading, writing, art, music, andJUL-13-34 WED 11:30 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 08 languages. We believe that this is an inappropriate mismatch of principal and school theme and could endanger the vital distinctive character of our magnet program. Prior to the present controversy, Gibbs parents and students loved the warm supportive atmosphere and positive learning environment of our school and had spoken so highly of it to many others that there was a surge in applications for the school this spring resulting in lengthy waiting lists for admission, longer than Carver and other historically popular magnet programs. However, in a few short weeks the Little Rock School District administration has endangered what has taken years of hard work by principal, teachers and parents to create  a successfully integrated, very popular school located in an old building in the middle of central Little Rock. Parents are distressed and angry about being shut out of any meaningful input in deciding the school's future. The prospect of losing a large number of middle class black, white and Asian students from the school is very real. Instead of attracting students and parents as magnet schools are supposed to do, the Little Rock School District is apparently trying to repel them. Please consider directing the Little Rock School District administration to allow the district's Gibbs Elementary School Principal Selection Committee to complete its work by interviewing a group of five (or so) additional suitable candidates and recommending three of them to Dr. Williams so that he can select an appropriate principal to recommend to the school board for the school we love so much. Sincerely, Mary Mayeux P. S.: You may enjoy the enclosed picture of my son and his two best friends, all of whom are Gibbs students. EnclosureJOL-13-^4 WED 11:30 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 P. 09 GIBBS ELEMENTARY PARENT TEACHER ASSOCIATION SCREENING COMMITTEE June 27, 1994 SUS/fW' lAi '- .J O- .VPJCHT JUN 23 1994 The Honorable Susan Webber Wright U.S. District Judge P.O. Box 3316 Little Rock, AR u, s. District judg\nRE: 122(^3 Principal Selection process Little Rock School District Dear Judge Wright: I just learned some disturbing news regarding the principal selection process employed by the Little Rock School District. It is my understanding that on this date the Magnet Review Committee met in special session to discuss the process by which principals are being reassigned in light of the mRC guidelines. It is my further understanding that the Magnet Review Committee determined that the school district had not complied with those guidelines which require consultation prior to implementing such changes. However, based on the erroneous representations made by district representatives and without any input from our group, the Committee determined that the selection process was followed with integrity and did function as designed. This conclusion was premised, in part, on the assertion by district representatives that the Gibbs' selection committee (consisting of three administrative representatives, two members of the Gibbs' faculty, and three Gibbs' parents) recommended three names to the Superintendent as candidates for the Gibbs principal position. That is simply not true. At the conclusion of the interviews conducted on June 7, the only concensus the selection committee reached was that it could not and would not recommend any names to the superintendent and that the process should continue so that additional candidates could be interviewed. Our group is gravely concerned that the Magnet Review committee has not been given accurate information and that it's determinations are not based on true and complete facts.JUL-13-94 WED 11:31 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 10 * The Honorable Susan Webber Wright June 27, 1994 Page Two would welcome the opportunity to provide the Court with additional information if the Court deems it appropriate. sincerely, Gibbs Elementary Parent Teacher Association Screening Committee BY: 57 Jr'. Aj/f'red Fz Angal6 ,'~jf. cc: Zach polett Willie Jones Easter Tucker Ann Cashion 3961d 11    et   t Wo  y/^/^Y 0). JO. 0)^ 1 '( /9 If 5015698576 APfiC 288 P01 JUL 18 94 14:54 Date: .FROM: RE- FAX COVER SHEET FAX No. G100 (zWV ___ FAX No. Numb.er of Pages (Including Cover Sheet) Message:5015698576 APAC 288 P03 JUL 18 94 14:56 Dr. Henry Wiiiiams 7/e/94 Make sure that the position is advertised QN: Wilt you let us have a list of the names of the candidates who have applied for elementary principal positions? not give you a list of anything. (shouting) 1 will not give you a list with Jesus Christs name on it. You're being irrational about this. I'm the person who is ultimately responsible for what happens in th* ' building. I 4 I r f H e'-' r 1 V 3 -fU (6 U'P J, i\\A5015698576 APAC 288 P02 JUL 18 94 14:55 Memorandum for the Record July 18. 1994 Re: Availability of Resumes for Gibbs Principal Applicants and Status of Gibbs Principals Position from Deputy Superintendent Estelle Mathis at approximately 1:40 pm and I inquired of her what was meant by the sign inside the Gibbs School door that said was gone and would not be at the school on Monday or Tuesday, the sign was probably prepared by Ed Jackson who although her understanding was that he was still the Principal She said Mathis said she understood was in the building unassigned. Ms. my concern (I already had said that Gibbs School had no principal that I knew about) but that was just Ed Jacksons way. I also said that the Gibbs PTA was requesting the full list and resumes of all applicants for the principals job at Gibbs. LRSD Superintendent, had told another Gibbs I said that Dr. Williams, the information would not be publicly available. parent filing a formal Freedom of Information (FOI) parent 10 days ago that such I noted the necessity of a iuuig a ivuuAi rreeaom or iniormation (FOI) request several weeks ago during the first sequence of screening interviews to obtain applicant resumes. I noted that such resumes were considered a routine part of the public file. She said she would work with Gibbs on this oroblem. The telephone call was concluded. on this problem. The At 1.55 pm., Ms, Mathis called my office a second time and said she had spoken to the Superintendent and that he had agreed that the would be available after the closing of the application date which was Friday, July 22nd. I thanked her for smoothing out this exchange of information and said that r '  resumes someone from Gibbs would be contacting her on Monday, July 25th, to obtain copies of the information. indicated her agreement with this arrangement. The telephone call was concluded. arrangement. Ms. Mathis lAAA, dm Lyn^ jibbs Ele tary School PTAX X X X X X X X LENDER 14:4f o01669oo!O P.Ol TRANSACTION REPORT JUL-18-94 MON 14:49 1 RX TIME PAGES 1' p\nc:.\" 1 00 3 RECE I TYPE NOTE  1 I r. OK )K X X X X X X X XXlx,. f\u0026lt;. M:xxt**Umonxl\nii!\nixii(ilUXX)knx*OXO'XX)|(ti.t|)k':i\n.|ii(XOOI*!i:*.\u0026gt;if.j|!OO*m*)|(**O)i:il#**nxilx*n5015698576 APAC 288 P01 JUL 18 94 14:54 FAX COVER SHEET Date: ! !Ti TO: __fax No. .FROM: J t4A\u0026lt; i YA^C-H________ RE: Number of Pages (Including Cover Sheet) Message:5015698576 APAC 238 P03 JUL 18 94 14:56 Dr. Henry Witiiams 7/8/94 Make sure that the position is adv/ertised QN\nWill you let us have applied for elementary principal positions'^* a list ot the names of the candidates who hsv^ 9ve you a list of anything. (shouting) I will not give you a list with Jesus Christs name on it. being irrational about this. Pson who is ultimately responsible for what happens in th^^t  hili Hinn building. I ... 'I pc ,1 I L  * r rh''\nj f. I , j}-( CH H, I \\ 'A V'-^ i' A' V ..A5 0^ V,.* J, I 01 M A-^5015698576 APAC 288 P02 JUL IS 94 14:55 Memorandum for the Record July 18. 1994 Re: Availability of Resumes for Gibbs Principal Applicants and Status of Gibbs Principals Position Today I received a return telephone call from Deputy Superintendent Estelle Mathis at approximately 1:40 pm and I inquired of her what meant by the sign inside the Gibbs School door that said the was Principal was gone and would not be at the school on Monday or Tuesday. the sign was probably prepared by Ed Jackson who was in the building although her understanding was that he was still unassigned. Mathis said she understood She said Ms. my concern (I already had said that Gibbs School had no principal that I knew about) but that was just Ed Jacksons way. I also said that the Gibbs PTA was requesting the full list and resumes of all applicants lor the principals job at Gibbs. I said that Dr. Williams the (fV LRSD Superintendent, had told another Gibbs parent 10 days aeo thatsuch y information would not be publicly available. parent filing a formal Freedom of Information (FOI) parent 10 days ago that such I noted the necessity of a request several weeks ago during the first sequence of screening interviews to obtain applicant Z resumes. I noted that such resumes were considered a routine part of the public 1,-nrV c-ibbs on this problem. The telephone call was concluded. . file. She said she would work with Gibbs At 1:55 pm., Ms. Mathis called rny office a second time and said she had spoken to the Superintendent and that he had agreed that the would be available after the cIosins resumes of the application date which ---- -J. J-_______ W3S Friday, July 22nd. 1 thanked her for smoothing out this exchange of c* information and said that someone from Gibbs would be contacting her on Monday, July 25th, to obtain copies of the information. indicated her agreement with this arrangement. The telephone call was concluded. arrangement. Ms. Mathis dm Lyn^ jibbs Ele- tary School PTAJuly 18, 1994 Members of the Little Rock School Board 800 West Markham Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Dear Little Rock School Board Members: JUL 1 8 1991 Office of Desegrogaiion Monitoring My name is Sera Vena and I am a parent of children at Gibbs Magnet School. I am active in the Gibbs PTA and I am following the events to screen and choose and new principal for Gibbs. I wish to inform you as our elected representatives that despite your assurances to us on July 7th that the Gibbs selection process would remain open and everyone would try their best for a successful result, the following has happened, much to our sadness and disappointment. First, Mr. Ed Jackson has been housed at Gibbs School and is working out of the Gibbs school building. This decision undermines what we had hoped would be a climate of cooperation between parents and administrators. The process apparently is not open but rather tilted very heavily toward Mr. Jackson. He is already discussing Gibbs plans for next year. There is a sign today at Gibbs School referring to the Gibbs principal which was prepared by Mr. Jackson. Second, the presence of Mr. Jackson unfairly pressures the faculty members of Gibbs who serve on the screening committee and presents a clear ethical and professional conflict of interest. How can any screening process be objective and open when faculty representatives brazenly are confronted by a principals candidate who already is occupying an office at their school building? Other elementary buildings in the District require summer supervision and Mr. Jackson easily could have been assigned to any such school. His assignment to Gibbs was deliberate and can only be interpreted as yet another high-pressure tactic to discourage genuine participation by the screening committee.Third, on July 13th parents from Gibbs met with the Superintendent to discuss the steps of the re-opened screening process. Upon specific inquiry, we were told by the Superintendent that a Central Office Administrator would oversee Gibbs for this interim period. Never were we told that Ed Jackson was the Central Office Administrator. So much for honesty and openess. How would each of you feel if you learned that a previously-rejected principal candidate was being given interim authority over the school under discussion? Gibbs parents have never asked for anything more than a chance to recommend three names from the field of candidates. Yet at every turn we are confronted with pressure, half-truths and outright manipulation. As our elected representatives, we ask you to put the process back on a fair, solid footing. Mr. Jacksons presence at Gibbs is not necessary and undermines your decision of July 7th. Would you please assure us the pressure will stop, the ethical and professional conflicts-of-interest will stop, and parents and community can participate as reasonable, well-motivated persons who care a great deal about quality education in Little Rock? Thank you. Best Regard Sera Vena 3011 Echo ValleyDrive Little Rock, Arkansas 72227 223-9602 July 18, 1994 Members of the Little Rock School Board 800 West Markham Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Dear Little Rock School Board Members: RECEIV^^ JUL 1 8 1994 Office of Dosegrogation Monitoring My name is Sera Vena and 1 am a parent of children at Gibbs Magnet School. I am active in the Gibbs PTA and 1 am following the events to screen and choose and new principal for Gibbs. 1 wish to inform you as our elected representatives that despite your assurances to us on July 7th that the Gibbs selection process would remain open and everyone would try their best for a successful result, the following has happened, much to our sadness and disappointment. First, Mr. Ed Jackson has been housed at Gibbs School and is working out of the Gibbs school building. This decision undermines what we had hoped would be a climate of cooperation between parents and administrators. The process apparently is not open but rather tilted very heavily toward Mr. Jackson. He is already discussing Gibbs plans for next year. There is a sign today at Gibbs School referring to the Gibbs principal which was prepared by Mr. Jackson. Second, the presence of Mr. Jackson unfairly pressures the faculty^ members of Gibbs who serve on the screening committee and presents a clear ethical and professional conflict of interest. How can any screening process be objective and open when faculty representatives brazenly are confronted by a principals candidate who already is occupying an office at their school building? Other elementary buildings in the District require summer supervision and Mr. Jackson easily could have been assigned to any such school. His assignment to Gibbs was deliberate and can only be interpreted as yet another high-pressure tactic to discourage genuine participation by the screening committee.Third, on July 13th parents from Gibbs met with the Superintendent to discuss the steps of the re-opened screening process. Upon specific inquiry, we were told by the Superintendent that a Central Office Administrator would oversee Gibbs for this interim period. Never were we told that Ed Jackson was the Central Office Administrator. So much for honesty and openess. How would each of you feel if you learned that a previously-rejected principal candidate was being given interim authority over the school under discussion? Gibbs parents have never asked for anything more than a chance to recommend three names from the field of candidates. Yet at every turn we are confronted with pressure, half-truths and outright manipulation. As our elected representatives, we ask you to put the process back on a fair, solid footing. Mr. Jacksons presence at Gibbs is not necessary and undermines your decision of July 7th. Would you please assure us the pressure will stop, the ethical and professional conflicts-of-interest will stop, and parents and community can participate as reasonable, well-motivated persons who care a great deal about quality education in Little Rock? Thank you. Best Regard Sera Vena 3011 Echo ValleyDrive Little Rock, Arkansas 72227 223-9602 July 19, 1994 Angelo Coppola 1940 Waterside Drive North Little Rock, Arkansas 72116 receives Mr. Richard E. Hurley Director of Human Resources Little Rock School District JUL 2 0 1994 810 W. Markham Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Office of Desegregaiioii Dear Mr. Hurley: I am writing requesting consideration for the position of principal at Gibbs Magnet School.  ' administrative experience. I have over 15 years of 4-4.  J- - ------ member of the Magnet Review Committee for four years\nI organized the Bi-racial Committee . superintendent of schools at Marked Tree\nand I am a certified trainer in teacher evaluations, PET, Effective Schools classroom management. as TESA, and This along with my many other experiences qualifies me for the position. \u0026gt; R^pectfull Angelo Coppola, Ed.D. AC/lfh Enclosure: Current Vita Resume' Dr. Angelo G. Coppola, Sr. Personal Data Home Address: Business Address: 1940 Waterside Drive North Little Rock, AR 72116 #4 State Capitol Mall Little Rock, AR 72201 Home Phone: (501) 758-3738 Business Phone: (501) 682-4358 Educational Background Doctor of Education Public School Administration 1987 University of Arkansas Fayetteville, Arkansas Master of Social Studies University of Mississippi 1973 Oxford, Mississippi Master of Education Secondary Education 1969 University of Arkansas Fayetteville, Arkansas Bachelor of Science Secondary Education 1966 Arkansas State University Jonesboro, Arkansas Associate of Arts Arkansas State University - Beebe 1964 Beebe, Arkansas Professional Experiences 1992 - Present Arkansas State Department of Education Division of Instruction Responsible for 72 individual schools in the areas of teacher certification, annual school reports. North Central Accreditation, Restnictured Schools, Diamond Schools. Break-the-Mold Schools, Comprehensive Outcomes Evaluation (COE), finances - budget process, school improvement team, and staff development.1990 - 1992 Superintendent of Schools Marked Tree Public Schools Marked Tree, Arkansas Passed a 7.5 Millage which was used to build a new science, physics, chemistry, music and socialstudies complex. With the interest earned from the 1 million dollar bond (S75,000), all remaining structures at both the high school and elementary school were totally renovated. With good fiscal management of school funds including total renovations, the district operating fund balance grew from 580,000 to 5275,000 in just two years. There was also a 593,000 balance in the special funds account. I was able to do the above by utilizing Quality Circles and the Effective Schools Model. An extensive drug abuse program was implemented along with a very effective Parent .Xdvisor Council. 1986- 1990 Arkansas State Depanment of Education Division of Planning and Development Developed the process for evaluating Certified Personnel in Arkansas and Co-authored a book with Dr. Schoppmeyer on the model. The book is being used to train all public school administrators in the State. I also provided all the research and documentation on Magnet Schools for the State of Arkansas in defense of the law suit brought against the State by the Little Rock School District. 1985 - 1986 Graduate Assistant to Dr. Martin Schoppmeyer Doctoral Program University of Arkansas While a graduate assistant I taught classes in public school administration, supervision and finances. I also taught three cycles of the Program for Effective Teaching (PET), Classroom Management. Assertive Discipline and TESA (Teacher Expectation - Student Achievement) 1978 - 1985 Director of Federal Programs North Little Rock Public Schools I was responsible for all state and federal programs for th^ entire school district. I had a budget of 2.1 million dollars. I managed Chapter I, Chapter IL Title VI-B. 89:313. Pass Through Funds, and the State Special Education Funds. 1973 -1978 Principal/Supervisor of Instruction Oxford, Mississippi 1970 - 1973 Graduate Fellow - History Department University of .Mississippi University, Mississippi 1968 - 1970 Assistant Principal/Supervisor of Instruction Des Arc Public Schools De.s Arc, Arkansas1967 - 196S Social Studies Teacher Alternative School Fayetteville Public Schools Fayetteville, Arkansas 1966 - 1967 Social Studies Teacher Junior and Senior High School Des Arc Public Schools Des -Arc, Arkansas Other Educational Experiences 1988 Adjunct Assistant Professor. History -Arkansas State University - Beebe Beebe, Arkansas 1987 -Adjunct Assistant Professor Graduate School University of Arkansa-s Fayetteville, Arkansas 1989 - Present State Advisory Board - Program for Effective Teaching (PET) 1986 - Present Reader for Arkansas State Depanment of Education recognition programs for teachers and students 1992 - Coordinator for Hearst Foundation Youth Senate Program 1991 Selection committee for Milkens Family Foundation Award for four teachers each year to receive a cash award of S30,000. Professional Organizations American -Association of School Administrators -Arkanstis -Association of School Administrators -Arkansa-s -Association\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_587","title":"Principal selection process, Williams Magnet School","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1994-05/1994-07"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Williams Magnet Elementary School (Little Rock, Ark.)","School principals","Educational statistics","Parents"],"dcterms_title":["Principal selection process, Williams Magnet School"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/587"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["documents (object genre)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n^ricansasDe: HURSDAY, MAY 5,1994 Magnet panel goes to bat for principal BY DANNY SHAMEER Democrat-Gazette Education Writer The chairman of the committee overseeing Little Rocks magnet schools threatened Wednesday to ask a federal judge to prevent Superintendent Henry Williams from unseating the principal at a magnet school. Bobby Altom, chairman of the Magnet Review Committee, backed off after Williams assured him that he would go before the committee first  as required by a court order. The matter, though, doesnt appear to be over. We are still concerned about whos going to be in our u magnet schools, Altom said. No question about that. .Any time you change leadership or the appearance of leadership at a school, people loyal to that school become concerned. The days developments between the superintendent and the court-created committee unfolded quickly as talk spread about widespread reshuffling of principals across the Little Rock School District. More than a dozen schools could have new faces in the principals office next school g year. Five principals, includin\nDr. Ed Jackson of Williams Magnet Elementary School, got See PRINCIPALS, Page 11A Principals _ Continued from Page 1A letters from the district saying that because the superinten- ' dent was uncertain about their .positions next year, their contracts as principals would not be renewed. Instead, they would be re- hired for the next school year as unassigned. That would leave them employed at their existing salaries, but would allow the district to .either keep them in their cur- . rent posts or move them elsewhere. . Richard Hurley, the districts personnel director, confirmed the five principals names and schools:  Jackson at Williams Magnet .  Walter Marshaleck at Ma- belvale Junior High.  Gayle Bradford at\nCloverdale Junior High.  Levanna Wilson at Bale El-\n ementary.  Charity Smith at Southwest Junior High. : It was the letter to Jackson .that prompted the threat from  Altom to take the matter to fed- eral court. '\nWilliams and Altom said another principal, Donna Davis, who heads Gibbs Magnet Ele-\nmentary School, is resigning and taking early retirement. Davis\ndeclined to comment Wednes- ^day.  Hurley said the superinten- dent is negotiating with another\nprincipal, .Mary Jane Cheatham :at Baseline Elementary, about other jobs in the district. The status of more than a dozen principals may change next year in the 52-school district. The district is under federal court supervision as part of the Pulaski County school desegregation case. The committee was set up to oversee ma^et schools, which offer academic themes to attract more white students into the district.  U.S. District Judge Susan - Webber Wright said in a Nov. 5, 1992, order that the district must consult with the Magnet Review Committee and seek permission from the court before making any staffing changes at the magnet schools. Williams said in an interview Wednesday that he is assessing leadership and trying to find people to fill various slots in the district. No principal works for a school, Williams said. Every principal works for the school district and serves in the district in whatever capacity we need. We dont own the buildings\nwe work in the buildings. Our responsibility is to the district. Katherine Mitchell, a Little Rock School Board member, said she supports Williams decisions to make any changes he deems necessary. She said Williams has spent a lot of time in the districts schools. I think the changes will bring about positive results, Mitchell said. Change for change is one thing, but when youre making changes for reasons, it can be quite productive.FRIDAY, MAY 6.1994 Parents, staff lobby to keep principal : We want stability is one reaction to transfer from Williams Magnet  BY CYNTHIA HOWELL Democrat-Gazette Education Writer . About 60 parents and staff .members from Williams Magnet\nElementary School praised\ntheir principal Thursday and asked Superintendent Henry 4Williams to reconsider his de- Icision to move Dr. Ed Jackson elsewhere. d A Parent Richard Kalkbrenner called Williams the flagship -Jschool in Pulaski County. The A ,school has the highest test scores in the area and only a rimThimum of discipline prob- Iletfis, he said. He attributed its Success, in part, to Jackson. \nIn the South we have an ex- ^ pression, Kalkbrenner told the Iriew superintendent. Youve /.[Irobably heard it: If it aint l}roke, dont fix it.  y \u0026lt; Williams met with the par- ients and staff members Thurs- .Iday afternoon at their request. J ' .The Arkansas Democrat- Gazette reported Wednesday Uliat Jackson, principal at Williams the last six years, has been rehired but not yet assigned to any school for the 1994-95 school year. More than a dozen principals in the districts 52 schools are expected to change next year because of retirements and involuntary transfers of principals. Williams did not name a new principal for the school, but said he hoped to make recommendations to the school board by late next week. He said he was awaiting retirement decisions from some people. He also said he hadnt ruled out the possibility of hiring one or more principals from outside the district. Parents and staff told Williams they feared a new principal wouldnt be as strong a disciplinarian or as good an influence on the pupils. Others said they feared an exodus of the current school staff and a period of instability as teachers and a new principal develop a working relationship. Others expressed a sense of betrayal, having selected Williams as their childs school based on the belief that Jackson would be the principal. Not all parents at the meeting Thursday expressed opposition to the change. Jerry Bradley objected to the schools PTA leaders taking a position on the principal and said he felt some racism was involved. The superintendent is black. Jackson and many of his supporters at the meeting are white. Bradley said that while he supported the Williams Magnet School concept, he has had extreme difficulty working with Jackson. Williams tried to assure parents and staff that he would not weaken the magnet school or place someone in the building who would destroy the program. As superintendent, his decisions must be based on what is best for the entire school district, not just one school, he said. The superintendent said he had detected some complacency in district schools and that sometimes when you stir the pot, good things at the bottom come to the top. That remark prompted one mother to say she didnt want the pot stirred. We want stability in the schools. We dont like scrambling, she said. Williams empathized with the parents and told of his own experience after being assigned the principals job at the worst school in Rochester, N.Y. The school led the league in the number of slashed tires, broken windows and Inexperienced teachers, he said. After the school became one of the top 10 in New York, Williams was assigned to an- ,other building against his wishes and those of the students parents. Williams moved to Virginia, ( but the Rochester school remained strong and was later visited by a U.S. president because of its record.C a/- May 16, 1994 Editor Arkansas Democrat Gazette East Capitol \u0026amp; Scott Little Rock, AR 72201 MAY 1 7 1994 Dear Editor: Office of Desegregation Monitoring The gross mishandling of the transfer of principals, especially Dr. Edwin Jackson, in the Little Rock School District (LRSD) for the past month has prompted me to write this letter. I have enclosed the Little Rock School District's 1993 Stanford Achievement Test (SAT) scores that have published in the Arkansas Democrat Gazette. not (to my knowledge) been The high scores made by students in Williams Magnet School makes a powerful case for keeping Dr. Jackson in the most successful school in the city! In other words, \"If it ain't broke, why fix it? Does it not surprise you that prominent Little Rock citizens. Governor Jim Guy T'ucker, Senator Jim Keet, and Arkansas Democrat Gazette Owner Walter Hussman, do not have their own children enrolled in Little Rock School District?! One can surely not blame them for enrolling their children in private schools with Little Rock School District's extremely low SAT scores as a clear indication of what is not being taught and/or learned in LRSD! If I have the correct information. Dr. Jackson has over 30 years administrative experience in the Little Rock School District, him the most tenured school administrator in the district. This makes He has been acknowledged by his peers in Arkansas and the nation as a National Distinguished Principal. When I had the pleasure of visiting Williams Magnet School I noticed pictures of Dr. Jackson being honored and recognized for his leadership by then governor, President Bill Clinton\nby former Secretaries of Education, Terrell Bell and William Bennett\nand by former First Lady, Nancy Reagan, that can boast these recognitions. I know of no other school administrator Dr. Jackson appears to be the one bright and shining star in the ranks of school administrators in not only this city but the state and nation. Obviously, Superintendent Williams, has complimented him by saying, \"I'm moving my successful principals to schools that desperately need help. \u0026gt;1 I ask you to look at the SAT test scores of the schools on the list who have unassigned principals. I certainly \"did not fall off the last turnip truck out of town.\" Just check the low scores of these schools - Bale, Baseline, Cloverdale, and Mabelvale - with unassigned principals. Dr. Jackson, according to Little Rock School District files, is 62 years old. It has been rumored that he plans to retire at 65. Why would a school district take the most tenured, successful principal in the most successful school and notify him that he would not be recommended for a principal's position in 1994 and that he would be unassigned? I don't know the answer to this guestion because it is so incomprehensable. Please, LRSD Board Members and Patrons, let Supt. Williams know that the community the superintendent' s boss and you have a voice in school district's future. our Sincerely, A Concerned, Taxpaying CitizenFUTURE PRINCIPAL SCHOOL LAST TYPE NAME FIRST NAME ASSIGNED SCHOOL 1993 SAT, COMPLETE BATTERY PR SCORES ..................GRADES-................. 1ST 2ND 3RD 4TH 5TH 6TH 71H 8TH 9TH 1 VAC 2 HEINS 3 VAC BALE BASELINE FAIR PARK ELE ELE ELE 4 DAVENPORT fRANKLlH INCENTIVE ELE 5 WARD 6 VAC 7 ZEIGLER 8 VAC 9 DAVIS MABELVALE RCMINE INTERDIST WASHINGTON MAGNET WILLIAMS MAGNET WILSON ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE WILSON CHEATHAM HEINS DAVIS DAVENPORT WARD BUCHANAN JACKSON ZEIGLER 10 VAC 11 VAC 12 BUCHANAN 13 VAC 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 CLOVERDALE FOREST HEIGHTS 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 HENDERSON MAGNET MABELVALE OTTER CREEK TERRY BOOKER MAGNET FOREST PARK MCDERMOTT JEFFERSON CLOVERDALE BADGETT RIGHTSELL CARVER MAGNET GIBBS STEPHENS JR HI BRADFORD JR HI MAPLE JR HI WATTS LAVANNA PR MARY J BARBARA FRANKLIN JULIE LIONEL KAREN ED GWEN GAYLE RICHARD CLELL UNASSIGNED UNASSIGNED BASELINE WILSON ELE ELE FRANKLIN INCENTIVE? ELE MA3ELVALE HENDERSON MAGNET UNASSIGNED WASHINGTON MAGNET ELE JR. HIGH ELE 41 VAC FULBRIGHT WATSON WESTERN HILLS BRADY ISH GARLAND CHICOT WOODRUFF DOOD WAKEFIELD ROCKEFELLER MITCHELL PULASKI HEIGHTS MEAD OUCL IFF GEYER SPRINGS METROPOLITAN 38 28 13 39 27 34 34 33 33 31 25 29 46 12 40 30 44 35 35 54 29 38 55 27 27 34 39 43 31 45 48 29 34 57 42 57 47 48 49 53 49 56 84 83 69 81 73 80 80 43 49 4 7 34 39 JR HI KARSHALECK WALTER ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE UNASSIGNED EXPECT RETIREHT RETIRING UNASSIGNED 30 44 43 36 31 45 42 36 36 43 43 36 ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE VOC DILLAHUNTY OOYLE RETIRING 40 66 60 68 59 66 68 55 51 70 4 7 68 41 44 40 55 67 59 71 79 66 79 62 61 60 75 59 62 50 64 46 72 61 70 65 69 45 74 48 59 44 81 17 33 47 22 29 31 43 65 35 41 31 40 76 72 69 74 64 72 41 71 70 76 61 74 46 22 28 33 25 40 46 54 60 64 58 59 27 31 33 39 42 48 44 53 51 55 46 49 38 31 40 32 33 49 14 45 44 41 56 47 23 48 16 30 32 45 23 23 27 49 31 46 30 40 52 45 42 46 19 16 35 37 41 55 28 20 39 34 37 33 40 42 45 34 31 44 29 24 24 38 34 44 54 47 61 64 46 49 21 47 39 41 46 52 20 26 45 44 34 54Editor Arkansas Democrat Gazette East Capitol \u0026amp; Scott Little Rock, AR 72201 May 16, 1994 MAY 1 7 1994 Dear Editor: Office of Desegregation Monitoring The gross mishandling of the transfer of principals, especially Dr. Edwin Jackson, in the Little Rock School District (LRSD) for the past month has prompted me to write this letter. I have enclosed the Little Rock School District's 1993 Stanford Achievement Test (SAT) scores that have published in the Arkansas Democrat Gazette. not (to my knowledge) been The high scores made by students in Williams Magnet School makes a powerful case for keeping Dr. Jackson in the most successful school in the city! ain't broke, why fix it?\" In other words, \"If it Does it not surprise you that prominent Little Rock citizens. Governor Jim Guy Tucker, Senator Jim Keet, and Arkansas Democrat Gazette Owner Walter Hussman, do not have their own children enrolled in Little Rock School District?! One can surely not blame them for enrolling their children in private schools with Little Rock School District's extremely low SAT scores as a clear indication of what is not being taught and/or learned in LRSD! If 'I have the correct information. Dr. Jackson has over 30 years administrative experience in the Little Rock School District, him the most tenured school administrator in the district. This makes He has been acknowledged by his peers in Arkansas and the nation as National Distinguished Principal. Magnet School I When I had the pleasure of visiting Williams noticed pictures of Dr. Jackson being honored and recognized for his leadership by then governor. President Bill Clinton\nby former Secretaries of Education, Terrell Bell and William Bennett\nand by former First Lady, Nancy Reagan, that can boast these recognitions. I know of no other school administrator a Dr. Jackson appears to be the one bright and shining star in the ranks of school administrators in not only this city but the state and nation. Obviously, Superintendent Williams, has complimented him by saying. It I'm I moving my successful principals to schools that desperately need help.\" ask you to look at the SAT test scores of the schools on the list who have unassigned principals. out of town.\" I certainly \"did not fall off the last turnip truck Just check the low scores of these schools - Bale, Baseline, Cloverdale, and Mabelvale - with unassigned principals. Dr. Jackson, according to Little Rock School District files, is 62 years old. It has been rumored that he plans to retire at 6S. Why would a school district take the most tenured, successful principal in the most successful school and notify him that he would not be recommended for a principal's position in 1994 and that he would be unassigned? I don't know the answer to this guestion because it is so incomprehensable. Please, LRSD Board Members and Patrons, let Supt. Williams know that the community i^ the superintendent's boss and you have school district's future. voice in our a Sincerely, A Concerned, Taxpaying CitizenFUTURE PRINCIPAL SCHOOL LAST TYPE NAME FIRST NAME ASSIGNED SCHOOL 1995 SAT, COMPLETE BATTERY PR SCORES ..................GRADES.................- 1ST 2ND 3RD 4TH 5TH 6TH 71H 8T1I 9TH 1 VAC BALE ELE UI LSON LA VAN NA UNASSIGNED 38 2 HEINS 3 VAC BASELINE FAIR PARK ELE ELE A DAVENPORT FRANKLIN INCENTIVE ELE CHEATHAM HEINS DAVIS 5 WARD 6 VAC Z ZEIGLER MABELVALE ROMINE INTEROIST WASHINGTON MAGNET ELE ELE ELE 8 VAC WILLIAMS MAGNET ELE 9 DAVIS WILSON ELE 10 VAC CLOVERDALE 1 1 VAC FOREST HEIGHTS DAVENPORT WARD BUCHANAN PR MARY J BARBARA FRANKLIN JULIE LIONEL KAREN UNASSIGNED BASELINE WILSON ELE ELE FRANKLIN INCENTIVE? ELE MABELVALE ELE JACKSON ZEIGLER ED GWEN HENDERSON MAGNET UNASSIGNED WASHINGTON MAGNET JR. HIGH ELE 13 27 34 33 48 47 84 80 28 39 34 33 31 29 48 83 43 25 40 29 35 A6 29 12 27 39 A3 34 57 A9 53 69 81 49 47 30 35 38 27 31 42 49 73 34 44 54 55 34 45 57 56 80 39 12 BUCHANAN 13 VAC 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 HENDERSON MAGNET MABELVALE JR HI BRADFORD JR HI MAPLE JR HI WATTS GAYLE RICHARD CLELL OTTER CREEK TERRY BOOKER MAGNET FOREST PARK MCDERMOTT JEFFERSON CLOVERDALE BADGETT RIGHTSELL CARVER MAGNET 2A 25 GIBBS STEPHENS 26 27 28 FULBRIGHT WATSON WESTERN HILLS 29 30 31 32 33 BRADY ISH GARLAND CHICOT WOODRUFF JR HI MARSHALECK WALTER ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE UNASSIGNED EXPECT RETIREHT RETIRING UNASSIGNED 30 44 43 36 31 45 42 36 36 43 43 36 ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE 34 35 36 37 38 39 AO 0000 WAKEFIELD ROCKEFELLER MITCHELL PULASKI HEIGHTS MEADOUCLIFF GEYER SPRINGS Al VAC METROPOLITAN ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE VOC DILLAHUNTY OOYLE RETIRING 40 68 41 71 60 46 45 17 43 76 41 46 A6 27 AA 38 14 23 23 30 19 28 40 29 54 21 20 66 55 44 79 75 72 74 33 65 72 71 22 54 31 53 31 45 48 23 40 16 20 42 24 47 47 26 60 68 51 70 40 55 66 79 59 62 61 70 48 59 47 22 35 41 69 74 70 76 28 33 60 64 33 39 51 55 40 32 44 41 16 30 27 49 52 45 35 37 39 34 45 34 24 38 61 64 39 41 45 44 59 47 67 62 50 65 44 29 31 64 61 25 58 42 46 33 56 32 31 42 41 37 31 34 66 68 59 61 64 69 81 31 40 72 74 40 59 48 49 49 47 45 46 46 55 33 44 44 46 49 46 52 34 54* MAY-18-94 THU 14:26 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX-NO. 5013246576 /7A rV/ P. 05 - 20 ^'Vj May 17/ 1994 Hon. Susan Webber Wright United states District Judge 600 West Capitol Ave. Little Rock, AR 72201 ^AY 19 S WSTSi ''? C?-' \u0026gt;-'y. 1334 Dear Judge Wright/ I am writing today. net only as an involved parent of Williams Magnet, but also of the Little Rock School District. As the individual staffing changes. with the final authority in all district I am addressing my concerns to you. I am concerned about the transfer of Dr. Ed Jackson from Williams Magnet to another school. This is a concern shared by what I feel is a majority of the parents, teachers. staff at the school. elementary enrolling because schools. My wife both public and and I investigated our oldest child at Williams. private. prior and many to We Ghose Williams of its discipline, accomplishments, reputation, strict I truly believe that and the presence and influence of Dr. Jackson. his role in the success of Williams Magnet can't be overated. When news of his transfer reached the school. there was an immediate outcry not to do this. The issue was brought to the attention of Dr. Williams, and he met with a group of parents to discuss the change. Dr. Williams prefaced the meeting by explaining that he was moving Dr. Jackson so that his Ke expertise also made could be used to strengthen a weaker school. justify, stand. it perfectly in his opinion, clear that unless we could changing that decision. it would As a business person, decision to try and use Dr. I can understand Dr. Williams another district, school. He is Jacksons abilities to improve not just williams. superintendent of the entire What I do not understand is his seeming indifference, and condescending attitude toward the legitimate at williams. concerns of the parents. teachers and staff If Dr. Williams truly feels that the transfer of Dr. Jackson is in the best interest of the district and you and However, the Magnet Review Committee agree, so be it. how can he make that decision without knowing who the replacement will be? I feel we have a right to know. cont.HAY-19-94 THU 14:27 SUSAN W WRIGHT FAX NO, 5013246576 P, 06 page 2 Hon. Susan Webber Wright It ' decisions would 1 and help their if he would be hesitant to explain justification. more Dr. open about his Williams seemed patents of the the changes in details schools involved have a Part rounds. of the problem are the Some say that this is a rumors that which I believe right to know. are making the Dr. Jackson and some of his superiors. personal problem between Another is that this is an attempt to get Dr. Jackson to retire, thus saving the district his salary which is said to be the highest of any elementary school principal. The most moving Dr. disturbing rumor is that Dr. Williams is friend, a These Jackson in order to replace him with a personal neighbor in fact/ from outside the district. rumors, and Dr. Williams reluctance to either confirm or dispel them, are basic to the conflict. One Williams final thought. as I attended the meeting with Dr. support for keeping Dr. Jackson. I could tell from his opening remarks that the decision was made, with no chance However, of reversal, another Williams decision. so I had decided to remain parent in attendance, quiet. made the statement a supporter of Dr. were trying to keep Dr. Jackson, that he thought we not for his abilities, but to prevent the placement of a black person as principal. He felt it was all racially motived. I then felt compelled to speak, making it clear that I don't care about the race of a principal, only in the education of my children. I can't speak for all the parents and staff there, but I personally was offended and angry. get two children into Williams, I have camped-out to and I'm planning to do the same for my third, all the while living in a predominately white is, elementary district. Race is not the issue. If it then I suggest making assistant Mitchel ths new principal. principal Deborah She is experienced in the Magnet School system,.she knows the Williams Magnet philosophy, and she is respected by the parents. teachers, and staff. We just want some assurance that this change is best interests of the students and not truly in the personal conflicts. I don' t believe this move IS standards, but on petty politics. based on I believe educational it is Dr. Williams flexing his muscles to show the district who's the boss / and he will never appearing weak. chanae     his mind for fear of My wife wrote all of these concerns to the school board, and one member called her at home to let her know she was correct in her nothing that member could do. do. assumptions, but there was There is something you can cont- MAY'-19-94 THU 14:27 SUSAN U WRIGHT FAX NO. 5013246576 P. 07 page 3 Hon. Susan Webber Wright This ia that these important to the district. staff changes/ especially Dr. benefit William's Magnet as well as the district. Please make Jackson's, sure will Don't let a staring contest between administrators/ waiting to see who will blink first/ model schools. to copy/ tear down Williams's Magnet. Make it the not a source of material to patch other Thank you very much for your time. As a taxpayer and a parent/ I believe that it is not only my right but ray duty to question decisions that affect my children. believer in the saying I am a firm and so are my children\"/ decision. \"My heart is in the public schools/ and I want to feel safe in that S incerely/ Kenny Clark 6 Calais Court Little Rock, AR 72211 (501)821-2983July 11, 1994 Magnet Review Committee Donna Grady Creer, Executive Director 1920 North Main North Little Rock, Ark. Dear Ms. Creer, RECEIVE JUL 1 3 1994 Office of Desegregation moi ...a Concerned parents of Williams Magnet School request a meeting of the Magnet Review Committee to address the selection process for the Principal at Will lams Magnet. Parents were represented on the Interview Team and, at the completion of the Principal interviews, submitted the names of the top three candidates. In comparison of these three candidates, the credentials and qualifications for assignment to a Magnet School would not rank Mary Menking at the top of the list. However, she was assigned to Williams Magnet. Concerned parents woiiLd like to know how the selection process was finalized. What criteria were used to select the new Principal? Our concerns as parents are the following about Ms. Menking: *has experience as an area school Principal ONLY. *has very limited familiarity with the Magnet School Program. *is unfamiliar with the philosophy and tradition of Williams Magnet School. *as Principal of Brady Elementary, was accountable for standardized test ranking substantially less than the 80th percentile of Williams Magnet School. *is unfamiliar with the planned expansion process. The assignment of a Principal should be for the benefit of the magnet program. The parents of Williams Magnet need answers as to how this assignment can truly benefit the magnet program. The future of OCR CHILDREN is at stake! Should one interview be the deciding factor for Principal assignment? Concerned parents do not think so! The individual's credentials, track record\", qualifications, character, and overall personnel file should be reviewed. If they were, in this case, we would like to know how Mary Menking was selected over the other two candidates.At a meeting Williams Magnet parents had with Henry Williams two months ago, he \"assured us that a Principal of equal or better caliber would be assigned to Wi 111ams Magnet.\" We ask, as concerned parents, to evaluate the selection process used and determine if the most appropriate individual was chosen. An overall 90% satisfaction in Principal assignment was NOT achieved, as Dr. Williams had previously indicated. Please inform us when a meeting can be scheduled to discuss our concerns, for your support. Thank you Jebnnie Price Williams Magnet School Parents Representative 1412 Nicole Drive North Little Rock, Ark. 72118-2951 771-1654 cc: Judge Susan Webber Wright Aim Brown, Federal Desegregation Monitor Dr. Henry Williams, Superintendent Little Rock School District Board of Directors\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "}],"pages":{"current_page":530,"next_page":531,"prev_page":529,"total_pages":6766,"limit_value":12,"offset_value":6348,"total_count":81191,"first_page?":false,"last_page?":false},"facets":[{"name":"educator_resource_mediums_sms","items":[{"value":"lesson plans","hits":319},{"value":"teaching guides","hits":53},{"value":"timelines (chronologies)","hits":43},{"value":"online exhibitions","hits":38},{"value":"bibliographies","hits":15},{"value":"study guides","hits":11},{"value":"annotated bibliographies","hits":9},{"value":"learning modules","hits":6},{"value":"worksheets","hits":6},{"value":"slide shows","hits":4},{"value":"quizzes","hits":1}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"type_facet","items":[{"value":"Text","hits":40200},{"value":"StillImage","hits":35114},{"value":"MovingImage","hits":4552},{"value":"Sound","hits":3248},{"value":"Collection","hits":41},{"value":"InteractiveResource","hits":25}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"creator_facet","items":[{"value":"Peppler, Jim","hits":4965},{"value":"Phay, John E.","hits":4712},{"value":"University of Mississippi. Bureau of Educational Research","hits":4707},{"value":"Baldowski, Clifford H., 1917-1999","hits":2599},{"value":"Mississippi State Sovereignty Commission","hits":2255},{"value":"Thurmond, Strom, 1902-2003","hits":2077},{"value":"WSB-TV (Television station : Atlanta, Ga.)","hits":1475},{"value":"Newman, I. DeQuincey (Isaiah DeQuincey), 1911-1985","hits":1003},{"value":"The State Media Company (Columbia, S.C.)","hits":926},{"value":"Atlanta Journal-Constitution","hits":844},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":778}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_facet","items":[{"value":"African Americans--Civil rights","hits":9441},{"value":"Civil rights","hits":8347},{"value":"African Americans","hits":5895},{"value":"Mississippi--Race relations","hits":5750},{"value":"Race relations","hits":5607},{"value":"Education, Secondary","hits":5083},{"value":"Education, Elementary","hits":4729},{"value":"Segregation in education--Mississippi","hits":4727},{"value":"Education--Pictorial works","hits":4707},{"value":"Civil rights demonstrations","hits":4436},{"value":"Civil rights workers","hits":3530}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_personal_facet","items":[{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966--Correspondence","hits":1888},{"value":"King, Martin Luther, Jr., 1929-1968","hits":1809},{"value":"Meredith, James, 1933-","hits":1709},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":1312},{"value":"Baker, Augusta, 1911-1998","hits":1282},{"value":"Parks, Rosa, 1913-2005","hits":1071},{"value":"Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996","hits":858},{"value":"Young, Andrew, 1932-","hits":814},{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966","hits":719},{"value":"Mizell, M. Hayes","hits":674},{"value":"Silver, James W. (James Wesley), 1907-1988","hits":626}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"name_authoritative_sms","items":[{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966","hits":2598},{"value":"King, Martin Luther, Jr., 1929-1968","hits":1909},{"value":"Meredith, James, 1933-","hits":1704},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":1331},{"value":"Parks, Rosa, 1913-2005","hits":1070},{"value":"Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996","hits":856},{"value":"Young, Andrew, 1932-","hits":806},{"value":"Silver, James W. (James Wesley), 1907-1988","hits":625},{"value":"Connor, Eugene, 1897-1973","hits":605},{"value":"Snelling, Paula","hits":580},{"value":"Williams, Hosea, 1926-2000","hits":431}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"event_title_sms","items":[{"value":"Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Nobel Prize","hits":1763},{"value":"Ole Miss Integration","hits":1670},{"value":"Housing Act of 1961","hits":965},{"value":"Little Rock Central High School Integration","hits":704},{"value":"Memphis Sanitation Workers Strike","hits":366},{"value":"Selma-Montgomery March","hits":337},{"value":"Freedom Summer","hits":306},{"value":"Freedom Rides","hits":214},{"value":"Poor People's Campaign","hits":180},{"value":"University of Georgia Integration","hits":173},{"value":"University of Alabama Integration","hits":140}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"location_facet","items":[{"value":"United States, 39.76, -98.5","hits":17820},{"value":"United States, Georgia, Fulton County, Atlanta, 33.749, -84.38798","hits":5428},{"value":"United States, Alabama, Montgomery County, Montgomery, 32.36681, -86.29997","hits":5151},{"value":"United States, Georgia, 32.75042, -83.50018","hits":4862},{"value":"United States, South Carolina, 34.00043, -81.00009","hits":4610},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","hits":4177},{"value":"United States, Alabama, 32.75041, -86.75026","hits":3943},{"value":"United States, Mississippi, 32.75041, -89.75036","hits":2910},{"value":"United States, Tennessee, Shelby County, Memphis, 35.14953, -90.04898","hits":2579},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","hits":2430},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959","hits":2387}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"us_states_facet","items":[{"value":"Georgia","hits":12843},{"value":"Alabama","hits":11307},{"value":"Mississippi","hits":10219},{"value":"South Carolina","hits":8503},{"value":"Arkansas","hits":4583},{"value":"Texas","hits":4399},{"value":"Tennessee","hits":3770},{"value":"Florida","hits":2601},{"value":"Ohio","hits":2391},{"value":"North Carolina","hits":1893},{"value":"New York","hits":1667}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"year_facet","items":[{"value":"1966","hits":10514},{"value":"1963","hits":10193},{"value":"1965","hits":10119},{"value":"1956","hits":9832},{"value":"1955","hits":9611},{"value":"1964","hits":9268},{"value":"1968","hits":9243},{"value":"1962","hits":9152},{"value":"1967","hits":8771},{"value":"1957","hits":8460},{"value":"1958","hits":8242},{"value":"1961","hits":8241},{"value":"1959","hits":8046},{"value":"1960","hits":7940},{"value":"1954","hits":7239},{"value":"1969","hits":7235},{"value":"1950","hits":7117},{"value":"1953","hits":6968},{"value":"1970","hits":6743},{"value":"1971","hits":6337},{"value":"1977","hits":6280},{"value":"1952","hits":6161},{"value":"1972","hits":6144},{"value":"1951","hits":6045},{"value":"1975","hits":5806},{"value":"1976","hits":5771},{"value":"1974","hits":5729},{"value":"1973","hits":5591},{"value":"1979","hits":5329},{"value":"1978","hits":5318},{"value":"1980","hits":5279},{"value":"1995","hits":4829},{"value":"1981","hits":4724},{"value":"1994","hits":4654},{"value":"1948","hits":4596},{"value":"1949","hits":4571},{"value":"1996","hits":4486},{"value":"1982","hits":4330},{"value":"1947","hits":4316},{"value":"1985","hits":4226},{"value":"1998","hits":4225},{"value":"1997","hits":4202},{"value":"1983","hits":4174},{"value":"1984","hits":4065},{"value":"1946","hits":4046},{"value":"1999","hits":4018},{"value":"1945","hits":4017},{"value":"1990","hits":3937},{"value":"1986","hits":3919},{"value":"1943","hits":3899},{"value":"1944","hits":3895},{"value":"1942","hits":3867},{"value":"2000","hits":3808},{"value":"2001","hits":3790},{"value":"1940","hits":3764},{"value":"1941","hits":3757},{"value":"1987","hits":3657},{"value":"2002","hits":3538},{"value":"1991","hits":3507},{"value":"1936","hits":3506},{"value":"1939","hits":3500},{"value":"1938","hits":3465},{"value":"1937","hits":3449},{"value":"1992","hits":3444},{"value":"1993","hits":3422},{"value":"2003","hits":3403},{"value":"1930","hits":3377},{"value":"1989","hits":3355},{"value":"1935","hits":3306},{"value":"1933","hits":3270},{"value":"1934","hits":3270},{"value":"1988","hits":3269},{"value":"1932","hits":3254},{"value":"1931","hits":3239},{"value":"2005","hits":3057},{"value":"2004","hits":2909},{"value":"1929","hits":2789},{"value":"2006","hits":2774},{"value":"1928","hits":2271},{"value":"1921","hits":2123},{"value":"1925","hits":2039},{"value":"1927","hits":2025},{"value":"1924","hits":2011},{"value":"1926","hits":2009},{"value":"1920","hits":1975},{"value":"1923","hits":1954},{"value":"1922","hits":1928},{"value":"2016","hits":1925},{"value":"2007","hits":1629},{"value":"2008","hits":1578},{"value":"2011","hits":1575},{"value":"2019","hits":1537},{"value":"1919","hits":1532},{"value":"2009","hits":1532},{"value":"1918","hits":1530},{"value":"2015","hits":1527},{"value":"2013","hits":1518},{"value":"2010","hits":1515},{"value":"2014","hits":1481},{"value":"2012","hits":1467}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null},"min":"0193","max":"2035","count":500952,"missing":56},{"name":"medium_facet","items":[{"value":"photographs","hits":10708},{"value":"correspondence","hits":9437},{"value":"black-and-white photographs","hits":7678},{"value":"negatives (photographs)","hits":7513},{"value":"documents (object genre)","hits":4462},{"value":"letters (correspondence)","hits":3623},{"value":"oral histories (literary works)","hits":3607},{"value":"black-and-white negatives","hits":2740},{"value":"editorial cartoons","hits":2620},{"value":"newspapers","hits":1955},{"value":"manuscripts (documents)","hits":1692}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"rights_facet","items":[{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/","hits":41178},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/","hits":17554},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/UND/1.0/","hits":8828},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/CNE/1.0/","hits":6864},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/","hits":2186},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-NC/1.0/","hits":1778},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-CR/1.0/","hits":1115},{"value":"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/","hits":197},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NKC/1.0/","hits":60},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-RUU/1.0/","hits":51},{"value":"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/","hits":27}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"collection_titles_sms","items":[{"value":"Jim Peppler Southern Courier Photograph Collection","hits":4956},{"value":"John E. Phay Collection ","hits":4706},{"value":"John J. Herrera Papers","hits":3288},{"value":"Baldy Editorial Cartoons, 1946-1982, 1997: Clifford H. Baldowski Editorial Cartoons at the Richard B. Russell Library.","hits":2607},{"value":"Sovereignty Commission Online","hits":2335},{"value":"Strom Thurmond Collection, Mss 100","hits":2068},{"value":"Alabama Media Group Collection","hits":2067},{"value":"Black Trailblazers, Leaders, Activists, and Intellectuals in Cleveland","hits":2033},{"value":"Rosa Parks Papers","hits":1948},{"value":"Isaiah DeQuincey Newman, (1911-1985), Papers, 1929-2003","hits":1904},{"value":"Lillian Eugenia Smith Papers (circa 1920-1980)","hits":1887}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"provenance_facet","items":[{"value":"John Davis Williams Library. Department of Archives and Special Collections","hits":8885},{"value":"Alabama. Department of Archives and History","hits":8146},{"value":"Atlanta University Center Robert W. Woodruff Library","hits":4102},{"value":"South Caroliniana Library","hits":4024},{"value":"University of North Texas. Libraries","hits":3854},{"value":"Hargrett Library","hits":3292},{"value":"University of South Carolina. Libraries","hits":3212},{"value":"Richard B. Russell Library for Political Research and Studies","hits":2874},{"value":"Mississippi. Department of Archives and History","hits":2825},{"value":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies","hits":2633},{"value":"Rhodes College","hits":2264}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"class_name","items":[{"value":"Item","hits":80736},{"value":"Collection","hits":455}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"educator_resource_b","items":[{"value":"false","hits":80994},{"value":"true","hits":197}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}}]}}